DCS-Mirror
/
test_org2_en_tn
mirror of https://git.door43.org/test_org2/en_tn
2
0
Fork 0
Files Issues Releases Wiki Activity See in Reader

Remove stray breaks (<br>) after intros (#1379)

This commit is contained in:
Larry Sallee 2020-05-05 13:45:06 +00:00 committed by Gogs
parent f17d24993e
commit a06740bc2c
61 changed files with 1141 additions and 1141 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

100
en_tn_01-GEN.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

82
en_tn_02-EXO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

56
en_tn_03-LEV.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

74
en_tn_04-NUM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>- Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>- The quails (11:16–35)<br>- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>- Commands (15:1-41)<br>- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>- The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>- Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>- Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>- The second counting (26:1-65)<br>- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>- Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>- The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.<br>
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.<br>
NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>- Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>- The quails (11:16–35)<br>- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>- Commands (15:1-41)<br>- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>- The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>- Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>- Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>- The second counting (26:1-65)<br>- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>- Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>- The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ NUM 1 52 qn3w 0 his armed group “his military division”
NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.<br>
NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ NUM 2 32 ifg9 figs-activepassive 0 All those counted This can be stated in acti
NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab…Abihu…Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ NUM 3 51 u72d 0 the redemption money This refers to the money that Moses colle
NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br>
NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting.
@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ NUM 4 49 v91x 0 keeping count of each by the type…He counted each man by the
NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear “he would have”
NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])<br>
NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ NUM 5 30 lwf7 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh”
NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear “must endure”
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])<br>
NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ NUM 6 25 f8fh figs-you 0 on you…to you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc
NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you…give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])<br>
NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle”
NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel…the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ NUM 7 89 y6f1 figs-synecdoche 0 he heard his voice speaking to him Here “his
NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid…from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md).
NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him “Yahweh spoke to Moses”
NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br>
NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front “must shine towards the front”
NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light “to shine”
NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -606,7 +606,7 @@ NUM 8 24 ygl7 0 All of this is for the Levites “All of these commandments ar
NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>
NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br>
NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ NUM 9 21 zn66 0 only when the cloud lifted would they journey on “then after
NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br>
NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
@ -714,7 +714,7 @@ NUM 10 35 hqm2 figs-metaphor 0 Rise up, Yahweh Here the phrase “rise up” is
NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned “Yahweh sent fire that burned”
NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -763,7 +763,7 @@ NUM 11 32 r8bg translate-bvolume 0 ten homers A homer is a unit of volume equal
NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 12 2 aac3 0 Now Yahweh heard The word “Now” hear draws attention to the important point that follows.
NUM 12 3 v4cp writing-background 0 Now the man Moses “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. The narrator tells background information about Moses’ character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -781,7 +781,7 @@ NUM 12 14 f2gq figs-hypo 0 If her father had spit in her face This describes so
NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 12 15 ww7l figs-activepassive 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses shut Miriam outside the camp” or “Moses sent Miriam outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 12 16 w7ur 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. See how you translated it in [Numbers 11:35](../11/35.md).
NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 13 2 mg6w figs-pastforfuture 0 which I have given God had decided that the land of Canaan would belong to the people of Israel, but they had not yet moved into it. Alternate translation: “which I have decided to give” or “which I will soon give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
NUM 13 2 t5e2 0 Each man must be a leader among them “Each man whom you send must be a leader among his tribe”
NUM 13 4 l3bh translate-names 0 Shammua son of Zaccur These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ NUM 13 32 i1fs figs-metaphor 0 a land that eats up its inhabitants The men spea
NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight…in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion…in their opinion” or “In our own judgement…in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ NUM 14 43 wp6t figs-metaphor 0 you turned back from following Yahweh Obeying Ya
NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve”
NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan.
NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br>
NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel.
NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock “to produce from the herd or flock a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md).
@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ NUM 15 39 vhx4 figs-metaphor 0 prostitute yourselves to them Being unfaithful t
NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis.
NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])<br>
NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 16 1 xx9n 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
NUM 16 2 t69q figs-metaphor 0 rose up against Moses Rebelling or criticizing someone in authority is spoken of as if they were standing up to fight. Alternate translation: “rebelled against Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 16 2 uge1 translate-numbers 0 two hundred and fifty “250” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -976,7 +976,7 @@ NUM 16 46 pv5i figs-metonymy 0 anger is coming from Yahweh Anger coming from Go
NUM 16 47 s2fi figs-metonymy 0 he put in the incense Putting the incense in the censer here represents burning it. Alternate translation: “he burned the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the plague stopped spreading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 17 2 qi3j translate-numbers 0 twelve “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ NUM 17 10 nwq2 figs-synecdoche 0 the covenant decrees The phrase “the covenan
NUM 17 10 n4ip figs-abstractnouns 0 so that you may end complaints against me The word “complaints” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “so that you may stop them from complaining against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 17 10 b4j8 0 or they will die This is what would happen if the people were to continue complaining. God wanted to prevent this. Alternate translation: “so that they will not die”
NUM 17 12 m73b figs-parallelism 0 We will die here. We will all perish! These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood “any priest”
@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ NUM 18 30 c3xf 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br>
NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
NUM 19 2 vs5r figs-doublet 0 a statute, a law These two words share similar meanings. Alternate translation: “a statute of the law” or “a legal statute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
NUM 19 2 u2gx 0 bring to you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses.
NUM 19 2 x8cy figs-doublet 0 flaw or blemish These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this animal is to have no imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@ NUM 19 20 d5l6 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: The ideas of “clean” an
NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1122,7 +1122,7 @@ NUM 20 24 z598 0 rebelled against my word “refused to do what I said”
NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 2 x3np figs-metonymy 0 Israel vowed This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel vowed” or “The Israelites made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NUM 21 3 j1ix figs-metonymy 0 listened to Israel’s voice Here “listen” means that Yahweh did as they asked. Alternate translation: “did what Israel asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1177,7 +1177,7 @@ NUM 21 34 wk2t 0 Do to him as you did to Sihon king of the Amorites The Israel
NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him “So the army of Israel killed Og”
NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land “they took control of his land”
NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br>
NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river.
NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1245,7 +1245,7 @@ NUM 22 38 re6i figs-metaphor 0 the words that God puts into my mouth The messag
NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat “some of the meat from the sacrifices”
NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal.
NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice”
NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away”
@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ NUM 23 24 jm1j figs-metaphor 0 the people rise like a lioness…he has killed T
NUM 23 25 yxn3 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 23 26 sl4c figs-rquestion 0 Did I not tell you that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say? Balaam uses this rhetorical question to remind Balak that Balaam refused to disobey God even before he came to Balak. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I told you before that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NUM 23 28 jd2z figs-explicit 0 which looks down on the wilderness It is understood that this wilderness was where Israel was camped. Alternate translation: “which looks down on the wilderness where Israel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NUM 24 1 w9kx 0 as at the other times “like he did the previous times”
NUM 24 2 wa9k figs-idiom 0 He raised his eyes Here “raised his eyes” is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “He looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took control of him to prophesy.
@ -1348,7 +1348,7 @@ NUM 24 23 bj5v figs-rquestion 0 Who will survive when God does this? This rheto
NUM 24 24 rl4t translate-names 0 Kittim This is the name of a city on an island in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 24 24 zm8g figs-abstractnouns 0 they, too, will end in destruction The abstract noun “destruction” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 24 25 wf69 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
NUM 25 1 bx2y translate-names 0 Shittim This is the name of a place in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 25 2 zud9 translate-symaction 0 bowed down This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 25 3 bum9 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
@ -1377,7 +1377,7 @@ NUM 25 18 kw2l 0 They led you into evil “They persuaded you to do this evil
NUM 25 18 dj72 0 in the case of Peor…in the matter of Peor Both of these phrases mean that these things happened at Mount Peor.
NUM 25 18 h4fy 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
NUM 25 18 vp48 figs-activepassive 0 who was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Phinehas killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
NUM 26 2 i1ce figs-explicit 0 Count all the community They were only to count the men, not the women. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Count all the men of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 26 2 vni2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years old and up “20 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 26 3 z8gq 0 spoke to them “spoke to the Israelite leaders”
@ -1453,7 +1453,7 @@ NUM 26 64 xc7s figs-activepassive 0 when the descendants of Israel were counted
NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md).
NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md).
NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])<br>
NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad…son of Joseph “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses.” This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad.
NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher…Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md).
NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead…Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md).
@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@ NUM 27 23 gcp5 0 He laid his hands on him and commanded him to lead “He” r
NUM 27 23 cb8n translate-symaction 0 He laid his hands on him The laying on of hands was a way of setting a person apart to do a special task for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
NUM 27 23 nk4a figs-ellipsis 0 to lead You can make clear the understood information to lead the people. Alternate translation: “to lead the people” or “to be the leader of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 27 23 cw8h 0 as Yahweh had commanded him to do Here “him” refers to Moses.
NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])<br>
NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])
NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times “at the times that I haven chosen”
NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me “a smell I enjoy”
@ -1555,7 +1555,7 @@ NUM 28 29 tdh2 translate-fraction 0 a tenth of an ephah “A tenth” means one
NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.<br>
NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
@ -1628,7 +1628,7 @@ NUM 29 37 m6nc figs-activepassive 0 as were commanded This can be stated in act
NUM 29 38 nyr3 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
NUM 29 39 zpq3 0 These are what you must offer “These offerings are what you must offer”
NUM 29 39 y3wf 0 fixed festivals “planned festivals.” These are festivals that occurred at regularly scheduled times. The word “fixed” means “set” or “predetermined.”
NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 30 2 n92a 0 a man makes a vow The words “a man” refer to any man, not one particular man. It refers only to men and does not include women. Alternate translation: “any man”
NUM 30 2 yep5 figs-metaphor 0 to bind himself with a binding promise Here Moses speaks of a person promising to do something as if his promise were a physical object that he ties to himself. Alternate translation: “committing to fulfill a promise” or “promising to do something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 30 2 d5ft figs-parallelism 0 he must not break his word. He must keep his promise to do everything that comes out of his mouth These two sentences have similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that he must fulfill his promises. Here “word” is a metonym that refers to what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -1664,7 +1664,7 @@ NUM 30 14 sq3z figs-metaphor 0 binding promises Moses describes a woman’s pro
NUM 30 14 ntv6 figs-idiom 0 will stand This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and that she will be required to fulfill them. Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NUM 30 14 w9nv figs-ellipsis 0 because he has said nothing to her You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “because he has said nothing to her about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NUM 30 15 z7x5 figs-explicit 0 then he will be responsible for her guilt This means that he will be guilty of her sin instead of her if she does not fulfill her vow. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “if she does not fulfill her vow, she will not be guilty of her sin, and he will be guilty instead of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 31 2 u6qq 0 Take vengeance on the Midianites for what they did to the Israelites Yahweh was punishing the Midianites for convincing the Israelites to worship idols.
NUM 31 2 l7s2 figs-parallelism 0 you will die and be gathered to your people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This is a polite way to emphasize that it is time for Moses to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
NUM 31 3 z1v2 0 Arm some of your men for war “Give weapons to some of your men”
@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ NUM 31 52 qri3 translate-numbers 0 from the commanders of thousands and from th
NUM 31 52 b57h translate-numbers 0 16750 “sixteen thousand, seven hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
NUM 31 52 gj47 translate-bmoney 0 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
NUM 31 54 r1uq 0 as a reminder of the people of Israel for Yahweh The gold will remind the people that Yahweh gave them victory. It will also remind Yahweh that the people fulfilled his revenge on the Midianites.
NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
NUM 32 1 t4bt writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Moses tells background information about the tribes of Reuben and Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NUM 32 3 dwl6 translate-names 0 Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh, Sebam, Nebo, and Beon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 4 fd7v 0 General Information: The people from Reuben and Gad continue speaking to Moses, Eleazar, and the other leaders.
@ -1803,7 +1803,7 @@ NUM 32 41 h5li translate-names 0 Jair This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://e
NUM 32 41 mn6c translate-names 0 Havvoth Jair This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 42 rm3m translate-names 0 Nobah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 32 42 r3cx translate-names 0 Kenath This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”<br>
NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”
NUM 33 1 va6t 0 by their armed groups “by their military divisions.” This means that each tribe had their own men, who were armed, to protect them. See how you translated “armed groups” in [Numbers 1:3](../01/03.md).
NUM 33 2 gx4i figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 33 2 y7p2 0 departure after departure “from one place to another place”
@ -1842,7 +1842,7 @@ NUM 33 54 q2gz figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land The Israelites claiming the lan
NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br>
NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
@ -1857,7 +1857,7 @@ NUM 34 19 d75w translate-names 0 General Information: This is the list of men w
NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass
@ -1893,7 +1893,7 @@ NUM 35 32 a9qa 0 in this way “by accepting a ransom”
NUM 35 33 gzd5 figs-metaphor 0 Do not pollute in this way the land where you live, because blood from murder pollutes the land Making the land unacceptable to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically polluting the land. Alternate translation: “Do not make the land where you live unacceptable to me in this way, because blood from murder makes the land unacceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NUM 35 33 df8z 0 in this way This means by disobeying the laws concerning a person who kills someone.
NUM 35 33 pl2f figs-activepassive 0 No atonement can be made for the land when blood has been shed on it, except by the blood of the one who shed it This refers to when a person intentionally kills another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When someone has shed blood in the land, only the execution of the murderer can make atonement for the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br>
NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
NUM 36 1 if4m translate-names 0 Machir This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NUM 36 2 gt4r figs-activepassive 0 You were commanded by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NUM 36 2 wj3z translate-names 0 Zelophehad This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NUM front intro p55k 0 # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>- Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>- The quails (11:16–35)<br>- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>- Commands (15:1-41)<br>- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>- The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>- Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>- Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>- The second counting (26:1-65)<br>- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>- Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>- The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.<br> # Introduction to Numbers<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Numbers<br><br>1. Preparing to leave Sinai (1:1–10:10)<br>- Counting and assembling the tribes (1:1–4:49)<br>- Regulations (5:1–6:27)<br>- Dedicating the altar (7:1-89)<br>- Setting up the lampstand (8:1-4)<br>- Setting apart the Levites (8:5–29)<br>- Second Passover; the cloud to lead them; trumpets (9:1–10:10)<br>1. Sinai to Moab, through the wilderness (10:11–17:13)<br>- Complaining and murmuring (10:11–11:15)<br>- The quails (11:16–35)<br>- Miriam’s leprosy (12:1–16)<br>- The spies selected and sent (13:1–14:45)<br>- Commands (15:1-41)<br>- Korah’s rebellion (16:1–17:13)<br>1. The Priests and purifying (18:1-19:22)<br>- Priests and Levites (18:1–32)<br>- The law about purifying (19:1–22)<br>1. Conflicts (20:1–21:35)<br>- Miriam’s death (20:1–13)<br>- Edom’s refusal and Aaron’s death (20:14–29)<br>- Journey to Moab (21:1–35)<br>1. The Plains of Moab (22:1–36:13)<br>- Balaam (22:1–24:25)<br>- Baal Peor (25:1–18)<br>- The second counting (26:1-65)<br>- Inheritance rights for daughters (27:1–11)<br>- Joshua succeeds Moses (27:12–23)<br>- Offerings and women’s vows (28:1–30:16)<br>- Midianite war (31:1–54)<br>- Across the Jordan (32:1–42)<br>- The people set up camp (33:1–56)<br>- Land west of the Jordan; cities for Levites and cities of refuge (34:1–35:34)<br>- Female heirs marry (36:1-13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Numbers about?<br><br>The Book of Numbers tells about the people of Israel as they traveled from Mount Sinai in the wilderness to the Jordan River. While traveling, the Israelites became discouraged. So they rebelled against the leaders whom God had given them. At the Jordan River, the people of Israel refused to enter the Promised Land. Because the Israelites were afraid and did not trust God, he delayed their entry into the Promised Land for forty years (13:1–14:45). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book, “Numbers,” refers to when the number of the Israelites was counted. The people of the project language may already be familiar with the name “Numbers” from other Bible versions. If not, the translator could consider a clearer name for the book, such as “The Counting of the People of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/census]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Numbers?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Numbers. However, at a later time, scribes and priests probably put the book into its present form. They may have included text from other sources. One such source was “the scroll of the Wars of Yahweh” (21:14).<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does Numbers present the idea of the whole community being responsible when only a few people sinned?<br><br>The people understood and assumed that God would punish the whole community of Israel if some of the people rebelled against him. God did often punish the entire nation when some of them sinned. All of the people in the ancient Near East would have understood and expected this. However, Moses and Aaron prayed for God to punish only those who were guilty.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why does Moses speak using third person pronouns about himself?<br><br>When an author wrote about something he was involved in, it was common for him to use the pronoun “he” instead of “I,” or “they” instead of “we.” The translator may decide to use the project’s normal pronouns instead.
3 NUM 1 intro av14 0 # Numbers 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.<br> # Numbers 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 1:5-15 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>### Census<br><br>They counted how many men of military age were in each tribe of Israel. These men would also become the heads of families. It is possible the numbers in this chapter are rounded to the nearest 100.
4 NUM 1 1 fr2s 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 NUM 1 1 u2p1 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first day of the second month This is the second month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6 NUM 1 1 ava2 translate-ordinal 0 the second year “year 2” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
61 NUM 1 53 yl7f 0 the tabernacle of the covenant decrees The tabernacle was also called by this longer name because the ark with the law of God was placed inside it. See how you translated this in [Numbers 1:50](../01/50.md).
62 NUM 1 53 j1iz figs-metaphor 0 so that my anger does not come upon the people of Israel Here Yahweh speaks of not punishing the Israelites as his anger not coming upon them. The phrase “come upon” refers to his anger being applied to them. Alternate translation: “so that in my anger I do not punish the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
63 NUM 1 54 k71a figs-explicit 0 Yahweh commanded through Moses Yahweh had commanded Moses everything that the Israelites were to do, and then Moses had commanded the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
64 NUM 2 intro wn6c 0 # Numbers 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.<br> # Numbers 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Camping<br><br>Moses told each tribe where to camp. They were each given a specific area in which to stay.
65 NUM 2 2 q34t 0 around his standard The “standards” were four larger groups that the tribes were divided into. Each standard was commanded to camp together. The standards was represented by a banner.
66 NUM 2 2 mdj9 0 with the banners of their fathers’ houses Each extended family also had a banner under with the camp, which was within the area designated for their standard.
67 NUM 2 2 p14g 0 banners A banner is a large flag.
121 NUM 2 32 zjs1 0 by their divisions Here “their” refers to the people of Israel.
122 NUM 2 32 a1g3 translate-numbers 0 are 603,550 “are six hundred and three thousand five hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
123 NUM 2 34 rc4w figs-explicit 0 They went out from the camp This refers to when they would travel to another place. Alternate translation: “When they traveled, they went out from the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
124 NUM 3 intro d7r1 0 # Numbers 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # Numbers 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The tribe of Levi<br><br>The Levites were given a special function in Israel. They belonged to or were specially dedicated to serve Yahweh. They were to be priests and because of this were held to a higher standard than the rest of Israel. Only one of Aaron’s sons survived because the others offered improper sacrifices. This tribe had a lot of responsibility during this time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
125 NUM 3 1 h3ge 0 Now Here the author uses the word “now” to shift to telling a new historical account.
126 NUM 3 2 r7t6 0 Nadab the firstborn “Nadab, who was the firstborn”
127 NUM 3 2 tl67 translate-names 0 Nadab…Abihu…Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
191 NUM 3 51 pt1a 0 to his sons Here “his” refers to Aaron
192 NUM 3 51 gh9t figs-parallelism 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word, as Yahweh had commanded him These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
193 NUM 3 51 bj75 figs-activepassive 0 he was told to do by Yahweh’s word Here “Yahweh’s word” refers to Yahweh who spoke to Moses. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that Yahweh had told him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
194 NUM 4 intro c4x5 0 # Numbers 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br> # Numbers 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Counting the Levites by clans<br><br>Moses gave special instructions for each of the families of the tribes of Levi. Each family was given a special role in the ministry of the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
195 NUM 4 2 png1 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
196 NUM 4 3 j52n translate-numbers 0 thirty to fifty years old “30 to 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
197 NUM 4 3 xcf4 0 join the company The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting.
276 NUM 4 49 hpb1 figs-activepassive 0 by the type of work he was assigned to do This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by his type of work assignment” or “by the type of work he had assigned each man to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
277 NUM 4 49 kdw6 0 he would bear “he would have”
278 NUM 4 49 q8p8 0 they obeyed what Yahweh had commanded them Here “they” and “them” refer to Moses and Aaron.
279 NUM 5 intro q2wy 0 # Numbers 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])<br> # Numbers 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s camp<br><br>Israel’s entire camp was to be a “clean” place. This meant that people who could not be made acceptable to God were not allowed inside the camp. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br><br>### Vengeance<br>There are several laws in this chapter regarding restitution. These laws were meant to limit the ways in which people who had been wronged could seek to be compensated. These laws were intended to make it difficult for such people to avenge a wrong when they were angry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/jealous]])
280 NUM 5 2 w9tt 0 infectious skin disease This refers to leprosy, which is a sickness that affects the skin and easily spreads to other people.
281 NUM 5 2 zu9x 0 oozing sore This refers to an open cut that is leaking fluids.
282 NUM 5 2 mu8x figs-metaphor 0 whoever is unclean through touching a dead body If a person touched a dead body they were considered unclean. A person who is not acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
351 NUM 5 31 xzp4 0 Connecting Statement: Moses continues to describe what the people are to do if the hypothetical situation he began describing in [Numbers 5:12](../05/12.md) ever happens.
352 NUM 5 31 by7a 0 will be free from guilt for bringing his wife to the priest “will not be guilty of doing something wrong by bringing his wife to the priest”
353 NUM 5 31 jq87 0 must bear “must endure”
354 NUM 6 intro v9bp 0 # Numbers 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])<br> # Numbers 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Nazirite vow<br>The Nazirite vow was a special type of vow between a person and Yahweh. This chapter gives the rules for people to be consecrated to God as Nazirites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
355 NUM 6 2 fuw1 figs-idiom 0 separates himself “To separate yourself to someone” means to “dedicate yourself” to that person. Alternate translation: “dedicates himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
356 NUM 6 3 vl9v figs-idiom 0 he must keep himself from This idiom means that he must not eat or drink them. Alternate translation: “he must not consume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
357 NUM 6 3 guv7 figs-activepassive 0 vinegar made from wine This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “vinegar that people make from wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
412 NUM 6 26 x48t figs-idiom 0 look on you with favor Here the phrase “look on” means to show a certain attitude towards that person. Alternate translation: “show you favor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
413 NUM 6 26 jh4e figs-you 0 on you…give you Here “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
414 NUM 6 27 y2cb figs-metaphor 0 they must give my name Here Yahweh speaks about claiming the Israelites as his own by saying that he is giving them “his name.” Alternate translation: “they must let the people of Israel know that they are mine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
415 NUM 7 intro tjd7 0 # Numbers 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])<br> # Numbers 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Consecrating the altar<br><br>When the tabernacle was completed, they consecrated the altar. Each tribe brought an offering to consecrate the altar. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]])
416 NUM 7 1 pvb3 0 Moses completed the tabernacle “Moses finished setting up the tabernacle”
417 NUM 7 2 uj4z figs-parallelism 0 the leaders of Israel…the heads of their ancestor’s families These two phrases describe the same group of people two different ways. Alternate translation: “the leaders of Israel who are also the heads of their ancestors families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
418 NUM 7 2 p163 figs-metonymy 0 the heads of their ancestor’s families Here the leaders of the families are referred to as “heads.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of their ancestor’s families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
571 NUM 7 89 jpx6 figs-parallelism 0 from above the atonement lid…from between the two cherubim These two phrases describe the same location. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
572 NUM 7 89 e4hs 0 ark of the testimony See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:5](../04/05.md).
573 NUM 7 89 cu31 0 He spoke to him “Yahweh spoke to Moses”
574 NUM 8 intro v1ax 0 # Numbers 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br> # Numbers 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The consecration of the tabernacle continues in this chapter. The people obeyed Yahweh’s exact instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/consecrate]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
575 NUM 8 2 v3fv 0 must give light in front “must shine towards the front”
576 NUM 8 3 u9fj 0 to give light “to shine”
577 NUM 8 4 vx9c figs-activepassive 0 The lampstand was made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They had made the lampstand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
606 NUM 8 24 q65x translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old “25 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
607 NUM 8 24 l8m6 0 must join the company to serve in the tent of meeting The word “company” refers to the rest of the people working in the tent of meeting. See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 4:3](../04/03.md).
608 NUM 8 25 hw8k translate-numbers 0 at the age of fifty years “at 50 years old” or “when they become 50 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
609 NUM 9 intro p8ra 0 # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br> # Numbers 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Passover ==<br><br>This chapter records the celebration of the Passover for the first time since it began. The people kept the Passover as directed by the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br>
610 NUM 9 1 zi29 translate-ordinal 0 in the first month of the second year after they came out from the land of Egypt This means that they had come out of Egypt a year earlier. They were beginning their second year in the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
611 NUM 9 1 w91f translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
612 NUM 9 1 ku29 figs-idiom 0 after they came out from the land of Egypt Here “they” refers to the people of Israel. The phrase “came out” means to leave. Alternate translation: “after they left the land of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
656 NUM 9 22 y7i4 figs-activepassive 0 the cloud was taken up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the cloud rose up” or “Yahweh took up the cloud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
657 NUM 9 23 acm7 figs-abstractnouns 0 at Yahweh’s command The word “command” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
658 NUM 9 23 h49s figs-activepassive 0 Yahweh’s command given through Moses This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the command that Yahweh had given through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
659 NUM 10 intro vix6 0 # Numbers 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])<br> # Numbers 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trumpets<br>In the ancient Near East, trumpets were used for many purposes. They were used to call people together. They were also used to lead people into battle.<br><br>### Israel starts to move<br><br>Each tribe had its place in line as did the tabernacle. Their movements through the desert were very deliberate and ordered. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tabernacle]])
660 NUM 10 2 a5wu figs-metonymy 0 Make two silver trumpets This means that Yahweh commanded Moses to have someone make the trumpet. He did not make them himself. Alternate translation: “Tell someone to make two silver trumpets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
661 NUM 10 2 a3nl figs-metonymy 0 You must use the trumpets Moses will not blow the trumpets himself, but he will command the priests to blow them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
662 NUM 10 3 k8w4 0 in front of you “while you are present.” This means that Moses was to be there with the priest when he blew the trumpets.
714 NUM 10 35 n947 figs-metaphor 0 Make those who hate you run from you Here Moses speaks about Yahweh causing their enemies to flee from the people of Israel as if they were fleeing from Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Make those who hate you run away from your ark and your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
715 NUM 10 36 a1np figs-personification 0 Whenever the ark stopped Here the ark is spoken of as if were a person traveling. The ark was really being carried by men. Alternate translation: “Whenever the people carrying the ark stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
716 NUM 10 36 s46d figs-explicit 0 many tens of thousands This refers to people. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “many tens of thousands of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
717 NUM 11 intro t7jv 0 # Numbers 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Numbers 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complaining<br>Moses complained about having too much responsibility. Therefore, God gave seventy men the spirit of prophecy to help Moses. The people complained about food, even though Yahweh was miraculously providing them with their food. The people complained because they did not have meat or fish to eat. God sent them quail. He punished some of the people, but it does not say why God did this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
718 NUM 11 1 y6b3 0 Fire from Yahweh burned “Yahweh sent fire that burned”
719 NUM 11 3 n5ye figs-activepassive 0 That place was named This can be stated in the active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
720 NUM 11 4 tfn7 figs-rquestion 0 Who will give us meat to eat? The Israelites ask this question in order to complain and to express their desire for something other than manna to eat. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “We wish that we had meat to eat.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
763 NUM 11 33 zs3j figs-parallelism 0 While the meat was still between their teeth, while they were chewing it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Together they emphasize that God punished them immediately, even while they were eating the meat. Alternate translation: “While they were still eating the meat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
764 NUM 11 34 xkj8 figs-activepassive 0 That place was named Kibroth Hattaavah This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They named that place Kibroth Hattaavah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
765 NUM 11 35 j14n translate-names 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
766 NUM 12 intro qam4 0 # Numbers 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Numbers 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:6-8.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>God used the idiom “mouth to mouth” meaning “speaking directly with both people present.” This indicated that Moses was more than just a prophet and greater than other prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
767 NUM 12 2 h4pv figs-rquestion 0 Has Yahweh spoken only with Moses? Has he not spoken also with us? Miriam and Aaron use these questions to complain that Moses had so much authority and they did not. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has not spoken only with Moses. He has also spoken with us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
768 NUM 12 2 aac3 0 Now Yahweh heard The word “Now” hear draws attention to the important point that follows.
769 NUM 12 3 v4cp writing-background 0 Now the man Moses “Now” is used to mark a break in the main story line. The narrator tells background information about Moses’ character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
781 NUM 12 15 dk19 figs-metaphor 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp Being sent out of the camp and not being allowed to go back in is spoken of as if there were a door that was closed behind her. Alternate translation: “Miriam was sent outside the camp” or “Miriam was kept outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
782 NUM 12 15 ww7l figs-activepassive 0 Miriam was shut outside the camp This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Moses shut Miriam outside the camp” or “Moses sent Miriam outside the camp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
783 NUM 12 16 w7ur 0 Hazeroth This is the name of a place in the desert. See how you translated it in [Numbers 11:35](../11/35.md).
784 NUM 13 intro a1bi 0 # Numbers 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br> # Numbers 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spies<br><br>Leaders from each of the tribes went to spy on the Promised Land in Canaan. Yahweh was not concerned with how many people were there, because he could defeat them. It appears that he is testing the faith of the people. The people were supposed to be excited to enter this wonderful land, instead they were afraid. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
785 NUM 13 2 mg6w figs-pastforfuture 0 which I have given God had decided that the land of Canaan would belong to the people of Israel, but they had not yet moved into it. Alternate translation: “which I have decided to give” or “which I will soon give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
786 NUM 13 2 t5e2 0 Each man must be a leader among them “Each man whom you send must be a leader among his tribe”
787 NUM 13 4 l3bh translate-names 0 Shammua son of Zaccur These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
820 NUM 13 33 zz8m translate-names 0 Anak This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
821 NUM 13 33 ckl6 figs-metaphor 0 In our own sight…in their sight Here sight represents evaluation and judgement. Alternate translation: “In our own opinion…in their opinion” or “In our own judgement…in their judgement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
822 NUM 13 33 s8xm figs-simile 0 we were like grasshoppers in comparison with them The men speak of grasshoppers to show how very small they thought themselves to be compared to the people of the land. Alternate translation: “we are as small as grasshoppers in comparison with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
823 NUM 14 intro paw9 0 # Numbers 14 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br> # Numbers 14 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. These questions indicate that people did not have faith in Yahweh. Yahweh also uses rhetorical questions to show the people’s lack of faith. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
824 NUM 14 3 r8f9 figs-rquestion 0 Why did Yahweh bring us to this land to die by the sword? The people use this question in order to complain and accuse Yahweh of treating them unfairly. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Yahweh should not have brought us to this land only to die by the sword.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
825 NUM 14 3 c2ap figs-metonymy 0 to die by the sword Here “the sword” represents either being killed by the sword or being killed in battle. Alternate translation: “to die when people attack us with swords” or “to die in battle” or (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
826 NUM 14 3 y89n figs-rquestion 0 Is it not better for us to return to Egypt? The people use this question to encourage people to agree with them that it would be better to return to Egypt. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It would be better for us to return to Egypt than to try to conquer Canaan.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
870 NUM 14 43 qj3c figs-metaphor 0 he will not be with you Helping them is spoken of as being with them. Alternate translation: “he will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
871 NUM 14 44 dy4m 0 they presumed to go up into the hill country “they dared to go up into the hill country even though God did not approve”
872 NUM 14 44 c73c 0 into the hill country Much of the land of Israel is elevated. When the Israelites crossed the Jordan River valley to attack the Canaanites, there were hills that they had to climb in order to go farther into the land of Canaan.
873 NUM 15 intro s9dr 0 # Numbers 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br> # Numbers 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Purifying the people<br>As the people travel through the wilderness, Yahweh is purifying them. He is doing this so that they are able to enter into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Prostitution<br><br>The imagery of prostitution is commonly used in Scripture to indicate that Yahweh alone is to be worshiped. The people are compared to the prostitute because a husband is to only have a sexual relationship with his wife. Both the prostitute and the worship of other gods are violations of this exclusive relationship. Many cultures will struggle with this imagery because of a desire to use euphemisms. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
874 NUM 15 1 kit4 0 General Information: Numbers 15:1-32 tells what God told Moses to tell the people of Israel.
875 NUM 15 3 w63b figs-metaphor 0 to produce a pleasing aroma for Yahweh from the herd or the flock “to produce from the herd or flock a smell that pleases Yahweh.” The Lord’s pleasure with the aroma represents his pleasure with the person who burns the offering. Alternate translation: “to please Yahweh by burning a sacrifice from the herd or the flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
876 NUM 15 4 x238 0 a burnt offering This refers to the offerings spoken of in [Numbers 15:3](../15/03.md).
918 NUM 15 40 q9my 0 Connecting Statement: God continues telling Moses what to tell the people of Israel. The word “you” refers to the people.
919 NUM 15 40 x4hp figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
920 NUM 15 41 zvn9 0 I am Yahweh your God This clause is repeated for emphasis.
921 NUM 16 intro q814 0 # Numbers 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])<br> # Numbers 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebellion and punishment<br><br>A certain Levite and a few men from the tribe of Reuben claimed that they were just as good as Moses and Aaron, and they also could do the work of sacrificing animals at the sacred tent. So Moses told them to come to the sacred tent and burn incense to Yahweh. God then made the earth open and swallow up these leaders and their families. He also sent fire to destroy 250 other men who had joined with those leaders. These actions showed that only the Levites, those whom Yahweh appointed, could be priests. Also, it taught the people that to rebel against Yahweh’s anointed was to rebel against Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
922 NUM 16 1 xx9n 0 Kohath See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 3:17](../03/17.md).
923 NUM 16 2 t69q figs-metaphor 0 rose up against Moses Rebelling or criticizing someone in authority is spoken of as if they were standing up to fight. Alternate translation: “rebelled against Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
924 NUM 16 2 uge1 translate-numbers 0 two hundred and fifty “250” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
976 NUM 16 47 s2fi figs-metonymy 0 he put in the incense Putting the incense in the censer here represents burning it. Alternate translation: “he burned the incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
977 NUM 16 48 fgs5 figs-activepassive 0 the plague was stopped This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the plague stopped spreading” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
978 NUM 16 49 e8gm translate-numbers 0 14,700 in number “fourteen thousand seven hundred in number” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
979 NUM 17 intro b38c 0 # Numbers 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # Numbers 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Which tribe should be special workers for God?<br><br>God told Moses that each tribe should bring one wooden staff and leave it overnight at the temple. The next day Aaron’s staff representing the tribe of Levi bloomed and produced ripe almond nuts. This showed that the tribe of Levi was still the tribe chosen to be Yahweh’s priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
980 NUM 17 2 qi3j translate-numbers 0 twelve “12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
981 NUM 17 3 jjh7 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
982 NUM 17 3 xg67 0 Levi’s staff The name Levi here refers to the tribe of Levi.
991 NUM 17 10 n4ip figs-abstractnouns 0 so that you may end complaints against me The word “complaints” is an abstract noun that can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “so that you may stop them from complaining against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
992 NUM 17 10 b4j8 0 or they will die This is what would happen if the people were to continue complaining. God wanted to prevent this. Alternate translation: “so that they will not die”
993 NUM 17 12 m73b figs-parallelism 0 We will die here. We will all perish! These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
994 NUM 18 intro s8q6 0 # Numbers 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # Numbers 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Tithes and offerings<br><br>The tribes of Israel were required to bring a tithe to the Levites in order to free them to serve Yahweh as priests. There is a detailed description of what belonged to Yahweh in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
995 NUM 18 1 u2mx figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed against the sanctuary This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone commits against the sanctuary” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
996 NUM 18 1 g8xh figs-activepassive 0 all sins committed by anyone in the priesthood This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all sins that anyone in the priesthood commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
997 NUM 18 1 ljg9 0 anyone in the priesthood “any priest”
1055 NUM 18 30 l7ak 0 the best of it “the best of what you have received from the people of Israel”
1056 NUM 18 31 g3lw 0 the rest of your gifts The “gifts” are the offerings that the Israelites give to God and that the Levites receive from them.
1057 NUM 18 32 v4s3 0 You will not incur any guilt by eating and drinking it “You will not be guilty when you eat and drink it”
1058 NUM 19 intro rnm7 0 # Numbers 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br> # Numbers 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ritually clean<br><br>This chapter talks about being clean. Some of these rituals were required to make a priest clean in order to set them apart to serve Yahweh. Other rituals were required because they prevented people from getting sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1059 NUM 19 2 vs5r figs-doublet 0 a statute, a law These two words share similar meanings. Alternate translation: “a statute of the law” or “a legal statute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1060 NUM 19 2 u2gx 0 bring to you Here “you” is singular and refers to Moses.
1061 NUM 19 2 x8cy figs-doublet 0 flaw or blemish These two words mean basically the same thing and emphasize that this animal is to have no imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1085 NUM 19 20 mz5q figs-metaphor 0 that person will be cut off Here the phrase “be cut off” means to be disowned and sent away. See how you translated this in [Numbers 9:13](../09/13.md). Alternate translation: “That person must be sent away” or “you must send that person away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1086 NUM 19 20 u7dz figs-activepassive 0 The water for impurity has not been sprinkled on him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one has sprinkled the water for impurity on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1087 NUM 19 21 bs1a 0 the water for impurity “the water that is sprinkled on impure things to make them pure” or “the water for making things pure.” See how you translated this in [Numbers 19:13](../19/13.md)
1088 NUM 20 intro uzx8 0 # Numbers 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Numbers 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moses’ sin<br><br>God told Moses to command water to come out of a rock for the people who were complaining that they had no water. Moses became angry with the people and hit the rock twice. God told him that he and Aaron would not be allowed to go into Canaan because he disobeyed by hitting the rock instead of just speaking to it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### “It would have been better if we had died when our fellow Israelites died in front of Yahweh”<br>It is possible that this statement should be taken as hyperbole, but it does not have to be taken this way. The translator should probably avoid treating this as hyperbole. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Wilderness of Sin<br>Sin is the name of a place in this chapter. It is not a place that is known for its sin. The name is not related to the meaning of the word “sin.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1089 NUM 20 1 wu8m translate-transliterate 0 the wilderness of Zin The word “Zin” here is the Hebrew name of the wilderness. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
1090 NUM 20 1 ht9k translate-hebrewmonths 0 the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God rescued the Israelites from the Egyptians. The first month is during the last part of March and the first part of April on the Western calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1091 NUM 20 1 r66w figs-activepassive 0 was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they buried her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1122 NUM 20 25 ie14 0 Connecting Statement: God continues speaking to Moses.
1123 NUM 20 26 af1h figs-parallelism 0 must die and be gathered to his people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. They mean that it is time for Aaron to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1124 NUM 20 29 lcr9 translate-numbers 0 thirty days “30 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1125 NUM 21 intro vi2c 0 # Numbers 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # Numbers 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:14-15, 17-18, 27-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungrateful<br><br>The Israelites said, “Why have you brought us up out of Egypt to die in the wilderness? There is no bread, no water, and we hate this miserable food.” After all Yahweh had done, they were very ungrateful. This showed their lack of faith and trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1126 NUM 21 1 nsa6 figs-metonymy 0 he fought against Israel Here “he fought” means that his army fought. Alternate translation: “his army fought against Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1127 NUM 21 2 x3np figs-metonymy 0 Israel vowed This refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel vowed” or “The Israelites made a vow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1128 NUM 21 3 j1ix figs-metonymy 0 listened to Israel’s voice Here “listen” means that Yahweh did as they asked. Alternate translation: “did what Israel asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1177 NUM 21 35 mdc5 0 So they killed him “So the army of Israel killed Og”
1178 NUM 21 35 b31n figs-activepassive 0 none of his people were left alive This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all of his people were dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1179 NUM 21 35 w1f2 0 they took over his land “they took control of his land”
1180 NUM 22 intro hxi6 0 # Numbers 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br> # Numbers 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The chapter begins a section on Balaam. The king of Moab wanted the prophet Balaam to come and curse Israel. God told him not to go but he wanted to go; so God told him to say only what God wanted him to say. Yahweh was able to use Balaam, even though he was not a prophet of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
1181 NUM 22 1 vt4u 0 on the other side of the Jordan River from the city The Israelites were camped on the east side of the Jordan River. Jericho was on the west side of the river.
1182 NUM 22 2 a4k1 translate-names 0 Balak son of Zippor Balak was king of Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1183 NUM 22 2 hqt3 translate-names 0 Zippor Zippor is the father of Balak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1245 NUM 22 39 lt48 translate-names 0 Kiriath Huzoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1246 NUM 22 40 e9l3 0 some meat “some of the meat from the sacrifices”
1247 NUM 22 41 sx5n 0 the high place of Baal Possible meanings are (1) this refers to the same place as Bamoth in [Numbers 21:19](../21/19.md). The word Bamoth means “the high place,” or (2) this is another high place where people sacrificed to Baal.
1248 NUM 23 intro kt51 0 # Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br> # Numbers 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:7-10, 18-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blessed Israel twice when he was supposed to curse them. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
1249 NUM 23 1 js8j 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
1250 NUM 23 1 yr7z 0 prepare seven bulls and seven rams “kill seven bulls and seven rams as a sacrifice”
1251 NUM 23 3 s7kv 0 Stand at your burnt offering and I will go “Stay here with your burnt offering and I will go a distance away”
1285 NUM 23 25 yxn3 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
1286 NUM 23 26 sl4c figs-rquestion 0 Did I not tell you that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say? Balaam uses this rhetorical question to remind Balak that Balaam refused to disobey God even before he came to Balak. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “I told you before that I must say all that Yahweh tells me to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1287 NUM 23 28 jd2z figs-explicit 0 which looks down on the wilderness It is understood that this wilderness was where Israel was camped. Alternate translation: “which looks down on the wilderness where Israel was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1288 NUM 24 intro g6vw 0 # Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br> # Numbers 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 24:3-9, 15-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cursing God’s people<br><br>God does not allow others to curse his people. Balaam blesses Israel again and the king is angry and sends him home. This may be taken as humor or an ironic situation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
1289 NUM 24 1 w9kx 0 as at the other times “like he did the previous times”
1290 NUM 24 2 wa9k figs-idiom 0 He raised his eyes Here “raised his eyes” is an idiom that means to look up. Alternate translation: “He looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1291 NUM 24 2 vd4a 0 Spirit of God came on him This mean’s God’s Spirit took control of him to prophesy.
1348 NUM 24 24 rl4t translate-names 0 Kittim This is the name of a city on an island in the Mediterranean Sea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1349 NUM 24 24 zm8g figs-abstractnouns 0 they, too, will end in destruction The abstract noun “destruction” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy them also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1350 NUM 24 25 wf69 0 Balak This is the king of Moab. See how you translated this in [Numbers 22:2](../22/02.md).
1351 NUM 25 intro vs5m 0 # Numbers 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # Numbers 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Balaam concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Foreign women<br><br>Balaam told the young women from Moab to act friendly to the Israelite men and invite them to feasts in honor of their god Baal. The men went to the feasts and worshiped Baal. God was angry and killed 24,000 Israelite men. Foreign women are often the source of problems in Israel. They caused the men to worship their false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1352 NUM 25 1 bx2y translate-names 0 Shittim This is the name of a place in Moab. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1353 NUM 25 2 zud9 translate-symaction 0 bowed down This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1354 NUM 25 3 bum9 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
1377 NUM 25 18 dj72 0 in the case of Peor…in the matter of Peor Both of these phrases mean that these things happened at Mount Peor.
1378 NUM 25 18 h4fy 0 Peor Peor was the name of a mountain. See how you translated this in [Numbers 23:28](../23/28.md).
1379 NUM 25 18 vp48 figs-activepassive 0 who was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom Phinehas killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1380 NUM 26 intro h5mw 0 # Numbers 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br> # Numbers 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 26:12-17, 20-26, 29-32, 35, 38-39, 44-45, 48-49, 57-58 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>The people are counted in preparation for entering into the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### A new generation<br><br>None of the adults who came out of Egypt with Moses were still alive except the two faithful spies, Joshua and Caleb. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
1381 NUM 26 2 i1ce figs-explicit 0 Count all the community They were only to count the men, not the women. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Count all the men of the community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1382 NUM 26 2 vni2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years old and up “20 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1383 NUM 26 3 z8gq 0 spoke to them “spoke to the Israelite leaders”
1453 NUM 26 65 zm6j figs-doublenegatives 0 There was not a man left among them, except The word “them” refers to all of the people who were counted in the wilderness of Sinai. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “The only ones who were still alive were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
1454 NUM 26 65 sl65 0 son of Jephunneh Jephunneh was Caleb’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 13:6](../13/06.md).
1455 NUM 26 65 j2tl 0 son of Nun Nun was Joshua’s father. See how you translated this in [Numbers 11:28](../11/28.md).
1456 NUM 27 intro g57e 0 # Numbers 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])<br> # Numbers 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daughters<br>The daughters of Korah received no land because their father was punished by Yahweh. Yahweh still graciously gave them their father’s portion of land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br><br>### The new leader is Joshua<br><br>God told Moses to appoint Joshua as the new leader. Joshua became Yahweh’s anointed leader. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]])
1457 NUM 27 1 r2z7 0 Then to Moses came the daughters of Zelophehad…son of Joseph “Then the daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher son of Gilead son of Machir son of Manasseh, of the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph came to Moses.” This tells us the genealogy of Zelophehad.
1458 NUM 27 1 xh5x 0 Zelophehad son of Hepher…Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah, and Tirzah See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md).
1459 NUM 27 1 f1ul 0 Gilead…Machir See how you translated these men’s names in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md).
1493 NUM 27 23 cb8n translate-symaction 0 He laid his hands on him The laying on of hands was a way of setting a person apart to do a special task for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
1494 NUM 27 23 nk4a figs-ellipsis 0 to lead You can make clear the understood information to lead the people. Alternate translation: “to lead the people” or “to be the leader of the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1495 NUM 27 23 cw8h 0 as Yahweh had commanded him to do Here “him” refers to Moses.
1496 NUM 28 intro yh9y 0 # Numbers 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])<br> # Numbers 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offerings for special days<br><br>God commanded the Israelites to make special offerings for Sabbaths, new months, Passover and firstfruits. On each of these occasions, specific sacrifices were required. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/firstfruit]])
1497 NUM 28 2 vl5n 0 at the appointed times “at the times that I haven chosen”
1498 NUM 28 2 d2nc figs-activepassive 0 the food of my offerings made by fire to produce This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the food offerings that you will burn on the altar produce” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1499 NUM 28 2 ii63 0 a sweet aroma for me “a smell I enjoy”
1555 NUM 28 29 t9h7 figs-activepassive 0 fine flour mixed with oil This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “fine flour which you mix with oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1556 NUM 28 30 yj1e figs-abstractnouns 0 to make atonement The word “atonement” can be expressed with the verb “atone.” Alternate translation: “to atone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1557 NUM 28 31 k54h figs-possession 0 their drink offerings This refers to the drink offerings that are required to accompany each of the animals when they are sacrificed. Alternate translation: “the drink offerings that are offered with them” or “the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1558 NUM 29 intro gs9v 0 # Numbers 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.<br> # Numbers 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter about offerings on specific days.
1559 NUM 29 1 n5nd 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1560 NUM 29 1 wr36 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month, on the first day of the month This refers to the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1561 NUM 29 1 c4iy 0 have a holy assembly to honor Yahweh “gather together to worship and honor Yahweh.” The phrase “a holy assembly” means the people gather together to worship Yahweh. Worshiping Yahweh is a holy event.
1628 NUM 29 38 nyr3 figs-possession 0 its grain offering, and their drink offerings The grain offering was to be offered with the burnt offering. The drink offerings were to be offered with both the sin offering and the burnt offering. Alternate translation: “along with the grain offering and the drink offerings that accompany them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
1629 NUM 29 39 zpq3 0 These are what you must offer “These offerings are what you must offer”
1630 NUM 29 39 y3wf 0 fixed festivals “planned festivals.” These are festivals that occurred at regularly scheduled times. The word “fixed” means “set” or “predetermined.”
1631 NUM 30 intro e9dr 0 # Numbers 30 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> # Numbers 30 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Vows<br><br>Because a vow is a type of promise, men must do what they have vowed to do. A father or a husband has one day in which to cancel a woman’s vow. Otherwise, she must do what she vowed she would do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1632 NUM 30 2 n92a 0 a man makes a vow The words “a man” refer to any man, not one particular man. It refers only to men and does not include women. Alternate translation: “any man”
1633 NUM 30 2 yep5 figs-metaphor 0 to bind himself with a binding promise Here Moses speaks of a person promising to do something as if his promise were a physical object that he ties to himself. Alternate translation: “committing to fulfill a promise” or “promising to do something” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1634 NUM 30 2 d5ft figs-parallelism 0 he must not break his word. He must keep his promise to do everything that comes out of his mouth These two sentences have similar meanings and are combined to emphasize that he must fulfill his promises. Here “word” is a metonym that refers to what he said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1664 NUM 30 14 ntv6 figs-idiom 0 will stand This is an idiom. It means that her vows will remain in effect and that she will be required to fulfill them. Alternate translation: “she will be obligated to fulfill” See how this is translated in [Numbers 30:4](./04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1665 NUM 30 14 w9nv figs-ellipsis 0 because he has said nothing to her You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “because he has said nothing to her about them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1666 NUM 30 15 z7x5 figs-explicit 0 then he will be responsible for her guilt This means that he will be guilty of her sin instead of her if she does not fulfill her vow. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “if she does not fulfill her vow, she will not be guilty of her sin, and he will be guilty instead of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1667 NUM 31 intro p1di 0 # Numbers 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br> # Numbers 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Midianites<br><br>Israel killed the Midianites, including Balaam, for tempting them to worship Baal. This battle was at Yahweh’s command. Yahweh would bring justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
1668 NUM 31 2 u6qq 0 Take vengeance on the Midianites for what they did to the Israelites Yahweh was punishing the Midianites for convincing the Israelites to worship idols.
1669 NUM 31 2 l7s2 figs-parallelism 0 you will die and be gathered to your people These two phrases mean basically the same thing. This is a polite way to emphasize that it is time for Moses to die and for his spirit to go to the place where his ancestors are. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1670 NUM 31 3 z1v2 0 Arm some of your men for war “Give weapons to some of your men”
1742 NUM 31 52 b57h translate-numbers 0 16750 “sixteen thousand, seven hundred and fifty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1743 NUM 31 52 gj47 translate-bmoney 0 shekels A shekel is 11 grams. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
1744 NUM 31 54 r1uq 0 as a reminder of the people of Israel for Yahweh The gold will remind the people that Yahweh gave them victory. It will also remind Yahweh that the people fulfilled his revenge on the Midianites.
1745 NUM 32 intro yg1s 0 # Numbers 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> # Numbers 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Reuben and Gad’s inheritance<br><br>Reuben and Gad were given the land conquered east of the Jordan River. This land had good pastures, and suited these tribes because they had many sheep, goats and cattle. They had not yet entered into the Promised Land, and it would have been sinful to not fight with the rest of Israel. So they promised to enter the land to fight with the other tribes, and then return to their own land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1746 NUM 32 1 t4bt writing-background 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Moses tells background information about the tribes of Reuben and Gad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1747 NUM 32 3 dwl6 translate-names 0 Ataroth, Dibon, Jazer, Nimrah, Heshbon, Elealeh, Sebam, Nebo, and Beon These are names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1748 NUM 32 4 fd7v 0 General Information: The people from Reuben and Gad continue speaking to Moses, Eleazar, and the other leaders.
1803 NUM 32 41 mn6c translate-names 0 Havvoth Jair This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1804 NUM 32 42 rm3m translate-names 0 Nobah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1805 NUM 32 42 r3cx translate-names 0 Kenath This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1806 NUM 33 intro s7u7 0 # Numbers 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”<br> # Numbers 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a summary of Israel’s exodus from Egypt to the Promised Land, including their wandering through the desert. The phrase “they set out” means “they left.”
1807 NUM 33 1 va6t 0 by their armed groups “by their military divisions.” This means that each tribe had their own men, who were armed, to protect them. See how you translated “armed groups” in [Numbers 1:3](../01/03.md).
1808 NUM 33 2 gx4i figs-activepassive 0 as commanded by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “as Yahweh commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1809 NUM 33 2 y7p2 0 departure after departure “from one place to another place”
1842 NUM 33 54 m66j 0 Wherever the lot falls to each clan, that land will belong to it “Each clan will receive the land according to how the lot falls”
1843 NUM 33 55 ebs2 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses what the people must do.
1844 NUM 33 55 l4n8 figs-simile 0 like objects in your eyes and thorns in your sides Just like a small object in a person’s eye or a small thorn that sticks into a person skin can cause great irritation, so even a small portion of the Canaanites, if left in the land, would cause great trouble for the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1845 NUM 34 intro z166 0 # Numbers 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br> # Numbers 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 34:19-28 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are long lists.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The boundaries<br>Moses told them all of the land they would inherit and live in and said that they should divide it up by casting lots. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
1846 NUM 34 3 c7ax 0 wilderness of Zin See how you translated this phrase in [Numbers 33:12](../33/12.md).
1847 NUM 34 4 i8yz translate-names 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1848 NUM 34 6 aj34 0 General Information: Yahweh continues telling Moses where the borders are for the land that he is giving to the Israelites.
1857 NUM 34 21 ddd5 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1858 NUM 34 24 jyl2 translate-names 0 General Information: This continues the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1859 NUM 34 27 hsm6 translate-names 0 General Information: This concludes the list of men who will help divide the land among the tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1860 NUM 35 intro rg3i 0 # Numbers 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br> # Numbers 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the material from the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Revenge<br>Yahweh told Moses to establish safe places for people who accidentally killed other people. This prevented revenge killings. Justice is an important concept in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
1861 NUM 35 1 z6sc 0 plains a large area of flat land
1862 NUM 35 2 ww25 0 give some of their own shares of land to the Levites Yahweh did not give the Levites their own land, so they had to live in cities that belonged to other tribes.
1863 NUM 35 2 hlb8 0 pastureland an area of land where animals feed on grass
1893 NUM 35 33 gzd5 figs-metaphor 0 Do not pollute in this way the land where you live, because blood from murder pollutes the land Making the land unacceptable to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were physically polluting the land. Alternate translation: “Do not make the land where you live unacceptable to me in this way, because blood from murder makes the land unacceptable to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1894 NUM 35 33 df8z 0 in this way This means by disobeying the laws concerning a person who kills someone.
1895 NUM 35 33 pl2f figs-activepassive 0 No atonement can be made for the land when blood has been shed on it, except by the blood of the one who shed it This refers to when a person intentionally kills another person. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When someone has shed blood in the land, only the execution of the murderer can make atonement for the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1896 NUM 36 intro ej9v 0 # Numbers 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br> # Numbers 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Female heirs<br><br>Women who inherited land from their father must marry men from their tribe so the inheritance does not leave the tribe. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
1897 NUM 36 1 if4m translate-names 0 Machir This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:29](../26/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1898 NUM 36 2 gt4r figs-activepassive 0 You were commanded by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh commanded you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1899 NUM 36 2 wj3z translate-names 0 Zelophehad This is the name of a man. See how you translated this man’s name in [Numbers 26:33](../26/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

70
en_tn_05-DEU.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.<br>
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph…Paran…Tophel…Laban…Hazeroth…Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb…to Kadesh Barnea “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb…to Kadesh Barnea”
@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ DEU 1 44 fn6p translate-names 0 Hormah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc:/
DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down “killed many of your soldiers”
DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept “returned to Kadesh and wept”
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey “Then we turned around and went”
DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time.
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ DEU 2 36 pd7q translate-names 0 Valley of the Arnon “Arnon” is the name of
DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past.
DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ DEU 3 27 qm9b 0 Pisgah See how you translated this is in [Deuteronomy 3:17](..
DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do.
DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them “and obey them”
DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words…neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them.
@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ DEU 4 48 n3ct 0 the Valley of the Arnon This is the name of a place. See how y
DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon…Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md).
DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River”
DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah…Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ DEU 5 32 kyg9 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of
DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel.
DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep “might obey”
DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan “going to the other side of the Jordan River”
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ DEU 6 24 nhg8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the peopl
DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time
DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us”
DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ DEU 7 25 su6c figs-metaphor 0 you will become trapped by it Even taking the gol
DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much”
DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])<br>
DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep…you may live and multiply, and go in and possess…your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ DEU 8 19 umv6 0 you will surely perish “you will certainly die”
DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you…you perish…you would not…your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you “in front of you”
DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.<br>
DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess “to take the land from”
@ -686,7 +686,7 @@ DEU 9 27 hp8s figs-idiom 0 Call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation
DEU 9 28 cc26 figs-metonymy 0 so that the land from where you brought us The words “the land” are a metonym for the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “so that the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 9 28 pt4p 0 should say “can say”
DEU 9 29 rw92 figs-doublet 0 by your great strength and by the display of your power These phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s power that he used to rescue his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.<br>
DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.
DEU 10 1 y2d7 0 General Information: Moses continues to remind the people of Israel about what happened in the past.
DEU 10 1 zf2r 0 At that time “After I finished praying”
DEU 10 1 sa1t figs-ellipsis 0 the first This refers to the first set of tablets that Moses had broken. Alternate translation: “the tablets you had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ DEU 10 22 es8i figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the
DEU 10 22 p41a 0 went down into Egypt “traveled south to Egypt” or “went to Egypt”
DEU 10 22 ap9n translate-numbers 0 seventy persons “70 persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 10 22 hh5t figs-simile 0 as many as the stars of the heavens This emphasizes the large number of Israelites that were with Moses. Alternate translation: “more than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 11 1 sgh5 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 11 1 e1ef 0 always keep “always obey”
DEU 11 2 s2x1 0 who have not known nor have they seen “who have not experienced”
@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ DEU 11 31 ke82 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people o
DEU 11 32 k55e 0 all the statutes and the decrees These are the statutes and decrees Moses will give in Deuteronomy 12-26.
DEU 11 32 h7se 0 I set before you today This does not mean these are new. Moses is reviewing the same statutes and decrees that he gave 40 years earlier.
DEU 11 32 jh1q figs-metaphor 0 I set before you God’s statutes and decrees, which Moses is telling the people, are spoken of as if they were objects that Moses is setting before the people. Alternate translation: “I am giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant with Moses<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Israel and Yahweh<br><br>In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant with Moses<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Israel and Yahweh<br><br>In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
DEU 12 1 dsl2 0 General Information: Moses is still talking to the people of Israel.
DEU 12 1 pm4g 0 you will keep “you must obey”
DEU 12 1 bb6r figs-idiom 0 all the days that you live on the earth The phrase “live on the earth” is an idiom that means as long as a person lives. Alternate translation: “for as long as you live” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -923,7 +923,7 @@ DEU 12 30 w8wj figs-metaphor 0 not trapped into following them The Israelites w
DEU 12 30 j6jf figs-activepassive 0 after they are destroyed from before you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh destroys them before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 12 30 rz9c figs-quotesinquotes 0 into asking, ‘How do these nations worship their gods? I will do the same.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “into asking about how those people groups worship their gods so that you can do the same.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
DEU 12 32 zxp6 0 Do not add to it or take away from it They are not to create more laws nor are they to ignore laws that God has given them.
DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])<br>
DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])
DEU 13 1 z8ea 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 13 1 ei8s 0 If there arises among you “If there appears among you” or “If someone among you claims to be”
DEU 13 1 d2pw 0 a dreamer of dreams This is someone who receives messages from God through dreams.
@ -973,7 +973,7 @@ DEU 13 17 d934 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will turn from the fierceness of his ange
DEU 13 17 vyv7 0 to your fathers Here “fathers” means ancestors or forefathers.
DEU 13 18 zgj9 figs-metonymy 0 you are listening to the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” represents what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “you are obeying what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 13 18 gjk4 figs-metaphor 0 that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh your God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “that which is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “that which Yahweh your God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br>
DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
DEU 14 1 yca2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 14 1 c6vr 0 You are the people All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people”
DEU 14 1 qkn4 translate-symaction 0 Do not cut yourselves, nor shave any part of your face for the dead These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@ DEU 14 29 mju1 figs-metaphor 0 because he has no portion nor inheritance with y
DEU 14 29 qi4c 0 fatherless These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them.
DEU 14 29 v7bc 0 widow This is a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age.
DEU 14 29 zfp5 figs-synecdoche 0 in all the work of your hand that you do Here “hand” represents the whole person. This refers to the work that someone does. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 15 1 s315 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 15 1 my7z translate-numbers 0 seven years “7 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 15 1 ym2l 0 you must cancel debts “forgive every thing which people still owe you”
@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ DEU 15 22 rqw8 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean…persons A person who is not accept
DEU 15 22 b1cn figs-metaphor 0 the clean persons A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 15 22 lxt5 0 a gazelle or a deer These are wild animals with long thin legs that can run quickly. See how you translated these in [Deuteronomy 12:15](../12/15.md).
DEU 15 23 bw7p 0 you must not eat its blood “you must not consume its blood.” Yahweh did not allow Israelites to consume blood because the blood represented life ([Deuteronomy 12:23](../12/23.md)).
DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Festivals<br><br>This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### Life in Israel<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Festivals<br><br>This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### Life in Israel<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
DEU 16 1 v2as 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 16 1 q8mq translate-hebrewmonths 0 month of Aviv This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. It is during the last part of March and the first part April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 16 1 l33g figs-explicit 0 keep the Passover It is implied by “keep the Passover” that they would celebrate and eat the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “celebrate the Passover meal” or “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1153,7 +1153,7 @@ DEU 16 20 b78e figs-metaphor 0 inherit the land that Yahweh your God is giving
DEU 16 21 ec3t figs-you 0 You must not Here “You” refers to all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 16 22 mw2w figs-distinguish 0 any sacred stone pillar, which Yahweh your God hates The phrase “which Yahweh your God hates” is giving more information about the sacred stone pillar. Alternate translation: “any sacred stone pillar because Yahweh your God hates them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
DEU 16 22 s7sn 0 sacred stone pillar This refers to pillars that are idols used to worship false gods.
DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 17 1 a78k 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 17 1 d6zp 0 in which is any blemish “that has a blemish” or “that has something wrong with it.” The animal is to appear healthy without any deformity.
DEU 17 1 y292 0 that would be an abomination to Yahweh “that would be disgusting to Yahweh”
@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@ DEU 17 19 f877 figs-parallelism 0 so as to keep all the words of this law and t
DEU 17 20 b7e5 figs-synecdoche 0 so that his heart is not lifted up above his brothers Here “his heart” refers to the whole person. A king becoming arrogant is spoken of as if his heart were lifted up. Alternate translation: “so that he does not become arrogant” or “so that he does not think he is better than his fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 17 20 idm3 figs-metaphor 0 so that he does not turn away from the commandments, to the right hand or to the left A king disobeying God’s commands is spoken of as if a person were to turn off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that he does not disobey any of the commandments” or “so that he obeys all of the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
DEU 17 20 sa87 figs-metaphor 0 prolong his days Long days is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated a similar phrase “prolong your days” in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br>
DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
DEU 18 1 ztw1 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do.
DEU 18 1 u386 figs-metaphor 0 will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 18 1 z6rx 0 no portion “no part” or “no share”
@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@ DEU 18 21 gbx1 0 How will we recognize a message that Yahweh has not spoken?
DEU 18 22 law3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
DEU 18 22 kzp4 figs-metonymy 0 a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 18 22 ys2k 0 the prophet has spoken it arrogantly “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority”
DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 19 1 rka3 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 19 1 av28 figs-metaphor 0 When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 19 1 jh1z figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people groups that live in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ DEU 19 20 n7hc figs-explicit 0 will hear and fear The full meaning of this stat
DEU 19 20 wqw9 0 commit no longer any such evil “never again do something evil like that”
DEU 19 21 z5fm figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes must not pity Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You must not pity him” or “You must not show him mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 19 21 nz4x figs-ellipsis 0 life will pay for life…foot for foot Here the phrases are shortened because the meaning is understood. It means the people must punish a person in the same way that he harmed another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 20 1 x89z 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 20 1 ei7a 0 When you march out to battle against your enemies “When you go out to fight in a war against your enemies”
DEU 20 1 r5j1 figs-explicit 0 see horses, chariots People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1372,7 +1372,7 @@ DEU 20 20 gis7 0 you know are not trees for food “you know are not trees tha
DEU 20 20 czc4 0 siege works These are tools and structures, such as ladders and towers, that are needed to lay siege to a city.
DEU 20 20 g9ny figs-idiom 0 until it falls This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until the people of the city lose the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 20 20 fdg1 figs-metonymy 0 it falls Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.<br>
DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
DEU 21 1 g61z 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
DEU 21 1 z641 figs-activepassive 0 If someone is found killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 1 iqh7 0 lying in the field The dead person is lying in the field.
@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ DEU 21 22 hfw9 0 you hang him on a tree Possible meanings are (1) “after he
DEU 21 23 y9lb 0 bury him the same day “bury him on the same day as when you execute him”
DEU 21 23 ztq8 figs-activepassive 0 for whoever is hanged is cursed by God This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 21 23 i54a 0 do not defile the land by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree
DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 22 1 b8pa figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 22 1 j8sq 0 go astray “walk away from its owner”
DEU 22 1 z51n figs-idiom 0 hide yourself from them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ DEU 22 28 m9ah figs-activepassive 0 if they are discovered This can be stated i
DEU 22 29 tr9z translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 22 29 yb82 figs-idiom 0 He may not send her away during all his days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 22 30 hh8b figs-explicit 0 must not take his father’s wife as his own The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
DEU 23 1 r8v9 0 man injured by crushing or cutting off “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off”
DEU 23 1 z8kb figs-idiom 0 may enter the assembly of Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 23 2 j67e 0 illegitimate child Possible meanings are (1) a child born to parents who committed incest or adultery or (2) a child born to a prostitute.
@ -1585,7 +1585,7 @@ DEU 23 25 em5k 0 When you go into your neighbor’s ripe grain “When you wal
DEU 23 25 v1t5 0 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand”
DEU 23 25 jv7v 0 but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you”
DEU 23 25 q13q 0 sickle a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat
DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.<br>
DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
DEU 24 1 fn1d 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 24 1 t3lr figs-doublet 0 When a man takes a wife and marries her The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 24 1 a5ki figs-synecdoche 0 if she finds no favor in his eyes Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ DEU 24 21 qg17 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a
DEU 24 21 h98g 0 What is left over will be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow “The grapes that you do not pick will be for the foreigner, the fatherless, and the widow to pick”
DEU 24 21 qsd7 figs-genericnoun 0 for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow These refer to groups of people. Alternate translation: “for foreigners, for those who are fatherless, and for the widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
DEU 24 22 jte9 figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “A perfect and just weight you must have”<br>In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “A perfect and just weight you must have”<br>In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 25 1 kk1l 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
DEU 25 2 m44y figs-activepassive 0 If the guilty man deserves to be beaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the judge orders them to beat the guilty man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 25 2 b3ki figs-activepassive 0 be beaten in his presence This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will watch them beat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1715,7 +1715,7 @@ DEU 25 18 f2uv 0 all who were feeble in your rear “all the people who were w
DEU 25 18 bv3r figs-doublet 0 faint and weary These words have similar meanings and emphasize how tired the people were. Alternate translation: “tired and exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DEU 25 18 ig25 figs-explicit 0 he did not honor God The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he was not afraid of God’s punishment” or “he did not respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 25 19 gv8d 0 you must blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven “you must kill all of the Amalekites so that nobody will remember them anymore”
DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.<br>
DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.
DEU 26 1 yl9f figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 26 2 epa3 translate-ordinal 0 some of the first of all the harvest “some of the first fruits of the harvest” or “some of the first crops of the harvest.” This “first” is the ordinal number for one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DEU 26 3 wq9z figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -1760,7 +1760,7 @@ DEU 26 18 wri1 0 a people who are his own possession “a people who belong to
DEU 26 19 q8jb figs-idiom 0 he will set you high above This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he will make you more important than” or “he will make you greater than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 26 19 p58x 0 he will set you high above all the other nations that he has made, and you will receive praise, fame, and honor Possible meanings are (1) “he will cause you to become greater than any other nation that he has established, and he will enable you to praise him and honor him” or (2) “he will have people praise you more than they praise every other nation that he has made; people will say that you are better than any other nation, and they will honor you.”
DEU 26 19 lg4i figs-metaphor 0 You will be a people that is set apart to Yahweh your God Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh set them apart from all other nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will set you apart from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “May the man be cursed”<br>This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br>
DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “May the man be cursed”<br>This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 27 1 mu7e figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted, the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 27 1 ya1q figs-you 0 command you today Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 27 1 g7rq 0 I command Here “I” refers to Moses. The elders are there in agreement with Moses, but he is the only one speaking.
@ -1805,7 +1805,7 @@ DEU 27 24 q772 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and
DEU 27 24 n57s figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 27 26 mmv3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
DEU 27 26 z9xa figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br>
DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DEU 28 1 cg2q figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 28 1 f13g figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 28 1 nmq7 0 so as to keep “and obey”
@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ DEU 28 67 bik8 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites a
DEU 28 67 wac6 figs-idiom 0 because of the fear in your hearts This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “because of the fear you are feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 28 67 u1ew figs-synecdoche 0 the things your eyes will have to see Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “the terrifying things I will force you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DEU 28 68 et6c 0 I had said Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br>
DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
DEU 29 1 nsu8 0 These are the words that Yahweh commanded Moses to tell This refers to words that Moses is about to speak.
DEU 29 1 b8p6 0 in the land of Moab This is on the east side of the Jordan where the Israelites were staying before they entered the land of Canaan. “while they were in the land of Moab”
DEU 29 1 b7xy 0 words that were added to the covenant…at Horeb These additional commands were given to make Yahweh’s covenant apply better to the people once they were settled in their new land. These new commands did not belong to a different covenant, but rather were additions to the original covenant.
@ -2016,7 +2016,7 @@ DEU 29 28 jz72 figs-doublet 0 in anger, in wrath, and in great fury The words
DEU 29 29 d1e5 0 The secret matters belong alone to Yahweh our God “Some things Yahweh our God has not revealed, and only he knows them”
DEU 29 29 v7va figs-activepassive 0 that are revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that he has revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DEU 29 29 ui8w 0 we may do all the words of this law “we may do everything that this law commands us to do”
DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br>
DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
DEU 30 1 rkk4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DEU 30 1 pfr8 figs-idiom 0 When all these things have come on you Here “these things” refer to the blessings and curses described in chapters 28-29. The phrase “have come on you” is an idiom that means to happen. Alternate translation: “When all these things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DEU 30 1 k5mi figs-metaphor 0 that I have set before you This speaks of the blessings and curses that Moses told the people as if they were objects that he set in front of them. Alternate translation: “that I have just now told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ DEU 30 20 k5mz figs-metonymy 0 obey his voice Here “voice” refers to what Y
DEU 30 20 sbp2 0 to cling to him “to rely on him”
DEU 30 20 x4gp figs-doublet 0 For he is your life and the length of your days These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DEU 30 20 qi8g figs-ellipsis 0 swore to your ancestors The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.<br>
DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
DEU 31 2 mb3i translate-numbers 0 one hundred twenty years old “120 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DEU 31 2 bvw8 figs-merism 0 I can no more go out and come in Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
DEU 31 3 ep95 figs-you 0 your God…before you…before you…you will dispossess…before you Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -2124,7 +2124,7 @@ DEU 31 29 i596 figs-synecdoche 0 through the work of your hands Here “your ha
DEU 31 30 upf2 figs-synecdoche 0 Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DEU 31 30 ilp6 0 recited Possible meanings are (1) “sang” or (2) “spoke.”
DEU 31 30 wx6q figs-ellipsis 0 the words of this song You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 32 1 bfi8 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 32 1 hf89 figs-apostrophe 0 Give ear, you heavens…Let the earth listen Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
DEU 32 2 zk7l figs-simile 0 Let my teaching drop down like the rain…and like the showers on the plants This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -2281,7 +2281,7 @@ DEU 32 50 w499 figs-euphemism 0 be gathered to your people This is a polite way
DEU 32 50 gnq5 translate-names 0 Mount Hor This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 mwq1 translate-names 0 Meribah This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 32 51 fv5z translate-names 0 wilderness of Zin This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DEU 33 1 p6db figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
DEU 33 2 b26n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 33 2 d9h2 0 upon them “upon the people of Israel”
@ -2387,7 +2387,7 @@ DEU 33 29 n3du figs-merism 0 the shield…the sword This merism speaks of Yahwe
DEU 33 29 tm9a figs-metaphor 0 the shield of your help The word “shield” is a metaphor for Yahweh protecting and defending the Israelites. The abstract noun “help” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the one who protects you and helps you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
DEU 33 29 cur3 figs-metaphor 0 the sword of your majesty The word “sword” is a metaphor for the power to kill with the sword in order to win battles. Alternate translation: “the one who enables you to win battles and so have majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
DEU 33 29 ly3l 0 you will trample down their high places Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites will destroy the places where the other people worship false gods or (2) the Israelites will walk on the backs of their enemies when the Israelites defeat them.
DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
DEU 34 1 ayb8 0 Mount Nebo This is the highest point of Mount Pisgah which is in the northern part of the Abarim mountain range. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:49](../32/49.md).
DEU 34 1 r9wl 0 Pisgah See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
DEU 34 3 h1nc translate-names 0 the City of Palms This is another name for Jericho. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 DEU front intro rm3n 0 # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.<br> # Introduction to Deuteronomy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Deuteronomy<br><br>1. Moses reminds Israel of how Yahweh guided them through the wilderness (1:1–3:29)<br>1. Moses appeals for Israel to obey the law of Yahweh (4:1–43)<br>1. The Ten Commandments (5:1–10:22)<br>1. Rules and warnings from the Law (11:1–26:19)<br>1. Instructions for entering Canaan (27:1–26)<br>1. Blessings for obeying and curses for disobeying (28:1-68)<br>1. The covenant renewed (29:1-30:20)<br>1. Last words of Moses, the Song of Moses, and his death (31:1–34:12)<br><br><br>### What is the Book of Deuteronomy about?<br><br>In the book of Deuteronomy, Moses repeats the laws of the covenant that God made with the people of Israel. The people of Israel were about to go into the Promised Land. Before they entered the land, Moses reminded them of what Yahweh did for them and what he expected from them. Moses warned the people about worshipping idols and no longer trusting Yahweh once they settled in the Promised Land. Yahweh promised to judge those who disobey him and to bless those who obey his Law. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The name “Deuteronomy” means “Second Law” or “the retelling of the Law.” Translators may decide on a title such as, “A Repeat of the Law” or “Moses Explains the Law Again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The writers of both the Old and New Testament present Moses as being very involved with writing the Book of Deuteronomy. However, many scholars think that Joshua wrote chapter 34. This chapter tells how Moses died.<br><br>### What are the important features of the Book of Deuteronomy?<br><br>The book contains a series of speeches that Moses gave to Israel before he died. He spoke these things just before the people entered the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh command the Israelites to completely destroy the people who lived in the Promised Land?<br><br>As God prepared the Israelites to enter the Promised Land, he commanded them to completely destroy the Canaanite people who lived there. The Israelites would then not be tempted to join them and worship their false gods.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the role of God’s name in Deuteronomy?<br><br>God’s name is mentioned over thirty times in the book of Deuteronomy. The use of God’s name in this book usually represents God’s honor or fame. At other times in Deuteronomy, God’s name represents his presence. God said he would choose a place and make his name dwell there. This means God’s presence would be there. The people were to go to that place to worship him.<br><br>### Can this book be translated before the rest of the Pentateuch?<br><br>The Books of Genesis and Exodus help to explain what happens in Deuteronomy. For this reason, those books should be translated before the Book of Deuteronomy.
3 DEU 1 intro ggp9 0 # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br> # Deuteronomy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a continuation with the last chapter of the book of Numbers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>The chapter explains that Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land will be done by Yahweh. They are not to fear the people of Canaan but be obedient to Yahweh. Yahweh is bringing about his judgement upon the people of Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>### Possessing the land<br>While the Promised Land belongs to Israel, they do not possess the land. Possessing the land is an important theme. Posessing the land depended on Israel’s faithfulness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
4 DEU 1 1 j9ty 0 beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he spoke to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “east of the Jordan”
5 DEU 1 1 bg65 translate-names 0 Suph…Paran…Tophel…Laban…Hazeroth…Dizahab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 DEU 1 2 p4gk 0 It is eleven days’ journey from Horeb…to Kadesh Barnea “It takes eleven days to walk from Horeb…to Kadesh Barnea”
104 DEU 1 44 xcg6 0 struck you down “killed many of your soldiers”
105 DEU 1 45 d7e5 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
106 DEU 1 45 yrs7 0 returned and wept “returned to Kadesh and wept”
107 DEU 2 intro ji46 0 # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> # Deuteronomy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Yahweh is faithful to the covenant he made with Abraham. He is also faithful to the promises he made with Esau and Lot. Because of this, Israel was given specific land it was able to conquer in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
108 DEU 2 1 ys5a 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel what the previous generation of Israelites did.
109 DEU 2 1 b9af 0 Then we turned and took our journey “Then we turned around and went”
110 DEU 2 1 yf1v 0 we went around Mount Seir for many days Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites traveled around the mountain called Seir for a very long time or (2) the Israelites wandered in a region called Mount Seir for a very long time.
205 DEU 2 36 snr1 figs-litotes 0 there was not a city too high for us This negative statement is used to emphasize their success in battle. This can be stated in a positive form. Alternate translation: “we were able to defeat the people of every city even if the city had high walls around it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
206 DEU 2 37 v1z7 figs-you 0 you did not go Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so “you” is singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
207 DEU 2 37 vt6d translate-names 0 Jabbok River This is the name of a river that created the border between Sihon’s land and the land of the Ammonites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
208 DEU 3 intro z1ea 0 # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br> # Deuteronomy 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victories<br>The victories recorded in this chapter occurred on the east side of the Jordan River. This was not part of the Promised Land, which was on the west side of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
209 DEU 3 1 b1tm 0 General Information: Moses continues reminding the people of Israel of what happened in the past.
210 DEU 3 1 z2w7 translate-names 0 Og This is the name of a king. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
211 DEU 3 1 v626 translate-names 0 Edrei This is the name of a city. See how you translated it in [Deuteronomy 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
283 DEU 3 27 a7ag figs-idiom 0 lift up your eyes The words “lift up your eyes” are an idiom that means look. Alternate translation: “look” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
284 DEU 3 28 x7d3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Moses.
285 DEU 3 29 dut2 translate-names 0 Beth Peor This is the name of a town in Moab near Mount Pisgah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
286 DEU 4 intro d8g8 0 # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # Deuteronomy 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>In order to possess the land, the people needed to obey the law of Moses. This will be the most important thing in the religious life of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Moses’ instructions<br>Moses is not allowed to enter into the Promised Land. Since they are getting ready to possess the Promised Land, Moses gives them some last instructions before his death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>Moses uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these questions is to convince his readers to obey his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
287 DEU 4 1 m1n5 0 I am about to teach you Moses is telling the people of Israel what God wants them to do.
288 DEU 4 1 zdp5 0 to do them “and obey them”
289 DEU 4 2 ft3x 0 You will not add to the words…neither will you diminish them Yahweh does not want his people to create new laws, or to ignore those he has already given them.
382 DEU 4 48 vyn6 0 Mount Siyon…Mount Hermon These are different names for the same mountain. The word “Sion” is another spelling of “Sirion” ([Deuteronomy 3:9](../03/09.md)). See how you translated “Mount Hermon” in [Deuteronomy 3:8](../03/08.md).
383 DEU 4 49 axk1 0 eastward beyond the Jordan This refers to the land across the Jordan River, to the east of Israel. Moses was east of the Jordan when he said this. Alternate translation: “eastward from the side of the Jordan River”
384 DEU 4 49 x6zf 0 Sea of the Arabah…Mount Pisgah See how you translated these names in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
385 DEU 5 intro xsp1 0 # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # Deuteronomy 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each of the commandements in the list of Ten Commandments in 5:7-21 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT uses a separate paragraph for each commandment.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ten commandments<br>This chapter repeats the material of Exodus 20. It is known as the Ten Commandments.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors and idioms<br>Moses uses metaphors and idioms to instruct the people to follow the law of Moses. This is because it is very important to follow these laws. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
386 DEU 5 1 d5qb 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
387 DEU 5 1 vj47 figs-hyperbole 0 called to all Israel Here “all” is a generalization. Moses wanted everyone in Israel to hear and obey his words, but his voice was probably not so loud that everyone actually heard him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
388 DEU 5 1 rwb1 figs-synecdoche 0 that I will speak in your ears today Here “ears” refers to the whole person. This metaphor emphasizes that the people know what Moses has said to them, so they cannot sin and then say they did not know they were sinning. Alternate translation: “that I will speak to you today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
437 DEU 5 32 weq5 0 You will keep Moses is giving a command to the people of Israel.
438 DEU 5 32 w87i figs-metaphor 0 you will not turn aside to the right hand or to the left This compares a person disobeying God to a person turning off of the correct path. Alternate translation: “you will not disobey him in any way” or “you will do everything he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
439 DEU 5 33 ype4 figs-metaphor 0 prolong your days Long days are a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 4:40](../04/40.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
440 DEU 6 intro q4y8 0 # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br> # Deuteronomy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s blessings<br>Yahweh’s continued blessing of the people of Israel is dependent upon the people’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors in this chapter. These metaphors describe the greatness of the Promised Land the wholehearted worship that is completely dedicated to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
441 DEU 6 1 it53 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues the speech to the people of Israel he began in [Deuteronomy 5:1](../05/01.md). Beginning in verse 2, he speaks to the people of Israel as if they were one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
442 DEU 6 1 z6zb 0 might keep “might obey”
443 DEU 6 1 ymp9 0 going over the Jordan “going to the other side of the Jordan River”
485 DEU 6 24 ye68 0 keep obey at all times and for a long time
486 DEU 6 25 p4b1 0 before Yahweh “in the presence of Yahweh” or “where Yahweh can see us”
487 DEU 6 25 bva9 figs-metonymy 0 this will be our righteousness The word “this” refers to keeping Yahweh’s commands. This is a metonym for Yahweh considering them righteous. Alternate translation: “he will consider us righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
488 DEU 7 intro y1wn 0 # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br> # Deuteronomy 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “You must completely destroy them”<br>The people of Canaan were to be punished by Yahweh. Yahweh used Israel to punish these nations. If they were not completely destroyed, they would lead Israel into sin. Therefore, they were to be completely destroyed and be shown no mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>### Abrahamic Covenant<br>This chapter references parts of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham. It also emphasizes Yahweh’s faithfulness to this covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
489 DEU 7 1 zv16 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
490 DEU 7 2 wdj3 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to tell the people of Israel Yahweh’s words as if the Israelites are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
491 DEU 7 2 h8dz figs-metaphor 0 gives them over to you Moses speaks of victory as if it were a physical object one person could give to another. Alternate translation: “enables you to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
554 DEU 7 25 z31g 0 for it is an abomination to Yahweh your God These words tell why Yahweh wants the people to burn the idols. “do this because Yahweh your God hates it very much”
555 DEU 7 26 b8dp figs-doublet 0 You will utterly detest and abhor The words “detest” and “abhor” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of hatred. Alternate translation: “You will completely hate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
556 DEU 7 26 xs75 figs-metaphor 0 for it is set apart for destruction Yahweh cursing something and promising to destroy it is spoken of as if Yahweh were setting the object apart from everything else. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh has set it apart for destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
557 DEU 8 intro w4zj 0 # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])<br> # Deuteronomy 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgetting<br>This chapter recalls the great things that Yahweh has done for Israel and is about to do for them. This is so they do not forget him and they will continue to worship him. They must remember that Yahweh is the source of their blessings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
558 DEU 8 1 rbf2 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
559 DEU 8 1 zvt4 figs-you 0 You must keep…you may live and multiply, and go in and possess…your fathers All instances of “you” and “your” and the verbs are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
560 DEU 8 2 t2tj figs-idiom 0 You will call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “You must remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
620 DEU 8 20 d86j figs-you 0 before you…you perish…you would not…your God All these instances of “you” and “your” are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
621 DEU 8 20 a8kh 0 before you “in front of you”
622 DEU 8 20 l83x figs-metonymy 0 would not listen to the voice of Yahweh Here “the voice of Yahweh” means what Yahweh tells his people to do. Alternate translation: “would not obey Yahweh’s commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
623 DEU 9 intro id6j 0 # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.<br> # Deuteronomy 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s victory<br>This chapter assures the Israelites that it is Yahweh who will empower them to conquer the Promised Land. The Israelites will not be strong enough on their own to conquer these other nations. This victory will be Yahweh’s. The people did not earn this victory, but it is Yahweh’s punishment of these sinful nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Israel’s sin<br>Yahweh is about to punish the Canaanites for their sin. He also reminds Israel of their sin. This serves as a warning to the people of Israel. If they sin again, Yahweh will punish them too.
624 DEU 9 1 iqh4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the Israelites as if they are one person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
625 DEU 9 1 wy46 figs-metonymy 0 Hear, Israel The word “Israel” is a metonym for the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Listen, people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
626 DEU 9 1 n75r 0 to dispossess “to take the land from”
686 DEU 9 28 cc26 figs-metonymy 0 so that the land from where you brought us The words “the land” are a metonym for the people of Egypt. Alternate translation: “so that the people of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
687 DEU 9 28 pt4p 0 should say “can say”
688 DEU 9 29 rw92 figs-doublet 0 by your great strength and by the display of your power These phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the greatness of Yahweh’s power that he used to rescue his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
689 DEU 10 intro ceg6 0 # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.<br> # Deuteronomy 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>This chapter focuses on retelling the great things Yahweh has done. It is a continuation of the material from the previous chapter. It is possible that this is a type of sermon or homily, where Moses is giving the people instructions.
690 DEU 10 1 y2d7 0 General Information: Moses continues to remind the people of Israel about what happened in the past.
691 DEU 10 1 zf2r 0 At that time “After I finished praying”
692 DEU 10 1 sa1t figs-ellipsis 0 the first This refers to the first set of tablets that Moses had broken. Alternate translation: “the tablets you had before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
754 DEU 10 22 p41a 0 went down into Egypt “traveled south to Egypt” or “went to Egypt”
755 DEU 10 22 ap9n translate-numbers 0 seventy persons “70 persons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
756 DEU 10 22 hh5t figs-simile 0 as many as the stars of the heavens This emphasizes the large number of Israelites that were with Moses. Alternate translation: “more than you can count” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
757 DEU 11 intro ifg3 0 # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Deuteronomy 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Therefore<br>This chapter begins with the word “therefore,” which looks back to the instructions Moses gave in the previous two chapters.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eyewitnesses<br>The instruction that Moses gives and the retelling of the great things Yahweh has done for Israel are very important. This is because the generation entering into the Promised Land did not witness many of these events. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>### Covenant<br>This chapter is included in the covenant God made with Moses, even though it is not explicitly said. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
758 DEU 11 1 sgh5 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
759 DEU 11 1 e1ef 0 always keep “always obey”
760 DEU 11 2 s2x1 0 who have not known nor have they seen “who have not experienced”
840 DEU 11 32 k55e 0 all the statutes and the decrees These are the statutes and decrees Moses will give in Deuteronomy 12-26.
841 DEU 11 32 h7se 0 I set before you today This does not mean these are new. Moses is reviewing the same statutes and decrees that he gave 40 years earlier.
842 DEU 11 32 jh1q figs-metaphor 0 I set before you God’s statutes and decrees, which Moses is telling the people, are spoken of as if they were objects that Moses is setting before the people. Alternate translation: “I am giving to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
843 DEU 12 intro mt76 0 # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant with Moses<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Israel and Yahweh<br><br>In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # Deuteronomy 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Covenant with Moses<br><br>This chapter is a continuation of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. The reasons for these food restrictions are not always known.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Israel and Yahweh<br><br>In the ancient Near East, when nations conquered other nations, they often added the gods of the conquered nation into their collection of gods they worshiped. It was rare to worship only one God. Israel was to be known for worshiping Yahweh and Yahweh alone. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
844 DEU 12 1 dsl2 0 General Information: Moses is still talking to the people of Israel.
845 DEU 12 1 pm4g 0 you will keep “you must obey”
846 DEU 12 1 bb6r figs-idiom 0 all the days that you live on the earth The phrase “live on the earth” is an idiom that means as long as a person lives. Alternate translation: “for as long as you live” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
923 DEU 12 30 j6jf figs-activepassive 0 after they are destroyed from before you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after Yahweh destroys them before you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
924 DEU 12 30 rz9c figs-quotesinquotes 0 into asking, ‘How do these nations worship their gods? I will do the same.’ This is a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “into asking about how those people groups worship their gods so that you can do the same.” (See:[[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
925 DEU 12 32 zxp6 0 Do not add to it or take away from it They are not to create more laws nor are they to ignore laws that God has given them.
926 DEU 13 intro e2ze 0 # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])<br> # Deuteronomy 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>The people were required to listen to Yahweh’s prophets unless they were encouraging the people to worship other gods. The punishment for anyone leading the people to worship other gods was death. These instructions were to keep Israel’s worship of Yahweh pure. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/purify]])
927 DEU 13 1 z8ea 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
928 DEU 13 1 ei8s 0 If there arises among you “If there appears among you” or “If someone among you claims to be”
929 DEU 13 1 d2pw 0 a dreamer of dreams This is someone who receives messages from God through dreams.
973 DEU 13 17 vyv7 0 to your fathers Here “fathers” means ancestors or forefathers.
974 DEU 13 18 zgj9 figs-metonymy 0 you are listening to the voice of Yahweh Here “voice” represents what Yahweh says. Alternate translation: “you are obeying what Yahweh says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
975 DEU 13 18 gjk4 figs-metaphor 0 that which is right in the eyes of Yahweh your God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “that which is right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “that which Yahweh your God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
976 DEU 14 intro epl7 0 # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br> # Deuteronomy 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Law of Moses<br>This chapter is part of the law of Moses, which is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Clean animals<br>There are animals which the law considered to be clean and unclean. The people were not allowed to eat the unclean animals. Scholars are uncertain about the reasons for the animals to be considered to be clean or unclean. The result of these food restrictions was a nation that was different than the nations surrounding it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
977 DEU 14 1 yca2 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
978 DEU 14 1 c6vr 0 You are the people All occurrences of “you” refer to the people of Israel. Moses was included as a part of the people. Alternate translation: “We are the people”
979 DEU 14 1 qkn4 translate-symaction 0 Do not cut yourselves, nor shave any part of your face for the dead These were ways the people groups living in Canaan showed that they were grieving over people who had died. Moses is telling the people of Israel not to act like them. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1032 DEU 14 29 qi4c 0 fatherless These are children whose parents have both died and do not have relatives to care for them.
1033 DEU 14 29 v7bc 0 widow This is a woman whose husband has died and has no children to care for her in her old age.
1034 DEU 14 29 zfp5 figs-synecdoche 0 in all the work of your hand that you do Here “hand” represents the whole person. This refers to the work that someone does. Alternate translation: “in all the work you do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1035 DEU 15 intro n3mh 0 # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br> # Deuteronomy 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Forgiveness of Debt<br>This chapter gives instructions about the necessity to regularly forgive debt among their fellow countryman. This prevented people from being trapped by their poverty.<br><br>### Justice<br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. This chapter gives commands that encouraged justice by protecting the poor, servants and slaves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
1036 DEU 15 1 s315 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
1037 DEU 15 1 my7z translate-numbers 0 seven years “7 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1038 DEU 15 1 ym2l 0 you must cancel debts “forgive every thing which people still owe you”
1096 DEU 15 22 b1cn figs-metaphor 0 the clean persons A person who is acceptable for God’s purposes is spoken of as if the person were physically clean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1097 DEU 15 22 lxt5 0 a gazelle or a deer These are wild animals with long thin legs that can run quickly. See how you translated these in [Deuteronomy 12:15](../12/15.md).
1098 DEU 15 23 bw7p 0 you must not eat its blood “you must not consume its blood.” Yahweh did not allow Israelites to consume blood because the blood represented life ([Deuteronomy 12:23](../12/23.md)).
1099 DEU 16 intro fgs7 0 # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Festivals<br><br>This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### Life in Israel<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br> # Deuteronomy 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Festivals<br><br>This chapter retells the specific commands about how to celebrate the Passover. This recalled the Passover in Egypt, which was an important event in the formation of the nation of Israel. There are several other important festivals described in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]])<br><br>### Life in Israel<br><br>As Yahweh’s chosen nation, there must be justice in Israel. Also, Yahweh must be the only God in Israel. He alone is to be worshiped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
1100 DEU 16 1 v2as 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
1101 DEU 16 1 q8mq translate-hebrewmonths 0 month of Aviv This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. It marks when God brought the people of Israel out of Egypt. It is during the last part of March and the first part April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1102 DEU 16 1 l33g figs-explicit 0 keep the Passover It is implied by “keep the Passover” that they would celebrate and eat the Passover meal. Alternate translation: “celebrate the Passover meal” or “eat the Passover meal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1153 DEU 16 21 ec3t figs-you 0 You must not Here “You” refers to all the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1154 DEU 16 22 mw2w figs-distinguish 0 any sacred stone pillar, which Yahweh your God hates The phrase “which Yahweh your God hates” is giving more information about the sacred stone pillar. Alternate translation: “any sacred stone pillar because Yahweh your God hates them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
1155 DEU 16 22 s7sn 0 sacred stone pillar This refers to pillars that are idols used to worship false gods.
1156 DEU 17 intro a3z4 0 # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Deuteronomy 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### King<br>Israel was not to have a king because Yahweh was their king. Knowing the sinfulness of the people, Yahweh anticipated that one day Israel would have a king. Therefore, this passage gives commands about their king prophetically. They were not allowed to collect chariots because they were a sign of earthly power and the king was to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1157 DEU 17 1 a78k 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
1158 DEU 17 1 d6zp 0 in which is any blemish “that has a blemish” or “that has something wrong with it.” The animal is to appear healthy without any deformity.
1159 DEU 17 1 y292 0 that would be an abomination to Yahweh “that would be disgusting to Yahweh”
1196 DEU 17 20 b7e5 figs-synecdoche 0 so that his heart is not lifted up above his brothers Here “his heart” refers to the whole person. A king becoming arrogant is spoken of as if his heart were lifted up. Alternate translation: “so that he does not become arrogant” or “so that he does not think he is better than his fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1197 DEU 17 20 idm3 figs-metaphor 0 so that he does not turn away from the commandments, to the right hand or to the left A king disobeying God’s commands is spoken of as if a person were to turn off the correct path. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “so that he does not disobey any of the commandments” or “so that he obeys all of the commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
1198 DEU 17 20 sa87 figs-metaphor 0 prolong his days Long days is a metaphor for a long life. See how you translated a similar phrase “prolong your days” in [Deuteronomy 4:26](../04/26.md). Alternate translation: “be able to live a long time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1199 DEU 18 intro u6pf 0 # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br> # Deuteronomy 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>As Yahweh’s chosen priests, the priest were to trust in Yahweh to provide for them. He provided for them through the rest of the Israelites. Yahweh was their inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br><br>### Messiah<br>This chapter is one of the first prophecies about the promised, coming Messiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])
1200 DEU 18 1 ztw1 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the people what Yahweh wants them to do.
1201 DEU 18 1 u386 figs-metaphor 0 will have no portion nor inheritance with Israel The Levites not receiving any land from Yahweh is spoken of as if they would not receive an inheritance. Alternate translation: “will not possess any of the people’s land” or “will not receive any of the land that the Israelites will possess” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1202 DEU 18 1 z6rx 0 no portion “no part” or “no share”
1243 DEU 18 22 law3 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking.
1244 DEU 18 22 kzp4 figs-metonymy 0 a prophet speaks in the name of Yahweh Here “name of Yahweh” refers to Yahweh himself and his authority. Alternate translation: “a prophet claims to speak for me” or “a prophet claims to speak with my authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1245 DEU 18 22 ys2k 0 the prophet has spoken it arrogantly “the prophet has spoken this message without my authority”
1246 DEU 19 intro r53s 0 # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Deuteronomy 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Another way justice would be maintained in Israel was by avoiding revenge killings. This chapter describes the establishment of special cities to protect those fleeing from revenge killings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]])<br><br>### Witnesses<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common for a person to be punished by the testimony of a single person, especially if this was an important person. The rules in this chapter give protection to people, especially the poor by requiring multiple witnesses. This allowed justice to be done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Law of retaliation<br>The chapter describes a famous law, often called the “law of retaliation.” It is said, an “eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot.” This does not mean a person who causes another person to lose their eye must have their own eye removed as punishment. This law is not about making all things equal. Instead, it is about limiting the punishment or the ability of a person to retaliate. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1247 DEU 19 1 rka3 0 General Information: Moses is still speaking to the people of Israel.
1248 DEU 19 1 av28 figs-metaphor 0 When Yahweh your God cuts off the nations Yahweh destroying the people who live in Canaan is spoken of as if he were cutting them off, as one would cut a piece of cloth or cut a branch from a tree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1249 DEU 19 1 jh1z figs-metonymy 0 the nations This represents the people groups that live in Canaan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1320 DEU 19 20 wqw9 0 commit no longer any such evil “never again do something evil like that”
1321 DEU 19 21 z5fm figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes must not pity Here “eyes” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You must not pity him” or “You must not show him mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1322 DEU 19 21 nz4x figs-ellipsis 0 life will pay for life…foot for foot Here the phrases are shortened because the meaning is understood. It means the people must punish a person in the same way that he harmed another person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1323 DEU 20 intro qq8m 0 # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Deuteronomy 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s protection<br>Israel was not to worry about the power and strength of other nations. Instead, they were to trust in the power of Yahweh. He is the source of their military strength and protection. This is why a priest leads them into battle, rather than a military commander. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>### Holy war<br>Israel’s conquering of the Promised Land was unique in history. It was a type of holy war and had special rules. This war was really Yahweh’s punishment against the sin of the Canaanite people. If the people were not completely destroyed, they would cause Israel to sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “What man is there”<br>This phrase is used several times to introduce a rhetorical question. The questions are intended to tell the readers that Yahweh only wants soldiers who are completely dedicated to fighting for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Excused from fighting<br>In ancient Israel, men were excused from fighting in battle for several different reasons. Some of these reasons are mentioned in this chapter. Apparently, needing to establish a new house, the need to harvest a field and cowardice were possible excuses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1324 DEU 20 1 x89z 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
1325 DEU 20 1 ei7a 0 When you march out to battle against your enemies “When you go out to fight in a war against your enemies”
1326 DEU 20 1 r5j1 figs-explicit 0 see horses, chariots People considered an army with many horses and chariots to be very strong. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1372 DEU 20 20 czc4 0 siege works These are tools and structures, such as ladders and towers, that are needed to lay siege to a city.
1373 DEU 20 20 g9ny figs-idiom 0 until it falls This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “until the people of the city lose the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1374 DEU 20 20 fdg1 figs-metonymy 0 it falls Here “it” refers to the city which represents the people of the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1375 DEU 21 intro qfb6 0 # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.<br> # Deuteronomy 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elders<br>Older men were required to lead the people of Israel and help to administer justice. These men would function as judges, which would later become a more official position. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Peace in Israel<br>The rules and instructions in this chapter help to ensure peace in Israel. This is not a military peace. Instead, it is about establishing peace within Israel and among the people.
1376 DEU 21 1 g61z 0 General Information: Moses continues to speak to the people of Israel.
1377 DEU 21 1 z641 figs-activepassive 0 If someone is found killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If someone finds a person whom someone else has killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1378 DEU 21 1 iqh7 0 lying in the field The dead person is lying in the field.
1442 DEU 21 23 y9lb 0 bury him the same day “bury him on the same day as when you execute him”
1443 DEU 21 23 ztq8 figs-activepassive 0 for whoever is hanged is cursed by God This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “because God curses everyone whom people hang on trees” and (2) “people hang on trees those whom God has cursed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1444 DEU 21 23 i54a 0 do not defile the land by leaving something God has cursed hanging in the tree
1445 DEU 22 intro hk1i 0 # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Deuteronomy 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Order in Israel<br>The instructions in this chapter help to maintain order in this chapter. The people are to have integrity. The people’s sin will result in serious punishment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Virgin woman<br>If a woman was not a virgin, she was not considered to be worth marrying. The man who slept with her was responsible for providing for her since she will not be able to find a husband to provide for her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1446 DEU 22 1 b8pa figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1447 DEU 22 1 j8sq 0 go astray “walk away from its owner”
1448 DEU 22 1 z51n figs-idiom 0 hide yourself from them This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “act as if you do not see them” or “go away without doing anything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1526 DEU 22 29 tr9z translate-bmoney 0 fifty shekels of silver A shekel weighs eleven grams. Alternate translation: “fifty pieces of silver” or “550 grams of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1527 DEU 22 29 yb82 figs-idiom 0 He may not send her away during all his days This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “He must never divorce her during his entire life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1528 DEU 22 30 hh8b figs-explicit 0 must not take his father’s wife as his own The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “must not marry his father’s former wife, even if she is not his mother” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1529 DEU 23 intro rn7c 0 # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Deuteronomy 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The assembly of Yahweh<br>This was probably the corporate worship of Yahweh, when the people would come together to worship him.<br><br>### Racial superiority<br>Yahweh viewed Israel as superior to the other nations of Canaan. In many cultures, this may be seen as immoral. It must be remembered that the instructions of this chapter are very remote from the modern world. These people groups were always sinful and idolatrous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1530 DEU 23 1 r8v9 0 man injured by crushing or cutting off “man whose private body parts someone has crushed or cut off”
1531 DEU 23 1 z8kb figs-idiom 0 may enter the assembly of Yahweh This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “may be a full member of the Israelite community” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1532 DEU 23 2 j67e 0 illegitimate child Possible meanings are (1) a child born to parents who committed incest or adultery or (2) a child born to a prostitute.
1585 DEU 23 25 v1t5 0 you may pluck the heads of grain with your hand “then you may eat the kernels of grain with your hand”
1586 DEU 23 25 jv7v 0 but do not put a sickle to your neighbor’s ripe grain “but do not cut down your neighbor’s ripe grain and take it with you”
1587 DEU 23 25 q13q 0 sickle a sharp tool that farmers use to harvest wheat
1588 DEU 24 intro l5h3 0 # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.<br> # Deuteronomy 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter continues the teaching about how to maintain justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “No man may take a mill or an upper millstone as a pledge”<br>A millstone was the way a person made a living. To take a person’s millstone was to take away the way they earned money and produced food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Lending money<br>Lending money to fellow Israelites was a way to help them out. It was not intended to be a way to make money off their brothers. This chapter gives limitations regarding the lending of money.
1589 DEU 24 1 fn1d 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
1590 DEU 24 1 t3lr figs-doublet 0 When a man takes a wife and marries her The phrases “takes a wife” and “marries her” mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “When a man marries a woman” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1591 DEU 24 1 a5ki figs-synecdoche 0 if she finds no favor in his eyes Here the “eyes” represent the whole person. Alternate translation: “if he decides that he does not like her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1663 DEU 24 21 h98g 0 What is left over will be for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow “The grapes that you do not pick will be for the foreigner, the fatherless, and the widow to pick”
1664 DEU 24 21 qsd7 figs-genericnoun 0 for the foreigner, for the fatherless, and for the widow These refer to groups of people. Alternate translation: “for foreigners, for those who are fatherless, and for the widows” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1665 DEU 24 22 jte9 figs-idiom 0 call to mind This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “remember” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1666 DEU 25 intro e9vi 0 # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “A perfect and just weight you must have”<br>In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Deuteronomy 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to teach about justice in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “A perfect and just weight you must have”<br>In the ancient Near East, money was weighted on a scale. If a persons weight was off, they were robbing people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1667 DEU 25 1 kk1l 0 General Information: Moses continues speaking to the people of Israel.
1668 DEU 25 2 m44y figs-activepassive 0 If the guilty man deserves to be beaten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “If the judge orders them to beat the guilty man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1669 DEU 25 2 b3ki figs-activepassive 0 be beaten in his presence This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will watch them beat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1715 DEU 25 18 bv3r figs-doublet 0 faint and weary These words have similar meanings and emphasize how tired the people were. Alternate translation: “tired and exhausted” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1716 DEU 25 18 ig25 figs-explicit 0 he did not honor God The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “he was not afraid of God’s punishment” or “he did not respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1717 DEU 25 19 gv8d 0 you must blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under heaven “you must kill all of the Amalekites so that nobody will remember them anymore”
1718 DEU 26 intro t97p 0 # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.<br> # Deuteronomy 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter recalls the great events of Israel’s history when Yahweh brought them out of Egypt.
1719 DEU 26 1 yl9f figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1720 DEU 26 2 epa3 translate-ordinal 0 some of the first of all the harvest “some of the first fruits of the harvest” or “some of the first crops of the harvest.” This “first” is the ordinal number for one. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1721 DEU 26 3 wq9z figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1760 DEU 26 19 q8jb figs-idiom 0 he will set you high above This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “he will make you more important than” or “he will make you greater than” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1761 DEU 26 19 p58x 0 he will set you high above all the other nations that he has made, and you will receive praise, fame, and honor Possible meanings are (1) “he will cause you to become greater than any other nation that he has established, and he will enable you to praise him and honor him” or (2) “he will have people praise you more than they praise every other nation that he has made; people will say that you are better than any other nation, and they will honor you.”
1762 DEU 26 19 lg4i figs-metaphor 0 You will be a people that is set apart to Yahweh your God Yahweh choosing the people of Israel to belong to him in a special way is spoken of as if Yahweh set them apart from all other nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh your God will set you apart from other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1763 DEU 27 intro uy69 0 # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “May the man be cursed”<br>This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br> # Deuteronomy 27 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “May the man be cursed”<br>This phrase is repeated several times in this chapter. This parallelism serves as a warning to the Israelites when they will live in the Promised Land. This is part of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
1764 DEU 27 1 mu7e figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so except where noted, the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1765 DEU 27 1 ya1q figs-you 0 command you today Moses is speaking to the Israelites as a group, so the word “you” is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1766 DEU 27 1 g7rq 0 I command Here “I” refers to Moses. The elders are there in agreement with Moses, but he is the only one speaking.
1805 DEU 27 24 n57s figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1806 DEU 27 26 mmv3 0 General Information: Moses continues telling the Levites and the people what they must say.
1807 DEU 27 26 z9xa figs-activepassive 0 May the man be cursed This may be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 27:16](../27/16.md). Alternate translation: “May Yahweh curse the man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1808 DEU 28 intro f2wv 0 # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br> # Deuteronomy 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Blessings and warnings<br>This chapter explains some of the blessings and warnings associated with Israel’s obedience to the law of Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
1809 DEU 28 1 cg2q figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1810 DEU 28 1 f13g figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here the metonym “voice of Yahweh” refers to what he says. Alternate translation: “to what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1811 DEU 28 1 nmq7 0 so as to keep “and obey”
1959 DEU 28 67 wac6 figs-idiom 0 because of the fear in your hearts This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “because of the fear you are feeling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1960 DEU 28 67 u1ew figs-synecdoche 0 the things your eyes will have to see Here “eyes” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “the terrifying things I will force you to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1961 DEU 28 68 et6c 0 I had said Here “I” refers to Yahweh.
1962 DEU 29 intro if6j 0 # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br> # Deuteronomy 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a retelling of the covenant Yahweh made with Moses, along with its blessings and cursing. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
1963 DEU 29 1 nsu8 0 These are the words that Yahweh commanded Moses to tell This refers to words that Moses is about to speak.
1964 DEU 29 1 b8p6 0 in the land of Moab This is on the east side of the Jordan where the Israelites were staying before they entered the land of Canaan. “while they were in the land of Moab”
1965 DEU 29 1 b7xy 0 words that were added to the covenant…at Horeb These additional commands were given to make Yahweh’s covenant apply better to the people once they were settled in their new land. These new commands did not belong to a different covenant, but rather were additions to the original covenant.
2016 DEU 29 29 d1e5 0 The secret matters belong alone to Yahweh our God “Some things Yahweh our God has not revealed, and only he knows them”
2017 DEU 29 29 v7va figs-activepassive 0 that are revealed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that he has revealed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2018 DEU 29 29 ui8w 0 we may do all the words of this law “we may do everything that this law commands us to do”
2019 DEU 30 intro yx9f 0 # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br> # Deuteronomy 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Moses begins to give final instructions to Israel before his death in anticipation of their entrance into the Promised Land. There were warnings and blessings associated with the people’s obedience to the covenant Yahweh made with Moses. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
2020 DEU 30 1 rkk4 figs-you 0 General Information: Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2021 DEU 30 1 pfr8 figs-idiom 0 When all these things have come on you Here “these things” refer to the blessings and curses described in chapters 28-29. The phrase “have come on you” is an idiom that means to happen. Alternate translation: “When all these things happen to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2022 DEU 30 1 k5mi figs-metaphor 0 that I have set before you This speaks of the blessings and curses that Moses told the people as if they were objects that he set in front of them. Alternate translation: “that I have just now told you about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2061 DEU 30 20 sbp2 0 to cling to him “to rely on him”
2062 DEU 30 20 x4gp figs-doublet 0 For he is your life and the length of your days These phrases have the same meaning and are metonyms for Yahweh, emphasizing that he is the one who gives life and determines the length of people’s lifetimes. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the only one who can enable you to live a long life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2063 DEU 30 20 qi8g figs-ellipsis 0 swore to your ancestors The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “swore that he would give to your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2064 DEU 31 intro pki9 0 # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.<br> # Deuteronomy 31 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Final instructions<br>In the Ancient Near East, it was common for an important leader to give instructions for his people to follow after his death. In this chapter, Moses begins his final words to the people of Israel. These are words that he wants them to remember long after he is gone. This section also helped to make a smooth transition to Joshua’s leadership.
2065 DEU 31 2 mb3i translate-numbers 0 one hundred twenty years old “120 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2066 DEU 31 2 bvw8 figs-merism 0 I can no more go out and come in Here the extremes “go out” and “come in” used together mean that Moses can no longer do what a healthy person can do. Alternate translation: “I am no longer able to go everywhere that you need to go, so I cannot be your leader any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2067 DEU 31 3 ep95 figs-you 0 your God…before you…before you…you will dispossess…before you Moses speaks to the Israelites as if they were one man, so the words “you” and “your” here are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2124 DEU 31 30 upf2 figs-synecdoche 0 Moses recited in the ears of all the assembly of Israel Here “ears” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “Moses recited to all the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2125 DEU 31 30 ilp6 0 recited Possible meanings are (1) “sang” or (2) “spoke.”
2126 DEU 31 30 wx6q figs-ellipsis 0 the words of this song You can make clear the understood information. Alternate translation: “the words of the song that Yahweh taught him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2127 DEU 32 intro pup6 0 # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Deuteronomy 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 32:1-43.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>This chapter prophesies a time when Israel will be disobedient to Yahweh and he will have to punish them. This is meant to serve as a warning to the nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2128 DEU 32 1 bfi8 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses speaks a poetic song to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2129 DEU 32 1 hf89 figs-apostrophe 0 Give ear, you heavens…Let the earth listen Yahweh speaks to the heavens and earth as if they are there listening. Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh is speaking to the inhabitants of heaven and earth or (2) Yahweh is speaking to the heavens and earth as if they are persons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
2130 DEU 32 2 zk7l figs-simile 0 Let my teaching drop down like the rain…and like the showers on the plants This means Yahweh wants the people to eagerly accept his helpful teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2281 DEU 32 50 gnq5 translate-names 0 Mount Hor This is the name of a mountain on the border of Edom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2282 DEU 32 51 mwq1 translate-names 0 Meribah This is the name of the place in the desert where Moses disobeyed God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2283 DEU 32 51 fv5z translate-names 0 wilderness of Zin This is the name of a wilderness on the southern border of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2284 DEU 33 intro y2l8 0 # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Deuteronomy 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic lines of Moses’ blessings in 33:1-29.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Families<br>Moses gives a series of prophecies or instructions for each of the tribes of Israel and Israel overall. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2285 DEU 33 1 p6db figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Moses begins to bless the tribes of Israel. Moses speaks the blessing in the form of short poems. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2286 DEU 33 2 b26n figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh came from Sinai and rose from Seir upon them. He shined out from Mount Paran Moses compares Yahweh to the rising sun. Alternate translation: “When Yahweh came from Sinai, he looked to them like the sun when it rises from Seir and shines out from Mount Paran” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2287 DEU 33 2 d9h2 0 upon them “upon the people of Israel”
2387 DEU 33 29 tm9a figs-metaphor 0 the shield of your help The word “shield” is a metaphor for Yahweh protecting and defending the Israelites. The abstract noun “help” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “the one who protects you and helps you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2388 DEU 33 29 cur3 figs-metaphor 0 the sword of your majesty The word “sword” is a metaphor for the power to kill with the sword in order to win battles. Alternate translation: “the one who enables you to win battles and so have majesty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2389 DEU 33 29 ly3l 0 you will trample down their high places Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites will destroy the places where the other people worship false gods or (2) the Israelites will walk on the backs of their enemies when the Israelites defeat them.
2390 DEU 34 intro kh67 0 # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br> # Deuteronomy 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter may have been written by Joshua, since it recorded Moses’ death. This chapter officially ends the revelation of the law of Moses, and life in the Promised Land is about to begin again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
2391 DEU 34 1 ayb8 0 Mount Nebo This is the highest point of Mount Pisgah which is in the northern part of the Abarim mountain range. See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 32:49](../32/49.md).
2392 DEU 34 1 r9wl 0 Pisgah See how you translated this in [Deuteronomy 3:17](../03/17.md).
2393 DEU 34 3 h1nc translate-names 0 the City of Palms This is another name for Jericho. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

50
en_tn_06-JOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.<br>
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br>
JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ JOS 1 16 c7t9 0 General Information: These Isrelites were specifically the Reu
JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ JOS 2 23 i2bk translate-names נ֑וּן 1 Nun This is a male name; the father o
JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ JOS 3 15 mu2b writing-background וְ⁠הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן מָלֵא֙
JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JOS 4 20 s8s2 figs-explicit וְ⁠אֵת֩ שְׁתֵּ֨ים עֶשְׂרֵ֤
JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br>
JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted…there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ JOS 5 14 d8u1 וַ⁠יֹּ֣אמֶר 1 He said The word “he” refers to the
JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ JOS 6 26 cq3c figs-metaphor אָר֨וּר הָ⁠אִ֜ישׁ לִ⁠פְנֵ֣
JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan…Karmi…Zabdi…Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ JOS 7 25 vd6n figs-rquestion מֶ֣ה עֲכַרְתָּ֔⁠נוּ 1 Why have y
JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or (2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or (3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br>
JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai…and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ JOS 8 29 wd9u עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day “t
JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ JOS 9 23 zlp7 figs-metonymy לְ⁠בֵ֥ית אֱלֹהָֽ⁠י 1 house of my
JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ JOS 10 40 u843 figs-parallelism וְ⁠אֵת֙ כָּל־מַלְכֵי⁠הֶ
JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin…Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor…Madon…Shimron…Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth…Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ JOS 11 21 im1q translate-names אֶת־הָֽ⁠עֲנָקִים֙ 1 Anakim Thes
JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir…Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.<br>
JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JOS 12 1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ JOS 12 22 z2b9 translate-names קֶ֨דֶשׁ֙…יָקְנֳעָ֥ם 1 Kedesh
JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor…Naphoth Dor…Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ JOS 13 31 zde9 figs-activepassive לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י 1 These were assigned This
JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders “leaders of the tribes”
JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -512,7 +512,7 @@ JOS 14 14 gji6 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 to this day Thi
JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ JOS 15 46 dfe2 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 settlements villages
JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 48 m88k translate-names 1 General Information: The writer lists cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:63](../15/63.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz…Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -567,7 +567,7 @@ JOS 16 9 y6xs figs-activepassive וְ⁠הֶ⁠עָרִ֗ים הַ⁠מִּבְ
JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ JOS 17 15 psc4 translate-names וְ⁠הָֽ⁠רְפָאִ֑ים 1 Rephaim This
JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan…Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off…has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off…has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -638,7 +638,7 @@ JOS 18 21 i6af translate-names 0 General Information: The writer lists the citi
JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages “the villages around them”
JOS 18 25 nk7k translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ JOS 19 48 cx9h figs-metaphor זֹ֗את נַחֲלַ֛ת מַטֵּ֥ה בְנֵ
JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances…assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities…assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br>
JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ JOS 20 7 lyr5 translate-names 0 General Information: There are a lot of names i
JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar…Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them “The Levites said to them”
JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ JOS 21 43 q5na נִשְׁבַּ֖ע 1 he swore “he gave an oath”
JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.<br>
JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ JOS 22 31 w1fn figs-metonymy הִצַּלְתֶּ֛ם אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י י
JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
@ -856,7 +856,7 @@ JOS 23 14 x3c7 figs-doublet וִ⁠ידַעְתֶּ֞ם בְּ⁠כָל־לְב
JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.<br>
JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago “many years ago”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOS front intro syt5 0 # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.<br> # Introduction to Joshua<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joshua<br><br>1. Conquest of the land of Canaan (1:1–12:24)<br>- Preparation for conquest; spies; crossing the Jordan River (1:1–5:1)<br>- Ceremonies at Gilgal; conquest of Jericho and Ai (5:2–8:29)<br>- The covenant affirmed at Shechem (8:30–35)<br>- Southern and central campaigns; northern campaigns (9:1–12:24)<br>1. Settlement in the Promised Land; division of the land (13:1–22:34)<br>1. Joshua’s final days (23:1–24:33)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joshua about?<br><br>The Book of Joshua is about the Israelites entering and occupying the Promised Land. Joshua was the leader that replaced Moses. He led the Israelites as they fought the people living in the Promised Land. This book also tells how the Israelites divided the land among the twelve tribes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Joshua” because Joshua leads the people of Israel after Moses dies. Translators may create a title such as “The Book About When Joshua Led Israel.” Translators should avoid a title that suggests Joshua as the writer of the book.<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joshua?<br><br>The book does not tell who wrote it. However, some verses in the book indicate that Joshua may have written at least part of it. Since ancient times, Jews have thought that Joshua wrote most of the book.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How does the Book of Joshua present the cause of historical events?<br><br>In the ancient Near East, people assumed that gods caused world events to happen in a certain way. The Book of Joshua has some similarities with this view, but there are important differences. The events in the Book of Joshua occurred because Yahweh promised the Israelites that he would give them the Promised Land. What happened also depended on whether or not the Israelites obeyed Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the writer to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. He must avoid giving the impression to readers that “to this day” means “to the present day.” The translator might decide to say “to this day, at the time when this was being written,” or “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Joshua 4:9; 6:25; 7:26; 8:28, 29; 10:27; 13:13; 14:14; 15:63; 16:10.<br><br>### What does the phrase “all Israel” mean?<br><br>This phrase appears many times in the Book of Joshua, but it does not always mean every person in the nation of Israel. At times it means the Israelite army. At other times it means the representatives of the twelve tribes of Israel. In still other passages, it probably means a large number of the people in the nation of Israel.<br><br>### When should Joshua be translated?<br><br>The Book of Joshua should probably not be translated before Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers, and Deuteronomy. This is because the historical events of Joshua will not be understood without the information in these previous books.
3 JOS 1 intro r7gc 0 # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.<br> # Joshua 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter appears to be a natural continuation of the book of Deuteronomy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Be strong and Courageous<br><br>Joshua is often told, “Be strong and courageous.” This repeated encouragement is on purpose and may indicate Joshua will need help in the future.
4 JOS 1 1 s8u5 יְהוָ֑ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
5 JOS 1 1 eka2 translate-names נ֔וּן 1 Nun Joshua’s father (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 JOS 1 2 le23 figs-idiom עֲבֹ֜ר אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֣ן הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 cross over this Jordan To “cross over” means “go to the opposite bank of the river.” Alternate translation: “travel from this side to the opposite side of the Jordan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
37 JOS 1 18 rel4 figs-parallelism יַמְרֶ֣ה אֶת־פִּ֗י⁠ךָ וְ⁠לֹֽא־יִשְׁמַ֧ע אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֛י⁠ךָ 1 rebels against your commands and disobeys your words These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize that any form of disobedience will be punished. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
38 JOS 1 18 lbc3 figs-activepassive יוּמָ֑ת 1 will be put to death This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we will put to death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
39 JOS 1 18 zez7 figs-parallelism חֲזַ֥ק וֶ⁠אֱמָֽץ 1 be strong and courageous Israel and God considered both traits important for Joshua to pursue as their leader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
40 JOS 2 intro vg4m 0 # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # Joshua 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the conquest of the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rahab’s faith<br><br>Rahab expressed her faith in Yahweh. The statement “for Yahweh your God, he is God in heaven above and on the earth below” is a recognition of her faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The Israelites were to completely destroy the evil Canaanites. They are compared to melting snow: “…melting away because of us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
41 JOS 2 1 ig8n translate-names נ֠וּן 1 Nun This is Joshua’s father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
42 JOS 2 1 w886 translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֞ים 1 Shittim This is the name of a place on the east side of the Jordan River. It means “Acacia Trees.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
43 JOS 2 1 z78b מְרַגְּלִים֙ 1 as spies These men were to visit the land to gain information on how Israel should conquer the land.
85 JOS 2 23 cv1w אֵ֥ת כָּל־הַ⁠מֹּצְא֖וֹת אוֹתָֽ⁠ם 1 everything that had happened to them “all that the men had experienced and seen.”
86 JOS 2 24 rk66 בְּ⁠יָדֵ֖⁠נוּ 1 our This word, “us,” refers to Israel.
87 JOS 2 24 eh7s figs-metaphor יֹשְׁבֵ֥י הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ 1 inhabitants of the land are melting away The people of the land toward Israel are like a substance that melts in the presence of heat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
88 JOS 3 intro qs85 0 # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br> # Joshua 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God dries the Jordan River<br><br>Joshua told the people “Dedicate yourselves to Yahweh tomorrow, for Yahweh will do wonders among you.” The conquest of the Promised Land is accomplished through the supernatural power of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
89 JOS 3 1 ct91 וַ⁠יַּשְׁכֵּם֩ 1 got up The phrase, “got up,” means to “awaken.”
90 JOS 3 1 y8kd מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שִּׁטִּ֗ים 1 Shittim A place in the land of Moab, west of the Jordan River where the Israelites were camped before their entry into the promised land, Canaan.
91 JOS 3 2 wz25 הַ⁠שֹּׁטְרִ֖ים 1 officers These are people holding a position of command or authority.
110 JOS 3 17 dp93 0 General Information: The miraculous Jordan River crossing continues.
111 JOS 3 17 tg4f figs-explicit הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֖ן 1 the Jordan This refers to the Jordan River bed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 JOS 3 17 w7z6 figs-idiom עֹֽבְרִים֙ 1 crossed over This phrase means to go to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “traveled from this side to the opposite side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 JOS 4 intro eh7p 0 # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br> # Joshua 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s war<br>The conquering of the Promised Land was a special war. It was God’s war against the people of Canaan and Joshua recognized that they would only be victorious through Yahweh’s power. This is why their first act after crossing the Jordan River was to build an altar. This war was a witness to Yahweh’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
114 JOS 4 1 yem9 figs-pronouns 0 General Information: Though Yahweh was speaking directly to Joshua, all occurrences of you include Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
115 JOS 4 1 h2p6 figs-idiom לַ⁠עֲב֖וֹר 1 crossed over The words “crossed over” refer to going to the opposite bank of the river. Alternate translation: “went across” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
116 JOS 4 1 lz4a figs-explicit אֶת־הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֑ן 1 the Jordan the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
141 JOS 4 22 lx8h 0 General Information: Joshua continues to remind the people the purpose of the pile of stones.
142 JOS 4 22 p6nk וְ⁠הוֹדַעְתֶּ֖ם אֶת־בְּנֵי⁠כֶ֣ם 1 Tell your children It was for Israel to teach their children of God’s miracles so that they would honor Yahweh forever.
143 JOS 4 24 qe29 figs-metonymy אֶת־יַ֣ד יְהוָ֔ה כִּ֥י חֲזָקָ֖ה הִ֑יא 1 the hand of Yahweh is mighty This refers to the power of Yahweh being strong. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is mighty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
144 JOS 5 intro dv8f 0 # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.<br> # Joshua 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Circumcision<br><br>It would have been very unusual to be circumcised in a time of war. When men are circumcised they are unable to move without pain or to defend themselves in battle for several days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]])<br><br>### Manna<br><br>Yahweh stops providing manna in this chapter and will no longer provide them with their daily allotment of food. This does not mean Yahweh’s care and provision will stop.
145 JOS 5 1 el1p figs-parallelism וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 their hearts melted…there was no longer any spirit in them These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of their fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
146 JOS 5 1 q8mi figs-metonymy וַ⁠יִּמַּ֣ס לְבָבָ֗⁠ם 1 their hearts melted Here “hearts” refers to their courage. They were so afraid that it was as if their courage melted away like wax in a fire. Alternate translation: “they lost all their courage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
147 JOS 5 1 a2wh figs-metonymy וְ⁠לֹא־הָ֨יָה בָ֥⁠ם עוֹד֙ ר֔וּחַ 1 there was no longer any spirit in them Here “spirit” refers to their will to fight. Alternate translation: “they no longer had any will to fight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
160 JOS 5 14 ds5l לֹ֗א 1 Neither This is the beginning of the man’s answer to Joshua’s question, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” This short answer could be clarified. Alternate translation: “I am neither for you nor for your enemies”
161 JOS 5 14 r42a translate-symaction וַ⁠יִּפֹּל֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ אֶל־פָּנָ֥י⁠ו אַ֨רְצָ⁠ה֙ וַ⁠יִּשְׁתָּ֔חוּ 1 Joshua lay facedown on the ground to worship This was an act of worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
162 JOS 5 15 ge5y translate-symaction שַׁל־נַֽעַלְ⁠ךָ֙ מֵ⁠עַ֣ל רַגְלֶ֔⁠ךָ 1 Take off your sandals from your feet This was an act of reverence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
163 JOS 6 intro uie9 0 # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh conquers<br><br>It was God, not the army, who gave them victory. It is said, “Shout! For Yahweh has given you the city.” The circumstances of Israel’s victory in the battle for Jericho were very unusual. It was never common to march around a city or to shout in order to win a military battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
164 JOS 6 1 gbz8 וִֽ⁠ירִיחוֹ֙ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the narrator tells us why the gates of Jericho are closed and locked up.
165 JOS 6 2 j65i figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ אֶת־יְרִיח֖וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־מַלְכָּ֑⁠הּ גִּבּוֹרֵ֖י הֶ⁠חָֽיִל 1 I have delivered Jericho into your hand, its king, and its trained soldiers Yahweh is telling Joshua that he will certainly do this by saying that he has already done it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
166 JOS 6 2 v4hu figs-metonymy בְ⁠יָֽדְ⁠ךָ֔ 1 into your hand The word “hand” is a metonym for the control that the hand exercises. Alternate translation: “so that you can control it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
200 JOS 6 26 len7 figs-metaphor בִּ⁠בְכֹר֣⁠וֹ יְיַסְּדֶ֔⁠נָּה 1 At the cost of his firstborn son, he will lay the foundation The consequence of a man laying a new foundation for Jericho is that his firstborn son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he lays the foundation, he will lose his firstborn son” or “If he lays the foundation, his firstborn son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 JOS 6 26 anp8 figs-metaphor וּ⁠בִ⁠צְעִיר֖⁠וֹ יַצִּ֥יב דְּלָתֶֽי⁠הָ 1 at the cost of his youngest son, he will set up its gates The consequence of a man setting up new gates for Jericho is that his youngest son would die. This is spoken of as if it were a cost that the man would pay. Alternate translation: “If he sets up its gates, he will lose his youngest son” or “If he sets up it gates, his youngest son will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
202 JOS 6 27 brx7 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יְהִ֥י שָׁמְע֖⁠וֹ בְּ⁠כָל־הָ⁠אָֽרֶץ 1 his fame spread throughout the land This refers to Joshua’s fame, not Yahweh’s. Becoming known among the people throughout the land is spoken of as if his fame spread. Alternate translation: “Joshua became famous throughout the land” or “people throughout the land learned about Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
203 JOS 7 intro uv41 0 # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Joshua 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br><br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
204 JOS 7 1 mtm4 בַּ⁠חֵ֑רֶם 1 the things that were set apart for destruction “the things that God had said they must set apart to him by destroying them”
205 JOS 7 1 z3zl translate-names עָכָ֣ן…כַּרְמִי֩…זַבְדִּ֨י…זֶ֜רַח 1 Achan…Karmi…Zabdi…Zerah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
206 JOS 7 1 li2v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּֽחַר־אַ֥ף יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh’s anger burned “anger” and “burned” indicates intensity, not that fire is present. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s anger burned like a fire” or “Yahweh was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
258 JOS 7 25 i3rq וַ⁠יִּשְׂרְפ֤וּ אֹתָ⁠ם֙ בָּ⁠אֵ֔שׁ וַ⁠יִּסְקְל֥וּ אֹתָ֖⁠ם בָּ⁠אֲבָנִֽים 1 Then they stoned the rest with stones and burned them with fire. Possible meanings are (1) the Israelites burned Achan’s family to death and then covered them with stones or (2) the Israelites stoned Achan’s family to death and then burned the dead bodies or (3) that Achan and his possessions were stoned and then burned.
259 JOS 7 26 zcp9 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יָּ֥שָׁב יְהוָ֖ה מֵ⁠חֲר֣וֹן אַפּ֑⁠וֹ 1 Yahweh turned away his burning anger Turning away his anger represents stopping being angry. Burning anger represents strong anger. Alternate translation: “Yahweh stopped being angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
260 JOS 7 26 hfq5 עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 until this present day It was still called the valley of Achor at the time the author wrote this. Alternate translation: “even today” or “even now”
261 JOS 8 intro f3jc 0 # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.<br> # Joshua 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin brought defeat<br>It was great sin to take what was to be destroyed. Because of their sin, Yahweh withheld victory from the Israelites. Sin resulted in defeat in battle. Because they repented, Yahweh brought victory to Israel in Ai. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Built an altar<br>Altars were commonly built in the Ancient Near East to commemorate important events. Several altars were built in the Book of Joshua.
262 JOS 8 1 l4p8 figs-parallelism אַל־תִּירָ֣א וְ⁠אַל־תֵּחָ֔ת 1 Do not fear; do not be discouraged These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Yahweh combines them to emphasize that there is no reason to be afraid. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
263 JOS 8 1 den6 figs-metonymy נָתַ֣תִּי בְ⁠יָדְ⁠ךָ֗ אֶת־מֶ֤לֶךְ הָ⁠עַי֙ וְ⁠אֶת־עַמּ֔⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־עִיר֖⁠וֹ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצֽ⁠וֹ 1 I have given into your hand the king of Ai…and his land Giving them into Israel’s hand represents giving Israel victory and control over them. Alternate translation: “I have given you victory over the king of Ai and his people, and I have given you control over his city and his land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
264 JOS 8 1 t7bq figs-pastforfuture נָתַ֣תִּי 1 I have given God speaks of what he promises to do as though he had already done it, because he will certainly do it. Alternate translation: “I will certainly give” or “I am giving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pastforfuture]])
290 JOS 8 30 xev4 translate-names בְּ⁠הַ֖ר עֵיבָֽל 1 Mount Ebal a mountain in Canaan (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
291 JOS 8 35 ym6u figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־הָיָ֣ה דָבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּ֖ל אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה מֹשֶׁ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־קָרָ֜א יְהוֹשֻׁ֗עַ 1 There was not one word from all that Moses commanded that Joshua did not read This can be expressed positively. Alternate translation: “Joshua read every word of all that Moses commanded” or “Joshua read the entire law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
292 JOS 8 35 kdu7 figs-metonymy יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 Israel This refers to the nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
293 JOS 9 intro w1cx 0 # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Joshua 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s mistake<br><br>Israel was deceived because “they did not consult with Yahweh for guidance.” Instead of consulting Yahweh, they attempted to achieve victory under their own power. This was sinful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
294 JOS 9 1 g4h4 translate-names הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֜ן 1 the Jordan a shortened name for the Jordan River (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
295 JOS 9 2 uj94 figs-metonymy פֶּ֖ה אֶחָֽד 1 under one command Here “command” represents the one who commanded them. Being under him represents obeying his commands. Alternate translation: “obeying the commands of one leader” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
296 JOS 9 4 r5yb בְּ⁠עָרְמָ֔ה 1 cunning plan a crafty scheme intended to trick Joshua and the Israelites
316 JOS 9 25 a5un figs-doublet כַּ⁠טּ֨וֹב וְ⁠כַ⁠יָּשָׁ֧ר 1 Whatever seems good and right The words “good” and “right” mean basically the same thing. Alternate translation: “Whatever seems fair and just” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
317 JOS 9 26 gy9c לָ⁠הֶ֖ם 1 for them The word “them” here refers to the Gibeonites.
318 JOS 9 27 p81s עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day “even up to now.” This means that the people had continued to do these things even up to the day that the writer was living.
319 JOS 10 intro uy1f 0 # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # Joshua 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:12-13 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a poem.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “For Yahweh was waging war on behalf of Israel”<br>Israel’s conquest of the Promised Land was Yahweh’s war on the ungodly Canaanites more than Israel’s war. This type of war was different from other wars and God gave Israel special instructions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people of Gibeon used an idiom when they called for help from Israel: “Do not withdraw your hands,” meaning “do not stop protecting.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
320 JOS 10 1 au8p וַ⁠יְהִי֩ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells about a new person in the story, Adoni-Zedek.
321 JOS 10 1 y65k translate-names אֲדֹֽנִי־צֶ֜דֶק 1 Adoni-Zedek This is the name of a man who is an important king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
322 JOS 10 3 y6ss translate-names יַרְמ֜וּת…לָכִ֛ישׁ…עֶגְל֖וֹן 1 Jarmuth…Lachish…Eglon These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
367 JOS 10 42 qy8i כָּל־הַ⁠מְּלָכִ֤ים הָ⁠אֵ֨לֶּה֙ וְ⁠אֶת־אַרְצָ֔⁠ם לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured all these kings and their land This refers to the kings and lands that were listed beginning in [Joshua 10:28](../10/28.md).
368 JOS 10 42 rbp2 figs-synecdoche לָכַ֥ד יְהוֹשֻׁ֖עַ 1 Joshua captured Here Joshua represents his whole army. Alternate translation: “Joshua and his soldiers captured” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
369 JOS 10 42 f9tx פַּ֣עַם אֶחָ֑ת 1 at one time This does not mean in one day. It means during one military campaign, which may have lasted many days or weeks.
370 JOS 11 intro g8mw 0 # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # Joshua 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh overcomes the united forces of the northern kingdoms<br><br>Yahweh said to Joshua, “Do not be afraid in their presence, because tomorrow at this time I am giving them all to Israel as dead men.” Even when the kingdoms of Canaan joined forces, they were not able to overcome the power of Yahweh.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### “Yahweh gave the enemy into the hand of Israel”<br>This phrase may present difficulties in translation. The translator should ensure that Yahweh receives credit for Israel’s victory. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
371 JOS 11 1 a1ca translate-names יָבִ֣ין…יוֹבָב֙ 1 Jabin…Jobab These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
372 JOS 11 1 zi5u translate-names חָצ֑וֹר…מָד֔וֹן…שִׁמְר֖וֹן…אַכְשָֽׁף 1 Hazor…Madon…Shimron…Akshaph These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
373 JOS 11 2 gz61 translate-names כִּֽנֲר֖וֹת…וּ⁠בְ⁠נָפ֥וֹת דּ֖וֹר 1 Kinnereth…Naphoth Dor These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
397 JOS 11 21 p6cd translate-names דְּבִ֣ר…עֲנָ֔ב 1 Debir…Anab These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
398 JOS 11 23 qe5v figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנָ⁠הּ֩ יְהוֹשֻׁ֨עַ לְ⁠נַחֲלָ֧ה לְ⁠יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 1 Joshua gave it as an inheritance to Israel Joshua giving the land to the Israelites is spoken of as if he had given the Israelites an inheritance as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “Joshua gave the land to the Israelites as a permanent possession” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 JOS 11 23 x695 figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 the land had rest from the wars The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. Alternate translation: “the people no longer fought wars in the land” or “there was peace in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
400 JOS 12 intro ga6k 0 # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.<br> # Joshua 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 12:2-5 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long list.
401 JOS 12 1 e45x writing-background וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer begins to provide background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
402 JOS 12 1 fe2c וְ⁠אֵ֣לֶּה׀ מַלְכֵ֣י 1 these are the kings This refers to the list of kings that continues through verse 24.
403 JOS 12 1 g8ju translate-names הָ⁠עֲרָבָ֖ה 1 the Arabah These are the names of a region of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
431 JOS 12 23 a6eq translate-names דּ֛וֹר לְ⁠נָפַ֥ת דּ֖וֹר…גּוֹיִ֥ם 1 Dor…Naphoth Dor…Goyim These are the names of cities. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
432 JOS 12 24 kv8w translate-names תִּרְצָ֖ה 1 Tirzah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
433 JOS 12 24 aeg5 translate-numbers כָּל־מְלָכִ֖ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֥ים וְ⁠אֶחָֽד 1 thirty-one in all “31 in all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
434 JOS 13 intro zl7s 0 # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br> # Joshua 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about dividing the land between the tribes of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Division of the land<br><br>There was still much land to be captured west of the Jordan River, but the tribe of Reuben, Gad and half of the tribe of Mannasah received their land east of the Jordan. This land had been promised to them in Numbers 32.<br><br>### Driving out the people<br><br>While Yahweh achieved many great victories through Joshua, Israel was still supposed to drive out the rest of the Canaanites. Israel’s success in this would depend on their faith in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
435 JOS 13 2 s51z figs-explicit זֹ֥את הָ⁠אָ֖רֶץ הַ⁠נִּשְׁאָ֑רֶת 1 This is the land that still remains You may clarify that this is the land that Israel still needs to capture. Alternate translation: “This is the land that still remains for Israel to capture” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
436 JOS 13 3 q1nv translate-names הַ⁠שִּׁיח֞וֹר 1 Shihor This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
437 JOS 13 3 a3iw figs-activepassive לַֽ⁠כְּנַעֲנִ֖י תֵּחָשֵׁ֑ב 1 which is considered property of the Canaanites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which the Canaanites now consider their property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
483 JOS 13 31 g5si translate-names מָכִ֖יר 1 Machir This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
484 JOS 13 32 hh57 figs-metaphor אֵ֕לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נִחַ֥ל מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 This is the inheritance that Moses assigned to them The land that Moses assigned to the tribes of Israel on the east side of the Jordan is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that Moses gave to them as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This is the land that Moses assigned to them as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
485 JOS 13 33 ce57 figs-metaphor יְהוָ֞ה אֱלֹהֵ֤י יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ ה֣וּא נַחֲלָתָ֔⁠ם 1 Yahweh, the God of Israel, is their inheritance The writer speaks of the great honor that the Levites had by serving Yahweh as priests as if Yahweh were something that they would inherit. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, the God of Israel, is what they have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
486 JOS 14 intro dsn7 0 # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Joshua 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
487 JOS 14 1 u4tc figs-metaphor וְ⁠אֵ֛לֶּה אֲשֶׁר־נָחֲל֥וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the areas of land that the people of Israel received as their inheritance The land that the people of Israel acquired is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
488 JOS 14 1 ql64 אֲב֥וֹת הַ⁠מַּטּ֖וֹת 1 tribal leaders “leaders of the tribes”
489 JOS 14 2 f1ux figs-activepassive בְּ⁠גוֹרַ֖ל נַחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 Their inheritance was selected by lot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Eleazar, Joshua, and the tribal leaders cast lots to determine the inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
512 JOS 14 14 zii3 figs-metaphor מִלֵּ֔א אַחֲרֵ֕י יְהוָ֖ה 1 he completely followed Yahweh Being loyal to Yahweh is spoken of as if it were completely following Yahweh. Alternate translation: “he remained loyal to Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
513 JOS 14 15 hyh6 translate-names קִרְיַ֣ת אַרְבַּ֔ע 1 Kiriath Arba This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
514 JOS 14 15 wv1z figs-personification וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ שָׁקְטָ֖ה מִ⁠מִּלְחָמָֽה 1 Then the land had rest from war The people no longer fighting wars is spoken of as if the land were a person who rested from war. See how you translated this phrase in [Joshua 11:23](../11/23.md). Alternate translation: “Then the people no longer fought wars in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
515 JOS 15 intro ght5 0 # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 15 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Judah. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
516 JOS 15 1 ex51 translate-names צִ֛ן 1 Zin This is the name of the wilderness area. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
517 JOS 15 2 k5za מִ⁠קְצֵ֖ה יָ֣ם הַ⁠מֶּ֑לַח מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the end of the Salt Sea, from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that faces south at the end of the Salt Sea.” These two phrases refer to the same location. The second phrase clarifies the point at which the southern border begins.
518 JOS 15 2 j6xn מִן־הַ⁠לָּשֹׁ֖ן הַ⁠פֹּנֶ֥ה נֶֽגְבָּ⁠ה 1 from the bay that faces to the south “from the bay that extends to the south” or “from the southern bay”
548 JOS 15 47 hsx1 translate-names נַ֣חַל מִצְרָ֑יִם 1 brook of Egypt a small river of water at the southwestern edge of the land near Egypt (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
549 JOS 15 48 m88k translate-names 1 General Information: The writer lists cities of which Judah took possession. The list continues through [Joshua 15:63](../15/63.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
550 JOS 15 63 j68z עַ֖ד הַ⁠יּ֥וֹם הַ⁠זֶּֽה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
551 JOS 16 intro bpv3 0 # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Ephraim, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their location without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the location of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
552 JOS 16 1 b1k9 figs-explicit לִ⁠בְנֵ֤י יוֹסֵף֙ 1 the tribe of Joseph The “tribe of Joseph” consisted of the tribes of Joseph’s two sons, Manasseh and Ephraim. Since half of the tribe of Manasseh had settled east of the Jordan, this phrase refers to the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh. Alternate translation: “the tribe of Ephraim and the other half of the tribe of Manasseh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
553 JOS 16 2 g9td translate-names ל֑וּזָ⁠ה…עֲטָרֽוֹת 1 Luz…Ataroth These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
554 JOS 16 2 zs9f translate-names הָ⁠אַרְכִּ֖י 1 Arkites This is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
567 JOS 16 9 f1yc figs-metaphor בְּ⁠ת֖וֹךְ נַחֲלַ֣ת בְּנֵֽי־מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 1 within the inheritance of the tribe of Manasseh The land that the tribe of Manasseh possessed is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “within the land that the tribe of Manasseh had received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
568 JOS 16 10 au8e עַד־הַ⁠יּ֣וֹם הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 to this day This refers to the period of time in which the author wrote this book.
569 JOS 16 10 fth4 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֖י לְ⁠מַס־עֹבֵֽד 1 these people were made to do forced labor This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Israelites forced these people to work as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
570 JOS 17 intro m3nk 0 # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Manasseh’s lack of faith<br>Even though they were one of the largest and most powerful tribes of Israel, the tribe of Manasseh lacked faith in the power of Yahweh. This caused them many problems. It would also cause their descendants many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Manasseh, one of Joseph’s sons. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
571 JOS 17 1 j2sj translate-names לְ⁠מָכִיר֩ 1 Makir These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
572 JOS 17 1 zuz5 figs-activepassive וַֽ⁠יְהִי־ל֖⁠וֹ הַ⁠גִּלְעָ֥ד וְ⁠הַ⁠בָּשָֽׁן 1 Makir’s descendants were assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Joshua assigned the land of Gilead and Bashan to Makir’s descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
573 JOS 17 2 al47 translate-names אֲבִיעֶ֜זֶר…חֵ֗לֶק…אַשְׂרִיאֵל֙…שֶׁ֔כֶם…חֵ֖פֶר…שְׁמִידָ֑ע 1 Abiezer, Helek, Asriel, Shechem, Hepher, and Shemida These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
599 JOS 17 16 g788 translate-names בְּ⁠בֵית־שְׁאָן֙…יִזְרְעֶֽאל 1 Beth Shan…Jezreel These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
600 JOS 17 17 wa3y figs-metonymy בֵּ֣ית יוֹסֵ֔ף 1 the house of Joseph Here the word “house” refers to the descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Joseph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
601 JOS 17 18 w4m4 וּ⁠בֵ֣רֵאת֔⁠וֹ 1 you will clear it “you will clear the forest of trees” or “you will cut down its trees”
602 JOS 18 intro j38i 0 # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 18 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
603 JOS 18 1 fkg2 figs-events וְ⁠הָ⁠אָ֥רֶץ נִכְבְּשָׁ֖ה לִ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and they conquered the land They had conquered the people who lived in the land before they set up the tent of meeting. Alternate translation: “after they had conquered the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]])
604 JOS 18 2 ynk6 figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹֽא־חָלְק֖וּ אֶת־נַֽחֲלָתָ֑⁠ם 1 whose inheritance had not been assigned The land that the tribes would receive is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that they would receive as a permanent possession. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to whom Joshua had not assigned land as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
605 JOS 18 3 bia9 figs-rquestion עַד־אָ֨נָה֙ אַתֶּ֣ם מִתְרַפִּ֔ים לָ⁠בוֹא֙ לָ⁠רֶ֣שֶׁת אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר֙ נָתַ֣ן לָ⁠כֶ֔ם יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵ֥י אֲבֽוֹתֵי⁠כֶֽם 1 How long will you put off…has given you? Joshua asks this question in order to encourage the Israelites to take possession of the land. Alternate translation: “For long enough, you have put off…has given you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
638 JOS 18 24 jsu9 וְ⁠חַצְרֵי⁠הֶֽן 1 their villages “the villages around them”
639 JOS 18 25 nk7k translate-names 0 General Information: The writer continues to list the cities that were in the land that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
640 JOS 18 28 t3aa figs-metaphor זֹ֛את נַֽחֲלַ֥ת בְּנֵֽי־בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 This was the inheritance of Benjamin The land and cities that the tribe of Benjamin received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “This was the land and the cities that the tribe of Benjamin received as an inheritance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
641 JOS 19 intro j62l 0 # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 19 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribes of Israel. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
642 JOS 19 1 s149 וַ⁠יֵּצֵ֞א הַ⁠גּוֹרָ֤ל הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ לְ⁠שִׁמְע֔וֹן 1 The second casting of lots fell to Simeon “The second time Joshua cast lots, the lot indicated the tribe of Simeon”
643 JOS 19 1 gl7x translate-ordinal הַ⁠שֵּׁנִי֙ 1 The second number two in a list (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
644 JOS 19 1 z9r9 לְ⁠מִשְׁפְּחוֹתָ֑⁠ם 1 clan by clan “and Joshua assigned the land to each of their clans”
705 JOS 19 49 jzi6 figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּתְּנ֨וּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל נַחֲלָ֛ה לִ⁠יהוֹשֻׁ֥עַ בִּן־נ֖וּן בְּ⁠תוֹכָֽ⁠ם 1 gave an inheritance among themselves to Joshua son of Nun The city that Joshua received is spoken of as if it were an inheritance that he received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “gave a city within their own land as an inheritance to Joshua son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
706 JOS 19 50 ac8r translate-names אֶת־תִּמְנַת־סֶ֖רַח 1 Timnath Serah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
707 JOS 19 51 cs47 figs-metaphor אֵ֣לֶּה הַ⁠נְּחָלֹ֡ת אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִחֲל֣וּ 1 These are the inheritances…assigned The land and cities that the various tribes received are spoken of as if they were an inheritance that they received as a permanent possession. Alternate translation: “These are the portions of land and the cities…assigned as inheritances” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
708 JOS 20 intro vg5f 0 # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])<br> # Joshua 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cities of Refuge<br><br>If a person was killed, it was the duty of his relatives to kill the killer. If the death was an accident, this would be unfair. Therefore, God told the Israelites to make cities of refuge for a person who killed someone accidentally. In the city where he sought refuge, his case would be solved legally: “Do this so that one who unintentionally kills a person can go there. These cities will be a place of refuge from anyone who seeks to avenge the blood of a person who was killed.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/refuge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blood]])
709 JOS 20 2 qhs6 figs-metonymy בְּ⁠יַד־מֹשֶֽׁה 1 by the hand of Moses Here “hand of Moses” refers to the scriptures that Moses wrote down. Alternate translation: “through the things that Moses wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
710 JOS 20 3 a1vg מַכֵּה־נֶ֥פֶשׁ בִּ⁠שְׁגָגָ֖ה 1 unintentionally kills This happens when a person accidentally kills another person, without intending to do so.
711 JOS 20 3 h73b figs-metonymy מִ⁠גֹּאֵ֖ל הַ⁠דָּֽם 1 avenge the blood of a person who was killed Here the shed blood of a person represents their death. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
720 JOS 20 8 cy8e לְ⁠יַרְדֵּ֤ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
721 JOS 20 9 b89x figs-idiom וְ⁠לֹ֣א יָמ֗וּת בְּ⁠יַד֙ גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 would not die by the hand of the one Here “by the hand” is an idiom that means to be the specific cause of something. Alternate translation: “would not be killed by the one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
722 JOS 20 9 j61z figs-metonymy גֹּאֵ֣ל הַ⁠דָּ֔ם 1 avenge the blood that was shed This can be stated in active form. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Joshua 20:3](../20/03.md). Alternate translation: “avenge a person’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
723 JOS 21 intro pp5c 0 # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Joshua 21 General Notes<br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is about the land given to the tribe of Levi. Even though they did not receive a large piece of land like the other tribes, they did receive small pieces of land to live on and for their animals. It will be difficult to fully understand their locations without a map. Further research may be needed to understand the locations of their land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
724 JOS 21 1 js4y translate-names אֶלְעָזָר֙…נ֑וּן 1 Eleazar…Nun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
725 JOS 21 2 wk1t וַ⁠יְדַבְּר֨וּ אֲלֵי⁠הֶ֜ם 1 They said to them “The Levites said to them”
726 JOS 21 2 wk1m figs-idiom יְהוָה֙ צִוָּ֣ה בְ⁠יַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Yahweh commanded you by the hand of Moses The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Moses to deliver his command. Alternate translation: “Yahweh told Moses to command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
789 JOS 21 44 t1a4 figs-litotes וְ⁠לֹא־עָ֨מַד אִ֤ישׁ בִּ⁠פְנֵי⁠הֶם֙ מִ⁠כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 Not one of their enemies could defeat them This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “They defeated every one of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
790 JOS 21 44 lg6d figs-metonymy אֵ֚ת כָּל־אֹ֣יְבֵי⁠הֶ֔ם נָתַ֥ן יְהוָ֖ה בְּ⁠יָדָֽ⁠ם 1 gave all their enemies into their hand Here “into their hand” means “into their power.” Alternate translation: “gave them power to defeat all their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
791 JOS 21 45 u1ik figs-litotes לֹֽא־נָפַ֣ל דָּבָ֔ר מִ⁠כֹּל֙ הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠טּ֔וֹב אֲשֶׁר־דִּבֶּ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה אֶל־בֵּ֣ית יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 Not one thing among all the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel failed to come true This is stated in a negative way to strengthen the statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of the good promises that Yahweh had spoken to the house of Israel came true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
792 JOS 22 intro l4hr 0 # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.<br> # Joshua 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The division of the land is completed in this chapter. Additionally, the soldiers who received land on the east side of the Jordan River were released to go home.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribes east of the Jordan River build a monument<br><br>The tribes east of the Jordan River said, “Let us now build an altar, not for burnt offerings nor for any sacrifices, but to be a witness between us and you, and between our generations after us, that we will perform the service of Yahweh before him, with our burnt offerings and with our sacrifices and with our peace offerings, so that your children will never say to our children in time to come, ‘You have no share in Yahweh.’” They went home even though the Israelites had not fully conquered the land.
793 JOS 22 1 ic3e translate-names לָ⁠רֽאוּבֵנִ֖י 1 Reubenites people of the tribe of Reuben (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
794 JOS 22 1 w3xd translate-names וְ⁠לַ⁠גָּדִ֑י 1 Gadites people of the tribe of Gad (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
795 JOS 22 2 x8l8 figs-metonymy וַ⁠תִּשְׁמְע֣וּ בְ⁠קוֹלִ֔⁠י 1 obeyed my voice Here “my voice” refers to the things that Joshua had said. Alternate translation: “obeyed everything I said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
835 JOS 22 33 pn48 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּיטַ֣ב הַ⁠דָּבָ֗ר בְּ⁠עֵינֵי֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Their report was good in the eyes of the people Here “good in the eyes” means “accepted.” Alternate translation: “The people accepted the report of the leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
836 JOS 22 33 h5hk לְ⁠שַׁחֵת֙ אֶת־הָ⁠אָ֔רֶץ 1 destroy the land “destroy everything in the land”
837 JOS 22 34 xf56 figs-metaphor עֵ֥ד הוּא֙ בֵּֽינֹתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 It is a witness between us The altar is spoken of as if it were a witness that could testify for the three tribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
838 JOS 23 intro v3r6 0 # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Joshua 23 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s final words to Israel (Joshua 23-24)<br><br>“Do not marry with the heathen people but drive them out.” ##### Drive them out<br>The Israelites were to completely drive out the Canaanites. If they did not drive them out completely, the Canaanites would cause the Israelites to worship other gods. It was sinful to allow the Canaanites to remain in the land because if the Israelites married the Canaanites, the Canaanites would cause them to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
839 JOS 23 2 vyz9 figs-doublet זָקַ֔נְתִּי בָּ֖אתִי בַּ⁠יָּמִֽים 1 old and well advanced in years This doublet can be translated as “very old.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
840 JOS 23 4 t22f הַ⁠יַּרְדֵּ֗ן 1 the Jordan This is a short name for the Jordan River.
841 JOS 23 4 bf99 מְב֥וֹא הַ⁠שָּֽׁמֶשׁ 1 in the west This indicates the direction of the setting sun.
856 JOS 23 14 vtt2 figs-doublenegatives לֹֽא־נָפַל֩ דָּבָ֨ר אֶחָ֜ד 1 not one word has failed to come true These words emphasize that Yahweh’s promises have all occurred. This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “every word has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
857 JOS 23 16 xwa3 figs-parallelism וַ⁠עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ אֱלֹהִ֣ים אֲחֵרִ֔ים וְ⁠הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם לָ⁠הֶ֑ם 1 worship other gods and bow down to them These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second describes how the people “worship other gods.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
858 JOS 23 16 wz7d figs-metaphor וְ⁠חָרָ֤ה אַף־יְהוָה֙ בָּ⁠כֶ֔ם 1 the anger of Yahweh will be kindled against you “Kindled” here is a metaphor for the beginning of Yahweh’s anger, like a fire is “kindled” or started with “kindling” or very easy to start burning like dried grass or small twigs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will begin to be angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
859 JOS 24 intro yqa8 0 # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.<br> # Joshua 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joshua’s instructions<br>In this chapter, Joshua gives the leaders and people instructions in preparation for his death. It was common in the Ancient Near East for important leaders to do this. Unfortunately, the people of Israel did not listen to Joshua’s instructions.
860 JOS 24 1 e4nq figs-metaphor וַ⁠יֶּאֶסֹ֧ף יְהוֹשֻׁ֛עַ אֶת־כָּל־שִׁבְטֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 Joshua gathered all the tribes of Israel Joshua’s summons to the tribes is spoken of as if he gathered them together in a basket. Alternate translation: “Joshua asked all the tribes of Israel to meet with him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
861 JOS 24 1 c7pt וַ⁠יִּֽתְיַצְּב֖וּ לִ⁠פְנֵ֥י 1 presented themselves before “came and stood in front of” or “came before”
862 JOS 24 2 tn5x מֵֽ⁠עוֹלָ֔ם 1 long ago “many years ago”

44
en_tn_07-JDG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br>- Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br>- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br>- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br>- Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br>- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br>- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br>- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br>- Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.<br>
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.<br>
JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br>- Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br>- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br>- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br>- Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br>- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br>- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br>- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br>- Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ JDG 1 35 x276 0 the military might of the house of Joseph conquered them “th
JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])<br>
JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh Possible meaning are (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking.
JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim “left Gilgal and went to Bokim”
JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ JDG 2 21 ry6q figs-metonymy 0 any of the nations Here “nations” represents
JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story.
JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3.
JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ JDG 3 31 uz68 translate-names 0 Anath The name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ JDG 4 22 n7wq 0 Barak was pursuing “Barak was chasing” or “Barak was fol
JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might “The military power”
JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md).
JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak…Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md).
@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ JDG 5 30 yg2c figs-synecdoche 0 for the necks of those who plunder Here “neck
JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br>
JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ JDG 6 37 qz5z 0 dew water that forms on plants during the night
JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose “Gideon got out of bed”
JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water
JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])<br>
JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped “they set up their camp”
JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod…hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ JDG 7 24 js9y translate-names 0 Beth Barah This is the name of a town. (See: [[
JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah”
JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb…at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb…Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely”
@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ JDG 8 34 k1h5 figs-metonymy 0 from the hand of all their enemies Here “hand
JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side “who surrounded them”
JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ JDG 9 56 h9fb translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/trans
JDG 9 57 fx65 figs-idiom 0 made all the evil of the men of Shechem turn back on their own heads “Evil turn back on their heads” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “punished the men of Shechem for all the evil they had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 9 57 hua1 figs-idiom 0 on them came the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 9 57 q7dp 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br>
JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
JDG 10 1 g7ww translate-names 0 Tola…Puah…Dodo These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 10 1 ti4g translate-names 0 Shamir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 10 1 lxh7 0 arose to deliver Israel “came to deliver Israel” or “became the leader to deliver Israel”
@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ JDG 10 13 zdy2 figs-idiom 0 I will not keep adding to the times I deliver you T
JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?”
JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.<br>
JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults”
JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ JDG 11 37 hj6q figs-activepassive 0 Let this promise be kept for me This can be
JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married”
JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br>
JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim Here the abstract noun “call” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men…of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through…pass through or “traveled through…travel” or “journeyed through…journey”
@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ JDG 12 13 z3n6 translate-names 0 Pirathon This is the name of a city. (See: [[r
JDG 12 14 n7k2 figs-metonymy 0 They rode on seventy donkeys These men owned seventy donkeys, which they did ride. Here the word “rode” is used instead of “owned.” Alternate translation: “They owned seventy donkeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 12 14 ua8s translate-numbers 0 forty sons…thirty grandsons…seventy donkeys “40 sons…30 grandsons…70 donkeys (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 12 15 wqm2 translate-names 0 Pirathonite…Pirathon Pirathon is the name of a place, someone who is from that place is called a Pirathonite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br>
JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
JDG 13 1 acr5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 13 1 g29r figs-metonymy 0 he gave them into the hand of the Philistines Here “hand” refers to power to gain victory in battle. Alternate translation: “he allowed the Philistines to defeat them” or “he allowed them to be oppressed by the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 13 1 jxd2 translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -943,7 +943,7 @@ JDG 13 24 ht9i 0 grew up “became an adult” or “matured”
JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan…Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md).
JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1008,7 +1008,7 @@ JDG 14 19 ym43 0 Burning with anger “Very angry”
JDG 14 19 d5ji 0 went up to his father’s house The phrase “went up” is used here because Samson was at Timnah which is lower in elevation than where his father’s house is located.
JDG 14 20 hb14 figs-activepassive 0 Samson’s wife was given to his best friend This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife’s father gave her to his best friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JDG 14 20 ibt7 0 best friend “closest friend”
JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br>
JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
JDG 15 1 gn7w figs-idiom 0 He said to himself This refers to thinking. Alternate translation: “He thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 15 1 n6ml figs-explicit 0 I will go to my wife’s room Samson intended to sleep with his wife. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will go to my wife’s room, so we may sleep together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 15 1 hmg4 figs-ellipsis 0 would not allow him to go in The phrase “her room” is understood from what Samson said to himself. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “would not permit him to go into her room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ JDG 15 19 r7ji translate-names 0 En Hakkore This is the name of a spring of wat
JDG 15 19 k47v figs-idiom 0 it is at Lehi to this day This means that the spring did not dry up but that it remained. The phrase “to this day” refers to the “present” time. Alternate translation: “the spring can still be found at Lehi, even today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 15 20 ru29 figs-explicit 0 in the days of the Philistines This refers to the time period that the Philistines controlled the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “during the time the Philistines controlled Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 15 20 l52v translate-numbers 0 for twenty years “for 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.<br>
JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.
JDG 16 1 l289 figs-euphemism 0 he went to bed with her The phrase “went to bed with” is a polite way of referring to having sex. Alternate translation: “he had sex with her” or “he slept with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JDG 16 2 j859 translate-names 0 The Gazites were told The word “Gazites” refers to people from Gaza. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told the people of Gaza” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 16 2 fyj2 0 The Gazites surrounded the place…they waited for him all night at the city gate This implies that some Gazites surrounded the place where Samson was staying and others waited at the city gate so that he could not leave.
@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ JDG 16 31 de6c 0 in the burial place of Manoah, his father “where his father
JDG 16 31 i2d4 translate-names 0 Manoah See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 16 31 wv8z figs-explicit 0 Samson had judged Israel for twenty years This same sentence is also in [Judges 15:20](../15/20.md). It is repeated here to remind readers of how long he judged Israel. Alternate translation: “Samson had judged Israel for twenty years before he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 16 31 vmv2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br>
JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
JDG 17 1 rrp1 writing-participants 0 There was a man This is a way to introduce a new person to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
JDG 17 1 ke46 translate-names 0 Micah This is the name of a man. It is not the same man who wrote the book of Micah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 17 2 c1x6 translate-numbers 0 1,100 pieces “one thousand one hundred pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1193,7 +1193,7 @@ JDG 17 10 tm7m figs-explicit 0 So the Levite went into his house It is implied
JDG 17 11 mvs9 figs-simile 0 the young man became to Micah like one of his sons The relationship between the Levite and Micah became like the close relationship between a father and son. Alternate translation: “the young man became close to Micah and was like one of his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 17 12 t9an figs-idiom 0 Micah set apart the Levite Here “set apart” means that Micah “dedicated” or “ordained” him. Alternate translation: “Micah dedicated the Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 17 12 s6d6 figs-metonymy 0 was in Micah’s house Here living in Micah’s house is spoken of as “being” in his house. Alternate translation: “lived in Micah’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br>
JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
JDG 18 1 d1r4 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JDG 18 1 w9qn writing-background 0 In those days…from among the tribes of Israel This is background information about Israel and the people of the tribe of Dan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JDG 18 1 g4f2 figs-explicit 0 not received any inheritance from This refers specifically to land inherited where they would live. Alternate translation: “not received a land inheritance from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@ JDG 18 28 vw28 translate-names 0 Beth Rehob This is a name of a town. (See: [[r
JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live
JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1292,7 +1292,7 @@ JDG 19 28 gk5s figs-explicit 0 But there was no answer The woman did not answer
JDG 19 29 r79a figs-idiom 0 limb by limb “section by section.” The author uses this graphic description of how the Levite cut up her body into specific pieces to emphasize what he did. “Limbs” refers to a person’s arms and legs. If there is not a similar phrase in your language, this description may be left out of the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 19 29 fx7u translate-numbers 0 twelve pieces “12 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
JDG 19 29 xd3i figs-explicit 0 sent the pieces everywhere throughout Israel This means that he sent the different pieces to twelve different areas of Israel. Alternate translation: “sent each piece to a different place throughout Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.<br>
JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.
JDG 20 1 wg4p figs-simile 0 as one man This simile speaks of the group as acting as a single person. It refers to a group of who people do everything together in the same way. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JDG 20 1 jp6a figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This refers to the land as a whole. Alternate translation: “from all the eleven tribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
JDG 20 2 ze7s 0 God—400,000 men on foot “God and also 400,000 regular soldiers came”
@ -1365,7 +1365,7 @@ JDG 20 47 h1ci translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man
JDG 20 48 h7m3 0 turned back against the people of Benjamin These people of Benjamin are not the soldiers who fled to the rock of Rimmon, but the ones who were still in the city.
JDG 20 48 l4rw figs-metonymy 0 the city Here “the city” refers to the people in that city. Alternate translation: “everyone who was in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JDG 20 48 ue39 figs-idiom 0 in their path This idiom refers to everything that they found as they went toward the city. Alternate translation: “they came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JDG 21 1 w65e writing-background 0 Now the men of Israel had made a promise…marry a Benjamite.” This background information tells the reader about the promise that the Israelites made before the battle with the Benjamites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
JDG 21 1 rw2t 0 Benjamite This is the name of the descendants of Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
JDG 21 3 q8cb figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, God of Israel, has this happened to Israel, that one of our tribes should be missing today? The people of Israel used this rhetorical question to express their deep sadness. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, we are so sad that one of the tribes of Israel has been completely destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JDG front intro v8pn 0 # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br>- Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br>- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br>- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br>- Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br>- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br>- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br>- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br>- Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.<br> # Introduction to Judges<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Judges<br><br>1. History of the judges of Israel (1:1–16:31)<br>- Introduction (1:1-3:6)<br>- Othniel, Ehud, and Shamgar (3:7–31)<br>- Deborah and Barak (4:1–5:31)<br>- Gideon (6:1–8:35)<br>- Abimelech, Tola, and Jair (9:1–10:5)<br>- Jephthah (10:6-12:7)<br>- Ibzan, Elon, and Abdon (12:8-15)<br>- Samson (13:1–16:31)<br>1. The account of Micah and his idols (17:1–18:31)<br>1. The account of Gibeah; the other Israelites take revenge (19:1–21:25)<br><br>### What is the Book of Judges about?<br><br>The Book of Judges tells of events that occurred after the Israelites settled in the Promised Land. The events in this book happened over a period of about 150 years.<br><br>This book describes how the Israelites repeatedly sinned against Yahweh during this time. They worshiped false gods and did the same wicked things as the peoples who lived around them. Therefore, God would allow enemies to defeat and oppress the Israelites. Eventually, the Israelites would call to Yahweh for help. Yahweh would then cause someone to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. This person was called a “judge.” The Israelites would live in peace until the judge died.<br><br>After that judge died, the Israelites would start sinning again. So this pattern of events would repeat.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has the title “Judges” because it gives accounts of some of the main leaders or judges in Israel before there were any kings over the people. Unless there are good reasons for following the title in other Bible versions, the translator should probably use the title “Judges” or a title such as “The Book about the Leaders in Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What kind of leaders were the judges?<br><br>These were men and women whom God chose to help the Israelites defeat their enemies. After defeating their enemies, these leaders usually continued to help the people by deciding disputes among them. They also helped them make important decisions. Many of these leaders served all the people of Israel, but some of these leaders may have served only certain tribes.<br><br>### What kind of society was Israel during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, the twelve tribes of Israel were independent of one another. They were not a unified nation with one ruler. The tribes would sometimes help each other when enemies were threatening them.<br><br>These tribes were descended from the same ancestors: Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. They shared in the same covenant with Yahweh.<br><br>### What spiritual struggles did Israel experience during the time of the judges?<br><br>During this time, Israel struggled to remain faithful to Yahweh. The best judges encouraged Israel to be faithful to him, but some of the judges failed to do so. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “in those days there was no king in Israel, and everyone did what was right in his own eyes”?<br><br>This phrase occurs twice in the book of Judges. Shorter versions of the phrase occur two other times. These phrases imply that the writer or editor of this book was alive at a later time when there was a king in Israel. They also seem to imply that the writer thought that things were not good in Israel because there was no king.<br><br>The translation of these phrases should imply to the reader that the book’s writer is looking back into the past.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the phrase “to this day”?<br><br>The narrator used this phrase to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator must avoid giving the impression that the present day of the translation’s readers is meant. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in Judges 1:21, 26; 6:24; 10:4; 15:19; 18:12.
3 JDG 1 intro a4am 0 # Judges 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.<br> # Judges 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>### “After the death of Joshua”<br>This statement creates a seamless transition from the book of Joshua.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Finishing the conquest of the Promised Land<br><br>Israel fought to clear the land of the Canaanites, but they also made treaties with other peoples and made some of them do hard labor. This was against God’s instruction to completely remove the Canaanite people from the land.
4 JDG 1 1 r9ee 0 Connecting Statement: The book of Judges continues the story about Joshua and is also the beginning of a new part of the story.
5 JDG 1 1 b9my 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 JDG 1 1 c92j figs-exclusive 0 will attack the Canaanites for us The word “us” refers to the people of Israel, but not to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
84 JDG 1 35 uvw1 figs-metonymy 0 house of Joseph Here “house” represents descendants. Manasseh and Ephraim were sons of Joseph, and the “house of Joseph” can refer to the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim. Alternate translation: “the descendants of Manasseh and Ephraim” or “the men of the tribes of Manasseh and Ephraim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
85 JDG 1 36 g7nx translate-names 0 the hill of Akrabbim This was a pass southwest of the Dead Sea. It is also called the “Scorpion Pass.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
86 JDG 1 36 qr2w translate-names 0 Sela This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
87 JDG 2 intro mf6a 0 # Judges 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])<br> # Judges 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh tests Israel<br><br>Yahweh said, “Because this nation has broken the terms of my covenant.” Completely removing the Canaanites from the land was a test from Yahweh. While Yahweh displayed covenant faithfulness, Israel did not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/test]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]])
88 JDG 2 1 tt9y 0 angel of Yahweh Possible meaning are (1) “angel who represents Yahweh” or (2) “messenger who serves Yahweh” or (3) it may refer to Yahweh himself, who looked like an angel as he talked to a person. Either one of these meanings would explain the angel’s use of “I” as if Yahweh himself were talking.
89 JDG 2 1 q2ka 0 went up from Gilgal to Bokim “left Gilgal and went to Bokim”
90 JDG 2 1 x66i translate-names 0 Bokim This is what the Israelites named this place in 2:5 after the angel rebukes the people. “Bokim” means “crying.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
152 JDG 2 22 n194 figs-metaphor 0 they will keep the way of Yahweh and walk in it How Yahweh wants people to live or behave is spoken of as if it were a way or road. A person obeying Yahweh is spoken of as if they were walking in his way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
153 JDG 2 23 tn49 figs-doublet 0 did not drive them out quickly and give them into the hand of Joshua These two phrases mean the same thing and can be combined. Alternate translation: “he did not let Joshua quickly conquer them and drive them out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
154 JDG 2 23 b618 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of Joshua Here “hand” is a metonym for power, and “Joshua” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “into the power of Joshua and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
155 JDG 3 intro k35h 0 # Judges 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Judges 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people worship false gods<br><br>Israel worshiped idols and false gods. Because of this, Yahweh allowed Aram and Moab to rule over them. In the period of Judges, when Israel sinned, they were often placed under the rule of a foreign power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Blew a trumpet”<br><br>When Ehud “blew a trumpet,” he was calling all of the men to come help him fight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
156 JDG 3 1 w2is 0 Now Yahweh Here “Now” begins a new section of the story.
157 JDG 3 1 hp8z 0 these nations This refers to the people groups that the narrator will list in 3:3.
158 JDG 3 1 xj63 figs-activepassive 0 who had not experienced any of the wars fought in Canaan This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who had not fought in any of the wars in Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
222 JDG 3 31 f6s9 translate-numbers 0 600 men “six hundred men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
223 JDG 3 31 z3lr 0 a stick used to goad cattle Cattle farmers would poke their cattle with a sharp stick to make them move. AT “a stick used to urge cattle to move” or “a stick used to direct cattle”
224 JDG 3 31 n8z3 figs-metonymy 0 He also delivered Israel from danger The word “danger” refers to enemies that tried to harm the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “He also delivered the people of Israel from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
225 JDG 4 intro pjw5 0 # Judges 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Judges 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Chapters 4 and 5 form one section about Barak and Deborah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Barak’s leadership<br><br>At this time, it was very unusual for a woman to be a leader, especially a military leader. Barak lacked the strength to go into battle without Deborah. This indicates that Barak was a poor leader. If a woman won the battle for him, it would have brought Barak shame. It also indicates that Deborah was very well respected. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
226 JDG 4 1 h4q7 0 Ehud See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
227 JDG 4 1 aq65 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
228 JDG 4 2 yj14 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh sold them into the hand of Jabin king of Canaan Here “hand” refers to Jabin’s power over Israel. Yahweh’s decision to give Jabin power over them is spoken of as if Yahweh had sold them to Jabin. Alternate translation: “Yahweh allowed them to be defeated by the power of Jabin king of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
286 JDG 4 23 xzh1 figs-metaphor 0 God defeated Jabin, the king of Canaan, before the people of Israel God causing the Israelites to defeat Jabin and his army is spoken of as is God himself defeated Jabin as the people of Israel watched. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
287 JDG 4 24 y25t 0 The might “The military power”
288 JDG 4 24 zcb9 figs-synecdoche 0 they destroyed him Here “him” refers to Jabin who represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “they destroyed Jabin and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
289 JDG 5 intro jgd9 0 # Judges 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Judges 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Deborah and Barak continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations, prayers, and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of Chapter 5, which is a song, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The flood<br><br>God caused rain and flooding to bog down Jaban’s chariots making<br>them vulnerable to soldiers on foot, even though it is not said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
290 JDG 5 1 w7ex figs-explicit 0 On that day The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “On the day the Israelites defeated the army of King Jabin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
291 JDG 5 1 pfq9 0 Deborah See how you translated this name in [Judges 4:4](../04/04.md).
292 JDG 5 1 l3sj 0 Barak…Abinoam See how you translated these names in [Judges 4:6](../04/06.md).
386 JDG 5 31 bi4x figs-simile 0 like the sun when it rises in its might The people of Israel wish to be like the sun that rises because no nation’s army is powerful enough to stop the sunrise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
387 JDG 5 31 q1yt figs-metonymy 0 the land had peace Here “the land” represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “and the people of Israel lived peacefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
388 JDG 5 31 mw3u translate-numbers 0 for forty years “for 40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
389 JDG 6 intro p5sj 0 # Judges 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br> # Judges 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Gideon. (Chapters 6-8)<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
390 JDG 6 1 ht3z figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
391 JDG 6 1 l9nl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Midian Here “Midian” represents the people of Midian. Also, “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the people of Midian” or “the control of the Midianites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
392 JDG 6 2 bs4z figs-metonymy 0 The power of Midian oppressed Israel Here “the power of Midian” refers to the people of Midian. Alternate translation: “The people of Midian were more powerful than the people of Israel and they oppressed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
463 JDG 6 37 s8ri figs-explicit 0 then I will know that you will The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “this will be a sign from you, and then I will know that you will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
464 JDG 6 38 cs87 0 Gideon rose “Gideon got out of bed”
465 JDG 6 38 ub6l 0 wrung twist and squeeze something to remove water
466 JDG 7 intro q545 0 # Judges 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])<br> # Judges 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God gets all of the credit<br><br>God said, “There are too many soldiers for me to give you victory over the Midianites. Make sure that Israel will not boast against me, saying, ‘Our own power has saved us.’” By lowering the number of fighting soldiers, it emphasizes that the victory is achieved through God’s power. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]])
467 JDG 7 1 u963 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated his name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
468 JDG 7 1 se4n 0 they encamped “they set up their camp”
469 JDG 7 1 q9lu translate-names 0 spring of Harod…hill of Moreh These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
511 JDG 7 24 u7ze 0 took control of the waters, as far as Beth Barah and the Jordan River “took control of the area of the Jordan River as far south as Beth Barah”
512 JDG 7 25 hn84 figs-explicit 0 at the rock of Oreb…at the winepress of Zeeb The places were given these names after the Israelites killed Oreb and Zeeb there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
513 JDG 7 25 rvj8 translate-names 0 Oreb…Zeeb These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
514 JDG 8 intro zh95 0 # Judges 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Judges 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Gideon concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Succoth’s refusal to help Gideon<br>The men of Succoth feared the Midianites more than Gideon. This is why they refused to help Gideon. By allying themselves with the Midianites, they aligned themselves against Yahweh. Because of this, Gideon treated them like he treated the Midianites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Gideon refuses to be king<br><br>Gideon said to them, “I will not rule over you, neither will my son rule over you. Yahweh will rule over you.” Although the book of Deuteronomy anticipates a king in Israel, it was sinful for Israel to desire to have a king. He did though take a share of everyone’s plunder as a king would have done through taxes. This may serve as a warning to Israel about their desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
515 JDG 8 1 sea3 figs-rquestion 0 What is this you have done to us? The people of the tribe of Ephraim were rebuking Gideon with this rhetorical question for not including them in his army. This can be expressed as a statement. Alternate translation: “You have not treated us fairly.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
516 JDG 8 1 f8fy figs-metonymy 0 against Midian Here “Midian” represents the Midianite army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
517 JDG 8 1 whc1 0 they had a violent argument with him they argued angrily with him” or “they rebuked him severely”
602 JDG 8 34 lqk5 0 on every side “who surrounded them”
603 JDG 8 35 svf8 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Jerub Baal Here “the house of” represents a person’s family. Alternate translation: “the family of Jerub Baal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
604 JDG 8 35 w3k3 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
605 JDG 9 intro zl19 0 # Judges 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Judges 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jotham’s curse<br><br>Gideon’s son, Abimelech, killed all of his brothers except Jotham in order to become king of Shechem. Jotham cursed Abimelech for having murdered Gideon’s other sons. “Let fire come out from Abimelech and burn up the men of Shechem and the house of Millo. Let fire come out from the men of Shechem and Beth Millo, to burn up Abimelech.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>=##### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Tree metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor about trees. This metaphor functions as a parable instructing Israel about their sinful desire to have a king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
606 JDG 9 1 cb58 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
607 JDG 9 2 gfl5 figs-quotesinquotes 0 Please say this, so that all the leaders in Shechem may hear, ‘Which is better for you, that all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over you, or that just one rule over you?’ This has a quotation within a quotation. A direct quotation can be stated as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Please ask the leaders of Shechem if they would rather have all seventy sons of Jerub Baal rule over them, or if they would rather have just one of his sons rule over them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
608 JDG 9 2 lpf2 translate-numbers 0 seventy “70” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
738 JDG 9 57 fx65 figs-idiom 0 made all the evil of the men of Shechem turn back on their own heads “Evil turn back on their heads” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “punished the men of Shechem for all the evil they had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
739 JDG 9 57 hua1 figs-idiom 0 on them came the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the curse of Jotham son of Jerub Baal happened to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
740 JDG 9 57 q7dp 0 Jerub Baal This is another name for Gideon. See how you translated this name in [Judges 6:32](../06/32.md).
741 JDG 10 intro zqn2 0 # Judges 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br> # Judges 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Jephthah ([Judges 10-12](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s punishment<br>In Judges, Israel’s actions are connected to their obedience to Yahweh. When Israel does evil, they are oppressed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])
742 JDG 10 1 g7ww translate-names 0 Tola…Puah…Dodo These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
743 JDG 10 1 ti4g translate-names 0 Shamir This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
744 JDG 10 1 lxh7 0 arose to deliver Israel “came to deliver Israel” or “became the leader to deliver Israel”
783 JDG 10 16 i2l8 figs-explicit 0 foreign gods among them You can make explicit the implicit meaning of this statement. Alternate translation: “foreign gods whose images they possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
784 JDG 10 16 m6hd figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh could bear Israel’s misery no longer Here Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “And Yahweh did not want the people of Israel to suffer any longer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
785 JDG 10 18 j3k2 0 Who is the man who will begin to fight the Ammonites? “Who will lead our army to fight against the Ammonites?”
786 JDG 11 intro q7si 0 # Judges 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.<br> # Judges 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jephthah the leader<br>Jephthah was half Israelite and half Canaanite by birth. While all of the judges were called by Yahweh, it is the leaders who called Jephthah to help them, but Yahweh still used Jephthah to help them.
787 JDG 11 1 yk6s translate-names 0 Gileadite This is someone who is from the region of Gilead. It is a coincidence that his father’s name is also Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
788 JDG 11 2 r35b 0 When his wife’s sons grew up “When the sons of Gilead’s wife became adults”
789 JDG 11 3 aw1r translate-names 0 the land of Tob Tob is the name of a region. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
858 JDG 11 37 dh7s 0 grieve over my virginity “weep because I am a virgin” or “cry because I will never be married”
859 JDG 11 39 n4my figs-euphemism 0 had never known a man This is a euphemism. Alternate translation: “had never had sexual relations with a man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
860 JDG 11 40 s739 0 the Gileadite This refers to someone from Gilead. See how you translated this in [Judges 10:3](../10/03.md).
861 JDG 12 intro p8zn 0 # Judges 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])<br> # Judges 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Jephthah concludes in this chapter.<br><br>### Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Shibboleth<br>This is a word in Hebrew. Its importance in this chapter is because of its sounds, not its meaning. The translator should not translate the meaning of this word, but should transliterate or transfer it into the target language by substituting letters that have the same sounds. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])
862 JDG 12 1 mp3k figs-abstractnouns 0 A call went out to the men of Ephraim Here the abstract noun “call” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “The men of Ephraim were called together” or “The men…of Ephraim called together their soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
863 JDG 12 1 ubq3 translate-names 0 Zaphon This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
864 JDG 12 1 hh1l 0 passed through…pass through or “traveled through…travel” or “journeyed through…journey”
896 JDG 12 14 n7k2 figs-metonymy 0 They rode on seventy donkeys These men owned seventy donkeys, which they did ride. Here the word “rode” is used instead of “owned.” Alternate translation: “They owned seventy donkeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
897 JDG 12 14 ua8s translate-numbers 0 forty sons…thirty grandsons…seventy donkeys “40 sons…30 grandsons…70 donkeys (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
898 JDG 12 15 wqm2 translate-names 0 Pirathonite…Pirathon Pirathon is the name of a place, someone who is from that place is called a Pirathonite. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
899 JDG 13 intro eu67 0 # Judges 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br> # Judges 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of Samson ([Judges 13-16](./01.md)).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Warning not to cut his hair<br><br>The angel of the Lord prophesied about Samson and gave instructions to Samson’s mother. Samson’s mother was to offer up her son under a Nazarite vow. This was a special type of vow, dedicating Samson to Yahweh. Part of this vow prohibited the cutting of the person’s hair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])
900 JDG 13 1 acr5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [Judges 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considered to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
901 JDG 13 1 g29r figs-metonymy 0 he gave them into the hand of the Philistines Here “hand” refers to power to gain victory in battle. Alternate translation: “he allowed the Philistines to defeat them” or “he allowed them to be oppressed by the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
902 JDG 13 1 jxd2 translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
943 JDG 13 25 hmc1 figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh’s Spirit began to stir him Here the way Yahweh’s Spirit influences Samson is compared to the way a spoon stirs food in a pot. Alternate translation: “Yahweh’s Spirit began to influence Samson” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
944 JDG 13 25 wnc2 translate-names 0 Mahaneh Dan…Eshtaol Mahaneh Dan is the name of a temporary camp that the tribe of Dan lived in while they looked for a permanent home. Eshtaol is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
945 JDG 13 25 x4d3 0 Zorah Translate the name of this town the same way you did in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md).
946 JDG 14 intro cl2d 0 # Judges 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # Judges 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:14, 18.<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>It was considered sinful for an Israel to marry a Canaanite or anyone from a different people group. This is why Samson’s parents did not want him to marry a Philistine woman. They use rhetorical questions to convince him that he is sinning. This woman caused Samson many problems. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
947 JDG 14 1 bwa3 translate-names 0 Samson went down to Timnah The phrase “went down” is used here because Timnah is lower in elevation than where his father’s house was. Timah is the name of a city in the Sorek Valley. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
948 JDG 14 1 u7xb figs-euphemism 0 one of the daughters of the Philistines The word “daughter” is a polite way to refer to a young, unmarried woman. Alternate translation: “one of the unmarried women among the Philistine people” or “a Philistine girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
949 JDG 14 2 b9h1 figs-idiom 0 Now get her for me to be my wife This is an idiom. Samson was demanding his parents to speak to the Philistine woman’s parents about marriage. Alternate translation: “Now arrange for her to become my wife” or “Make the arrangements for me to marry her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1008 JDG 14 19 d5ji 0 went up to his father’s house The phrase “went up” is used here because Samson was at Timnah which is lower in elevation than where his father’s house is located.
1009 JDG 14 20 hb14 figs-activepassive 0 Samson’s wife was given to his best friend This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his wife’s father gave her to his best friend” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1010 JDG 14 20 ibt7 0 best friend “closest friend”
1011 JDG 15 intro dn16 0 # Judges 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br> # Judges 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson continues in this chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:16.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s strength<br><br>The Spirit of Yahweh rushed upon Samson. This meant God gave Samson extraordinary strength. Samson’s power is the power of Yahweh himself and he enacted the judgment of God on the Philistines. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
1012 JDG 15 1 gn7w figs-idiom 0 He said to himself This refers to thinking. Alternate translation: “He thought to himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1013 JDG 15 1 n6ml figs-explicit 0 I will go to my wife’s room Samson intended to sleep with his wife. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I will go to my wife’s room, so we may sleep together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1014 JDG 15 1 hmg4 figs-ellipsis 0 would not allow him to go in The phrase “her room” is understood from what Samson said to himself. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “would not permit him to go into her room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1067 JDG 15 19 k47v figs-idiom 0 it is at Lehi to this day This means that the spring did not dry up but that it remained. The phrase “to this day” refers to the “present” time. Alternate translation: “the spring can still be found at Lehi, even today” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1068 JDG 15 20 ru29 figs-explicit 0 in the days of the Philistines This refers to the time period that the Philistines controlled the land of Israel. Alternate translation: “during the time the Philistines controlled Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1069 JDG 15 20 l52v translate-numbers 0 for twenty years “for 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1070 JDG 16 intro u81n 0 # Judges 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.<br> # Judges 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The account of Samson concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Samson’s mistake<br><br>Samson mistakenly thought that he was the source of his strength. He did not realize that Yahweh had left him and without Yahweh, he had no strength. This was not Samson’s only mistake. His foreign wife created most of his problems.
1071 JDG 16 1 l289 figs-euphemism 0 he went to bed with her The phrase “went to bed with” is a polite way of referring to having sex. Alternate translation: “he had sex with her” or “he slept with her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1072 JDG 16 2 j859 translate-names 0 The Gazites were told The word “Gazites” refers to people from Gaza. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone told the people of Gaza” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1073 JDG 16 2 fyj2 0 The Gazites surrounded the place…they waited for him all night at the city gate This implies that some Gazites surrounded the place where Samson was staying and others waited at the city gate so that he could not leave.
1167 JDG 16 31 i2d4 translate-names 0 Manoah See how you translated this man’s name in [Judges 13:2](../13/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1168 JDG 16 31 wv8z figs-explicit 0 Samson had judged Israel for twenty years This same sentence is also in [Judges 15:20](../15/20.md). It is repeated here to remind readers of how long he judged Israel. Alternate translation: “Samson had judged Israel for twenty years before he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1169 JDG 16 31 vmv2 translate-numbers 0 twenty years “20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1170 JDG 17 intro c454 0 # Judges 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br> # Judges 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section explaining how Israel came to have a king.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idols and figures<br><br>According to the law of Moses, the Israelites were prohibited from making wooden figures or cast metal idols. This was a form of idolatry. This practice was common in Canaan and it shows the influence the Israelites allowed these people to have on them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
1171 JDG 17 1 rrp1 writing-participants 0 There was a man This is a way to introduce a new person to the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]])
1172 JDG 17 1 ke46 translate-names 0 Micah This is the name of a man. It is not the same man who wrote the book of Micah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1173 JDG 17 2 c1x6 translate-numbers 0 1,100 pieces “one thousand one hundred pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1193 JDG 17 11 mvs9 figs-simile 0 the young man became to Micah like one of his sons The relationship between the Levite and Micah became like the close relationship between a father and son. Alternate translation: “the young man became close to Micah and was like one of his sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1194 JDG 17 12 t9an figs-idiom 0 Micah set apart the Levite Here “set apart” means that Micah “dedicated” or “ordained” him. Alternate translation: “Micah dedicated the Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1195 JDG 17 12 s6d6 figs-metonymy 0 was in Micah’s house Here living in Micah’s house is spoken of as “being” in his house. Alternate translation: “lived in Micah’s house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1196 JDG 18 intro y2ru 0 # Judges 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])<br> # Judges 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The tribe of Dan<br><br>The tribe of Dan lacked faith in Yahweh and had yet to conquer its inheritance. In this chapter, they begin to conquer their land, but they also started to worship an idol. Their conquering of the land is much different than the other tribes’ victories. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/inherit]])
1197 JDG 18 1 d1r4 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1198 JDG 18 1 w9qn writing-background 0 In those days…from among the tribes of Israel This is background information about Israel and the people of the tribe of Dan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1199 JDG 18 1 g4f2 figs-explicit 0 not received any inheritance from This refers specifically to land inherited where they would live. Alternate translation: “not received a land inheritance from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1250 JDG 18 30 z23n figs-explicit 0 Jonathan son of Gershom, son of Moses This is the name of the young Levite who used to serve as priest for Micah. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “The young Levite’s name was Jonathan the son of Gershom, son of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1251 JDG 18 30 myi7 figs-metaphor 0 until the day of the land’s captivity This refers to a time later on when the people of Dan would be captured by their enemies. Here the land being conquered is spoken of as if it were a prisoner taken captive by an enemy. Alternate translation: “until the day that their enemies conquered their land” or “until the day that their enemies took them captive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1252 JDG 18 31 m78z figs-metonymy 0 that he made Micah did not make his gods, rather the craftsman made them for him. Alternate translation: “that had been made for him” or “that his craftsman made for him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1253 JDG 19 intro gj7f 0 # Judges 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # Judges 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The sin of Benjamin<br>People from a village of the tribe of Benjamin raped a visitor’s wife to death. This was very evil, especially in the ancient Near East. The people of Israel considered mistreatment of a guest one of the worst crimes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1254 JDG 19 1 akh7 writing-newevent 0 In those days This phrase introduces the beginning of another event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1255 JDG 19 1 u1qs 0 remote far from where most people live
1256 JDG 19 2 p37k figs-explicit 0 was unfaithful to him This means that she was unfaithful in their relationship and that she began to sleep with other men. This can be stated explicitly if necessary. Alternate translation: “began to sleep with other men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1292 JDG 19 29 r79a figs-idiom 0 limb by limb “section by section.” The author uses this graphic description of how the Levite cut up her body into specific pieces to emphasize what he did. “Limbs” refers to a person’s arms and legs. If there is not a similar phrase in your language, this description may be left out of the translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1293 JDG 19 29 fx7u translate-numbers 0 twelve pieces “12 pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1294 JDG 19 29 xd3i figs-explicit 0 sent the pieces everywhere throughout Israel This means that he sent the different pieces to twelve different areas of Israel. Alternate translation: “sent each piece to a different place throughout Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1295 JDG 20 intro lla1 0 # Judges 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.<br> # Judges 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Benjamin destroyed<br><br>The army of Israel destroys all the tribe of Benjamin except 600 men. After this point in time, the tribe of Benjamin becomes mostly insignificant.
1296 JDG 20 1 wg4p figs-simile 0 as one man This simile speaks of the group as acting as a single person. It refers to a group of who people do everything together in the same way. Alternate translation: “as if they were a single man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1297 JDG 20 1 jp6a figs-merism 0 from Dan to Beersheba This refers to the land as a whole. Alternate translation: “from all the eleven tribes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1298 JDG 20 2 ze7s 0 God—400,000 men on foot “God and also 400,000 regular soldiers came”
1365 JDG 20 48 h7m3 0 turned back against the people of Benjamin These people of Benjamin are not the soldiers who fled to the rock of Rimmon, but the ones who were still in the city.
1366 JDG 20 48 l4rw figs-metonymy 0 the city Here “the city” refers to the people in that city. Alternate translation: “everyone who was in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1367 JDG 20 48 ue39 figs-idiom 0 in their path This idiom refers to everything that they found as they went toward the city. Alternate translation: “they came to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1368 JDG 21 intro bf76 0 # Judges 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Judges 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the account of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sin and immorality<br><br>At the end of Judges, there is much sin and immorality. The people are doing wrong and fixing their wrongs by doing more evil things. This period of Judges is typified by this final account and summarized by the statement, “everyone did what was right in his own eyes.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1369 JDG 21 1 w65e writing-background 0 Now the men of Israel had made a promise…marry a Benjamite.” This background information tells the reader about the promise that the Israelites made before the battle with the Benjamites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1370 JDG 21 1 rw2t 0 Benjamite This is the name of the descendants of Benjamin. See how you translated this in [Judges 3:15](../03/15.md).
1371 JDG 21 3 q8cb figs-rquestion 0 Why, Yahweh, God of Israel, has this happened to Israel, that one of our tribes should be missing today? The people of Israel used this rhetorical question to express their deep sadness. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Oh Yahweh, we are so sad that one of the tribes of Israel has been completely destroyed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

8
en_tn_08-RUT.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

60
en_tn_09-1SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

48
en_tn_10-2SA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

38
en_tn_11-1KI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br>- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br>- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br>- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br>- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br>- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br>- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br>- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br>- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br>- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br>- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br>- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br>- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br>- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br>- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br>- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br>- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.<br>
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>== The next king ==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br>- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br>- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br>- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br>- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br>- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br>- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br>- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br>- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br>- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br>- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br>- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br>- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br>- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br>- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br>- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br>- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>== The next king ==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched “So the king’s servants searched”
@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him The abstract noun “wickedness” can be translated as a verb. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])<br>
1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])<br>
1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups…all of which were made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here “sockets” may refer to either (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days…seven days…fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])<br>
1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -692,7 +692,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships “a large group of ships”
1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” Possible meanings are (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants Possible meanings are (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
@ -808,7 +808,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists.
1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam…Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind “in the month that he had determined”
1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])<br>
1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah “came from Judah”
@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 13 34 u16a 0 This matter This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests.
1KI 13 34 ab53 figs-activepassive 0 caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 13 34 p7vm figs-doublet 0 to be destroyed and to be exterminated These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 14 2 qek9 0 disguise yourself “change how you appear to others”
1KI 14 2 dqs3 figs-activepassive 0 you will not be recognized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1KI 14 5 gqa2 0 Look, the wife of Jeroboam Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.”
@ -991,7 +991,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 14 31 pki8 translate-names 0 Naamah This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 14 31 t2h3 0 Abijah his son “Abijah the son of Rehoboam”
1KI 14 31 xgz7 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 15 1 ms3b figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 15 1 njh8 translate-numbers 0 In the eighteenth year “In year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 15 3 hlc3 figs-metaphor 0 He walked in all the sins Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that “his” and “he” refer to (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1146,7 +1146,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh “according to the word of Yahweh”
1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
@ -1189,7 +1189,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br>
1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land “cause rain to fall on the land”
1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -1260,7 +1260,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 18 45 iv5m 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 18 46 y3cl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 18 46 jqk4 0 tucked his robe in his belt Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1KI 19 2 s2y6 0 So may the gods do to me, and more also This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things”
1KI 19 2 sp3r 0 if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets”
1KI 19 3 hkc1 0 he arose “he stood up”
@ -1293,7 +1293,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings “kings ruling smaller groups of people”
@ -1356,7 +1356,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 20 40 q6ds figs-idiom 0 going here and there This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 20 42 f7yg figs-metonymy 0 let go from your hand Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1KI 20 42 m59l 0 your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people”
1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1KI 21 1 j692 writing-newevent 0 Now some time later This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1KI 21 1 d4gf translate-names 0 Naboth the Jezreelite This is the name of a man from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1KI 21 1 pe6g figs-synecdoche 0 king of Samaria “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1393,7 +1393,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1KI 21 28 lq1t figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1KI 21 29 hf8k figs-rquestion 0 Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1KI 21 29 cf9j 0 in his days…in his son’s day “during his lifetime…during his son’s lifetime”
1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1KI 22 1 hhf8 translate-numbers 0 Three years “3 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1KI 22 2 d41e 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1KI 22 3 nn96 figs-rquestion 0 Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1KI front intro h5yn 0 # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br>- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br>- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br>- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br>- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br>- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br>- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br>- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br>- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br>- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br>- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br>- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br>- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br>- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br>- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br>- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br>- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.<br> # Introduction to 1 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Kings<br><br>1. David dies and Solomon begins to reign (1:1-2:46)<br>1. Solomon reigns (3:1–11:43)<br>- Solomon becomes wise and wealthy (3:1–4:43)<br>- Solomon’s temple (5:1–8:66)<br>- Rise and fall of Solomon (9:1–11:43)<br>1. The kingdom divides (12:1-14:31)<br>- Rehoboam succeeds Solomon (12:1–24)<br>- Jeroboam rules the northern kingdom of Israel (12:25–33)<br>- Ahijah prophesies against Jeroboam (13:1–14:20)<br>- Rehoboam’s end (14:21–31)<br>1. Kings and events in Israel and Judah (15:1-22:53)<br>- Abijah and Asa in Judah (15:1–24)<br>- Nadab in Israel (15:25–32)<br>- Baasha in Israel (15:33–16:7)<br>- Elah in Israel (16:8–14)<br>- Zimri in Israel (16:15–22)<br>- Omri in Israel (16:23–28)<br>- Ahab in Israel (16:29–22:40)<br>- Jehoshaphat in Judah (22:41–50)<br>- Ahaziah in Israel (22:51–53)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or evil) in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed his name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Can I translate the Book of 1 Kings before I translate the Books of 1 and 2 Samuel?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Samuel should be translated before 1 Kings, since 1 Kings continues from where 2 Samuel ends.
3 1KI 1 intro v496 0 # 1 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>== The next king ==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # 1 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>1 Kings is a continuation of 2 Samuel.<br><br>This chapter records the beginning of the reign of Solomon (chapters 1-11) after the death of David.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>== The next king ==<br>David did not announce who was to succeed him. Because of this, there was fighting between David’s sons over who should be king. Adonijah invited guests to a banquet and declared himself king. Then those favoring Solomon told David and he declared Solomon the new king.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Several times in this chapter, the people use the idiom “sit on the throne” to mean “be king.” Solomon assures Adonijah that if he behaves himself “not a hair of his will fall to the earth,” meaning “he will not be harmed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
4 1KI 1 1 pwg1 0 covered him with blankets They put many blankets on King David to try to keep him warm.
5 1KI 1 1 b43p figs-doublet 0 old and advanced in years “very old.” The two phrases are similar in meaning and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]].)
6 1KI 1 3 f51x 0 So they searched “So the king’s servants searched”
96 1KI 1 52 jr66 0 General Information: Solomon spares the life of Adonijah.
97 1KI 1 52 t3dr figs-explicit 0 not a hair of his will fall to the earth This is an exaggeration to say that Solomon will keep Adonijah safe. Alternate translation: “not a hair of his head will fall” or “I will keep him safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
98 1KI 1 52 d933 figs-abstractnouns 0 wickedness is found in him The abstract noun “wickedness” can be translated as a verb. It is spoken of as if it were an object that could be found in a container. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “he does what is evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
99 1KI 2 intro nsa1 0 # 1 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br> # 1 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories: David’s last advice to Solomon and Solomon’s punishment of those who supported Adonijah and also Shimei, who had cursed David when David was fleeing from Absalom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exalting oneself<br>Exalting oneself can lead to disaster as when Adonijah made himself king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/exalt]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>David spoke of his impending death using a euphemism: “I am going the way of all the earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>David wanted to emphasize the importance of obeying God to his son Solomon. He used parallelism, saying the same thing seven times using different words: “Keep the commands of Yahweh your God to walk in his ways, to obey his statutes, his commandments, his decisions, and his covenant decrees, being careful to do what is written in the law of Moses.” Some languages have other ways of emphasizing an idea. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
100 1KI 2 2 v679 figs-euphemism 0 I am going the way of all the earth This is a polite way of saying “I am going to die.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
101 1KI 2 2 n19l figs-ellipsis 0 show yourself a man The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “show everyone that you are a man” or “live so that everyone can see you are a good man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
102 1KI 2 3 z9rt figs-idiom 0 walk in his ways Walking on a path is a metonym for the way a person lives. Alternate translation: “live the way he commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
181 1KI 2 45 r843 0 General Information: King Solomon orders Shimei to be put to death.
182 1KI 2 45 fx8t figs-metonymy 0 the throne of David will be established before Yahweh forever Here “throne of David” represents the authority and rule of David and all his descendants forever. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
183 1KI 2 46 q4c8 figs-metonymy 0 in Solomon’s hand This use of “hand” represents Solomon’s power and authority. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
184 1KI 3 intro r15u 0 # 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])<br> # 1 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. Verses 1-15 is the story of Solomon’s dream when God asked him what he wanted and he said he needed wisdom to be a good and fair ruler. Verses 16-28 is the story of a court case showing Solomon’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br><br>God was very pleased with Solomon’s request for wisdom. This is because wisdom was something that he could use to serve other people instead of himself. Because this was a noble request, God promised Solomon wisdom, wealth, and fame. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Putting the needs of others first<br>There are two additional examples of people putting the needs of others in front of their own needs. God is pleased with people wanting to do their job well more than wanting to be blessed. A mother will put the life of her child above every other concern. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]])
185 1KI 3 1 h2l6 0 General Information: Solomon marries an Egyptian.
186 1KI 3 1 q5yv 0 Solomon allied himself by marriage with Pharaoh king of Egypt Solomon became the son-in-law of Pharaoh king of Egypt so the two kings would work together and fight together against their enemies.
187 1KI 3 1 s4dd 0 until he had finished building She was still in the city of David after he had finished building.
444 1KI 6 38 hy2b translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the month of Bul, which is the eighth month “Bul” is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
445 1KI 6 38 iee2 0 the house was finished in all its parts and conforming to all its specifications This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they finished building every part of the house. They built it exactly the way Solomon had told them to build it”
446 1KI 6 38 rz5l figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
447 1KI 7 intro kaf2 0 # 1 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])<br> # 1 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has a description of the palace Solomon built and the materials used in the temple courtyard. It is the last chapter about the building of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bronze<br>Solomon hired a man from Tyre who was good at casting things out of bronze. The bronze objects were made by hollowing out the shape of the object in clay and then pouring in the hot melted liquid bronze and letting it cool. He made two large pillars and a large water reservoir set on the backs of 12 bronze cows. He made all the instruments for use in the sacrifices outside the temple. He made the furnishing inside the temple out of gold.<br><br>### The temple and the palace<br>Solomon spent 13 years building a palace for himself that was much bigger than the temple. It is significant that the house of Solomon was much larger than the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
448 1KI 7 1 in3j 0 General Information: The author is writing about Solomon’s palace.
449 1KI 7 1 f5n7 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon took thirteen years to build his own palace Solomon would have commanded his workers to do this work. Alternate translation: “It took Solomon’s workers thirteen years to build his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
450 1KI 7 1 lf86 0 palace If your language does not have a word for “palace,” you may translate this as “house” or “big house.”
563 1KI 7 50 tev9 figs-activepassive 0 had made the cups…all of which were made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “had his workers make all the cups…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
564 1KI 7 50 y2nn 0 sockets of gold made for the doors Here “sockets” may refer to either (1) the sockets in which the door pegs turned, or (2) the hinges on which the doors hung.
565 1KI 7 51 x9f6 figs-activepassive 0 the work that King Solomon directed for the house of Yahweh was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers finished the work that King Solomon had them do for the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
566 1KI 8 intro h96s 0 # 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # 1 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ark is placed in the new temple. This is a very significant event in the history of the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Celebration of the temple’s completion<br>When the temple was finished, Solomon told all of the people to come to Jerusalem. They took the ark out of the tent and brought it to the temple. Then Solomon prayed that God would hear and answer prayers made to him when they faced towards the temple.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>Solomon prayed that God would respond to people’s prayers using an idiom: “that your eyes may be open to the request of your servant.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
567 1KI 8 1 kla2 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
568 1KI 8 2 vy83 figs-hyperbole 0 All the men of Israel This may refer either (1) to the people whom Solomon called to Jerusalem and who are listed in 8:1 or (2) generally to those who traveled to Jerusalem for the feast, not necessarily to every male person who lived in Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
569 1KI 8 2 uam7 0 at the feast This is a reference to the Feast of Succoth, also known as the Feast of Tabernacles or Feast of Shelters .
659 1KI 8 65 reb2 translate-numbers 0 seven days…seven days…fourteen days “7 days…7 days…14 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
660 1KI 8 66 cs8n translate-ordinal 0 eighth day The word “eighth” is the ordinal form of “8.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
661 1KI 8 66 nja5 figs-doublet 0 joyful and glad The two words mean basically the same thing and are combined for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
662 1KI 9 intro iy5f 0 # 1 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])<br> # 1 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter. Verses 1–9 is a dream in which God warned Solomon that he and his descendants were not to worship idols. If they did this, the temple would be destroyed. Verses 10–28 is about Solomon’s extensive building and his partnership with Hiram, king of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worship only Yahweh<br>Yahweh alone must be worshiped. It is necessary for people to stay faithful to God and not worship idols. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>‘Walk” is a common image in Scripture. It is said, “if you walk before me as David your father walked.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/walk]])
663 1KI 9 3 f3hf figs-doublet 0 your prayer and your request The words “prayer” and “request” mean basically the same thing and emphasize that Yahweh recognized that Solomon’s request was sincere. See how you translated similar words in [1 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). Alternate translation: “your request” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
664 1KI 9 3 a6as figs-metonymy 0 to put my name there forever The name is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “to dwell there and to claim possession of it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
665 1KI 9 3 hnx7 figs-synecdoche 0 My eyes and my heart will be there The eyes and heart are synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “I will protect and care for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
692 1KI 9 26 k7ed figs-synecdoche 0 King Solomon built It might be best to translate so that the reader understands that other people helped Solomon do this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
693 1KI 9 26 f1yt 0 a fleet of ships “a large group of ships”
694 1KI 9 28 sv65 translate-numbers 0 420 talents of gold “four hundred and twenty talents of gold.” A talent is a unit of weight equal to about 33 kilograms. Alternate translation: “about 14,000 kilograms of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
695 1KI 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> # 1 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There are two parts to this chapter: The fame of Solomon’s wisdom and the wealth of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>==Queen of Sheba ==<br>King Solomon became so famous for his wisdom that the queen of Sheba (modern day Yemen) came all the way to see him and was deeply impressed. God promised him great wealth and he became famously rich. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
696 1KI 10 1 ll43 figs-metonymy 0 Solomon’s fame concerning the name of Yahweh Here Yahweh is represented by his “name.” Possible meanings are (1) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which glorified Yahweh” or (2) Alternate translation: “Solomon’s fame, which Yahweh had given him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
697 1KI 10 2 ktj1 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
698 1KI 10 5 cyv4 0 the seating of his servants Possible meanings are (1) “how his servants were seated around the table” or (2) “where his servants lived.”
808 1KI 11 41 yk5p 0 the book of the events of Solomon This book no longer exists.
809 1KI 11 43 wer1 figs-metaphor 0 He slept with his ancestors and he was buried The clause “slept with his ancestors” is a metaphor that expresses as a euphemism the death of a person in more gentle words. Alternate translation: “He died and he was buried with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
810 1KI 11 43 ttg1 figs-activepassive 0 he was buried This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
811 1KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> # 1 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Civil war<br>This chapter explains how the united kingdom of Israel was split into the two kingdoms: Israel and Judah. This is sometimes called a “civil war.”<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel splits<br>God’s warning to Solomon came true. In spite of his famous wealth, Solomon had over-taxed his own people and forced them to work for free. When the people requested that King Rehoboam reduce taxes and forced labor, he said that he would be harsher than his father. This caused the 10 northern tribes to revolt and appoint Jeroboam as their king. These northern tribes are now called the kingdom of Israel. Only Judah and Benjamin stayed with Rehoboam. They are called Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]])<br><br>### Jeroboam introduces calf worship<br>Jeroboam made a terrible mistake. He was afraid that if the people continued to go to Jerusalem to worship in the temple, they would want to return to Rehoboam as their king. So he made two shrines with calves made of gold for the people to worship. This eventually caused the destruction of his whole family. The kingdom of Israel continued worshiping the idols until they were taken slaves by the Assyrians. The northern tribes were unable to truly worship Yahweh without going to Jerusalem in the kingdom of Judah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The people used the metaphor of “yoke” for oppressive government: “Your father made our yoke difficult. Now then, make your father’s hard work easier, and lighten the heavy yoke that he put on us.” But Rehoboam promised to increase their oppression with three metaphors: “My little finger is thicker than my father’s waist. So now, although my father burdened you with a heavy yoke, I will add to your yoke. My father punished you with whips, but I will punish you with scorpions.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
812 1KI 12 1 rer8 figs-synecdoche 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” represents all the men of Israel capable of fighting. Here “all Israel” is a generalization which means almost all the men of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
813 1KI 12 2 kgj5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
814 1KI 12 2 s9f6 translate-names 0 Jeroboam…Nebat These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
860 1KI 12 32 f8e9 figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
861 1KI 12 33 t8tb figs-idiom 0 went up to the altar “Went up” here is an idiom for going to a sacred place to worship since these altars were located on high places. Alternate translation: “offered sacrifices on the altar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
862 1KI 12 33 uh1v 0 in the month he had planned in his own mind “in the month that he had determined”
863 1KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])<br> # 1 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two parts: The young prophet’s warning to Jeroboam (1-10) and the old prophet’s deception (11-34). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying God<br>People should do what God tells them to do and not what other people tell them is God’s will for them. The story of the young prophet and the old prophet is an example of this. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
864 1KI 13 1 xe5m figs-explicit 0 A man of God came out of Judah by the word of Yahweh to Bethel The implied information is that Yahweh sent the man of God to Bethel. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh sent a man of God from Judah to Bethel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
865 1KI 13 1 gc3y 0 A man of God This is another title for a prophet. Alternate translation: “A prophet”
866 1KI 13 1 zw3a 0 came out of Judah “came from Judah”
917 1KI 13 34 u16a 0 This matter This phrase refers to Jeroboam’s setting up shrines and appointing priests.
918 1KI 13 34 ab53 figs-activepassive 0 caused his family to be destroyed and to be exterminated This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because of this God destroyed and exterminated Jeroboam’s family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
919 1KI 13 34 p7vm figs-doublet 0 to be destroyed and to be exterminated These mean nearly the same thing. Alternate translation: “to be completely destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
920 1KI 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # 1 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter has two stories. One is the death of Jeroboam’s son (1-18). The other is the reign of Rehoboam (20-31).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Jeroboam’s son<br>God knows the truth; it is useless to try to fool God’s prophet. Jeroboam’s son became sick; so the king sent his wife, disguised as a common woman, to the prophet. The prophet was blind, but when Jeroboam’s wife arrived he told her, “Come in, wife of Jeroboam.” He also told her that her son would die and that all of Jeroboam’s family would be killed, because he had caused Israel to worship the golden calves. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/true]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Rehoboam’s reign<br>When Solomon obeyed God, God made him very rich. When the people of Judah began to worship the fertility goddess, Ashtoreth, and to do many evil things, they had to give all of their wealth to the king of Egypt to persuade him not to attack Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
921 1KI 14 2 qek9 0 disguise yourself “change how you appear to others”
922 1KI 14 2 dqs3 figs-activepassive 0 you will not be recognized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will recognize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
923 1KI 14 5 gqa2 0 Look, the wife of Jeroboam Here the word “Look” means “pay attention.”
991 1KI 14 31 pki8 translate-names 0 Naamah This is the name of a woman. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 14:21](../14/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
992 1KI 14 31 t2h3 0 Abijah his son “Abijah the son of Rehoboam”
993 1KI 14 31 xgz7 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
994 1KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 1 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Judah had some bad kings and some good kings. All of the kings in Israel continued to worship the golden calves, so they were all considered to be bad. Judah and Israel continually fought each other.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “But the shrines were not taken away.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign, it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
995 1KI 15 1 ms3b figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam son of Nebat This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign. Alternate translation: “After Jeroboam had been the king of Israel for almost eighteen years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
996 1KI 15 1 njh8 translate-numbers 0 In the eighteenth year “In year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
997 1KI 15 3 hlc3 figs-metaphor 0 He walked in all the sins Walking represents living, and walking in sins represents committing those sins. Alternate translation: “Abijah continued to practice all the sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1067 1KI 15 34 i9dh figs-metaphor 0 walked in the way of Jeroboam Walking here represents behaving. Alternate translation: “did the same things that Jeroboam had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1068 1KI 15 34 w9fq 0 in his sin by which he led Israel to sin Possible meanings are that “his” and “he” refer to (1) Baasha or (2) Jeroboam.
1069 1KI 15 34 yq78 figs-metaphor 0 by which he led Israel to sin Leading people to do something represents influencing them to do it. Alternate translation: “and by sinning, he influenced Israel to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1070 1KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # 1 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Incorrect worship<br>The prophet Jehu warned Baasha, king of Israel, that God would destroy his family for worshiping the idols. But Baasha did not change his ways; so Zimri murdered Baasha’s son and all his relatives. Then Omri killed Zimri. Omri’s son Ahab brought in the rain god Baal and his wife, the fertility goddess Ashtoreth, as the official religion of Israel. This was very evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
1071 1KI 16 1 kf7z figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This idiom means God spoke. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1072 1KI 16 2 rjv3 0 Although I exalted you This is God’s message that Jehu was to give to Baasha. The word “you” refers to Baasha.
1073 1KI 16 2 pn3u figs-metaphor 0 I exalted you out of the dust “I raised you out of the dust.” Being in the dust on the ground represents not being important. Exalting someone represents making him important. Alternate translation: “I raised you from a very unimportant position” or “when you had no power or influence over people, I made you important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1146 1KI 16 34 be9n 0 in keeping with the word of Yahweh “according to the word of Yahweh”
1147 1KI 16 34 lvt5 0 the word of Yahweh “the message of Yahweh” or “Yahweh’s message”
1148 1KI 16 34 zx6j figs-metonymy 0 which he spoke by Joshua son of Nun Speaking “by” someone represents both telling someone to speak and the person doing it. Alternate translation: “which Yahweh caused Joshua son of Nun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1149 1KI 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # 1 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story of Elijah. (1 Kings 17 – 2 Kings 2)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal worship<br>Ahab had introduced the worship of Baal, the god people thought brought rain, to Israel. Because of this, God caused a drought. Elijah told Ahab that it would not rain or dew until he, Elijah, said so. Elijah had to hide so Ahab would not kill him for bringing the drought. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1150 1KI 17 1 brj9 translate-names 0 the Tishbite This is the name of a people group from Tishbe. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1151 1KI 17 1 q3t1 translate-names 0 Tishbe This is the name of a town in the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1152 1KI 17 1 ub3q 0 As Yahweh, the God of Israel lives This phrase is an oath to emphasize that what he will say is true.
1189 1KI 17 23 aut1 0 his room Here “his” refers to Elijah.
1190 1KI 17 23 e1te 0 See, your son is alive The word “See” here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
1191 1KI 17 24 m6yc figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh in your mouth is true “the message of Yahweh in your mouth is true.” The word “mouth” represents what Elijah said. Alternate translation: “the message that you spoke from Yahweh is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1192 1KI 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br> # 1 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Baal<br>God proved himself to all the people of Israel. Elijah went to meet Ahab. He told Ahab to bring the 450 prophets of Baal and all the people to Mount Carmel. Then he proposed an experiment, which was carried out. The prophets of Baal took one bull, killed them, cut them up, and placed them on wood on an altar without lighting the fire. The prophets of Baal danced and prayed to Baal all morning and half the afternoon. After they were exhausted, Elijah built his altar and drenched it with water. Then he prayed. God answered his prayer with fire that burned up the sacrifice, the altar and the water. Then Elijah told the people to seize the prophets of Baal and kill them. After that, Elijah prayed for rain, and it rained very hard. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Humor<br><br>Elijah insults the false god Baal. He states, “Perhaps he is thinking, or is relieving himself, or he is traveling on a journey, or perhaps he is sleeping and must be awakened.” Baal was too busy in the bathroom to answer the prophets. “Relieving himself” is a euphemism. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1193 1KI 18 1 l7sw figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1194 1KI 18 1 q2by 0 send rain on the land “cause rain to fall on the land”
1195 1KI 18 2 lc7k writing-background 0 now the famine was severe The word “now” is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the writer tells background information about how the famine had affected Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1260 1KI 18 45 iv5m 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark where a new step in the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1261 1KI 18 46 y3cl figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Yahweh was on Elijah Here the word “hand” is a metonym for strength. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave his power to Elijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1262 1KI 18 46 jqk4 0 tucked his robe in his belt Elijah wrapped his long robe around his waist so that his legs would be free for running.
1263 1KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> # 1 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The queen was angry that Elijah had killed her prophets of Baal. She promised to kill Elijah. Elijah fled south into the desert south of Judah. He traveled on to Mount Horeb also known as Mount Sinai, the mountain of God. God asked him why he was there. He said he had come to Mount Horeb because Israel had deserted God, killed his prophets, and wanted to kill him. God sent him home to make Hazael the king of Aram, Jehu the king of Israel, and Elisha as the prophet in his place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
1264 1KI 19 2 s2y6 0 So may the gods do to me, and more also This is a comparison used as an emphatic oath. “May the gods kill me and do even more bad things”
1265 1KI 19 2 sp3r 0 if I do not make your life like the life of one of those dead prophets “if I do not kill you like you killed those prophets”
1266 1KI 19 3 hkc1 0 he arose “he stood up”
1293 1KI 19 19 m3gy figs-rpronouns 0 he himself was plowing with the twelfth yoke The word “himself” indicates that Elisha was plowing with the last yoke, while other men were plowing with the other eleven yokes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1294 1KI 19 20 jye9 0 he said, “Please The word “he” refers to Elisha.
1295 1KI 19 21 s7a5 figs-explicit 0 he gave it to the people Elisha gave the cooked meat to the people of his city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1296 1KI 20 intro abck 0 # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br> # 1 Kings 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is a story of two battles between Aram and Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Battle<br>God had chosen to defeat Ben Hadad, king of Aram. So when he attacked Samaria with a huge army, the tiny army of Israel defeated him. The people of Aram said that Yahweh was the god of the hills, but they could defeat Israel on the plains. So they came again but Israel defeated them again. Then Ben Hadad offered a peace plan and Ahab accepted. But God had wanted him to kill Ben Hadad and was angry at Ahab for making peace with him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br>There were so few Israel soldiers that they were “like two little flocks of goats.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1297 1KI 20 1 i4ar translate-names 0 Ben Hadad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1298 1KI 20 1 qfr1 translate-numbers 0 thirty-two lesser kings “32 lesser kings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1299 1KI 20 1 ai8j 0 lesser kings “kings ruling smaller groups of people”
1356 1KI 20 40 q6ds figs-idiom 0 going here and there This is an idiom to represent being very busy and preoccupied. Alternate translation: “doing other things” or “doing this and that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1357 1KI 20 42 f7yg figs-metonymy 0 let go from your hand Here the word “hand” is metonymy for power. Alternate translation: “released” or “spared the life of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1358 1KI 20 42 m59l 0 your life will take the place of his life, and your people for his people “you will die in his place, and your people will die in the place of his people”
1359 1KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br> # 1 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God hates oppression but is forgiving to people who are sorry for their sins. Ahab wanted Naboth’s vineyard to make into a garden for his palace, but Naboth refused to sell it. So the queen, Ahab’s wife, told the civic leaders of Naboth’s town to falsely accuse him and execute him. Elijah told Ahab that he would be killed in Naboth’s vineyard and all his family destroyed. Ahab repented and showed he was very sorry for what he did, so God said it would not happen to Ahab himself but to his son. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
1360 1KI 21 1 j692 writing-newevent 0 Now some time later This phrase marks the beginning of a new part of the story and indicates that these events happened later, not that Naboth owned the vineyard later. If your language has a way marking the beginning of a new part of a story, you could consider using it here. Alternate translation: “Now this is what happened later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1361 1KI 21 1 d4gf translate-names 0 Naboth the Jezreelite This is the name of a man from Jezreel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1362 1KI 21 1 pe6g figs-synecdoche 0 king of Samaria “Samaria” was the capital city of the kingdom of Israel and here represents the entire nation. Alternate translation: “king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1393 1KI 21 28 lq1t figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom means that Yahweh spoke or has sent a message. See how you translated this in [1 Kings 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1394 1KI 21 29 hf8k figs-rquestion 0 Do you see how Ahab humbles himself before me? God uses this question to show Elijah that Ahab’s sorrow is genuine. Alternate translation: “I have seen how Ahab humbles himself before me.” or “Look at how Ahab humbles himself before me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1395 1KI 21 29 cf9j 0 in his days…in his son’s day “during his lifetime…during his son’s lifetime”
1396 1KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 1 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Ahab and a continuation of the story of Elijah as he had predicted Ahab’s death and the dogs licking his blood.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>When God has decided a person will die, then they cannot avoid death. Ahab persuaded Jehoshaphat, king of Judah to help him in a battle against the army of Aram. Ahab’s false prophets all told him to go because he would be successful. But a randomly shot arrow hit him and he bled to death. They washed his chariot at the pool and the dogs licked up his blood, just as Elijah had said they would. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “However, the shrines were still not taken away. The people were still sacrificing and burning incense at the shrines.”<br>At the shrines, the people worshiped Yahweh. But later, during Hezekiah’s reign it was decided that all sacrifices must be made only at the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1397 1KI 22 1 hhf8 translate-numbers 0 Three years “3 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1398 1KI 22 2 d41e 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1399 1KI 22 3 nn96 figs-rquestion 0 Do you know that Ramoth Gilead is ours, but that we are doing nothing to take it from the hand of the king of Aram? Ahab asks this question to emphasize that they should have already recaptured Ramoth Gilead. Alternate translation: “Ramoth Gilead is ours, but we have done nothing yet to take it from the hand of the king of Aram.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

50
en_tn_12-2KI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br>- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br>- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br>- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br>- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br>- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br>- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br>- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.<br>
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br>- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br>- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br>- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br>- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br>- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br>- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br>- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken”
2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written…Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written…Israel.” or “someone has written about them in…Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around
2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.<br>
2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.<br>
2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband “My husband, who was your servant”
2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br>
2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army”
2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br>
2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.<br>
2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour…two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life “he had caused to become alive again”
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -582,7 +582,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 9 37 kim4 figs-simile 0 the body of Jezebel will be like dung on the surface of the fields…so that no one will be able to say This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel’s body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: “the pieces of Jezebel’s body will be scattered like dung in the fields…so that no one will be able to recognize them and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 9 37 xj6d 0 dung manure, specifically dung used as a fertilizer
2KI 9 37 ayb5 0 so that no one will be able to say, “This is Jezebel.” “so that no one will be able to recognize her body.” or “so no one will be able to tell this was Jezebel.”
2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br>
2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
2KI 10 1 w4rf translate-numbers 0 seventy descendants “70 descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 10 1 bud2 figs-metonymy 0 Jehu wrote letters and sent them to Samaria This means that Jehu sent a messenger to deliver the letters. Alternate translation: “Jehu wrote letters and sent a messenger to deliver them in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 10 3 fdt6 figs-metonymy 0 set him on his father’s throne Here, sitting on the king’s throne means to be appointed as king. Alternate translation: “make him king in his father’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 10 35 g2qi translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 10 36 m23h 0 The time that Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria was twenty-eight years “Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria for twenty-eight years”
2KI 10 36 e9ns translate-numbers 0 twenty-eight years “28 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 11 1 q8ru translate-names 0 Athaliah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 11 1 ed43 0 saw that her son was dead “became aware that her son was dead”
2KI 11 1 vmz8 figs-explicit 0 she arose and killed all the royal children Athaliah did not personally kill the children. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the members of Ahaziah’s family who might become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -724,7 +724,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful”
2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began “Joash began to reign over Judah”
2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -769,7 +769,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 12 21 a67i translate-names 0 Jozabad…Shimeath…Jehozabad…Shomer…Amaziah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 12 21 c8xh 0 with his ancestors “in the place where his ancestors were buried”
2KI 12 21 jic7 0 became king in his place “became the next king of Judah”
2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the last chapter about Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elisha’s death<br>The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the last chapter about Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elisha’s death<br>The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 13 1 x3b7 translate-numbers 0 In the twenty-third year of Joash son of Ahaziah king of Judah “After Joash had been ruling Judah for almost 23 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 13 1 k11v 0 reign over Israel in Samaria “rule over the kingdom of Israel located in Samaria”
2KI 13 1 sr5w 0 he reigned seventeen years “Jehoahaz was king for 17 years”
@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash…Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured”
2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.<br>
2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years”
2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah”
2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 14 27 tjk3 figs-metonymy 0 he saved them by the hand of Jeroboam son of Jehoash Here “hand” is a metonym for power. Also, “Jehoash” is a synecdoche representing Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “he enabled King Jeroboam and his army to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 14 28 ka1r figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 14 29 eq5q figs-euphemism 0 Jeroboam slept with his ancestors, with the kings of Israel This is a polite way to say that he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam died, and was buried where the other kings of Israel were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s evil<br>Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s evil<br>Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2KI 15 1 e5x2 figs-explicit 0 In the twenty-seventh year of Jeroboam It can be stated clearly that this is the twenty-seventh year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 27 of the reign of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 15 1 kyq4 0 Azariah This king is better known today by the name “Uzziah.”
2KI 15 2 ric2 translate-names 0 Jekoliah This is the name of Azariah’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -996,7 +996,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah…Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah…Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 16 20 c5rk figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died as his ancestors had” or “like his ancestors, Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2KI 16 20 wbc9 figs-activepassive 0 was buried with his ancestors This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2KI 16 20 y1p2 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idol worship<br><br>Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idol worship<br><br>Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2KI 17 1 jz6k 0 Hoshea son of Elah Hoshea became the king of the northern kingdom of Israel.
2KI 17 1 b3fa translate-names 0 Elah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 17 1 y37g translate-names 0 He ruled in Samaria Samaria was the capital city of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1105,7 +1105,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods.
2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived.
2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz.
2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea…Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1167,7 +1167,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 18 37 ve84 0 who was over the household “who managed the king’s palace”
2KI 18 37 ew4c 0 the recorder “the history keeper”
2KI 18 37 k5bu 0 chief commander and is the translation of the Hebrew; some see this as a personal name, “Rabshakeh”
2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s power<br>God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s power<br>God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2KI 19 1 kae1 0 house of Yahweh This is another way of saying “temple of Yahweh.”
2KI 19 2 aw2h translate-names 0 Eliakim…Shebna…Isaiah…Amoz These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 19 2 vdb3 0 He sent Eliakim “Hezekiah sent Eliakim”
@ -1273,7 +1273,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 20 20 fgv7 0 pool A small area of still water for storage
2KI 20 20 xm9s 0 conduit A tunnel for carrying the water
2KI 20 20 v69i figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment<br>God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment<br>God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2KI 21 1 cuc4 translate-names 0 Hephzibah The mother of King Manasseh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 21 2 k3ux figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 21 2 qx6p 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
@ -1314,7 +1314,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written…Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written…Judah.” or “you can find them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza Possible meanings are (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1371,7 +1371,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.<br>
2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
@ -1450,7 +1450,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah”
2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1478,7 +1478,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2KI 24 18 zy1q translate-names 0 Jeremiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 24 18 fxr8 translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2KI 24 19 wr7q figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zedekiah’s revolt<br>Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.<br>
2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zedekiah’s revolt<br>Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.
2KI 25 1 pl4l translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2KI 25 1 j1c4 translate-ordinal 0 in the tenth month, and on the tenth day of the month This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of December on Western calendars. This is during the cold season when there may be rain and snow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
2KI 25 1 ty29 figs-metonymy 0 came with all his army against Jerusalem The name “Jerusalem” is a metonym for the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “came with his whole army to fight against the people of Jerusalem” or “came with his whole army to conquer Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2KI front intro nv2v 0 # Introduction to 2 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br>- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br>- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br>- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br>- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br>- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br>- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br>- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.<br> # Introduction to 2 Kings<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Kings<br><br>1. The prophets Elijah and Elisha (1:1-8:15)<br>- Elijah brings Yahweh’s judgment onto King Ahaziah (1:1–18)<br>- Elijah goes to heaven and Elisha replaces him (2:1–25)<br>- Elisha defends the northern kingdom against Moab (3:1–27)<br>- Elisha performs various miracles (4:1–44)<br>- Elisha heals Naaman the Syrian (5:1–27)<br>- Elisha acts in time of war against Syria (6:1–7:20)<br>- Elisha’s reputation and prophecy about Hazael (8:1–15)<br>1. The history of Judah and Israel from Kings Jehoram and Joram to the fall of Israel (8:16–17:41)<br>1. The history of Judah from King Hezekiah to the fall of Judah (18:1–25:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Kings about?<br><br>These books are about what happened to the people of Israel, from the time of King Solomon to the time both the northern and southern kingdoms were destroyed. These books describe how Israel split into two kingdoms after Solomon died. It also tells about all the kings that ruled over each kingdom after Solomon died.<br><br>In the southern kingdom, some kings did what Yahweh judged to be right. For example, King Josiah repaired the temple and reformed the worship of Yahweh. He responded to the high priest finding a copy of the Law of Yahweh in Jerusalem ([2 Kings 22–23](../../2ki/22/01.md)). However, all of the kings of the northern kingdom were wicked.<br><br>The Assyrians destroyed the northern kingdom in 722 B.C. The Babylonians destroyed the southern kingdom in 586 B.C.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Books of 1 and 2 Kings were originally one book in Hebrew. They were separated into two books when translated into Greek. Translators might choose more meaningful titles such as “The First Book about the Kings” and “The Second Book about the Kings.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the purpose of 1 and 2 Kings?<br><br>These books were probably finished during the exile, after the Babylonians had destroyed the temple. They show how being faithful to Yahweh results in his blessing and prospering his people. Worshipping idols and not being faithful result in their being punished and destroyed.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Why do the Books of 1 and 2 Kings refer to someone being addressed indirectly?<br><br>In the Bible, people often referred to themselves as “your servant” when speaking to anyone in a superior position to themselves. Indirectly addressing people in this way was intended to honor the one addressed. English sometimes uses the address “sir” in this way. But a translator should use whatever expressions that are natural in the project language in order to honor someone in a superior position.<br><br>### What does the king “did what was right (or) evil in the eyes of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The writer repeats this kind of expression throughout the Books of 1 and 2 Kings. Here “in the eyes of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh thinks about someone. If a king was faithful and obeyed the covenant, he did what was right according to Yahweh. If he was not faithful and disobeyed the covenant, he did what was evil according to Yahweh.<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>This phrase was used by the narrator to refer to the time when he was writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 2 Kings 2:22; 8:22; 10:27; 14:7; 16:6; 17:23, 34, 41.<br><br>### Can I translate 2 Kings before 1 Kings?<br><br>The Book of 1 Kings should be translated before 2 Kings, since 2 Kings continues from where 1 Kings ends.
3 2KI 1 intro t6cl 0 # 2 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # 2 Kings 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>2 Kings is a continuation of 1 Kings.<br><br>The story of Elijah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s sovereignty<br>God is in control of the future. King Ahaziah sent messengers to ask the Philistine god if he would recover from his fall, but this god does not know the future. Because he asked another god instead of Yahweh, Elijah sent the messengers to tell Ahaziah that he would not recover. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>Elijah rebuked the king with a rhetorical question: “Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going to consult with Baal Zebub, the god of Ekron?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 2KI 1 1 ip77 0 Moab rebelled “The people who lived in Moab rebelled”
5 2KI 1 2 qdg9 figs-explicit 0 the lattice in his upper chamber The upper room was built on the roof of the palace. The lattice was made of thin boards decoratively crossed over one another to form a balcony or window covering. Alternate translation: “the wooden boards around the flat roof of his palace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 2KI 1 2 n4u5 translate-names 0 Baal-Zebub (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
31 2KI 1 17 sl2v 0 the word of Yahweh that Elijah had spoken “what Yahweh had told Elijah that Elijah had spoken”
32 2KI 1 17 s5cd figs-explicit 0 in the second year of Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign over Israel by stating how long Jehoram had been reigning over Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “in the second year that Jehoram son of Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
33 2KI 1 18 emi5 figs-rquestion 0 are they not written…Israel? This rhetorical question can be written as a statement. It can also be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they are written…Israel.” or “someone has written about them in…Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
34 2KI 2 intro i216 0 # 2 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # 2 Kings 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story of Elijah and begins the story of Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Elisha replaces Elijah as the chief prophet of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
35 2KI 2 1 u56u writing-newevent 0 So it came about “So it happened.” This phrase is used to introduce the next event in the story line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
36 2KI 2 1 pmc1 0 a whirlwind a strong wind that spins around and around
37 2KI 2 2 w2jb figs-simile 0 As Yahweh lives, and as you live “As surely as Yahweh lives and as you live.” Here Elisha compares the certainty that Yahweh and Elijah are alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I solemnly promise you that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
78 2KI 2 23 y5ld figs-idiom 0 Go up The young boys wanted Elisha to go away from them and expressed this by saying “go up.” Alternate translation: “Go away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
79 2KI 2 23 gyr2 0 baldhead A bald person does not have any hair on their head. The young boys were mocking Elisha for having a bald head.
80 2KI 2 24 tzw2 translate-numbers 0 forty-two of the boys “42 of the boys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
81 2KI 3 intro k5ke 0 # 2 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.<br> # 2 Kings 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Victory and defeat<br>God is in control of victory and defeat. The armies of Israel, Judah and Edom united to attack Moab from the desert for failure to pay tribute. When they ran out of water, they were in desperate condition. Therefore, they asked Elisha (the prophet of God) what to do and he said God would give them water and victory over Moab. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>They described Elisha with the idiom, “who poured water on the hands of Elijah,” meaning “who served Elijah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Anger<br>It is said that, “Anger came on Israel.” It is not clear who was angry or why they were angry.
82 2KI 3 1 hcb2 figs-explicit 0 in the eighteenth year of Jehoshaphat king of Judah This describes the time that Joram began to reign by stating how long the current king of Judah had reigned. The meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “in the eighteenth year that Jehoshaphat was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
83 2KI 3 1 t9pu translate-ordinal 0 the eighteenth year “year 18” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
84 2KI 3 1 gh3r 0 Joram son of Ahab Sometimes this man is referred to as “Jehoram.” This is not the same person as the man mentioned in [2 Kings 1:17](../01/17.md) named “Jehoram.”
143 2KI 3 26 l1sy 0 break through “force their way through.” There were many soldiers fighting on the battlefield which made it difficult to move though the crowd.
144 2KI 3 27 d4k7 figs-explicit 0 offered him as a burnt offering King Mesha burned his son with fire until he died. He did this as an offering to Chemosh, the false god of Moab. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
145 2KI 3 27 izf1 figs-abstractnouns 0 So there was great anger against Israel Here the word “anger” can be expressed as a verb. There are two possibilities for who is angry here: (1) The Moabite soldiers. Alternate translation: “So the Moabite soldiers were very angry with Israel” or (2) God. Alternate translation: “So God was very angry with Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
146 2KI 4 intro ma9j 0 # 2 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.<br> # 2 Kings 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Elisha continues with a group of stories about the miracles Elisha did. (See: [2 Kings 4-6](./01.md) and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Widow<br>Elisha helps a widow financially, and he correctly prophesies that a barren woman would conceive and have a baby by the next year. Later, when that child dies, Elisha miraculously causes him to come back to life. Also, Elisha causes a poisonous food to no longer be harmful, and he miraculously feeds 100 people with only 20 loaves of bread.
147 2KI 4 1 x1ua figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
148 2KI 4 1 iu5k 0 Your servant my husband “My husband, who was your servant”
149 2KI 4 1 s3r1 0 creditor person who lends other people money
213 2KI 4 43 l9rl figs-rquestion 0 What, should I set this before a hundred men? The man uses this rhetorical question to imply that this is not enough bread to feed 100 men. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “That is not enough to feed a hundred men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
214 2KI 4 43 tp2l translate-numbers 0 a hundred men “100 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
215 2KI 4 44 ra7w figs-metonymy 0 the word of Yahweh Here Yahweh is referred to by what he said. This phrase is a metonym for Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
216 2KI 5 intro n1ty 0 # 2 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br> # 2 Kings 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])
217 2KI 5 1 t6rp figs-metonymy 0 in his master’s view “sight.” The king’s “view” represents what he thinks about something. Alternate translation: “in the king’s opinion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
218 2KI 5 1 pdy1 0 because by him Yahweh had given victory to Aram Here “Aram” refers to the Aramean army. Alternate translation: “because through Naaman, Yahweh had given victory to the Aramean army”
219 2KI 5 2 seh1 figs-synecdoche 0 The Arameans had gone out Here the “Arameans” refer to the Aramean soldiers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
278 2KI 5 27 zy6v 0 the leprosy of Naaman will be on you and your descendants This speaks of Gehazi and his descendant getting leprosy as if Naaman’s leprosy was taken from him and given to Gehazi. Alternate translation: “you and your descendants will have leprosy, just as Naaman had leprosy”
279 2KI 5 27 qcw4 figs-idiom 0 So Gehazi went out from his presence The phrase “his presence” refers to the area where Elisha could see him. This means that he left the room where Elisha was. Alternate translation: “When Gehazi left the room, he was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
280 2KI 5 27 j8kw figs-simile 0 as white as snow Leprosy makes skin white. Here Gehazi’s leprous skin is compared to the color of snow. Alternate translation: “with skin that was white like snow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
281 2KI 6 intro x6uv 0 # 2 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br> # 2 Kings 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>==Impossible actions ==<br>Elisha caused an iron ax head to float. He fooled the whole army of Aram that was sent to arrest him. When the king of Aram besieged the capital of Israel, the people became so hungry they started eating their children. Elisha told the king of Israel that there would be plenty of food the next day, but the king’s counselor said it was impossible.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br>The king’s counselor expressed his unbelief in Elisha’s prophecy of plenty of food: “See, even if Yahweh should make windows in heaven, can this thing happen?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
282 2KI 6 1 u5ch figs-idiom 0 The sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “The group of prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
283 2KI 6 2 g72i figs-explicit 0 let us go to the Jordan This refers to the area by the Jordan River. Alternate translation: “let us go beside the Jordan River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
284 2KI 6 3 hhg8 0 your servants Here one of the prophet refers to the of the sons of the prophets as Elisha’s servants to show him honor.
369 2KI 6 33 q6nq 0 Behold “Pay attention, because what I am about to say is both true and important”
370 2KI 6 33 hk72 0 this trouble “Indeed, this trouble.” The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. The phrase “this trouble” refers to the famine in Samaria and the suffering it caused.
371 2KI 6 33 txv7 figs-explicit 0 Why should I wait for Yahweh any longer? This king use this rhetorical question to emphasize that he does not believe that Yahweh is going to help them. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Why should I continue to wait for Yahweh to help us?” or “I will not wait any longer for help from Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
372 2KI 7 intro tr2p 0 # 2 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.<br> # 2 Kings 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fear<br>God caused the army of Aram to hear the sound of an enormous army approaching so they all ran away leaving all their food behind.
373 2KI 7 1 tu65 figs-explicit 0 a measure of fine flour will be sold for a shekel, and two measures of barley for a shekel It is implied that the Israelites will be paying less money for these item than they had been. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will sell a measure of fine flour for a shekel and two measures of barley for a shekel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
374 2KI 7 1 cq3p translate-bvolume 0 a measure of fine flour…two measures of barley Here the word “measure” translates the word “seah,” which is a unit of dry measurement equal to about 7 liters. Alternate translation: “7 liters of fine flour…14 liters of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]])
375 2KI 7 1 y4hp translate-bmoney 0 a shekel A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 11 grams of silver” or “one silver coin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]])
419 2KI 7 19 k7aj figs-rquestion 0 can this thing happen? The captain asks this question to express his unbelief. This question can be translated as a statement. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “this could never happen!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
420 2KI 7 19 z799 figs-synecdoche 0 you will watch it happen with your own eyes The phrase “with your own eyes” emphasizes that the captain will certainly see the things that Elisha prophesied. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 7:2](../07/02.md). Alternate translation: “you yourself will watch these things happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
421 2KI 7 19 e8ni 0 but you will not eat any of it “but you will not eat any of the flour or barley”
422 2KI 8 intro bje7 0 # 2 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # 2 Kings 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The stories of Elisha’s miracles continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kings<br>Elisha told Hazael that he would be king of Aram. Jehoram became king of Judah. He was evil so Edom and Libna revolted and chose their own kings. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
423 2KI 8 1 j132 0 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here the author starts to tell a new part of the story.
424 2KI 8 1 uw76 0 the woman whose son he had restored to life The story of this woman and her son is found at [2 Kings 4:8](../04/08.md).
425 2KI 8 1 d8nn 0 he had restored to life “he had caused to become alive again”
493 2KI 8 29 e1qq figs-activepassive 0 to be healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to heal” or “to recover” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
494 2KI 8 29 wi44 figs-synecdoche 0 against Hazael king of Aram Here “Hazael” refers to himself and his army. Alternate translation: “the army of Hazael king of Aram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
495 2KI 8 29 c1ui figs-activepassive 0 Joram had been wounded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Arameans had wounded Joram” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
496 2KI 9 intro eu4t 0 # 2 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # 2 Kings 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The life of Elisha continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Jehu<br>Elisha told a young prophet to go and tell Jehu that God had made him the new king. Jehu killed the kings of both Israel and Judah and Jezebel, the mother of the king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
497 2KI 9 1 yn86 figs-idiom 0 the sons of the prophets This does not mean that they were the sons of prophets, but rather, that they were a group of prophets. See how you translated this phrase in [2 Kings 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the group of the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
498 2KI 9 1 xc5s figs-synecdoche 0 in your hand The phrase “in your hand” refers to him taking the bottle with him. Alternate translation: “with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
499 2KI 9 1 u975 translate-names 0 Ramoth Gilead Translate the name of this city the same as you did in [2 Kings 8:28](../08/28.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
582 2KI 9 37 kim4 figs-simile 0 the body of Jezebel will be like dung on the surface of the fields…so that no one will be able to say This speaks of the pieces of Jezebel’s body being scattered in the field as if they were dung spread in the field. Since the pieces of her body were so small and spread out there was nothing that could be collected and buried. Alternate translation: “the pieces of Jezebel’s body will be scattered like dung in the fields…so that no one will be able to recognize them and say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
583 2KI 9 37 xj6d 0 dung manure, specifically dung used as a fertilizer
584 2KI 9 37 ayb5 0 so that no one will be able to say, “This is Jezebel.” “so that no one will be able to recognize her body.” or “so no one will be able to tell this was Jezebel.”
585 2KI 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br> # 2 Kings 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>God’s prophecy against the family of Ahab was fulfilled. Jehu killed all of Ahab’s descendants and all the worshipers of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])
586 2KI 10 1 w4rf translate-numbers 0 seventy descendants “70 descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
587 2KI 10 1 bud2 figs-metonymy 0 Jehu wrote letters and sent them to Samaria This means that Jehu sent a messenger to deliver the letters. Alternate translation: “Jehu wrote letters and sent a messenger to deliver them in Samaria” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
588 2KI 10 3 fdt6 figs-metonymy 0 set him on his father’s throne Here, sitting on the king’s throne means to be appointed as king. Alternate translation: “make him king in his father’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
672 2KI 10 35 g2qi translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
673 2KI 10 36 m23h 0 The time that Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria was twenty-eight years “Jehu reigned over Israel in Samaria for twenty-eight years”
674 2KI 10 36 e9ns translate-numbers 0 twenty-eight years “28 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
675 2KI 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 2 Kings 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of the spiritual revival in Judah under Joash. The people returned to properly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Athaliah’s evil actions<br>The mother of the king of Judah, Athaliah, killed all the royal children so that she could rule. She was not able to kill the baby Joash because his aunt hid him in the temple. When Joash was seven years old, the chief priest conspired with the army and made Joash king. They killed Athaliah and destroyed the temple of Baal. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
676 2KI 11 1 q8ru translate-names 0 Athaliah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
677 2KI 11 1 ed43 0 saw that her son was dead “became aware that her son was dead”
678 2KI 11 1 vmz8 figs-explicit 0 she arose and killed all the royal children Athaliah did not personally kill the children. Alternate translation: “she commanded her servants to kill all the members of Ahaziah’s family who might become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
724 2KI 11 20 hz2a figs-hyperbole 0 all the people of the land rejoiced This is a generalization. It is possible that some did not rejoice. Alternate translation: “many people in the land rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
725 2KI 11 20 y27g 0 the city was quiet “the city was calm” or “the city was peaceful”
726 2KI 11 21 pit8 translate-numbers 0 Joash was seven years old “Joash was 7 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
727 2KI 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 2 Kings 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the end of the story of the revival in Judah under Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple<br>Joash repaired the temple. In many ways, the temple represents the relationship between the people and Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
728 2KI 12 1 ze1f translate-numbers 0 In the seventh year of Jehu “During year 7 of the reign of Jehu over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
729 2KI 12 1 d8af 0 the reign of Joash began “Joash began to reign over Judah”
730 2KI 12 1 rhb3 translate-names 0 Zibiah This was the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
769 2KI 12 21 a67i translate-names 0 Jozabad…Shimeath…Jehozabad…Shomer…Amaziah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
770 2KI 12 21 c8xh 0 with his ancestors “in the place where his ancestors were buried”
771 2KI 12 21 jic7 0 became king in his place “became the next king of Judah”
772 2KI 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the last chapter about Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elisha’s death<br>The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # 2 Kings 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the last chapter about Elisha.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Elisha’s death<br>The king of Israel is upset when Elisha is dying. Elisha assures him that he will have three victories over Aram.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The king compares the protection that Elisha had given Israel to “The chariot of Israel and the horsemen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
773 2KI 13 1 x3b7 translate-numbers 0 In the twenty-third year of Joash son of Ahaziah king of Judah “After Joash had been ruling Judah for almost 23 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
774 2KI 13 1 k11v 0 reign over Israel in Samaria “rule over the kingdom of Israel located in Samaria”
775 2KI 13 1 sr5w 0 he reigned seventeen years “Jehoahaz was king for 17 years”
826 2KI 13 25 kwm4 translate-names 0 Jehoash…Jehoahaz These are names of kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
827 2KI 13 25 zz2a figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoash attacked him three times Here “Jehoash” and “him” refer to the kings and their armies. Alternate translation: “Jehoash’s army attacked Ben Hadad’s army three times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
828 2KI 13 25 v9pk 0 he recovered those cities of Israel “Jehoash took back control of the Israelite cities that Ben Hadad had captured”
829 2KI 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.<br> # 2 Kings 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The text begins to alternate between the kingdoms of Israel and Judah again.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pride<br>Pride in one’s success can make a person attempt and fail at something else. Amaziah defeated Edom so he wanted to fight Israel. But Israel defeated him and thoroughly humiliated him.
830 2KI 14 1 bnk5 0 In the second year of Jehoash son of Jehoahaz, king of Israel “When Jehoash son of Jehoahaz had been king of Israel for almost two years”
831 2KI 14 1 nnl6 0 Amaziah son of Joash, king of Judah, began to reign “Amaziah son of Joash, became the king of Judah”
832 2KI 14 2 s314 translate-numbers 0 He was twenty-five years old when he began to reign “He was 25 years old when he became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
900 2KI 14 27 tjk3 figs-metonymy 0 he saved them by the hand of Jeroboam son of Jehoash Here “hand” is a metonym for power. Also, “Jehoash” is a synecdoche representing Jehoash and his army. Alternate translation: “he enabled King Jeroboam and his army to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
901 2KI 14 28 ka1r figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel? This question is used to remind the reader that the acts of Jehoahaz are recorded in another book. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 1:18](../01/18.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the events of the kings of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
902 2KI 14 29 eq5q figs-euphemism 0 Jeroboam slept with his ancestors, with the kings of Israel This is a polite way to say that he died and was buried. Alternate translation: “Jeroboam died, and was buried where the other kings of Israel were buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
903 2KI 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s evil<br>Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # 2 Kings 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel’s evil<br>Israel assassinated one king after another. The Assyrians began attacking Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
904 2KI 15 1 e5x2 figs-explicit 0 In the twenty-seventh year of Jeroboam It can be stated clearly that this is the twenty-seventh year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 27 of the reign of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
905 2KI 15 1 kyq4 0 Azariah This king is better known today by the name “Uzziah.”
906 2KI 15 2 ric2 translate-names 0 Jekoliah This is the name of Azariah’s mother. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
996 2KI 15 37 sx2e translate-names 0 Pekah…Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:37](../15/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
997 2KI 15 38 nar5 figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Jotham died as his ancestors had” or “Like his ancestors, Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
998 2KI 15 38 qj1b figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
999 2KI 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # 2 Kings 16 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ahaz<br>Ahaz was a wicked king. Israel and Aram united to fight against him, so he paid the Assyrian king to attack Aram. Assyria defeated the people of Aram and took them into captivity. The people were to trust in Yahweh and not rely on military alliances with other Gentile nations. This showed a lack of trust in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1000 2KI 16 1 x9n9 figs-explicit 0 In the seventeenth year of Pekah son of Remaliah It can be stated clearly that this is the seventeenth year of his reign. Alternate translation: “In year 17 of the reign of Pekah son of Remaliah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1001 2KI 16 1 ja6f translate-names 0 Pekah…Remaliah These are men’s names. Pekah was the king of Israel. See how you translated them in [2 Kings 15:25](../15/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1002 2KI 16 2 rm3i figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh his God The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “what was right in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh his God considers to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1035 2KI 16 20 c5rk figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Sleeping represents dying. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died as his ancestors had” or “like his ancestors, Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1036 2KI 16 20 wbc9 figs-activepassive 0 was buried with his ancestors This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him with his ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1037 2KI 16 20 y1p2 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1038 2KI 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idol worship<br><br>Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # 2 Kings 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the story about the kingdom of Israel and continues with Judah alone.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idol worship<br><br>Israel continued to worship idols, so God punished them by allowing Assyria to conquer them and take them away. Assyria brought people from other lands and settled them in what used to be Israel’s territory and the new people worshiped their own gods in addition to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1039 2KI 17 1 jz6k 0 Hoshea son of Elah Hoshea became the king of the northern kingdom of Israel.
1040 2KI 17 1 b3fa translate-names 0 Elah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1041 2KI 17 1 y37g translate-names 0 He ruled in Samaria Samaria was the capital city of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1105 2KI 17 40 j2h1 figs-metaphor 0 They would not listen “Listen” here is a metaphor for paying attention and acting on the command. Alternate translation: “They did not obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1106 2KI 17 41 ne8y 0 these nations feared Yahweh These nations feared Yahweh only to the point of appeasing him the same way they treated their own gods.
1107 2KI 17 41 zh69 0 up to this day “and have continued ever since.” The phrase “this day” refers to the time period in which the writer lived.
1108 2KI 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # 2 Kings 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of Hezekiah, one of the great kings of Judah (2 Kings 18 – 20). Because he was so important, there is more space dedicated to the history of his reign.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Hezekiah trusted and obeyed God. He stopped paying tribute to Assyria so the Assyrians invaded Judah. The Assyrian king told the people of Judah that resistance was useless. Despite this, Hezekiah trusted in the power of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1109 2KI 18 1 an23 0 General Information: Hezekiah becomes king over Judah in place of his father King Ahaz.
1110 2KI 18 1 b49b translate-names 0 Hoshea…Elah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1111 2KI 18 2 u8q8 translate-names 0 Zechariah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1167 2KI 18 37 ve84 0 who was over the household “who managed the king’s palace”
1168 2KI 18 37 ew4c 0 the recorder “the history keeper”
1169 2KI 18 37 k5bu 0 chief commander and is the translation of the Hebrew; some see this as a personal name, “Rabshakeh”
1170 2KI 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s power<br>God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # 2 Kings 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s power<br>God is in control of everything. God caused the Assyrian king to fail in conquering Jerusalem because he mocked God.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>“The virgin daughter of Zion” here is an idiom meaning the people of Jerusalem. “The virgin daughter of Zion despises you and laughs you to scorn” means that “the people of Jerusalem know that Assyria will fail because they have mocked God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1171 2KI 19 1 kae1 0 house of Yahweh This is another way of saying “temple of Yahweh.”
1172 2KI 19 2 aw2h translate-names 0 Eliakim…Shebna…Isaiah…Amoz These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1173 2KI 19 2 vdb3 0 He sent Eliakim “Hezekiah sent Eliakim”
1273 2KI 20 20 fgv7 0 pool A small area of still water for storage
1274 2KI 20 20 xm9s 0 conduit A tunnel for carrying the water
1275 2KI 20 20 v69i figs-rquestion 0 are they not written in the book of the events of the kings of Judah? This question is used to remind the reader that these things are recorded. See how this phrase is translated in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written in the book of the history of the kings of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1276 2KI 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment<br>God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br> # 2 Kings 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s judgment<br>God judges sin. When Manasseh worshiped idols and did many evil things, God said he would cause Judah to be destroyed by its enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>“I will wipe Jerusalem clean, as a man wipes a dish, wiping it and turning it upside down” means “God would completely destroy Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1277 2KI 21 1 cuc4 translate-names 0 Hephzibah The mother of King Manasseh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1278 2KI 21 2 k3ux figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1279 2KI 21 2 qx6p 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
1314 2KI 21 24 nj33 0 conspired against “made plans and worked together to harm.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:23](../21/23.md).
1315 2KI 21 25 zcb6 figs-activepassive 0 are they not written…Judah? This can be expressed in active form and assumes that the answer is positive. The question is rhetorical and is used for emphasis. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 8:23](../08/23.md). Alternate translation: “they are written…Judah.” or “you can find them…Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1316 2KI 21 26 zpi6 translate-names 0 the garden of Uzza Possible meanings are (1) “the garden that had once belonged to a man named Uzza” or (2) “Uzza Garden.” See how you translated this in [2 Kings 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1317 2KI 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # 2 Kings 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The next two chapters (2 Kings 22-23) tell about the spiritual revival under King Josiah. A revival occurs when the people begin to worship Yahweh properly again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The law<br>The priests found a copy of the law in the temple and took it to the king. He was upset because the people had disobeyed the law so badly. Josiah asked God about it. God said that he would destroy Judah for these sins but not in Josiah’s lifetime, since he humbled himself and wanted to do better. Many scholars believe this was a copy of the book of Deuteronomy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1318 2KI 22 1 gp47 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1319 2KI 22 1 ne6n translate-names 0 Jedidah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1320 2KI 22 1 wgp7 translate-names 0 Adaiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1371 2KI 22 20 qgs2 figs-metonymy 0 Your eyes will not see Here “will not see” represents not experiencing something. Alternate translation: “You will not experience” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1372 2KI 22 20 mc6n figs-synecdoche 0 Your eyes Here “eyes” represents the whole person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1373 2KI 22 20 j2cn figs-metaphor 0 the disaster that I will bring upon this place Yahweh causing terrible things to happen is spoken of as if disaster were an object that Yahweh would bring to a place. Alternate translation: “the terrible things I will cause to happen in this place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1374 2KI 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.<br> # 2 Kings 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Josiah ends in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ending idolatry<br>Josiah destroyed idolatry in Judah and in the deserted areas of Israel. But he fought against Egypt and was killed in battle. After his death, Egypt set up a government of Judah that it controlled.
1375 2KI 23 2 yx5s figs-hyperbole 0 all the men of Judah and all the inhabitants of Jerusalem This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1376 2KI 23 2 bw8g figs-merism 0 from small to great This merism includes everyone in between. Alternate translation: “from the least important to the most important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1377 2KI 23 2 k1ai 0 He then read in their hearing “Then the king read aloud so that they could hear”
1450 2KI 23 36 gz76 translate-names 0 Pedaiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1451 2KI 23 36 j958 translate-names 0 Rumah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1452 2KI 23 37 b992 figs-metaphor 0 did what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1453 2KI 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # 2 Kings 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>These last two chapters are the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### God’s punishment<br>God punished Judah because of their sin. The Babylonians conquer Jerusalem and carry away all the craftsmen, soldiers and wealthy. They make Zedekiah the king. He was not truly a king because he lacked absolute authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1454 2KI 24 1 n2cj 0 In Jehoiakim’s days “During the time that Jehoiakim ruled Judah”
1455 2KI 24 1 wre8 figs-explicit 0 attacked Judah You may need to make explicit what happened after Nebuchadnezzar attacked Judah. Alternate translation: “attacked and defeated Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1456 2KI 24 2 bf6x figs-activepassive 0 This was in conformity with the word of Yahweh that had been spoken through his servants the prophets This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “This was according to the word of Yahweh that his servants the prophets had spoken” or “This was exactly what Yahweh had told his servants the prophets to say would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1478 2KI 24 18 zy1q translate-names 0 Jeremiah This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1479 2KI 24 18 fxr8 translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1480 2KI 24 19 wr7q figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh The sight of Yahweh represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated this in [2 Kings 3:2](../03/02.md). Alternate translation: “what was evil in Yahweh’s judgment” or “what Yahweh considers to be evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1481 2KI 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Kings 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zedekiah’s revolt<br>Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.<br> # 2 Kings 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the final defeat of Judah and the beginning of their exile to Babylon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zedekiah’s revolt<br>Zedekiah revolted against the Babylonians, so they came and completely destroyed Jerusalem. They tore down the city walls and took the rest of the people to Babylon as slaves, except the very poorest people remained.
1482 2KI 25 1 pl4l translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1483 2KI 25 1 j1c4 translate-ordinal 0 in the tenth month, and on the tenth day of the month This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the end of December on Western calendars. This is during the cold season when there may be rain and snow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
1484 2KI 25 1 ty29 figs-metonymy 0 came with all his army against Jerusalem The name “Jerusalem” is a metonym for the people who lived in it. Alternate translation: “came with his whole army to fight against the people of Jerusalem” or “came with his whole army to conquer Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

58
en_tn_13-1CH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br>- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br>- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br>- Saul dies (10:1–14)<br>- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br>- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br>- David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br>- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.<br>
1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.<br>
1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br>- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br>- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br>- Saul dies (10:1–14)<br>- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br>- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br>- David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br>- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam…Seth…Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan…Mahalalel…Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch…Methuselah…Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz…Teman…Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel…Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.<br>
1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er…Onan…Shelah…Shua…Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites…Shimeathites…Sucathites…Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath…Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.<br>
1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam…Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.<br>
1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel…Ishma…Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.<br>
1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah…Habor…Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.<br>
1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon…Kohath…Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath…Amram…Izhar…Hebron…Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram…Nadab…Abihu…Eleazar…Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth…Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon…Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.<br>
1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar…Tola, Puah, Jashub…Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
@ -497,7 +497,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men “important men”
1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.<br>
1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah…Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela…Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.<br>
1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants
1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book…Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book…Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 9 42 n1j7 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 9 43 r6ya translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 9 44 tv24 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God.<br>
1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God.
1CH 10 1 ws2j figs-explicit 0 Every man of Israel fled from before the Philistines and fell down dead on Mount Gilboa It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 10 1 fcs6 figs-hyperbole 0 Every man of Israel…fell down dead This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel…most of them died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CH 10 2 yet5 translate-names 0 Abinadab…Malki-Shua See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br>
1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.<br>
1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
@ -820,7 +820,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David “These soldiers were there with David”
1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br>
1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house “with Obed Edom’s family in his house”
1CH 13 14 v7sp translate-numbers 0 three months “3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 13 14 t1je figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blessed his house Here the word “house” is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blessed his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.<br>
1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
1CH 14 1 cbx4 translate-names 0 Hiram This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 14 1 fm3f 0 carpenters people who make things with wood
1CH 14 1 d13q 0 masons people make things with stone or brick
@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 14 15 y5kt figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1CH 14 16 pwb6 translate-names 0 Gezer This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 14 17 jy1f figs-personification 0 David’s fame went out into all lands People in every land hearing of David’s reputation is spoken of as if David’s fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: “People far away heard about David’s fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 15 1 bu8k figs-metonymy 0 David built houses for himself…He prepared It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him…He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 15 2 n56n figs-activepassive 0 they had been chosen by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had chosen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 15 3 ew5y figs-hyperbole 0 David assembled all Israel at Jerusalem Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase “all Israel” means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -927,7 +927,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David”
1CH 15 29 vj56 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of David’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 15 29 miz6 figs-metonymy 0 she despised him in her heart Here “heart” represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “she despised him” or “she hated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.<br>
1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
1CH 16 1 p8df 0 General Information: The word “they” in these verses refers to the priests and Levites.
1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God “to God”
1CH 16 2 jb7f figs-metonymy 0 When David had finished sacrificing the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman…Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br>
1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 17 27 qhn5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house David speaks of himself in the third person. This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1CH 17 27 ip6n figs-parallelism 0 You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1CH 17 27 b2st figs-activepassive 0 it will be blessed forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this “After God’s promise to bless David”
1CH 18 1 rze7 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1CH 18 3 il58 figs-metonymy 0 David then defeated Hadadezer Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: “David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 18 16 iz88 0 Ahimelech This spelling represents a correction of the spelling “Abimelech,” which some versions follow. The corrected spelling makes this verse agree with [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md).
1CH 18 17 x55d translate-names 0 Benaiah…Jehoiada These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 18 17 gp59 translate-names 0 Kerethites…Pelethites These are the names of foreign people groups who became David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.<br>
1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.
1CH 19 1 i9za 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1CH 19 1 b5fi translate-names 0 Nahash This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 19 2 dn3v translate-names 0 Nahash…Hanun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab…Shimea These are names of men.
1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of “adversary” are (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel…that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.<br>
1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where “This threshing floor is where”
1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1389,7 +1389,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of “The Levites were responsible for”
1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli…Eder…Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.<br>
1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service “the work done at the tabernacle”
1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman…Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1576,7 +1576,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.<br>
1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups
1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1669,7 +1669,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability “capable men”
1CH 26 31 hqn8 translate-names 0 Jazer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 26 32 eq1n translate-numbers 0 2,700 relatives “two thousand seven hundred family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list “These are the names”
1CH 27 1 j7ta translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways “in different ways” or “in many ways”
@ -1774,7 +1774,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 27 33 iz6y translate-names 0 Ahithophel…Hushai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 27 33 d46f translate-names 0 Arkite This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 27 34 r3m1 translate-names 0 Ahithophel…Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.<br>
1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.
1CH 28 1 y878 0 assembled called together
1CH 28 1 u8rq 0 scheduled work Work that needs to be repeated, for example every day or every month.
1CH 28 1 k8yf translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1833,7 +1833,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon.
1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.<br>
1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen “the one whom God has chosen”
1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold…to be made of wood This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1CH front intro fa9l 0 # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br>- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br>- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br>- Saul dies (10:1–14)<br>- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br>- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br>- David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br>- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.<br> # Introduction to 1 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Chronicles<br><br>1. Lists of descendants (1:1-9:44)<br>- From Adam to Jacob (1:1–2:2)<br>- Jacob’s descendants (2:2–9:44)<br>1. Saul dies and David begins to reign (10:1-29:30)<br>- Saul dies (10:1–14)<br>- David captures Jerusalem (11:1-9)<br>- David’s mighty men (11:10–12:40)<br>- David prospers (13:1–22:1)<br>- David prepares for Solomon to build the temple (22:2–29:30)<br><br>### What are the Books of 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “1 Chronicles” or “First Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 1” or “The First Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God”?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
3 1CH 1 intro wqm8 0 # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.<br> # 1 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter gives the genealogies of Abraham, Esau and the early kings of Edom.
4 1CH 1 1 qvq6 translate-names 0 Adam…Seth…Enosh These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 1CH 1 2 mh4h translate-names 0 Kenan…Mahalalel…Jared These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 1CH 1 3 x77a translate-names 0 Enoch…Methuselah…Lamech These are all names of men. Each man was the father or ancestor of the next man in the list. If your language has a specific way to mark this kind of list, you can use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
54 1CH 1 53 ft8b translate-names 0 Kenaz…Teman…Mibzar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
55 1CH 1 54 ngb5 translate-names 0 Magdiel…Iram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
56 1CH 1 54 w9ln translate-names 0 Edom This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
57 1CH 2 intro ix6r 0 # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.<br> # 1 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Judah, son of Jacob.
58 1CH 2 1 lm7q translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
59 1CH 2 2 l5ef translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
60 1CH 2 3 p67t translate-names 0 Er…Onan…Shelah…Shua…Judah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
151 1CH 2 55 hrk8 translate-names 0 Tirathites…Shimeathites…Sucathites…Kenites These are names of clans. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
152 1CH 2 55 dsa5 0 the Kenites who came from Hammath “the Kenites who descended from Hamath”
153 1CH 2 55 z9wj translate-names 0 Hammath…Rekab These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
154 1CH 3 intro f3pg 0 # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.<br> # 1 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of King David.
155 1CH 3 1 n4fh 0 David David was a son of Jesse, who was a descendant of Judah ([1 Chronicles 2:15](../02/15.md)).
156 1CH 3 1 h2yg translate-names 0 Ahinoam…Abigail These are the names of women who were David’s wives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
157 1CH 3 1 q1dn 0 Daniel This man has the same name as an Israelite prophet but is a different person.
187 1CH 3 22 wn1j translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
188 1CH 3 23 yi1a translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
189 1CH 3 24 j188 translate-names 0 General Information: These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
190 1CH 4 intro dq4h 0 # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.<br> # 1 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the other descendants of Judah.
191 1CH 4 1 w6gl translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
192 1CH 4 2 p39w translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names in this list except the Zorathites are the names of men. Zorathites is the name of a people group who took their name from the town of Zorah where they lived. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
193 1CH 4 3 v5yg translate-names 0 Jezreel…Ishma…Idbash These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
267 1CH 4 43 i11u 0 the rest of the Amalekite refugees “the remaining Amalekite refugees”
268 1CH 4 43 k9d1 0 refugees people who are forced to leave their home country
269 1CH 4 43 nrm3 0 to this day “from then until now.” This refers to the day when the author was writing this account.
270 1CH 5 intro q55k 0 # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.<br> # 1 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Jacob’s sons who lived east of the Jordan River: Reuben, Gad and Manasseh.
271 1CH 5 1 kd1d writing-background 0 now Reuben The word “now” is used here to mark the change from the lists of descendants to background information about Reuben. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
272 1CH 5 1 p3es figs-activepassive 0 but his birthright was given to the sons of Joseph son of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but Israel gave Reuben’s birthright to the sons of Joseph, another of Israel’s sons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
273 1CH 5 1 lbr7 figs-euphemism 0 Reuben had defiled his father’s couch This is a polite way to speak about Reuben sleeping with his father’s secondary wife. The couch is the place where a man and his wife would have slept together. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
313 1CH 5 26 gxm9 translate-names 0 Halah…Habor…Hara These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
314 1CH 5 26 f4rf translate-names 0 Gozan This is the name of a river. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
315 1CH 5 26 hz4s 0 to this day See how you translated this phrase in [1 Chronicles 4:43](../04/43.md)
316 1CH 6 intro cb7a 0 # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.<br> # 1 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Levi.
317 1CH 6 1 cs3c translate-names 0 Gershon…Kohath…Merari These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
318 1CH 6 2 rcj5 translate-names 0 Kohath…Amram…Izhar…Hebron…Uzziel These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
319 1CH 6 3 bpp5 translate-names 0 Amram…Nadab…Abihu…Eleazar…Ithamar These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
432 1CH 6 80 d6jk translate-names 0 Ramoth…Mahanaim These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
433 1CH 6 80 gx7f 0 its pasturelands the land with grass for animals to eat. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 5:16](../05/16.md).
434 1CH 6 81 f9ky translate-names 0 Heshbon…Jazer These are names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
435 1CH 7 intro kd8b 0 # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.<br> # 1 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the descendants of Issachar, Benjamin, Ephraim, Asher, and Manasseh living west of the Jordan River.
436 1CH 7 1 njl6 translate-names 0 Issachar…Tola, Puah, Jashub…Shimron These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
437 1CH 7 2 pz27 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
438 1CH 7 2 hd81 0 heads of their fathers’ houses The words “father’s houses” refers to extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans.”
497 1CH 7 40 d65u 0 fathers’ houses extended families, people related to each other who usually lived in different houses, what the UST calls “clans”
498 1CH 7 40 t3ep 0 distinguished men “important men”
499 1CH 7 40 e5yi translate-numbers 0 There were twenty-six thousand men listed who were fit for military service, according to their numbered lists “According to the clan records, there were 26,000 men who were able to serve in the military” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
500 1CH 8 intro a4bn 0 # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.<br> # 1 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of Saul’s family.
501 1CH 8 1 p5r1 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
502 1CH 8 2 wp4y translate-names 0 Nohah…Rapha These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
503 1CH 8 3 gg1f translate-names 0 Bela…Addar, Gera, Abihud These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
560 1CH 8 39 h9lx translate-ordinal 0 Jeush the second, and Eliphelet the third “Jeush, who was born after Ulam, and Eliphelet, who was born after Jeush” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
561 1CH 8 40 mp4f translate-names 0 Ulam This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
562 1CH 8 40 s4sc translate-numbers 0 many sons and grandsons, a total of 150 “a total of one hundred fifty sons and grandsons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
563 1CH 9 intro awe1 0 # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.<br> # 1 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter records the genealogy of the people who returned to Jerusalem after the exile and the family of Saul.
564 1CH 9 1 yxr5 figs-activepassive 0 all Israel was recorded in genealogies This can be translated in active form. The reader should understand that the people who wrote the genealogies included the names of the people who had already died. Alternate translation: “The Israelites recorded all of themselves in genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
565 1CH 9 1 d39v 0 genealogies family records that name ancestors and descendants
566 1CH 9 1 s5jc figs-activepassive 0 They were recorded in the book…Israel This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote the names in the book…Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
633 1CH 9 42 n1j7 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
634 1CH 9 43 r6ya translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
635 1CH 9 44 tv24 translate-names 0 General Information: All of the names here are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
636 1CH 10 intro abca 0 # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God.<br> # 1 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The death of Saul<br><br>Saul died because he disobeyed God.
637 1CH 10 1 ws2j figs-explicit 0 Every man of Israel fled from before the Philistines and fell down dead on Mount Gilboa It is implied that these men were Israelite soldiers. Alternate translation: “The whole army of Israel ran away from the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
638 1CH 10 1 fcs6 figs-hyperbole 0 Every man of Israel…fell down dead This is probably a generalization. It seems that while all the soldiers did run away, not all of them died. Alternate translation: “Every man of Israel…most of them died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
639 1CH 10 2 yet5 translate-names 0 Abinadab…Malki-Shua See how you translated these men’s names in [1 Chronicles 8:33](../08/33.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
662 1CH 10 14 mkp9 0 Connecting Statement: Verses 13 and 14 give a summary of why Saul died. If your language has a way of showing that this is not part of the story line, you could use it here.
663 1CH 10 14 abd5 0 did not seek guidance from Yahweh “did not ask Yahweh to guide him”
664 1CH 10 14 cy4v figs-idiom 0 turned over the kingdom to David son of Jesse Here “turned over the kingdom” is an idiom that means to give someone authority over a kingdom. Alternate translation: “made David, son of Jesse, king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
665 1CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of David begins here and continues throughout the remainder of this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King David the military leader<br>David was made the king of all Israel and was the leader of their army. He conquered Jerusalem and strengthened its defenses. He had many brave men in his army that did great deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
666 1CH 11 1 s7nb figs-hyperbole 0 all Israel came to David This is a generalization that means people from every tribe in Israel came to David, but not every individual. Alternate translation: “people from throughout Israel came to David” or “people from every tribe in Israel came to David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
667 1CH 11 1 anu1 figs-idiom 0 we are your flesh and bone This idiom means that they are relatives. Alternate translation: “we are your relatives” or “we have the same ancestors as you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
668 1CH 11 2 es5t writing-background 0 In the recent past This is historical information. Saul had been their king before David. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
738 1CH 11 45 eec9 translate-names 0 This concludes the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
739 1CH 11 46 wbw5 translate-names 0 This continues the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
740 1CH 11 47 kg9q translate-names 0 This ends the list of David’s thirty most important warriors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
741 1CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.<br> # 1 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “[They] could use both the right hand and the left”<br>These soldiers were very skilled. They were able to fight with either hand. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### King David<br>This chapter records all those who supported David as king over Saul. The extent of this record shows that there was nearly universal support for David.
742 1CH 12 1 d1cb figs-activepassive 0 while he was still banished from the presence of This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “during the time when he could not be in the presence of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
743 1CH 12 2 c47x 0 could use both the right hand and the left in slinging stones and in shooting arrows “could use either their right hands or their left hands to sling stones and shoot arrows”
744 1CH 12 2 vl3q 0 slinging stones The sling was a strip of leather that a person would use to throw a stone long distances.
820 1CH 12 39 v2h7 0 They were there with David “These soldiers were there with David”
821 1CH 12 39 ezv1 translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
822 1CH 12 40 av3z figs-synecdoche 0 Israel was celebrating The word “Israel” represents the people who make up the nation. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel were celebrating” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
823 1CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ark of the covenant<br>David tried to bring the ark to Jerusalem on an ox cart instead of being carried by priests as the law said to do. The ox stumbled and Uzzah touched the ark to keep it from falling and he immediately died because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
824 1CH 13 1 ba28 translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
825 1CH 13 2 b7bp figs-explicit 0 all the assembly of Israel This refers to all of the Israelites who were assembled in this place. Alternate translation: “all of the Israelites who were assembled there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
826 1CH 13 2 ie4x figs-idiom 0 if this comes from Yahweh our God This idiom means that this action is something that Yahweh approves. Alternate translation: “if this is something that Yahweh our God approves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
850 1CH 13 14 a576 0 in Obed Edom’s household in his house “with Obed Edom’s family in his house”
851 1CH 13 14 v7sp translate-numbers 0 three months “3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
852 1CH 13 14 t1je figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh blessed his house Here the word “house” is a metonym for his family. Alternate translation: “Yahweh blessed his family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
853 1CH 14 intro abce 0 # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.<br> # 1 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>David asked for help from God and because of this, God enabled him to defeat the Philistines when they tried to capture him.
854 1CH 14 1 cbx4 translate-names 0 Hiram This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
855 1CH 14 1 fm3f 0 carpenters people who make things with wood
856 1CH 14 1 d13q 0 masons people make things with stone or brick
883 1CH 14 15 y5kt figs-metaphor 0 When you hear the sound of marching in the wind blowing through the balsam treetops This speaks of the sound of the leaves rustling as wind blows through them as if it were the sound of marching. Alternate translation: “When the wind blowing through the tops of the balsam trees sounds like men marching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
884 1CH 14 16 pwb6 translate-names 0 Gezer This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
885 1CH 14 17 jy1f figs-personification 0 David’s fame went out into all lands People in every land hearing of David’s reputation is spoken of as if David’s fame traveled to those lands. Alternate translation: “People far away heard about David’s fame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
886 1CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 explain how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
887 1CH 15 1 bu8k figs-metonymy 0 David built houses for himself…He prepared It might be best to translate this so that the reader understands that David had other people do this for him. Alternate translation: “David had workers build houses for him…He had them prepare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
888 1CH 15 2 n56n figs-activepassive 0 they had been chosen by Yahweh This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh had chosen them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
889 1CH 15 3 ew5y figs-hyperbole 0 David assembled all Israel at Jerusalem Here the word “all” is a generalization. The phrase “all Israel” means that David assembled people from all over Israel, not that he assembled every person in Israel. Alternate translation: “David assembled at Jerusalem people from all over Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
927 1CH 15 29 hd59 0 as the ark of the covenant of Yahweh came to the city of David “as the people brought the ark of the covenant of Yahweh to the city of David”
928 1CH 15 29 vj56 translate-names 0 Michal This is the name of David’s wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
929 1CH 15 29 miz6 figs-metonymy 0 she despised him in her heart Here “heart” represents thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “she despised him” or “she hated him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
930 1CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.<br> # 1 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapters 15 and 16 tell how David organized the priests and Levites. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 16:8-36.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s psalm<br>As David organized the priests in their work in the tent, he wrote a psalm of praise to Yahweh.
931 1CH 16 1 p8df 0 General Information: The word “they” in these verses refers to the priests and Levites.
932 1CH 16 1 p6yr 0 before God “to God”
933 1CH 16 2 jb7f figs-metonymy 0 When David had finished sacrificing the burnt offering and the fellowship offerings This is a metonym for David directing the priests, who performed the actual sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1005 1CH 16 41 dc3e translate-names 0 Heman…Jeduthun These were names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1006 1CH 16 42 tp6u translate-unknown 0 cymbals These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1007 1CH 16 42 aw82 figs-explicit 0 guarded the gate The implied information is that they were to guard the entrance to the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “guarded the tabernacle gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008 1CH 17 intro abch 0 # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Building the temple<br>David wanted to build a temple for God but God would not allow him to. Instead he promised that his son, Solomon, would build the temple and he promised David would have a descendant who would be king forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
1009 1CH 17 1 h1g5 writing-newevent 0 It happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
1010 1CH 17 1 p2as 0 settled comfortable and happy, without the desire to move or change
1011 1CH 17 1 fbn8 figs-explicit 0 I am living in a house of cedar Cedar is a kind of tree that is known for its strength. If you have an equivalent type of tree in your culture, you can use that name, otherwise you can reword this. Alternate translation: “I am living in a strong, permanent house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1099 1CH 17 27 qhn5 figs-123person 0 your servant’s house David speaks of himself in the third person. This can be expressed in the first person. Alternate translation: “my house” or “my family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
1100 1CH 17 27 ip6n figs-parallelism 0 You, Yahweh, have blessed it, and it will be blessed forever These two phrases have about the same meaning and are repeated here for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1101 1CH 17 27 b2st figs-activepassive 0 it will be blessed forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will continue to bless it forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1102 1CH 18 intro abci 0 # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s victories<br>David conquered all kingdoms neighboring Israel. The gold, silver and bronze he received from these victories, he saved for building the temple. This may indicate that he believed that the victories were because of Yahweh and therefore the goods received in victory belonged to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1103 1CH 18 1 d4bc 0 After this “After God’s promise to bless David”
1104 1CH 18 1 rze7 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1105 1CH 18 3 il58 figs-metonymy 0 David then defeated Hadadezer Here David and Hadadezer are spoken of as if they were alone, but the reader should understand that these kings represent their armies that were with them. Alternate translation: “David and his army then defeated the army of Hadadezer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1138 1CH 18 16 iz88 0 Ahimelech This spelling represents a correction of the spelling “Abimelech,” which some versions follow. The corrected spelling makes this verse agree with [2 Samuel 8:17](../08/17.md).
1139 1CH 18 17 x55d translate-names 0 Benaiah…Jehoiada These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1140 1CH 18 17 gp59 translate-names 0 Kerethites…Pelethites These are the names of foreign people groups who became David’s bodyguards. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1141 1CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.<br> # 1 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the beginning of the story about the war against the Ammonites. This story continues in the first part of the next chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Insults<br><br>The young king of Ammon insulted David when he had David’s servants shaved and cut off their garments. Knowing David was going to attack him for this, he hired mercenaries from Aram to help him. Israel was able to defeat the Aramean mercenaries.
1142 1CH 19 1 i9za 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
1143 1CH 19 1 b5fi translate-names 0 Nahash This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1144 1CH 19 2 dn3v translate-names 0 Nahash…Hanun These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1216 1CH 20 7 epr3 0 Jehonadab…Shimea These are names of men.
1217 1CH 20 8 bhd7 0 These were descendants of the Rephaim of Gath Here “these” refer to Sippai in [1 Chronicles 20:4](../20/04.md), Lahmi in [1 Chronicles 20:5](../20/05.md), and the giant in verse 6.
1218 1CH 20 8 kv74 figs-synecdoche 0 they were killed by the hand of David and by the hand of his soldiers David and his soldiers are referred to by the part of their bodies used to hold a sword. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “David and his soldiers killed the descendants of the Rephaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1219 1CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>To trust in one’s own power instead of God’s protection is a sin. David had been trusting God to protect him, but now he counted the men of military age so he could know the strength of his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
1220 1CH 21 1 dfl4 0 An adversary arose against Israel Possible meanings of “adversary” are (1) this refers to Satan who decided to cause trouble for Israel or (2) this refers to an enemy army that began to threaten Israel.
1221 1CH 21 1 t4tl 0 incited David to count Israel “caused David to do wrong, to count Israel.” If your language has a word for getting someone to become angry and do something he knows is wrong, you should use it here.
1222 1CH 21 2 qcp8 0 count the people of Israel…that I may know their number It is apparent from [1 Chronicles 21:5](../21/05.md) that David wanted to count only the men who were able to fight.
1279 1CH 21 30 q136 writing-background 0 Verses 29-30 are background information to explain why David offered this sacrifice at the threshing floor instead of on the altar at the tabernacle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1280 1CH 21 30 znd4 0 to ask for God’s direction “to ask God to tell him what he should do”
1281 1CH 21 30 d6s2 figs-metonymy 0 afraid of the sword of the angel of Yahweh Here “sword” represents being killed by the angel of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “afraid he would be killed by the angel of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1282 1CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.<br> # 1 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a new section lasting for the remainder of the book. David begins preparing the things needed for building the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon<br>In addition to preparing for the construction of the temple by gathering supplies, David also prepares his son, Solomon, to build the temple. David instructs Solomon to obey God. This is what is most necessary.
1283 1CH 22 1 b7lu 0 This is where “This threshing floor is where”
1284 1CH 22 2 f6ly 0 stonecutters persons who gathered large stones and cut them to the correct size so builders could use the rocks in walls and buildings
1285 1CH 22 3 j9lr 0 braces items that connect two things together. “clamps” or “hinges”
1340 1CH 22 19 b3t4 figs-synecdoche 0 with all your heart and your soul Here “heart” and “soul” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with your whole being” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1341 1CH 22 19 qhu2 figs-metonymy 0 Get up and build the holy place It is understood that Solomon will not do the work personally, but he will direct others to do it. Alternate translation: “Get up and direct the workers as they build the holy place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1342 1CH 22 19 jia8 figs-metonymy 0 the house built for Yahweh’s name Here “name” refers to honor. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the temple you will build to honor Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1343 1CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the construction of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Organizing the Levites<br>As priests, the Levites had a significant role in the construction of the temple. David organized the Levites according to their families and explained what each group was to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1344 1CH 23 1 adi9 0 General Information: David appoints Solomon as his successor and organizes Levitical priests and staff for temple service.
1345 1CH 23 3 g6et figs-activepassive 0 The Levites who were thirty years old and older were counted This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Some of David’s men counted the Levites who were 30 years old and older” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1346 1CH 23 3 f7mf translate-numbers 0 They numbered thirty-eight thousand “There were 38,000 of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1389 1CH 23 31 rw21 0 new moon festivals These holidays marked the beginning of each new month.
1390 1CH 23 31 pa7b 0 A fixed number, assigned by decree, always had to be present before Yahweh “A specific number of the Levites were always assigned to be present at the temple to make offerings to Yahweh”
1391 1CH 23 32 pkq6 0 They were in charge of “The Levites were responsible for”
1392 1CH 24 intro abco 0 # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Arranging the priests<br>David arranged for the order in which priests would be on duty. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
1393 1CH 24 1 hmi6 0 General Information: This chapter describes how the Levites in the previous chapter were divided into work groups with different assignments.
1394 1CH 24 1 swd6 0 Nadab, Abihu, Eleazar and Ithamar Translate the names of these men as in [1 Chronicles 6:3](../06/03.md).
1395 1CH 24 3 blw1 translate-names 0 Ahimelech This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1462 1CH 24 30 t5a5 0 Mushi Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 23:21](../23/21.md).
1463 1CH 24 30 ek5n translate-names 0 Mahli…Eder…Jerimoth These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1464 1CH 24 31 km4k 0 Ahimelech Translate the name of this man as in [1 Chronicles 18:16](../18/16.md).
1465 1CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.<br> # 1 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Music<br>The 24 groups who were chosen to play music in the temple cast lots to see in what order they would serve.
1466 1CH 25 1 x5mj 0 this service “the work done at the tabernacle”
1467 1CH 25 1 xnr2 translate-unknown 0 cymbals This refers to two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:8](../13/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
1468 1CH 25 1 lu1w translate-names 0 Heman…Jeduthun Translate the names of these men the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 16:41](../16/41.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1576 1CH 25 31 nb7m translate-ordinal 0 the twenty-fourth This refers to the twenty-fourth lot. The word “lot” may be supplied here. Alternate translation: “the twenty-fourth lot” or “lot number 24” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1577 1CH 25 31 vy25 translate-names 0 Romamti-Ezer Translate the name of this man the same as you did in [1 Chronicles 25:4](../25/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1578 1CH 25 31 ed4w translate-numbers 0 twelve persons in number “12 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1579 1CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.<br> # 1 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Casting lots<br>The gatekeepers cast lots to see which gate they would guard. Those who took care of the storage also cast lots.
1580 1CH 26 1 w2xj 0 General Information: This begins the list of the gatekeepers.
1581 1CH 26 1 e9f7 0 divisions groups
1582 1CH 26 1 g7cp translate-names 0 Korahites See how you translated the name of this people group in [1 Chronicles 19:19](../19/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1669 1CH 26 31 pz7d 0 men of ability “capable men”
1670 1CH 26 31 hqn8 translate-names 0 Jazer This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1671 1CH 26 32 eq1n translate-numbers 0 2,700 relatives “two thousand seven hundred family members” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1672 1CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 1 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
1673 1CH 27 1 azm6 0 This is the list “These are the names”
1674 1CH 27 1 j7ta translate-numbers 0 commanders of thousands and hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1675 1CH 27 1 ms1c 0 in various ways “in different ways” or “in many ways”
1774 1CH 27 33 iz6y translate-names 0 Ahithophel…Hushai These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1775 1CH 27 33 d46f translate-names 0 Arkite This is the name of a tribe or clan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1776 1CH 27 34 r3m1 translate-names 0 Ahithophel…Jehoiada These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1777 1CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.<br> # 1 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple continues in this chapter. David lectured the people and Solomon on what they should do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### David’s instructions<br>David gives instructions to the people because he knows that he will not be there when the temple is built. It was common in the ancient Near East for leaders to give instructions to people before they die in preparation or anticipation of their death.
1778 1CH 28 1 y878 0 assembled called together
1779 1CH 28 1 u8rq 0 scheduled work Work that needs to be repeated, for example every day or every month.
1780 1CH 28 1 k8yf translate-numbers 0 the commanders of thousands and of hundreds Possible meanings are (1) these numbers represent the exact amount of soldiers that these commanders led. Alternate translation: “the commanders of 1,000 soldiers and the commanders of 100 soldiers” or (2) the words translated as “thousands” and “hundreds” do not represent exact numbers, but are the names of larger and smaller military divisions. Alternate translation: “the commanders of large military divisions and the commanders of smaller military divisions” See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 13:1](../13/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1833 1CH 28 21 pp3r 0 Connecting Statement: David finishes speaking to Solomon.
1834 1CH 28 21 k3yt 0 See, here are the divisions “Here are the divisions.” David uses the word “see” here to refer back to the listings of the divisions of the Levites and their duties for the temple.
1835 1CH 28 21 k3f2 0 the divisions of the priests and Levites See how you translated this in [1 Chronicles 28:13](../28/13.md).
1836 1CH 29 intro abct 0 # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.<br> # 1 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The preparation for the temple is finished in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Offering<br>David and the people made a free will offering and dedicated it all to God.
1837 1CH 29 1 qu77 0 whom alone God has chosen “the one whom God has chosen”
1838 1CH 29 2 dp3z 0 Connecting Statement: David continues talking to the people about his provisions for the building of the temple.
1839 1CH 29 2 w79s figs-activepassive 0 gold for the things to be made of gold…to be made of wood This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gold so the craftsmen may make the gold things, silver so they may make the silver things, bronze so they may make the bronze things, iron so they may make the iron things, and wood so they may make the wooden things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

72
en_tn_14-2CH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.<br>
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver…about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])<br>
2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand…eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.<br>
2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build…He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build…They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named “Solomon named”
2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.<br>
2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits…ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits…five cubits…thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers…were all made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors…were made of gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors…out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind “Remember”
2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be expressed with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.<br>
2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br>
2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 9 29 a674 0 Ahijah the Shilonite This is a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
2CH 9 29 ae38 translate-names 0 Shilonite This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 9 31 bi64 figs-euphemism 0 He slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. Alternate translation: “He died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 10 1 e14t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 10 2 ihc3 translate-names 0 Jeroboam…Nebat These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam”
@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.<br>
2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 11 21 m2ue translate-numbers 0 eighteen wives and sixty concubines…twenty-eight sons and sixty daughters “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king “he had thought of making Abijah king”
2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.<br>
2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
2CH 12 1 tjl2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 12 1 gxk5 figs-activepassive 0 when Rehoboam’s reign was established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Rehoboam had established his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 12 1 z28t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel with him Here the words “all Israel” refer specifically to the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, over which Rehoboam was king. The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite people whom he ruled also abandoned the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -610,7 +610,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives…twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him “people buried him”
2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. Possible meanings are (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to “so that no one could”
@ -758,7 +758,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral.
2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place “after his father”
2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces “He places soldiers”
@ -791,7 +791,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 17 18 gt7s translate-names 0 Jehozabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 17 18 tzr5 translate-numbers 0 180000 “one hundred and eighty thousand men” or “180,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those “in addition to”
2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])<br>
2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
2CH 18 1 r6yh writing-background 0 Now Jehoshaphat had great riches and honor; he allied himself with Ahab The word “now” is used here to mark background information. This happened before Ahab went down to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab”
2CH 18 2 brr6 figs-explicit 0 Ahab killed many sheep and oxen for him and the people This means that he had these animals slaughtered to prepare a feast for the people. Also, Ahab himself would not have prepared the animals, but rather would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Ahab commanded his workers to slaughter many sheep and oxen for a feast for Jehoshaphat and the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random Possible meanings are (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br>
2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat.
2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -883,7 +883,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah…Zebadiah…Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you “is in charge of you”
2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail “no one was able to sail them”
2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1006,7 +1006,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 21 19 b2kq figs-idiom 0 in due time This is an idiom that refers to a set or appointed time. Alternate translation: “in the proper time” or “when the time was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 21 19 d8dk figs-explicit 0 made no fire in his honor as they had done for his ancestors The custom of the Israelites was to make a bonfire to honor the king who had died. They did not do this for Jehoram to express their contempt for him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not make a bonfire to honor him as they normally did to honor kings when they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him “no one was sad that he died”
2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br>
2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 22 1 mmm8 writing-background 0 for the band of men…had killed all his older sons This is background information about the events of [2 Chronicles 21:16](../21/16.md) and [2 Chronicles 21:17](../21/17.md). Ahaziah was called “Jehoahaz” in that earlier account. It is possible he changed his name when he became king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons “all Jehoram’s older sons”
2CH 22 2 nym9 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br>
2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
@ -1097,7 +1097,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom “the royal throne”
2CH 23 21 cu4z figs-hyperbole 0 So all the people of the land This is generalization to say that most of the people rejoiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 23 21 yrp6 figs-metonymy 0 the city was quiet Here “the city” represents the people of the city, and “quiet” represents peace, since no one opposed Joash after Athaliah died. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were at peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign “became king of Judah”
2CH 24 1 qs6q translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 24 1 rsd4 translate-names 0 Zibiah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1152,7 +1152,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
2CH 24 27 j35b 0 see, they are written Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows.
2CH 24 27 sg2c 0 the commentary on the book of the kings This is a book which no longer exists.
2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 25 1 ng3y translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years…twenty-nine years “25 years…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 25 1 bg2h translate-names 0 Jehoaddan This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 25 2 sad2 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here the word “eyes” represents sight, and sight represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1227,7 +1227,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back “brought back his body”
2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br>
2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1283,7 +1283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old…sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 27 9 rz6e figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him “people buried him”
2CH 27 9 mbl8 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 28 1 q5fy translate-numbers 0 twenty years old…sixteen years “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 28 1 vk31 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Ahaz’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 28 2 yfe8 figs-metaphor 0 he walked in the ways of the kings of Israel Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: “he acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted” or “he did the things that the kings of Israel had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1358,7 +1358,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 28 27 ik3s figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him “people buried him”
2CH 28 27 i4nk figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br>
2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 29 1 at93 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old…twenty-nine years “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 29 1 r1vb translate-names 0 Abijah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 29 2 jk4r figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Hezekiah’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 30 27 mi6e figs-parallelism 0 Their voice was heard…their prayer went up to heaven, the holy place where God lives These two phrases mean the same thing and imply that God responded favorably to their prayer. Alternate translation: “God responded favorably to their prayer, which he heard in heaven, the holy place where he lives” or “God, who lives in the holy heaven, heard their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
2CH 30 27 wny8 figs-activepassive 0 Their voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard their voice” or “God heard what they said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 30 27 pdh5 figs-metaphor 0 their prayer went up to heaven Their prayer going up to heaven represents God in heaven paying attention to them praying on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there “who were in Jerusalem”
2CH 31 1 wb97 figs-genericnoun 0 to his own possession Here “possession” means possessions in general. Alternate translation: “to his own property” or “to his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
2CH 31 2 rdy8 figs-activepassive 0 Hezekiah assigned the divisions of the priests and the Levites organized by their divisions, each man assigned to his work, both the priests and the Levites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah organized the priests and the Levites into groups. He assigned each priest and Levite to their duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came…He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came…They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
@ -1569,7 +1569,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 32 31 pf9p figs-activepassive 0 the miraculous sign that had been done in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the miracle that Yahweh had performed in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 32 31 gzw6 figs-metonymy 0 to know all that was in his heart Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “to reveal Hezekiah’s true character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 32 33 feg7 figs-euphemism 0 Hezekiah slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:31](../09/31.md). Alternate translation: “Hezekiah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
2CH 33 2 new5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 33 2 jsg3 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
2CH 33 3 ii16 figs-metonymy 0 he rebuilt the high places…he built altars…he made Asherah poles Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt…he had altars built…he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places…he had them build altars…he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1618,7 +1618,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 33 24 d226 figs-idiom 0 put him to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him “planned in secret to kill him”
2CH 33 25 i411 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br>
2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
2CH 34 1 ek19 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
2CH 34 2 xd2k figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh said were right” or “the things that Yahweh considers right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 34 2 mad6 figs-metaphor 0 walked in the ways of David his ancestor Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: “lived the way David his ancestor had lived” or “followed the example of David his ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br>
2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate.
2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover.
2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1768,7 +1768,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds…are written in the book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds…in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br>
2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his…place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old…three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2CH front intro mtv8 0 # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.<br> # Introduction to 2 Chronicles<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 2 Chronicles<br><br>1. Solomon rules the kingdom (1:1–9:28)<br>- Solomon put on the throne of David, his father (1:1-17)<br>- Solomon builds the temple of Yahweh (2:1–5:1)<br>- Solomon dedicates the temple (5:2–7:22)<br>- The life of Solomon (8:1–9:28)<br>1. Judah declines and goes into exile (10:1–36:23)<br>- From Rehoboam to Zedekiah (10:1–36:21)<br>- The edict of Cyrus, permitting Israel to return to Canaan (36:22–23)<br><br>### What are 1 and 2 Chronicles about?<br><br>The Book of 1 Chronicles retells the line of descendants from Adam to Saul. It then gives the history of Israel during the time of David. The Book of 2 Chronicles gives the history of Israel beginning with Solomon. It ends when the Babylonian army attacks Judah and takes some of the people to Babylon. The writers of Chronicles probably wrote these books for the Jews who returned from exile in Babylon. The purpose was to teach the people to avoid disobeying God as their ancestors did.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title “2 Chronicles” or “Second Chronicles.” You may also call this book “The Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel, Book 2” or “The Second Book of the Events of the Kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Who wrote 1 and 2 Chronicles?<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles are unknown. They mention that they used other books when writing Chronicles. The names of these other books are “The Chronicles of Samuel the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Nathan the Seer,” “The Chronicles of Gad the Seer,” “The History of Nathan the Prophet,” “The Chronicles of Shemaiah the Prophet and Iddo,” “The Story of the Prophet Iddo” and “The books of the kings of Judah and Israel.”<br><br>### Why are there multiple books that give the history of the kings of Israel?<br><br>The books of Chronicles and the books of Kings tell much of the same history, but they are not exactly the same. The writers of Chronicles wrote mostly about the kings of Judah who were faithful to Yahweh and his covenant. The writers wanted the Jews to think carefully about David and Solomon. They also wanted the Jews to think about how Jehoshaphat, Hezekiah, and Josiah caused their ancestors to repent and to worship Yahweh. The writers wanted to encourage the Jews and their leaders to obey the law and to honor God’s covenant with them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God punish the people of Israel?<br><br>God punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped false gods. God punished them with disease, disasters, and defeat in battle. However, God forgave them and caused them to prosper again if they repented and obeyed him. The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles continually reminded the readers that God punished his people because they disobeyed. They wanted the readers to understand that they must obey God.<br><br>### Why are alliances with foreign countries seen as evil in these books?<br><br>Yahweh led and protected the nation of Israel. The people of Israel should have trusted him instead of relying on other nations to protect them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was the son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah.<br><br>### What does it mean to “seek God?”<br><br>The writers of 1 and 2 Chronicles often wrote about “seeking God.” To “seek God” means to make an effort to please and honor God. It can also mean to ask God for help. It does not imply that God is hidden. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “to this day” mean?<br><br>The writers used the phrase “to this day” to refer to the time when they were writing. The translator should be aware that “to this day” refers to a time already passed. The translator might decide to say, “to this day, at the time when this is being written,” or, “to this day, at the time of writing.” This Hebrew phrase occurs in 1 Chronicles 4:41, 43; 5:26; 13:11; 20:26; 21:10; 35:25.
3 2CH 1 intro xkh4 0 # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about King Solomon’s reign (2 Chronicles 1-9).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom<br>Solomon asks God for wisdom to rule God’s people. God is pleased with this request because it is used to serve others. Therefore, God also gives Solomon tremendous wealth and a long life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
4 2CH 1 1 dx7s figs-activepassive 0 was strengthened in his rule This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “gained complete control over his kingdom” or “ruled powerfully over his kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
5 2CH 1 1 p2am 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 2CH 1 1 vd1l figs-idiom 0 God was with him Here “was with him” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God supported him” or “God helped him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
39 2CH 1 17 y9si translate-bweight 0 six hundred shekels of silver…150 shekels A shekel is a unit of weight equal to about 11 grams. Alternate translation: “about 6.6 kilograms of silver…about 1.7 kilograms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
40 2CH 1 17 in3k translate-numbers 0 six hundred “600” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
41 2CH 1 17 zs9z 0 exported to send something out of one country into another
42 2CH 2 intro fnm3 0 # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Solomon’s reign continues in this chapter. This chapter also begins a section on building the temple. (2 Chronicles 2-4 and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### House of God<br>The temple is repeatedly referred to as the “house of God” because Yahweh will dwell in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/houseofgod]])
43 2CH 2 1 k3yv 0 Now This marks a new part of the story.
44 2CH 2 1 jg9u figs-metonymy 0 commanded the building of a house for Yahweh’s name The word “name” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “commanded his people to build a house where Yahweh may live” or “commanded his people to build a house where they could worship Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
45 2CH 2 1 le5w 0 of a palace for his kingdom “of a royal palace for his kingdom” or “of a palace for himself”
75 2CH 2 17 cv1e translate-numbers 0 3600 “three thousand six hundred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
76 2CH 2 18 d4ud translate-numbers 0 seventy thousand…eighty thousand “70,000 men…80,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
77 2CH 2 18 l7b2 figs-ellipsis 0 to carry loads It is understood that these are loads of materials for building Yahweh’s house. Alternate translation: “to carry loads of materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
78 2CH 3 intro ng2u 0 # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.<br> # 2 Chronicles 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Location of the temple<br>The location of the temple was very significant. Many important events in history occurred at this location.
79 2CH 3 1 lyj2 figs-metonymy 0 Then Solomon began to build…He prepared The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Then Solomon’s workers began to build…They prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
80 2CH 3 1 f5w8 translate-names 0 Mount Moriah This is the name of a mountain. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
81 2CH 3 1 e7jb translate-names 0 Ornan the Jebusite “Ornan” is the name of a man. “Jebusite” is the name of a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
115 2CH 3 17 wlq9 0 he named “Solomon named”
116 2CH 3 17 jf9x translate-names 0 Jakin Possibly a name to describe God as “The One who establishes.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
117 2CH 3 17 v7z1 translate-names 0 Boaz This name means “in strength” and is possibly used here to describe God because it means, “In Him is strength.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
118 2CH 4 intro h8s1 0 # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.<br> # 2 Chronicles 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon and the building of the temple continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Special construction<br>Not only is the temple constructed in a special way, the things that are used in the temple’s sacrificial system and its decorations are constructed in a special way.
119 2CH 4 1 qgj1 figs-metonymy 0 he made Here “he” refers to Solomon. The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s workers made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120 2CH 4 1 jni2 translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits…ten cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “20 cubits…10 cubits” or “9.2 meters…4.6 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
121 2CH 4 2 ifi9 translate-bdistance 0 ten cubits…five cubits…thirty cubits A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “4.6 meters…2.3 meters…13.8 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
172 2CH 4 22 e3lr figs-activepassive 0 Also the lamp trimmers…were all made of pure gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The workers also made the lamp trimmers…out of pure gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
173 2CH 4 22 e9lw 0 lamp trimmers These would have been used to trim the wicks of the lamps.
174 2CH 4 22 r9an figs-activepassive 0 its inner doors…were made of gold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the workers made its inner doors…out of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
175 2CH 5 intro hb74 0 # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Moving the contents of the tent<br>Everything from the tent was moved into the new temple. This too was done in a special way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
176 2CH 5 1 u3jv figs-metonymy 0 When all the work that Solomon did for the house of Yahweh was completed, Solomon brought The readers should understand that Solomon probably commanded other people to do the actual work. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When Solomon’s workers completed all of the work for the house of Yahweh, they brought” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
177 2CH 5 1 j4yx 0 treasuries storerooms, rooms where things are kept or stored
178 2CH 5 2 b6dz 0 assembled the elders of Israel “called together the leaders of Israel”
195 2CH 5 13 m6zc figs-idiom 0 raised their voices This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “sang loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
196 2CH 5 13 h8ri figs-abstractnouns 0 for his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be stated as “faithful.” Alternate translation: “for he is faithful forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
197 2CH 5 13 eju9 figs-activepassive 0 Then the house, the house of Yahweh, was filled with a cloud This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then a cloud filled the house of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
198 2CH 6 intro j414 0 # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple dedication<br>Solomon dedicated the temple with a prayer asking God to honor the temple. It was common to dedicate something important to God when it was completed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
199 2CH 6 1 q2mk figs-123person 0 Yahweh has said that he Solomon speaks to Yahweh as if he were speaking to someone else to show that he respects Yahweh. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, you have said that you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
200 2CH 6 1 tya2 figs-metaphor 0 in thick darkness Here the word “thick” shows that the darkness is extreme. Yahweh spoke of not allowing sinful people to see him as if he were to live in darkness. Alternate translation: “in great darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
201 2CH 6 2 c62a figs-synecdoche 0 I have built you a lofty residence Solomon speaks of commanding the people to build the temple and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built it. Alternate translation: “I and your people have built you a lofty residence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
325 2CH 6 42 y5ew figs-metonymy 0 your anointed “your anointed one.” Being anointed is a metonym for being chosen by God. King Solomon may have been speaking specifically about himself. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one you anointed” or “me, the one you chose to be king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
326 2CH 6 42 fdg8 0 Keep in mind your acts of covenant loyalty for David, your servant The phrase “your acts” can be expressed with the phrase “what you have done.” Alternate translation: “Remember what you have done for David, your servant, because of your covenant loyalty”
327 2CH 6 42 kr6g 0 Keep in mind “Remember”
328 2CH 7 intro uu1a 0 # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s dream<br>God appeared again to Solomon in a dream and said the temple was acceptable and he honored it with his presence. He would remain as long as Israel obeyed him. If they worshiped other gods and idols he would let their enemies destroy the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
329 2CH 7 1 ffl2 0 the house “Yahweh’s house” or “the temple”
330 2CH 7 3 xie8 translate-symaction 0 they bowed down with their faces to the ground on the stone pavement This is a position of humility and worship. Alternate translation: “they lay down on the ground with their faces touching the stone pavement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
331 2CH 7 3 ti2r figs-abstractnouns 0 his covenant loyalty endures forever The abstract noun “covenant loyalty” can be expressed with the adjective “loyal” and the verb “promise.” Alternate translation: “God will always be loyal to us because of his covenant” or “God will always faithfully do for us what he promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
384 2CH 7 22 vzk4 figs-distinguish 0 who had brought their ancestors out of the land of Egypt This phrase tells why they should have worshiped God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]])
385 2CH 7 22 j4e4 figs-metaphor 0 they laid hold of other gods Here “laid hold of” represents choosing to be loyal to them. Alternate translation: “they chose to be loyal to other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
386 2CH 7 22 t5tf figs-parallelism 0 bowed down to them and worshiped them These two phrases mean the same thing. The phrase “bowed down to them” describes the posture that people used in worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
387 2CH 8 intro a5ai 0 # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.<br> # 2 Chronicles 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s victories<br>Solomon achieved many victory when he was king. This chapter records many of these victories. Israel is at its height of power when Solomon was king.
388 2CH 8 1 e9fh 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way of doing this, you could consider using it here.
389 2CH 8 1 abj4 translate-numbers 0 at the end of twenty years “after 20 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
390 2CH 8 1 v6bz figs-metonymy 0 Solomon had built the house of Yahweh and his own house The author writes of Solomon commanding the people to build the temple and palace and telling them how to do it as if he himself had built them. Alternate translation: “Solomon caused the house of Yahweh and his own house to be built” or “Solomon directed the building of the temple and his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
425 2CH 8 17 i7h5 translate-names 0 Ezion Geber and then to Elath on the coast These are towns along the Sea of Reeds. They had ports where people who had ships could stop. Alternate translation: “the towns of Ezion Geber and Elath, on the coast of the Sea of Reeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
426 2CH 8 18 y96s translate-names 0 Ophir This is the name of a place. Its location is not known. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
427 2CH 8 18 lq1h translate-numbers 0 450 talents of gold “four hundred and fifty talents of gold.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “about sixteen thousand kilograms of gold” or “about fifteen metric tons of gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
428 2CH 9 intro yt1q 0 # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Solomon ends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Solomon’s fame<br>Solomon was famous outside of Israel because of his wisdom and tremendous wealth. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
429 2CH 9 1 vdf5 0 She came with a very long caravan “a very large group of servants” or “a very long line of servants”
430 2CH 9 1 z364 figs-hyperbole 0 all that was in her heart This is a generalization. Alternate translation: “everything she wanted to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
431 2CH 9 2 jyn4 figs-doublenegatives 0 there was no question that he did not answer This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he answered every question” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
493 2CH 9 29 a674 0 Ahijah the Shilonite This is a prophet from Shiloh who predicted that the nation of Israel would be divided into two kingdoms.
494 2CH 9 29 ae38 translate-names 0 Shilonite This is the name of a people group from the town of Shiloh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
495 2CH 9 31 bi64 figs-euphemism 0 He slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. Alternate translation: “He died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
496 2CH 10 intro abca 0 # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This begins a section on King Rehoboam. (2 Chronicles 10-12)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rehoboam’s taxes<br>The people asked Solomon’s son, Rehoboam, to reduce the heavy taxes and the forced labor Solomon had demanded but Rehoboam refused. He lacked the wisdom to follow the advice of the men who had been councilors of his father Solomon. So the ten northern tribes broke off and made Jeroboam their king. They were called “Israel” and Rehoboam’s kingdom was called Judah. This will cause confusion between the northern kingdom of Israel and the whole nation of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people use the metaphor of a yoke to complain about the high taxes and forced labor Solomon demanded from the people. They said, “Your father made our yoke difficult.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
497 2CH 10 1 e14t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel was coming Here “Israel” is a metonym for the men of Israel. The word “all” is a generalization. Alternate translation: “the men of Israel were coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
498 2CH 10 2 ihc3 translate-names 0 Jeroboam…Nebat These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [2 Chronicles 9:29](../09/29.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
499 2CH 10 3 muy4 0 they sent and called him “the men of Israel sent for Jeroboam”
533 2CH 10 18 lr8h 0 stoned him to death with stones “killed Adoniram by stoning him”
534 2CH 10 19 hz9k figs-metonymy 0 against the house of David Here “the house of David” represents the kings who were descendants of David. Alternate translation: “against the kings descended from David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
535 2CH 10 19 bk6f 0 to this day This refers to the general time when the author wrote this book. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 5:9](../05/09.md). Alternate translation: “even now”
536 2CH 11 intro abcb 0 # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.<br> # 2 Chronicles 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section on King Rehoboam continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Strengthening their defenses<br>Rehoboam strengthened the defenses of Judah. Without the help of the northern tribes, the kingdom of Judah did not really have much power to defend itself from outside attacks. Therefore, Rehoboam felt it necessary to strengthen Judah’s military defenses.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>When the author speaks about Israel, he is now referring almost exclusively to the northern kingdom of Israel and not the united nation of Israel.
537 2CH 11 1 eq9s figs-metonymy 0 the house of Judah and Benjamin Here “house” is a metonym that represents a tribe or descendants and refers specifically to the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. Alternate translation: “all the soldiers from the tribes of Judah and Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
538 2CH 11 1 b7w5 translate-numbers 0 180,000 chosen men “one hundred and eighty thousand chosen men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
539 2CH 11 1 w8fs figs-idiom 0 chosen men who were soldiers “choice men who were soldiers.” The phrase “chosen men” is an idiom that refers to elite soldiers who were skilled in battle. Alternate translation: “of the best soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
566 2CH 11 21 m2ue translate-numbers 0 eighteen wives and sixty concubines…twenty-eight sons and sixty daughters “18 wives and 60 concubines…28 sons and 60 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
567 2CH 11 22 c4mf 0 he had the thought of making him king “he had thought of making Abijah king”
568 2CH 11 23 dy54 0 he scattered all his sons throughout all the land of Judah and Benjamin to every fortified city “he sent all his sons throughout all the land to every fortified city of Judah and Benjamin”
569 2CH 12 intro abcc 0 # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.<br> # 2 Chronicles 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter ends the section on King Rehoboam.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping Yahweh<br><br>The safety of Israel and Judah was dependent upon the people worshiping Yahweh and not upon their military power. Because Rehoboam deserted the worship of God, God allowed the king of Egypt to take all of the wealth Solomon stored up.
570 2CH 12 1 tjl2 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
571 2CH 12 1 gxk5 figs-activepassive 0 when Rehoboam’s reign was established This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “when Rehoboam had established his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
572 2CH 12 1 z28t figs-metonymy 0 all Israel with him Here the words “all Israel” refer specifically to the people of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin, over which Rehoboam was king. The verb may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelite people whom he ruled also abandoned the law of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
610 2CH 12 16 xt65 figs-metaphor 0 Rehoboam slept with his ancestors Rehoboam dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Rehoboam died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
611 2CH 12 16 b4ei figs-activepassive 0 was buried in the city of David This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him in the city of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
612 2CH 12 16 nn6z figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Rehoboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
613 2CH 13 intro abcd 0 # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in God, King Abijah of Judah was able to overcome the army of Israel even though it was twice as big as his army. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
614 2CH 13 1 i77c figs-explicit 0 In the eighteenth year of King Jeroboam This refers to the eighteenth year of Jeroboam’s reign as king. Alternate translation: “In the eighteenth year that Jeroboam was king” or “in year 18 of King Jeroboam’s reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
615 2CH 13 2 ruf6 translate-names 0 Macaiah, the daughter of Uriel of Gibeah “Macaiah” is the name of a woman. “Uriel” is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
616 2CH 13 2 ks67 figs-synecdoche 0 There was war between Abijah and Jeroboam The names of the kings represent the armies that they led. Alternate translation: “There was war between the army of Abijah and the army of Jeroboam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
651 2CH 13 21 giq9 translate-numbers 0 fourteen wives…twenty-two sons and sixteen daughters “14 wives…22 sons and 16 daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
652 2CH 13 22 n2y7 0 his behavior, and words “his behavior, and his sayings” or “his behavior, and the things that he said”
653 2CH 13 22 du9n figs-activepassive 0 are written in the history of the prophet Iddo This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “are in the history that the prophet Iddo wrote” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
654 2CH 14 intro abce 0 # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the section about King Asa. (2 Chronicles 14-16)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust<br>Trusting in Yahweh, Asa was able to defeat million men of the army of Nubia. Trust in Yahweh is more important than military might. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
655 2CH 14 1 m185 figs-metaphor 0 Abijah slept with his ancestors Abijah dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Abijah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
656 2CH 14 1 y47c 0 they buried him “people buried him”
657 2CH 14 1 j1xa figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Abijah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
681 2CH 14 13 j42c figs-euphemism 0 So many Cushites fell Here to “fall” is a euphemism for dying in battle. Alternate translation: “So many Cushites died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
682 2CH 14 13 y95c figs-activepassive 0 for they were completely destroyed before Yahweh and his army This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh’s army completely destroyed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
683 2CH 14 14 a7vh figs-metaphor 0 for terror of Yahweh had come on the inhabitants The inhabitants of the villages being terrified is spoken of as if terror were an object that came upon them. Possible meanings are (1) “terror of Yahweh” refers to terror from Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for Yahweh had caused the inhabitants to be terrified” or (2) “terror of Yahweh” refers to being terrified of Yahweh. Alternate translation: “for the inhabitants were terrified of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
684 2CH 15 intro abcf 0 # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Promise<br>The people promise to serve the Lord. This is something they will ultimately fail to do. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The phrase “seek Yahweh” means “wanting to believe and obey Yahweh.” This is a common way to describe proper worship of Yahweh. It is possible the meaning of this idiom is about a desire to properly worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
685 2CH 15 1 a8dj figs-idiom 0 The Spirit of God came on Azariah This is an idiom which means that the spirit of God influenced Azariah and enabled him to prophesy. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God gave Azariah the ability to prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
686 2CH 15 1 jvp5 translate-names 0 Oded This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
687 2CH 15 2 n1gv figs-activepassive 0 he will be found by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you will find him” or “he will permit you to find him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
717 2CH 15 17 q7kg figs-idiom 0 all his days This refers to the whole period of time that Asa lived. Alternate translation: “the whole time that he lived” or “throughout his whole life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
718 2CH 15 18 tv71 figs-metonymy 0 the house of God Here the word “house” represents the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
719 2CH 15 19 s2k8 translate-ordinal 0 the thirty-fifth year “year 35” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
720 2CH 16 intro abcg 0 # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The section about King Asa is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Asa did not trust Yahweh<br>When Baasha was building Ramah to blockade him, Asa asked the king of Aram to help him instead of trusting God to help him. This was sinful because he disobeyed Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
721 2CH 16 1 rpk1 translate-numbers 0 the thirty-sixth year “year 36” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
722 2CH 16 1 jjy7 figs-explicit 0 built up Ramah It is implied that the army of Baasha first captured Ramah. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “captured and fortified Ramah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
723 2CH 16 1 a748 0 so that he might not allow anyone to “so that no one could”
758 2CH 16 14 w49e 0 bier A bier is a table on which a dead body is placed at a funeral.
759 2CH 16 14 zkv1 figs-explicit 0 sweet odors and various kinds of spices prepared by skilled perfumers Putting plants that smell good with the dead body was one of the burial customs of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “sweet smelling plants prepared by people skilled in this custom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
760 2CH 16 14 b5fm figs-activepassive 0 prepared by skilled perfumers This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that skilled perfumers had prepared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
761 2CH 17 intro abch 0 # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Jehoshaphat.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jehoshaphat trusted and obeyed God. Because of this, God made him strong. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
762 2CH 17 1 hul7 0 in his place “after his father”
763 2CH 17 1 dv9h figs-synecdoche 0 strengthened himself against Israel Jehoshaphat prepared the army for battle. Alternate translation: “prepared the army to be able to battle Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
764 2CH 17 2 w4rq 0 He placed forces “He places soldiers”
791 2CH 17 18 gt7s translate-names 0 Jehozabad This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
792 2CH 17 18 tzr5 translate-numbers 0 180000 “one hundred and eighty thousand men” or “180,000 men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
793 2CH 17 19 rb3n 0 besides those “in addition to”
794 2CH 18 intro abci 0 # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The will of God is accomplished, even when people try to avoid it. Ahab tried to disguise himself to hide from the soldiers of Aram but an arrow still hit and killed him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]])
795 2CH 18 1 r6yh writing-background 0 Now Jehoshaphat had great riches and honor; he allied himself with Ahab The word “now” is used here to mark background information. This happened before Ahab went down to Samaria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
796 2CH 18 1 xea2 0 he allied himself with Ahab “he aligned himself with Ahab” or “he made himself a friend of Ahab”
797 2CH 18 2 brr6 figs-explicit 0 Ahab killed many sheep and oxen for him and the people This means that he had these animals slaughtered to prepare a feast for the people. Also, Ahab himself would not have prepared the animals, but rather would have commanded his workers to do it. Alternate translation: “Ahab commanded his workers to slaughter many sheep and oxen for a feast for Jehoshaphat and the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
846 2CH 18 33 xs83 0 drew his bow at random Possible meanings are (1) he took aim to shoot a soldier without knowing that it was Ahab or (2) he drew his bow to shoot without any specific target in mind.
847 2CH 18 33 ggx8 0 between the joints of his armor This is a place where two pieces of armor meet and is susceptible to arrows and swords.
848 2CH 18 34 qv2q figs-activepassive 0 the king of Israel was held up in his chariot This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone held the king of Israel up in his chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
849 2CH 19 intro abcj 0 # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Jehoshaphat as king continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levite judges<br>Jehoshaphat appointed many Levites to be judges and told them to be very fair. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
850 2CH 19 2 qk59 translate-names 0 Hanani, the seer “Hanani” is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 16:7](../16/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
851 2CH 19 2 ms7g 0 went out to meet him Here the word “him” refers to Jehoshaphat.
852 2CH 19 2 utb7 figs-rquestion 0 Should you be helping the wicked? Should you be loving those who hate Yahweh? These questions expect negative answers to make the point that Jehoshaphat should not have helped Ahab. Alternate translation: “You should not help the wicked! You should not love those who hate Yahweh!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
883 2CH 19 11 k733 translate-names 0 Amariah…Zebadiah…Ishmael These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
884 2CH 19 11 v1uj 0 is over you “is in charge of you”
885 2CH 19 11 ad3r figs-123person 0 of all the matters of the king Here Jehoshaphat speaks of himself in the third person. This can be translated in the first person. Alternate translation: “of all my royal matters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
886 2CH 20 intro abck 0 # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Jehoshaphat is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Deliverance and trust<br>God rescues those who trust him. An enormous army came against Jehoshaphat but God promised that he would defeat them without Judah having to fight. Then the enemy fought among themselves and when the army of Judah arrived there were dead bodies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
887 2CH 20 1 j8yx 0 It came about This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
888 2CH 20 1 lg2y translate-names 0 Meunites This was a people group from the region of Meun which was near Edom, east of the Jordan River. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
889 2CH 20 1 mj86 figs-synecdoche 0 came against Jehoshaphat to do battle Here “Jehoshaphat” represents himself and his army. Alternate translation: “came against Jehoshaphat’s army to do battle” or “came to fight against Jehoshaphat and his army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
962 2CH 20 37 yz7g translate-names 0 Mareshah Translate this man’s name as you did in [2 Chronicles 11:8](../11/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
963 2CH 20 37 pjq3 figs-activepassive 0 The ships were wrecked so that This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The ships became ruined and” or “The ships wrecked so that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
964 2CH 20 37 nwz7 0 they were not able to sail “no one was able to sail them”
965 2CH 21 intro abcl 0 # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Evil<br>Doing evil causes the country to decline. Jehoshaphat’s son was evil. Edom and Libna successfully revolted against him, the Arabs plundered him and he died of an intestinal disease. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The author compares worship of Baal to being a prostitute: “to act like a prostitute.” Idolatry by the people of God is often pictured as prostitution. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
966 2CH 21 1 fj5a figs-euphemism 0 slept with his ancestors Jehoshaphat dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
967 2CH 21 1 d8x6 figs-idiom 0 city of David This is the city of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
968 2CH 21 2 ts51 translate-names 0 Azariah, Jehiel, Zechariah, Azariahu, Michael, and Shephatiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1006 2CH 21 19 b2kq figs-idiom 0 in due time This is an idiom that refers to a set or appointed time. Alternate translation: “in the proper time” or “when the time was right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1007 2CH 21 19 d8dk figs-explicit 0 made no fire in his honor as they had done for his ancestors The custom of the Israelites was to make a bonfire to honor the king who had died. They did not do this for Jehoram to express their contempt for him. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “did not make a bonfire to honor him as they normally did to honor kings when they died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1008 2CH 21 20 y2kv 0 when he departed no one mourned him “no one was sad that he died”
1009 2CH 22 intro abcm 0 # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of Queen Athaliah.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The author compares Athaliah’s evil deeds to Ahab’s family’s evil lives: “walked in the ways of the house of Ahab.” Ahab is pictured as the epitome of evil. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1010 2CH 22 1 mmm8 writing-background 0 for the band of men…had killed all his older sons This is background information about the events of [2 Chronicles 21:16](../21/16.md) and [2 Chronicles 21:17](../21/17.md). Ahaziah was called “Jehoahaz” in that earlier account. It is possible he changed his name when he became king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
1011 2CH 22 1 r4vf 0 all his older sons “all Jehoram’s older sons”
1012 2CH 22 2 nym9 translate-numbers 0 twenty-two years old “22 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1040 2CH 22 11 fw3s 0 into a bedroom Verse 12 makes it clear that this bedroom was located in the temple. Jehosheba could access that room because she was married to Jehoiada who was a priest.
1041 2CH 22 11 kdl4 translate-names 0 Jehoiada This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1042 2CH 22 12 z5ls 0 He was with them “Joash was with Jehosheba and Jehoiada”
1043 2CH 23 intro abcn 0 # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter ends the story of Queen Athaliah and begins the story of King Joash.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Having a king<br>The high priest organized a coup and made seven-year-old Joash king. Athaliah objected, so the chief priest had her killed. This was an attempt by the priests to fulfill the covenant God made with David. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
1044 2CH 23 1 sr8q figs-explicit 0 General Information: Throughout chapter 23, Joash is referred to as “the king.” It may be helpful to your readers to occasionally add “King Joash” or “Joash the king” to make his identity explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1045 2CH 23 1 j4s2 translate-names 0 Jehoiada the chief priest who served in the temple and was faithful to God. He was an advisor to Joash. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1046 2CH 23 1 s3ap 0 showed his strength He decided it was time to challenge Athaliah’s rule and reveal that Joash was alive and ready to be king. Alternate translation: “decided to act”
1097 2CH 23 20 tc95 0 the throne of the kingdom “the royal throne”
1098 2CH 23 21 cu4z figs-hyperbole 0 So all the people of the land This is generalization to say that most of the people rejoiced. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1099 2CH 23 21 yrp6 figs-metonymy 0 the city was quiet Here “the city” represents the people of the city, and “quiet” represents peace, since no one opposed Joash after Athaliah died. Alternate translation: “the people of the city were at peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1100 2CH 24 intro abco 0 # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Joash is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Joash repairs the temple<br><br>Joash decided to repair the temple. The Levites collected money from people and gave it to the workmen to repair the temple. This was a sign of worship towards Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### Joash becomes evil<br><br>When Joash stopped worshiping Yahweh, he had many troubles. Joash remaind loyal to Yahweh as long as the chief priest lived, but when the chief priest died Joash started following other gods. The chief priest’s son warned him that he would have trouble, so he had him killed. The army of Aram defeated and plundered him and his servants murdered him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1101 2CH 24 1 v56j 0 began to reign “became king of Judah”
1102 2CH 24 1 qs6q translate-numbers 0 forty years “40 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1103 2CH 24 1 rsd4 translate-names 0 Zibiah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1152 2CH 24 27 ua6b 0 the important prophecies that were spoken about him “the important things the prophets spoke about him”
1153 2CH 24 27 j35b 0 see, they are written Here “see” alerts the reader to pay special attention to the information that follows.
1154 2CH 24 27 sg2c 0 the commentary on the book of the kings This is a book which no longer exists.
1155 2CH 25 intro abcp 0 # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 25 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Worshiping other gods<br><br>When Amaziah trusted God he was successful against Edom. But when he started worshiping the idols of Edom he was badly defeated. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1156 2CH 25 1 ng3y translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years…twenty-nine years “25 years…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1157 2CH 25 1 bg2h translate-names 0 Jehoaddan This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1158 2CH 25 2 sad2 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here the word “eyes” represents sight, and sight represents Yahweh’s judgment or evaluation. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1227 2CH 25 28 p98d 0 They brought The text does not state to whom the word “They” refers. Retain the generic “they” in your translation if possible.
1228 2CH 25 28 m98i 0 brought him back “brought back his body”
1229 2CH 25 28 x3ai 0 city of Judah This was another name for Jerusalem, which was also called the city of David.
1230 2CH 26 intro abcq 0 # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Uzzah the leper<br>Uzzah was powerful when he followed Yahweh. When he entered the temple to burn incense like a priest, God made him a leper. Lepers could not properly worship Yahweh because they were always unclean. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1231 2CH 26 1 yr6f figs-hyperbole 0 All the people of Judah took Uzziah, who was sixteen years old, and made him king in place of his father Amaziah The word “All” is a generalization. Some people may not have wanted him to be king. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah took the 16 year-old Uzziah and made him king after his father, Amaziah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
1232 2CH 26 1 dq8x translate-numbers 0 sixteen “16” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1233 2CH 26 2 ej5d figs-synecdoche 0 It was he who rebuilt Elath Uzziah did not do this alone. Alternate translation: “It was he who ordered Elath to be rebuilt” or “It was he who supervised the rebuilding of Elath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1283 2CH 26 23 qc4c figs-euphemism 0 So Uzziah slept with his ancestors This is polite way to say that he died. Alternate translation: “So Uzziah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1284 2CH 26 23 z88d 0 they buried him with his ancestors “the people buried him near his ancestors” or “they buried him where his ancestors were buried”
1285 2CH 26 23 y9w8 0 Jotham, his son, became king in his place “Jotham, his son, became king after Uzziah”
1286 2CH 27 intro abcr 0 # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Jotham was able to conquer the people of Ammon because he obeyed the Lord. For Yahweh, trust in Yahweh is the key to victory in battle. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1287 2CH 27 1 ua41 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old…sixteen years “25 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1288 2CH 27 1 d5aq translate-names 0 Jerushah This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1289 2CH 27 2 ghj2 figs-metaphor 0 He did what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Jotham’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “He did what Yahweh judged to be right” or “He did what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1306 2CH 27 9 rz6e figs-metaphor 0 Jotham slept with his ancestors Jotham dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Jotham died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1307 2CH 27 9 ipz3 0 they buried him “people buried him”
1308 2CH 27 9 mbl8 figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Jotham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1309 2CH 28 intro abcs 0 # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Ahaz’s idolatry<br><br>Judah was defeated by all of the neighboring countries because King Ahaz was worshiping all sorts of foreign gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1310 2CH 28 1 q5fy translate-numbers 0 twenty years old…sixteen years “20 years old…16 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1311 2CH 28 1 vk31 figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The eyes here represent seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and did not approve of Ahaz’s actions. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1312 2CH 28 2 yfe8 figs-metaphor 0 he walked in the ways of the kings of Israel Walking represents behavior and actions. Alternate translation: “he acted the same way that the kings of Israel had acted” or “he did the things that the kings of Israel had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1358 2CH 28 27 ik3s figs-metaphor 0 Ahaz slept with his ancestors Ahaz dying is spoken of as if he had fallen asleep. Alternate translation: “Ahaz died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1359 2CH 28 27 db2g 0 they buried him “people buried him”
1360 2CH 28 27 i4nk figs-metaphor 0 became king in his place The phrase “in his place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “became king instead of Ahaz” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1361 2CH 29 intro abct 0 # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of King Hezekiah. (2 Chronicles 29-32)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Cleansing the temple<br><br>King Hezekiah was a great king. He cleaned and rededicated the temple. This was a sign that he wanted the people to return to worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
1362 2CH 29 1 at93 translate-numbers 0 twenty-five years old…twenty-nine years “25 years old…29 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1363 2CH 29 1 r1vb translate-names 0 Abijah This is a woman’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1364 2CH 29 2 jk4r figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh The word “eyes” here represents seeing, and seeing represents judgment. Yahweh saw and approved of Hezekiah’s actions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:1](../14/01.md). Alternate translation: “what Yahweh judged to be right” or “what Yahweh considered to be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1477 2CH 30 27 mi6e figs-parallelism 0 Their voice was heard…their prayer went up to heaven, the holy place where God lives These two phrases mean the same thing and imply that God responded favorably to their prayer. Alternate translation: “God responded favorably to their prayer, which he heard in heaven, the holy place where he lives” or “God, who lives in the holy heaven, heard their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1478 2CH 30 27 wny8 figs-activepassive 0 Their voice was heard This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God heard their voice” or “God heard what they said to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1479 2CH 30 27 pdh5 figs-metaphor 0 their prayer went up to heaven Their prayer going up to heaven represents God in heaven paying attention to them praying on earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1480 2CH 31 intro abcv 0 # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah continues in this chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>To express Hezekiah’s desire to please God, the author uses two idioms “to seek God” and “with all his heart.” This means that he really wanted to do what God wanted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1481 2CH 31 1 gd96 0 who were there “who were in Jerusalem”
1482 2CH 31 1 wb97 figs-genericnoun 0 to his own possession Here “possession” means possessions in general. Alternate translation: “to his own property” or “to his own home” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])
1483 2CH 31 2 rdy8 figs-activepassive 0 Hezekiah assigned the divisions of the priests and the Levites organized by their divisions, each man assigned to his work, both the priests and the Levites This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Hezekiah organized the priests and the Levites into groups. He assigned each priest and Levite to their duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1515 2CH 31 19 a2jb figs-activepassive 0 to all who were listed in the records This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “to all whose names were in the records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1516 2CH 31 21 xn3s figs-metaphor 0 to seek his God Seeking Yahweh represents choosing to know, worship, and obey him. Alternate translation: “to obey his God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1517 2CH 31 21 hpa7 figs-metonymy 0 he performed it with all his heart Here the word “heart” refers to a person’s will and desire. Alternate translation: “he performed it with all his will” or “he was completely committed to what he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1518 2CH 32 intro abcw 0 # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of King Hezekiah is completed in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trust in Yahweh<br>Because Hezekiah trusted God, God rescued Jerusalem from the attacked of the Assyrian army and healed Hezekiah when he was very sick. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
1519 2CH 32 1 cr8m figs-abstractnouns 0 After these things and these acts of faithfulness The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithfully.” Alternate translation: “After Hezekiah faithfully did all the things Yahweh commanded him to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1520 2CH 32 1 kg14 figs-synecdoche 0 Sennacherib, king of Assyria, came…He camped Here Sennacherib represents his army. Alternate translation: “Sennacherib, king of Assyria, and his army came…They camped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1521 2CH 32 1 ql5r figs-go 0 came and entered Judah Here “came” can be stated as “went.” Alternate translation: “went and entered Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]])
1569 2CH 32 31 pf9p figs-activepassive 0 the miraculous sign that had been done in the land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the miracle that Yahweh had performed in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1570 2CH 32 31 gzw6 figs-metonymy 0 to know all that was in his heart Here “heart” represents a person’s inner being. Alternate translation: “to reveal Hezekiah’s true character” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1571 2CH 32 33 feg7 figs-euphemism 0 Hezekiah slept with his ancestors This was a polite way to tell about him dying. See how you translated this in [2 Chronicles 9:31](../09/31.md). Alternate translation: “Hezekiah died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
1572 2CH 33 intro abcx 0 # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Manasseh<br><br>Manasseh angered God more than any other king of Judah. He worshiped the sun, stars and many foreign gods and even sacrificed his sons to the sun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
1573 2CH 33 2 new5 figs-metaphor 0 what was evil in the sight of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “things that Yahweh said were evil” or “the things that Yahweh considers evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1574 2CH 33 2 jsg3 0 like the disgusting things Another possible meaning is “including the disgusting things.”
1575 2CH 33 3 ii16 figs-metonymy 0 he rebuilt the high places…he built altars…he made Asherah poles Manasseh would have commanded his workers to do the building for him. Alternate translation: “he had the high places rebuilt…he had altars built…he had Asherah poles made” or “he had his workers rebuild the high places…he had them build altars…he had them make Asherah poles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1618 2CH 33 24 d226 figs-idiom 0 put him to death This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1619 2CH 33 24 ii8t 0 conspired against him “planned in secret to kill him”
1620 2CH 33 25 i411 figs-idiom 0 king in his place This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “became the next king” or “became the king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1621 2CH 34 intro abcy 0 # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is the beginning of the story of King Josiah. (2 Chronicles 34-35)<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Returning the people to Yahweh<br><br>Josiah worshiped Yahweh and cleaned out the idols and shrines from Judah. The people returned to worship Yahweh again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
1622 2CH 34 1 ek19 translate-numbers 0 thirty-one years “31 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
1623 2CH 34 2 xd2k figs-metaphor 0 what was right in the eyes of Yahweh Here Yahweh’s “sight” refers to how he judges or decides on the value of something. See how you translated a similar phrase in [2 Chronicles 14:2](../14/02.md). Alternate translation: “the things that Yahweh said were right” or “the things that Yahweh considers right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1624 2CH 34 2 mad6 figs-metaphor 0 walked in the ways of David his ancestor Josiah behaving as David did is spoken of as if he walked on the same road or way as David. Alternate translation: “lived the way David his ancestor had lived” or “followed the example of David his ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1700 2CH 34 33 ma9c figs-metonymy 0 Josiah took away all Josiah would have commanded his workers to do this. Alternate translation: “Josiah commanded his workers to take away all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1701 2CH 34 33 w2ik figs-explicit 0 the disgusting things These are the idols that were repulsive to God. Alternate translation: “the disgusting idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1702 2CH 34 33 fu8n figs-synecdoche 0 For all of his days Josiah’s life is represented by his “days.” Alternate translation: “For all of his life” or “As long as Josiah was alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1703 2CH 35 intro abcz 0 # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of King Josiah.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Passover<br>Josiah organized a large Passover celebration and people shared their animals with those without animals to sacrifice. The celebration of Passover was a sign of proper worship by the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/passover]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])
1704 2CH 35 1 fxr9 0 Josiah kept a Passover to Yahweh Josiah commanded the people to celebrate the Passover that Yahweh had commanded their ancestors to celebrate.
1705 2CH 35 1 bg3u 0 in Jerusalem Yahweh had commanded Moses that all the people of Israel were to go to Jerusalem to celebrate the Passover.
1706 2CH 35 1 ha3p translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourteenth day of the first month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourteenth day is near the beginning of April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
1768 2CH 35 27 p9ah figs-activepassive 0 and his deeds…are written in the book This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and men have written of all his deeds…in the book” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1769 2CH 35 27 dg5g figs-merism 0 his deeds, from beginning to end, This refers to all of the significant things that he did from the beginning of his reign as king to the end of his life. Alternate translation: “all of his deeds” or “everything he did from the beginning of his reign to when he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
1770 2CH 35 27 bzc6 0 the book of the kings of Judah and Israel This is a book that no longer exists.
1771 2CH 36 intro abc1 0 # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br> # 2 Chronicles 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This is the end of the story of Judah as an independent country.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Punishment<br>God warned the people through the prophets, that he would punish them if they did not worship Yahweh. The people refused to listen to the prophets or to stop their evil deeds. God finally punished them by letting the Babylonians conquer them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])
1772 2CH 36 1 l5tm translate-names 0 Jehoahaz This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1773 2CH 36 1 uya6 figs-metaphor 0 in his father’s place The phrase “in his…place” is a metaphor meaning “instead of him.” Alternate translation: “instead of his father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1774 2CH 36 2 wjc8 translate-numbers 0 twenty-three years old…three months “23 years old…3 months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])

22
en_tn_15-EZR.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>1. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>1. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>1. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.<br>
EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br>King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Jews<br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.<br>
EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>1. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>1. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>1. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br>King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Jews<br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 In the first year This refers to the beginning of the reign of King Cyrus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here “mouth” represents speaking. Alternate translation: “Yahweh did what Jeremiah prophesied that Yahweh would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 1 1 l953 יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ EZR 1 9 y5g1 אֲגַרְטְלֵי 1 basins objects used to hold water for was
EZR 1 10 yk1k translate-numbers אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 410 “30…1,000…29…four hundred and ten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי 1 bowls objects used to hold water for washing
EZR 1 11 z55f translate-numbers חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 “five thousand four hundred…in all.” This is the total number of items returned to Jerusalem from Babylon, which are listed above individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZR 2 1 ezk9 0 General Information: This begins a list of the names of people who returned from the exile.
EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙ 1 went up This is an idiom that refers to traveling toward Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “returned” or “came back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ EZR 2 69 qh93 translate-bmoney זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ 1 g
EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bweight מָנִ֖ים 1 minas A mina is a unit of weight. One mina equals 550 grams. Minas are normally linked with measuring silver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
EZR 2 69 h3zd וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת 1 tunics garments worn next to the skin
EZR 2 70 w7fw בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and all Israel lived in their cities Everyone went back to their home towns in Judea. Not everyone resettled in Jerusalem.
EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.<br>
EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is at the end of the dry season and the beginning of the early rain season. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-simile כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man One man is in only one place and has only one purpose. Alternate translation: “for one purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EZR 3 2 ua8i יֵשׁ֨וּעַ 1 Jeshua This is the name of a man. Translate the same as in [Ezra 2:36](../02/36.md).
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ EZR 3 11 ut4a figs-abstractnouns כִּֽי־לְ⁠עוֹלָ֥ם חַסְדּ
EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ 1 first house This refers to the first temple that Solomon built, the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 3 12 rmy5 figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 before their eyes The people are represented by their “eyes” to emphasize what they saw. Alternate translation: “in their sight” or “and they saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZR 3 12 d9tw בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 wept with a loud voice This refers to emotional expression of sorrow involving tears and vocal sounds.
EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.<br>
EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
EZR 4 1 v368 0 General Information: The non-Jewish people offer to help build the temple.
EZR 4 1 uie3 figs-activepassive בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ 1 the sons of the exiles This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Babylonians had taken into exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Zerubbabel This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Ezra 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ EZR 4 23 zq2h figs-activepassive פַּרְשֶׁ֤גֶן נִשְׁתְּוָנ
EZR 4 23 s349 רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum See how you translated this in [Ezra 2:1](../02/01.md).
EZR 4 23 qu4l וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י 1 Shimshai See how you translated this in [Ezra 4:7](../04/07.md).
EZR 4 24 kj9i בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וַ⁠הֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א עַ֚ד שְׁנַ֣ת תַּרְתֵּ֔ין לְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius This delay lasted about 16 years.
EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again building the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again building the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZR 5 1 bdb8 translate-names עִדּוֹא֙ 1 Iddo This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֣וּעַ…יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 5 2 z38k שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Ezra 3:1](../03/01.md).
@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ EZR 5 16 myr8 מִתְבְּנֵ֖א 1 under construction built
EZR 5 17 f4m4 0 General Information: The letter from Tattenai to the king that began in [Ezra 5:7](../05/07.md) continues. Tattenai has finished telling the king what the Judeans told him and now asks the king to see if what the Judeans told him was true.
EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would like you to have someone investigate this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZR 5 17 vii9 הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus “if there is a record there that King Cyrus issued a law”
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.<br>
EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-abstractnouns שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The abstract noun “investigation” can be expressed with the verbs “investigate” or “search.” Alternate translation: “ordered his officials to investigate” or “ordered his officials to search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 6 1 pb3s figs-explicit שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made What they were to investigate can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “ordered his officials to investigate the records” or “ordered his officials to search and find out if there was a record of King Cyrus telling the Jews to build the house of God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZR 6 1 dze3 בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This is a building where the king’s officials kept the important government records.
@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ EZR 6 21 tyz7 figs-metaphor לִ⁠דְרֹ֕שׁ לַֽ⁠יהוָ֖ה 1 to see
EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metonymy וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Turning the king’s heart represents making him think differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “changed the attitude of Assyria’s king” or “made Assyria’s king willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 6 22 x9ls figs-metaphor לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God Strengthening their hands in the work represents helping them to work. The Assyrian king did this by telling them to do the work and providing the money for it. Alternate translation: “to help them do the work of his house” or “to make it possible for them to do the work of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 6 22 m7l7 בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 the work of the house of God This refers to building the temple.
EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br>
EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
EZR 7 1 h549 0 General Information: Ezra’s genealogy goes back to Aaron, the first high priest.
EZR 7 1 n9di translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה 1 Seraiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Ezra 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ EZR 7 27 w14w figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית יְהוָ֖ה 1 the house of Yahweh Th
EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful” or “loyal.” Alternate translation: “who has been faithful to me” or “who has been loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי 1 So I was strengthened Being strengthened represents being encouraged. Alternate translation: I am encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ עָלַ֔⁠י 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me Here Yahweh’s hand represents what he did to help Ezra. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh has helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
EZR 8 1 ss8d translate-names 0 General Information: There is an apparent shift in authorship beginning here. Chapters 1-7 were written as if the author were writing about Ezra. Chapter 8 was written as if the author were Ezra. Verses 2-14 are a list of leaders and their ancestors. All of them are men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 8 2 m2b9 מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom This is the first item in the list. It can be written with the verb “was.” Alternate translation: “The leader of the descendants of Phinehas was Gershom” or “Gershom was the leader of the descendants of Phinehas”
EZR 8 2 i7e9 מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel This is the second item in the list. It can be written with the verb “was.” Alternate translation: “The leader of the descendants of Ithamar was Daniel” or “Daniel was the leader of the descendants of Ithamar”
@ -404,7 +404,7 @@ EZR 8 35 gxu7 הַ֠⁠בָּאִים מֵֽ⁠הַ⁠שְּׁבִ֨י בְנֵ
EZR 8 35 lgl7 translate-numbers שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר…תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֗ה…שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֔ה…שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 twelve…ninety-six…seventy-seven…twelve “12…96…77…12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
EZR 8 36 r5gu וּ⁠פַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 the governors in the Province Beyond the River These were the Babylonian officials managing the people west of the Euphrates River, which included the people living in Judea.
EZR 8 36 d38g translate-names וּ⁠פַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of the province that was west of the Euphrates River. It was across the river from the city of Susa. It included Judea. See how you translated it in [Ezra 4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbid this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbid this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
EZR 9 1 kb76 לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ 1 have not separated themselves have married people from other lands and have adopted their religion
EZR 9 3 qhy7 וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁמְעִ⁠י֙ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 When I heard this matter When Ezra heard that many Israelites had married foreign women and were worshiping their gods
EZR 9 3 ck87 figs-explicit קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י וָ⁠אֶמְרְטָ֞⁠ה מִ⁠שְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁ⁠י֙ וּ⁠זְקָנִ֔⁠י 1 I tore my clothing and my robe and pulled out hair from my head and beard Ezra was showing everyone how unhappy he was that people were doing things that offended God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ EZR 9 14 mn62 figs-rquestion הֲ⁠ל֤וֹא תֶֽאֱנַף־…לְ⁠אֵ
EZR 9 15 qhg9 הִנְ⁠נ֤וּ 1 Look “Pay attention to what I am about to say”
EZR 9 15 a177 לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 We are before you in our guilt “You can see that we are all guilty”
EZR 9 15 lh5h אֵ֥ין לַ⁠עֲמ֛וֹד לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַל־זֹֽאת 1 no one can stand before you because of this “you do not think that any person is innocent”
EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ezra 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriages<br>The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.<br>
EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ezra 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriages<br>The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.
EZR 10 1 ufb1 figs-pronouns וּ⁠כְ⁠הִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּ⁠כְ֨⁠הִתְוַדֹּת֔⁠וֹ בֹּכֶה֙ וּ⁠מִתְנַפֵּ֔ל 1 As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down Ezra speaks of himself as if he were someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
EZR 10 1 ekt7 וּ⁠מִתְנַפֵּ֔ל 1 throwing himself down quickly went from standing to lying facedown
EZR 10 1 vcs1 לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 before the house of God in front of the temple

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 EZR front intro fa5r 0 # Introduction to Ezra<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>1. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>1. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>1. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.<br> # Introduction to Ezra<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezra<br><br>1. The first Jewish exiles return to Jerusalem from Persia (1:1–2:70)<br>1. The people rebuild and dedicate the temple in Jerusalem (3:1–6:22)<br>1. More exiles return; Ezra teaches the Law of Yahweh (7:1-8:36)<br>1. The problem of the people marrying foreigners, and how it is solved (9:1–10:44)<br><br>### What is the Book of Ezra about?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is about how the people of Israel returned from Babylon and tried to worship Yahweh again as the law required. To do this they needed to rebuild their temple so they could sacrifice to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Ezra is named for the priest Ezra who led the first group of Jews out of exile and back to Judah. Translators can use the traditional title “Ezra.” Or they might choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Ezra.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Ezra use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Ezra uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Ezra told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Ezra are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
3 EZR 1 intro dd25 0 # Ezra 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br>King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Jews<br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.<br> # Ezra 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter records the story of the first Jews as they return from Persia to Judea.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King Cyrus<br>King Cyrus allowed them to return because he wanted them to rebuild the temple. Those who stayed behind gave gifts to those who left to help them on their journey and resettlement. This practice was common under the reign of Cyrus and was used as a way to maintain peace throughout his kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Jews<br>Upon return to Judea, the focus of the rest of the Old Testament is on the Jewish people.
4 EZR 1 1 p6b4 translate-ordinal וּ⁠בִ⁠שְׁנַ֣ת אַחַ֗ת 1 In the first year This refers to the beginning of the reign of King Cyrus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 EZR 1 1 y7r9 figs-metonymy מִ⁠פִּ֣י יִרְמְיָ֑ה 1 by the mouth of Jeremiah Here “mouth” represents speaking. Alternate translation: “Yahweh did what Jeremiah prophesied that Yahweh would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
6 EZR 1 1 l953 יְהוָ֖ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
22 EZR 1 10 yk1k translate-numbers אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וַ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֑ה 1 410 “30…1,000…29…four hundred and ten” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
23 EZR 1 10 ja6u כְּפ֤וֹרֵי 1 bowls objects used to hold water for washing
24 EZR 1 11 z55f translate-numbers חֲמֵ֥שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֖ים וְ⁠אַרְבַּ֣ע מֵא֑וֹת 1 5400 “five thousand four hundred…in all.” This is the total number of items returned to Jerusalem from Babylon, which are listed above individually. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
25 EZR 2 intro rr42 0 # Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # Ezra 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br>People had to prove they were priests, or that they were Jews, through their genealogies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
26 EZR 2 1 ezk9 0 General Information: This begins a list of the names of people who returned from the exile.
27 EZR 2 1 byc2 figs-idiom הָֽ⁠עֹלִים֙ 1 went up This is an idiom that refers to traveling toward Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “returned” or “came back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
28 EZR 2 2 tmp8 translate-names שְׂרָיָ֨ה רְֽעֵלָיָ֜ה מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפָּ֥ר בִּגְוַ֖י רְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 Seraiah, Reelaiah, Mordecai, Bilshan, Mispar, Bigvai, Rehum, and Baanah These are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
109 EZR 2 69 ln9c translate-bweight מָנִ֖ים 1 minas A mina is a unit of weight. One mina equals 550 grams. Minas are normally linked with measuring silver. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]])
110 EZR 2 69 h3zd וְ⁠כָתְנֹ֥ת 1 tunics garments worn next to the skin
111 EZR 2 70 w7fw בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶ֑ם וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 and all Israel lived in their cities Everyone went back to their home towns in Judea. Not everyone resettled in Jerusalem.
112 EZR 3 intro rp9a 0 # Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.<br> # Ezra 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of worship in the new temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>They immediately began the temple worship, even though the temple had not yet been built because they feared the people of the surrounding nations.
113 EZR 3 1 a2ka translate-hebrewmonths הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is at the end of the dry season and the beginning of the early rain season. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
114 EZR 3 1 hwv6 figs-simile כְּ⁠אִ֥ישׁ אֶחָ֖ד 1 as one man One man is in only one place and has only one purpose. Alternate translation: “for one purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
115 EZR 3 2 ua8i יֵשׁ֨וּעַ 1 Jeshua This is the name of a man. Translate the same as in [Ezra 2:36](../02/36.md).
140 EZR 3 12 xj13 figs-metonymy אֶת־הַ⁠בַּ֤יִת הָֽ⁠רִאשׁוֹן֙ 1 first house This refers to the first temple that Solomon built, the house of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141 EZR 3 12 rmy5 figs-synecdoche בְּ⁠עֵ֣ינֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 before their eyes The people are represented by their “eyes” to emphasize what they saw. Alternate translation: “in their sight” or “and they saw it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
142 EZR 3 12 d9tw בֹּכִ֖ים בְּ⁠ק֣וֹל גָּד֑וֹל 1 wept with a loud voice This refers to emotional expression of sorrow involving tears and vocal sounds.
143 EZR 4 intro x878 0 # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.<br> # Ezra 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Helping to build the temple<br>The people of the surrounding nations offered to help to build the temple. It is unknown why the Jews refused their help. These other people became their enemies and tried to hinder the work. They even persuaded the king of Persia to stop the Jews from building.
144 EZR 4 1 v368 0 General Information: The non-Jewish people offer to help build the temple.
145 EZR 4 1 uie3 figs-activepassive בְנֵ֤י הַ⁠גּוֹלָה֙ 1 the sons of the exiles This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the Babylonians had taken into exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
146 EZR 4 2 spx4 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 Zerubbabel This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Ezra 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
189 EZR 4 23 s349 רְח֛וּם 1 Rehum See how you translated this in [Ezra 2:1](../02/01.md).
190 EZR 4 23 qu4l וְ⁠שִׁמְשַׁ֥י 1 Shimshai See how you translated this in [Ezra 4:7](../04/07.md).
191 EZR 4 24 kj9i בְּטֵלַת֙ עֲבִידַ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלָהָ֔⁠א דִּ֖י בִּ⁠ירוּשְׁלֶ֑ם וַ⁠הֲוָת֙ בָּֽטְלָ֔א עַ֚ד שְׁנַ֣ת תַּרְתֵּ֔ין לְ⁠מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ 1 the work on the house of God which is in Jerusalem ceased, and it remained stopped until the second year of the reign of Darius This delay lasted about 16 years.
192 EZR 5 intro rn2j 0 # Ezra 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again building the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Ezra 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebuilding the temple<br>The prophets Haggai and Zechariah encouraged the Jews to begin again building the temple. This was very important to life in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
193 EZR 5 1 bdb8 translate-names עִדּוֹא֙ 1 Iddo This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
194 EZR 5 2 u7ce translate-names וְ⁠יֵשׁ֣וּעַ…יֽוֹצָדָ֔ק 1 Jeshua…Jozadak These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
195 EZR 5 2 z38k שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵל֙ 1 Shealtiel This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Ezra 3:1](../03/01.md).
222 EZR 5 17 f4m4 0 General Information: The letter from Tattenai to the king that began in [Ezra 5:7](../05/07.md) continues. Tattenai has finished telling the king what the Judeans told him and now asks the king to see if what the Judeans told him was true.
223 EZR 5 17 abm5 figs-activepassive יִ֠תְבַּקַּר 1 let a search be made This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I would like you to have someone investigate this matter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
224 EZR 5 17 vii9 הֵ֣ן אִיתַ֗י דִּֽי־מִן־כּ֤וֹרֶשׁ מַלְכָּ⁠א֙ שִׂ֣ים טְעֵ֔ם 1 if it is so that a command was issued by King Cyrus “if there is a record there that King Cyrus issued a law”
225 EZR 6 intro y5d8 0 # Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.<br> # Ezra 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The completion of the story of the building of the temple and re-establishment of the temple worship occurs in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Temple taxes<br>The king said the Jews were right and ordered money from his taxes to be used to help them with their sacrifices.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Darius<br>In this chapter, Darius is called the king of Assyria. In reality, besides ruling over the former Assyrian Empire, Darius was also king of Persia. Persia had conquered Babylon, which had previously conquered Assyria. This made the king of Persia, the king of Assyria as well. It was unusual to refer to Darius as the king or ruler of Assyria. Ezra may have referred to him in this way to contrast Darius’ actions with those of the former rulers of Assyria, who had treated the Jews very cruelly. It was those earlier Assyrian rulers who had conquered the northern tribes of Israel and deported them to other lands. It was for this reasons that the northern tribes lost their identity and were no longer a distinct people group.
226 EZR 6 1 spf8 figs-abstractnouns שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made The abstract noun “investigation” can be expressed with the verbs “investigate” or “search.” Alternate translation: “ordered his officials to investigate” or “ordered his officials to search” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
227 EZR 6 1 pb3s figs-explicit שָׂ֣ם טְעֵ֑ם וּ⁠בַקַּ֣רוּ 1 issued a command and a search was made What they were to investigate can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “ordered his officials to investigate the records” or “ordered his officials to search and find out if there was a record of King Cyrus telling the Jews to build the house of God in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
228 EZR 6 1 dze3 בְּ⁠בֵ֣ית סִפְרַיָּ֗⁠א דִּ֧י גִנְזַיָּ֛⁠א מְהַחֲתִ֥ין 1 in the archives where the treasures were stored This is a building where the king’s officials kept the important government records.
261 EZR 6 22 k6q8 figs-metonymy וְֽ⁠הֵסֵ֞ב לֵ֤ב מֶֽלֶךְ־אַשּׁוּר֙ 1 turned the heart of the king of Assyria Turning the king’s heart represents making him think differently about the work of the temple. Alternate translation: “changed the attitude of Assyria’s king” or “made Assyria’s king willing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
262 EZR 6 22 x9ls figs-metaphor לְ⁠חַזֵּ֣ק יְדֵי⁠הֶ֔ם בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 to strengthen their hands in the work of the house of God Strengthening their hands in the work represents helping them to work. The Assyrian king did this by telling them to do the work and providing the money for it. Alternate translation: “to help them do the work of his house” or “to make it possible for them to do the work of his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
263 EZR 6 22 m7l7 בִּ⁠מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 the work of the house of God This refers to building the temple.
264 EZR 7 intro p3he 0 # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br> # Ezra 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezra begins his religious reforms.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s Law<br>The people no longer know the law of Moses. Therefore, the king allows Ezra to return to Judea to teach the people about God’s law. Many people go with him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
265 EZR 7 1 h549 0 General Information: Ezra’s genealogy goes back to Aaron, the first high priest.
266 EZR 7 1 n9di translate-names שְׂרָיָ֔ה 1 Seraiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Ezra 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
267 EZR 7 1 gcr6 translate-names עֲזַרְיָ֖ה…חִלְקִיָּֽה 1 Azariah…Hilkiah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
320 EZR 7 28 y4zu figs-abstractnouns וְ⁠עָלַ֣⁠י הִטָּה־חֶ֗סֶד 1 who has extended covenant faithfulness to me The abstract noun “faithfulness” can be stated as “faithful” or “loyal.” Alternate translation: “who has been faithful to me” or “who has been loyal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
321 EZR 7 28 q1iu figs-metaphor וַ⁠אֲנִ֣י הִתְחַזַּ֗קְתִּי 1 So I was strengthened Being strengthened represents being encouraged. Alternate translation: I am encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
322 EZR 7 28 gxx2 figs-metonymy כְּ⁠יַד־יְהוָ֤ה אֱלֹהַ⁠י֙ עָלַ֔⁠י 1 as the hand of Yahweh my God was upon me Here Yahweh’s hand represents what he did to help Ezra. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh has helped me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323 EZR 8 intro ye9m 0 # Ezra 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br> # Ezra 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people’s return to Judah<br>Many people went back to Judah with Ezra. They trusted God to protect them and the precious items they carried with them, which had been given for the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
324 EZR 8 1 ss8d translate-names 0 General Information: There is an apparent shift in authorship beginning here. Chapters 1-7 were written as if the author were writing about Ezra. Chapter 8 was written as if the author were Ezra. Verses 2-14 are a list of leaders and their ancestors. All of them are men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
325 EZR 8 2 m2b9 מִ⁠בְּנֵ֤י פִֽינְחָס֙ גֵּֽרְשֹׁ֔ם 1 of the sons of Phinehas, Gershom This is the first item in the list. It can be written with the verb “was.” Alternate translation: “The leader of the descendants of Phinehas was Gershom” or “Gershom was the leader of the descendants of Phinehas”
326 EZR 8 2 i7e9 מִ⁠בְּנֵ֥י אִיתָמָ֖ר דָּנִיֵּ֑אל 1 of the sons of Ithamar, Daniel This is the second item in the list. It can be written with the verb “was.” Alternate translation: “The leader of the descendants of Ithamar was Daniel” or “Daniel was the leader of the descendants of Ithamar”
404 EZR 8 35 lgl7 translate-numbers שְׁנֵים־עָשָׂ֤ר…תִּשְׁעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁשָּׁ֗ה…שִׁבְעִ֣ים וְ⁠שִׁבְעָ֔ה…שְׁנֵ֣ים עָשָׂ֑ר 1 twelve…ninety-six…seventy-seven…twelve “12…96…77…12” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
405 EZR 8 36 r5gu וּ⁠פַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 the governors in the Province Beyond the River These were the Babylonian officials managing the people west of the Euphrates River, which included the people living in Judea.
406 EZR 8 36 d38g translate-names וּ⁠פַחֲו֖וֹת עֵ֣בֶר הַ⁠נָּהָ֑ר 1 the Province Beyond the River This is the name of the province that was west of the Euphrates River. It was across the river from the city of Susa. It included Judea. See how you translated it in [Ezra 4:10](../04/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
407 EZR 9 intro k1yz 0 # Ezra 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbid this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # Ezra 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriage<br>When Ezra found out that many Jews had married Gentile wives, he prayed to God and asked God why he had been so good to them by letting these few people return from captivity even though they sinned by marrying Gentile wives. They did this before and God had punished them for it. God forbid this type of marriage because it caused the people to worship other gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
408 EZR 9 1 kb76 לֹֽא־נִבְדְּל֞וּ 1 have not separated themselves have married people from other lands and have adopted their religion
409 EZR 9 3 qhy7 וּ⁠כְ⁠שָׁמְעִ⁠י֙ אֶת־הַ⁠דָּבָ֣ר הַ⁠זֶּ֔ה 1 When I heard this matter When Ezra heard that many Israelites had married foreign women and were worshiping their gods
410 EZR 9 3 ck87 figs-explicit קָרַ֥עְתִּי אֶת־בִּגְדִ֖⁠י וּ⁠מְעִילִ֑⁠י וָ⁠אֶמְרְטָ֞⁠ה מִ⁠שְּׂעַ֤ר רֹאשִׁ⁠י֙ וּ⁠זְקָנִ֔⁠י 1 I tore my clothing and my robe and pulled out hair from my head and beard Ezra was showing everyone how unhappy he was that people were doing things that offended God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
428 EZR 9 15 qhg9 הִנְ⁠נ֤וּ 1 Look “Pay attention to what I am about to say”
429 EZR 9 15 a177 לְ⁠פָנֶ֨י⁠ךָ֙ בְּ⁠אַשְׁמָתֵ֔י⁠נוּ 1 We are before you in our guilt “You can see that we are all guilty”
430 EZR 9 15 lh5h אֵ֥ין לַ⁠עֲמ֛וֹד לְ⁠פָנֶ֖י⁠ךָ עַל־זֹֽאת 1 no one can stand before you because of this “you do not think that any person is innocent”
431 EZR 10 intro ah4y 0 # Ezra 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriages<br>The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.<br> # Ezra 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Intermarriages<br>The people agree to divorce their Gentile wives. Many Jews were involved in these mixed marriages. Divorce should not normally have been common for the Jews to engage in, but marriage with non-Jewish women was not allowed.
432 EZR 10 1 ufb1 figs-pronouns וּ⁠כְ⁠הִתְפַּלֵּ֤ל עֶזְרָא֙ וּ⁠כְ֨⁠הִתְוַדֹּת֔⁠וֹ בֹּכֶה֙ וּ⁠מִתְנַפֵּ֔ל 1 As Ezra was praying and confessing, weeping and throwing himself down Ezra speaks of himself as if he were someone else. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
433 EZR 10 1 ekt7 וּ⁠מִתְנַפֵּ֔ל 1 throwing himself down quickly went from standing to lying facedown
434 EZR 10 1 vcs1 לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י בֵּ֣ית הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 before the house of God in front of the temple

28
en_tn_16-NEH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)<br>1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)<br>1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)<br>1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)<br>1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.<br>
NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br>While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br>It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiah’s time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.<br>
NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)<br>1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)<br>1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)<br>1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)<br>1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br>While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br>It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiah’s time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.
NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה…חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Nehemiah…Hakaliah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־כִּסְלֵיו֙ 1 in the month of Kislev “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 1 1 hn28 figs-explicit שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים 1 in the twentieth year Nehemiah is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes, King of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ NEH 1 11 hk3z figs-metonymy הַֽ⁠חֲפֵצִים֙ לְ⁠יִרְאָ֣ה
NEH 1 11 kr99 וּ⁠תְנֵ֣⁠הוּ לְ⁠רַחֲמִ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 grant him mercy in the sight of this man Here “him” refers to Nehemiah, who refers to himself in the third person to express his humility before God, and “this man” refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia.
NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 in the sight of this man Nehemiah speaks of the king’s attitude or disposition as if it were how the king viewed something. Alternate translation: “grant that the king will have mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַ⁠אֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 I served as cupbearer to the king This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah’s character<br>Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cultural Customs<br>In ancient Persia, they thought it was important for their conquered peoples to practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.<br><br>### Yahweh’s control<br>Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people, even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah’s character<br>Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cultural Customs<br>In ancient Persia, they thought it was important for their conquered peoples to practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.<br><br>### Yahweh’s control<br>Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people, even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
NEH 2 1 h3hu translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן 1 In the month of Nisan “Nisan” is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NEH 2 1 l63f translate-ordinal שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes the king “in the 20th year that Artaxerxes was king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 2 1 k1vf writing-background וְ⁠לֹא 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Nehemiah tells background information about his demeanor before the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ NEH 2 19 ww1k figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַ⁠דָּבָ֤ר הַ⁠זֶּה֙
NEH 2 19 u8ri הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the king This refers to Artaxerses, the king of Persia.
NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 2 20 a4e6 וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem “But you have no share, legal right, or religious claim to Jerusalem”
NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.<br>
NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.
NEH 3 1 ald8 וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Then Eliashib the high priest rose up with his brother priests “Then Eliashib the high priest came forward with his brothers, the priests”
NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 3 1 r9wn translate-numbers מִגְדַּ֤ל הַ⁠מֵּאָה֙ 1 Tower of the Hundred “Tower of the 100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ NEH 3 31 ye2u וְ⁠הָ⁠רֹכְלִ֑ים 1 merchants “sellers” or “
NEH 3 31 r6sv עֲלִיַּ֥ת 1 upper living chambers the higher-level rooms where people stayed
NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 merchants repaired These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “merchants repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 3 32 x1tq לְ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 Sheep Gate This is the name of an entranceway in the wall.
NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication<br>The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication<br>The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
NEH 4 1 rnw3 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֧ר שָׁמַ֣ע סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Now when Sanballat Here Nehemiah uses the word “now” to signal a new part of the story.
NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 4 1 s6td figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס 1 it burned within him, and he was furiously angry Here “it” refers to Sanballat’s realization that the Jews are rebuilding the walls. This speaks of Sanballat becoming very angry as if his anger were a burning fire. Alternate translation: “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ NEH 4 21 w4uu מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את
NEH 4 21 jl3h figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר 1 the rising of the dawn It is the point in time that the sun rises that is “dawn.” Here the sun rising is spoken of as if the “dawn” rose. Alternate translation: “the rising of the sun” or “dawn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 4 22 r87p בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the middle of Jerusalem “within Jerusalem”
NEH 4 23 v2e1 פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 changed our clothes “took off our clothes”
NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.<br>
NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
NEH 5 1 za4u figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 Then the men and their wives raised a great outcry against their fellow Jews Since they were working on the wall, the workers did not have enough time to work to buy and grow food for their families. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 5 1 czx5 הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 the men and their wives This refers to the men who were working on building the wall.
NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת…גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 raised a great outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ NEH 5 18 fa32 figs-activepassive וַ⁠אֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשׂ
NEH 5 18 gqe2 יַ֖יִן לְ⁠הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 wine in abundance “enough wine for everyone”
NEH 5 18 sp6n וְ⁠עִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַ⁠פֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי 1 yet for all this I did not demand the food allowance of the governor “yet I never asked for the governor’s food allowance”
NEH 5 19 mil3 figs-idiom לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 for good This idiom is a request for God to reward him with good things because of the good that he has done for the people. Alternate translation: “and reward me” or “cause good to happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.<br>
NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.
NEH 6 1 gd7c translate-names לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠⁠טוֹבִיָּה 1 Sanballat…Tobiah These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 1 bxn2 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠גֶ֨שֶׁם 1 Geshem This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 1 vi6v figs-synecdoche בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה…לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי 1 I had rebuilt the wall…I had not yet Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall and did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “we had rebuilt the wall…we had not yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ NEH 6 18 id1x translate-names אָרַ֑ח וִֽ⁠יהוֹחָנָ֣ן 1 Arah
NEH 6 18 y3lg translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם…בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה 1 Meshullam…Berechiah These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 6 19 mj72 גַּ֣ם טוֹבֹתָ֗י⁠ו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י וּ⁠דְבָרַ֕⁠י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑⁠וֹ 1 They also spoke to me about his good deeds and reported my words back to him “The Jewish nobles told me about Tobiah’s good deeds and then told him about my responses”
NEH 6 19 e3zt figs-activepassive אִגְּר֛וֹת שָׁלַ֥ח טוֹבִיָּ֖ה לְ⁠יָֽרְאֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Letters were sent to me from Tobiah This can be stated in active form. Tobiah sent messengers to bring the letters to Nehemiah. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent letters to me” or “Tobiah sent messengers to bring letters to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.<br><br>### Different lists<br>This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.<br>
NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.<br><br>### Different lists<br>This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.
NEH 7 1 g3zz figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 When the wall was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When we had finished the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 7 1 fk6l figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֖יד הַ⁠דְּלָת֑וֹת 1 I had set up the doors in place This was done with help. Alternate translation: “I and others hung the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NEH 7 1 wkp3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפָּֽקְד֛וּ הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 the gatekeepers and singers and Levites had been appointed This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are: (1) Nehemiah appointed them. Alternate translation: “I assigned the gatekeepers and singers and Levites to their tasks” or (2) Someone else appointed them. Alternate translation: “they assigned the gatekeepers and singers and Levites to their tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ NEH 7 73 jaj3 figs-explicit וּ⁠מִן־הָ⁠עָ֧ם 1 some of the people
NEH 7 73 znc4 וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 all Israel Possible meanings are: (1) all the groups of Israelites that are listed in this verse or (2) the rest of the Israelites who did not work in the temple.
NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month “month 7.” This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
NEH 7 73 gdj2 בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 were settled in their cities “lived in their own cities”
NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.<br>
NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.
NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 All the people gathered as one man The word “all” is a generalization that indicates the people as a whole came together. Alternate translation: “The people gathered all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
NEH 8 1 f6t8 שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Water Gate This was the name of a large opening or doorway in the wall.
NEH 8 1 fdh4 אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 the book of the law of Moses This would have been all or part of the first five books of the Old Testament.
@ -532,7 +532,7 @@ NEH 8 18 c1cp וַ⁠יַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ 1 They kept the festival
NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 on the eighth day “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 8 18 sfx4 עֲצֶ֖רֶת 1 solemn assembly This was a special religious gathering.
NEH 8 18 cey3 figs-explicit כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 in obedience to the decree The implied information is that “the decree” was the command of Yahweh about how the Festival of Shelters was to end. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 the twenty-fourth day of the same month “the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month” This is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
NEH 9 1 lm7m נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 the people of Israel were assembled “the people of Israel came together”
NEH 9 1 irv4 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠שַׂקִּ֔ים וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 they were wearing sackcloth, and they put dust on their heads This was in order to show how sorry they were for the wrong things they and their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ NEH 9 37 x15l מֹשְׁלִ֤ים 1 They rule The kings rule.
NEH 9 38 g7s3 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
NEH 9 38 t4ag וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־זֹ֕את 1 Because of all this because the people had disobeyed and Yahweh had punished them
NEH 9 38 xee9 וְ⁠עַל֙ הֶֽ⁠חָת֔וּם 1 On the sealed document are the names The reader should understand that the men wrote their names on the document before it was sealed.
NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Nehemiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vow<br><br>By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Nehemiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vow<br><br>By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
NEH 10 1 ijh7 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins a list of the people whose names were on the sealed document.
NEH 10 1 jc8x figs-explicit וְ⁠עַ֖ל הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְ⁠צִדְקִיָּֽה 1 On the sealed documents were Nehemiah…Zedekiah The names of these people were written on the documents. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On the sealed documents were the names of Nehemiah…Zedekiah” or “On the sealed documents were the names of the following people: Nehemiah…Zedekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NEH 10 1 j4ny הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים 1 sealed documents The documents were sealed after the names had been signed on the documents.
@ -764,7 +764,7 @@ NEH 10 39 qzf8 0 General Information: In these verses, the people finish descr
NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-activepassive אֶל־הַ֠⁠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 the storerooms where the articles of the sanctuary are kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rooms where the priests keep the things that are used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NEH 10 39 u1sq וְ⁠לֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 We will not neglect the house of our God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will care for the temple”
NEH 10 39 b23h figs-exclusive נַעֲזֹ֖ב 1 We will The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and all the people of Israel but does not include the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.<br>
NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.
NEH 11 1 e2yg הָ֠⁠עָם הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת 1 the people cast lots “the people threw marked stones”
NEH 11 1 beq5 לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 to bring one of ten “to bring one family out of every ten families”
NEH 11 3 l7mb בַּ⁠אֲחֻזָּת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠עָ֣רֵי⁠הֶ֔ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 on his own land, including some Israelites “on his own land: Israelites”
@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ NEH 11 33 jwf7 translate-names חָצ֥וֹר׀ רָמָ֖ה גִּתָּֽיִ
NEH 11 34 e1ls translate-names חָדִ֥יד צְבֹעִ֖ים נְבַלָּֽט 1 Hadid, Zeboim, Neballat These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 35 qu5n translate-names גֵּ֥י הַחֲרָשִֽׁים 1 the valley of craftsmen Possible meanings are (1) this is a description of Ono or (2) it is “Craftsmen’s Valley” or “the Valley of Craftsmen,” another name for Ono, or (3) it is a different place from Ono, “and the Valley of Craftsmen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
NEH 11 36 y212 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠בִנְיָמִֽין 1 Some of the Levites who lived in Judah were assigned to the people of Benjamin It is not clear who assigned these Levites to live with the people of Benjamin. Alternate translation: “They assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” or “The officials assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Nehemiah 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication of the wall<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Nehemiah 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication of the wall<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
NEH 12 1 ixs5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָל֛וּ 1 who came up “who arrived from Babylonia”
NEH 12 1 b4x7 עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל 1 with Zerubbabel “under the leadership of Zerubbabel”
NEH 12 1 b8ry translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל…שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֑וּעַ שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא 1 Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Jeshua…Seraiah…Jeremiah…Ezra These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -919,7 +919,7 @@ NEH 12 46 py1c ראש הַ⁠מְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 there were directors
NEH 12 47 flz7 בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 In the days of Zerubbabel Zerubbabel was a descendant of King David and one of the governors in the region of Judah.
NEH 12 47 mu9s נֹֽתְנִ֛ים מְנָי֛וֹת 1 They set aside the portion “All Israel set aside the portion”
NEH 12 47 e72p לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹֽן 1 the descendants of Aaron the priests in Israel, who descended from Aaron, the brother of Moses
NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Nehemiah 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem<br><br>Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br>
NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Nehemiah 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem<br><br>Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
NEH 13 1 k9za בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 in the hearing of the people “so that the people could hear it”
NEH 13 1 j6si יָב֨וֹא…בִּ⁠קְהַ֥ל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 should come into the assembly of God, forever “should ever come into the assembly of God”
NEH 13 2 tf8z כִּ֣י 1 This was because “They could not come into the assembly because”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Introduction to Nehemiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)<br>1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)<br>1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)<br>1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)<br>1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.<br> # Introduction to Nehemiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Nehemiah<br><br>1. Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem and inspects the walls (1:1-2:20)<br>1. The people rebuild the walls of Jerusalem (3:1-4:23)<br>1. Nehemiah helps the poor and provides an unselfish example (5:1–19)<br>1. Enemies try to slow down the work, but the people finish the walls (6:1–19)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who returned from exile (7:6–73)<br>1. Ezra reads the Law of Yahweh and the people respond (8:1-10:39)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the people who lived in and around Jerusalem (11:1–36)<br>1. Nehemiah lists the priests and Levites (12:1–26)<br>1. The people dedicate the walls of Jerusalem (12:27–47)<br>1. Nehemiah corrects problems (13:1–31)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nehemiah about?<br><br>A Jew named Nehemiah lived in Persia and worked for King Artaxerxes. Nehemiah received a report that the walls around Jerusalem were broken down. Nehemiah returned to Jerusalem to help rebuild the city walls. The walls around the city helped protect the city against armies and invaders.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah is named for a Jewish leader named Nehemiah. Translators can use the traditional title “Nehemiah.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book about Nehemiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why were Israelites not allowed to marry people from other nations?<br><br>Foreigners worshiped many false gods. Yahweh did not allow his people to marry foreigners. He knew this would cause the people of Israel to worship false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### Did all of the people of Israel return to their homeland?<br><br>Many of the Jews remained in Babylon instead of returning to the Promised Land. Many of them were successful in Babylon and desired to remain there. However, this meant that they were unable to worship Yahweh in Jerusalem as their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the Book of Nehemiah use the term “Israel”?<br><br>The Book of Nehemiah uses the term “Israel” to refer to the kingdom of Judah. It was mostly made up of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin. The other ten tribes had ended their loyalty to any kings descended from David. God allowed the Assyrians to conquer the other ten tribes and take them into exile. As a result, they mixed with other people groups and did not return to the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Nehemiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Some of the events in the Book of Nehemiah are not told in the order they actually happened. Translators should pay attention to notes that signal when events are probably out of order.
3 NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Nehemiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br>While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br>It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiah’s time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.<br> # Nehemiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “The words of Nehemiah son of Hacaliah:”<br>This phrase serves as an introduction to this entire book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>This chapter is a single long record of Nehemiah’s repentance on behalf of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### I<br>While the author of this book is probably Ezra, the word “I” always refers to Nehemiah.<br><br>### Israel<br>It is uncertain to whom “Israel” refers. It probably does not refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Neither does it likely refer to the twelve tribes of Israel. Instead, it is probably a reference to Israel in the sense of the surviving people group. At Nehemiah’s time, this people group exclusively comprised the tribe of Judah because the other tribes had already been scattered throughout the entire Near East, where they lost their identity, for the most part.
4 NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה…חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Nehemiah…Hakaliah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְ⁠חֹֽדֶשׁ־כִּסְלֵיו֙ 1 in the month of Kislev “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of November and the first part of December on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 NEH 1 1 hn28 figs-explicit שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים 1 in the twentieth year Nehemiah is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in the twentieth year of the reign of Artaxerxes, King of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
38 NEH 1 11 kr99 וּ⁠תְנֵ֣⁠הוּ לְ⁠רַחֲמִ֔ים לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 grant him mercy in the sight of this man Here “him” refers to Nehemiah, who refers to himself in the third person to express his humility before God, and “this man” refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia.
39 NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִ⁠פְנֵ֖י הָ⁠אִ֣ישׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֑ה 1 in the sight of this man Nehemiah speaks of the king’s attitude or disposition as if it were how the king viewed something. Alternate translation: “grant that the king will have mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
40 NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַ⁠אֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַ⁠מֶּֽלֶךְ 1 I served as cupbearer to the king This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
41 NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Nehemiah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah’s character<br>Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cultural Customs<br>In ancient Persia, they thought it was important for their conquered peoples to practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.<br><br>### Yahweh’s control<br>Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people, even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br> # Nehemiah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins the account of the construction of the wall. Many scholars believe these chapters teach valuable lessons on leadership ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>### Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah’s character<br>Apparently, Nehemiah’s character made an impression on the king. It was very unusual for a king to be so concerned with one of his servants. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cultural Customs<br>In ancient Persia, they thought it was important for their conquered peoples to practice their own cultural customs. It was thought that this independence promoted peace in their vast kingdom. The rebuilding of Jerusalem may have been seen as a way to allow for the Jewish cultural practices.<br><br>### Yahweh’s control<br>Yahweh is seen as very powerful. He is able to provide for his people, even through a foreign king. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
42 NEH 2 1 h3hu translate-hebrewmonths בְּ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן 1 In the month of Nisan “Nisan” is the name of the first month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
43 NEH 2 1 l63f translate-ordinal שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְ⁠אַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 in the twentieth year of Artaxerxes the king “in the 20th year that Artaxerxes was king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
44 NEH 2 1 k1vf writing-background וְ⁠לֹא 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Nehemiah tells background information about his demeanor before the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
84 NEH 2 19 u8ri הַ⁠מֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 the king This refers to Artaxerses, the king of Persia.
85 NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּ⁠בָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “will begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
86 NEH 2 20 a4e6 וְ⁠לָ⁠כֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּ⁠צְדָקָ֛ה וְ⁠זִכָּר֖וֹן בִּ⁠ירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem “But you have no share, legal right, or religious claim to Jerusalem”
87 NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Nehemiah 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.<br> # Nehemiah 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Priests<br>The priests worked on rebuilding the city. Normally, the priests were exempt from this type of work. Because they helped, it emphasizes that this is a holy work and something done for Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Cooperation<br>Everyone worked on this project. Many names are mentioned to emphasize the cooperation between the different families. Each was given a section of the wall to rebuild.
88 NEH 3 1 ald8 וַ⁠יָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַ⁠כֹּהֵ֨ן הַ⁠גָּד֜וֹל וְ⁠אֶחָ֣י⁠ו הַ⁠כֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 Then Eliashib the high priest rose up with his brother priests “Then Eliashib the high priest came forward with his brothers, the priests”
89 NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 Eliashib This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
90 NEH 3 1 r9wn translate-numbers מִגְדַּ֤ל הַ⁠מֵּאָה֙ 1 Tower of the Hundred “Tower of the 100” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
209 NEH 3 31 r6sv עֲלִיַּ֥ת 1 upper living chambers the higher-level rooms where people stayed
210 NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 merchants repaired These words refer to repairing the wall. Alternate translation: “merchants repaired the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
211 NEH 3 32 x1tq לְ⁠שַׁ֣עַר הַ⁠צֹּ֔אן 1 Sheep Gate This is the name of an entranceway in the wall.
212 NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Nehemiah 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication<br>The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # Nehemiah 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication<br>The people were so dedicated to rebuilding the walls that they worked with their weapons ready for battle right next to them. Even when they were threatened with an attack, they continued to trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br><br>Sanballat uses a series of rhetorical questions. These are intended to show his intense anger against the Israelites. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
213 NEH 4 1 rnw3 וַ⁠יְהִ֞י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֧ר שָׁמַ֣ע סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Now when Sanballat Here Nehemiah uses the word “now” to signal a new part of the story.
214 NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Sanballat This is a man’s name. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
215 NEH 4 1 s6td figs-metaphor וַ⁠יִּ֣חַר ל֔⁠וֹ וַ⁠יִּכְעַ֖ס 1 it burned within him, and he was furiously angry Here “it” refers to Sanballat’s realization that the Jews are rebuilding the walls. This speaks of Sanballat becoming very angry as if his anger were a burning fire. Alternate translation: “he became furiously angry” or “he became very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
258 NEH 4 21 jl3h figs-metonymy מֵ⁠עֲל֣וֹת הַ⁠שַּׁ֔חַר 1 the rising of the dawn It is the point in time that the sun rises that is “dawn.” Here the sun rising is spoken of as if the “dawn” rose. Alternate translation: “the rising of the sun” or “dawn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
259 NEH 4 22 r87p בְּ⁠ת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 in the middle of Jerusalem “within Jerusalem”
260 NEH 4 23 v2e1 פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑י⁠נוּ 1 changed our clothes “took off our clothes”
261 NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.<br> # Nehemiah 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Equality<br><br>The rich made money from the poor. The rich oppressed the poor by charging interest on loans. Because Nehemiah wanted to treat everyone fairly, he did not collect any taxes from them. This chapter also emphasizes that it was wrong to enslave a fellow Jew. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]])<br><br>### Governor<br>Nehemiah was a governmental leader in Jerusalem, but he was not a king. Jerusalem had a great deal of independence, but it was under the authority of the Persian king. The term “governor” reflects this idea, but a different term may be used in translation.
262 NEH 5 1 za4u figs-explicit וַ⁠תְּהִ֨י צַעֲקַ֥ת הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה אֶל־אֲחֵי⁠הֶ֖ם הַ⁠יְּהוּדִֽים 1 Then the men and their wives raised a great outcry against their fellow Jews Since they were working on the wall, the workers did not have enough time to work to buy and grow food for their families. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
263 NEH 5 1 czx5 הָ⁠עָ֛ם וּ⁠נְשֵׁי⁠הֶ֖ם 1 the men and their wives This refers to the men who were working on building the wall.
264 NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת…גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 raised a great outcry The word “outcry” can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “cried out loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
307 NEH 5 18 gqe2 יַ֖יִן לְ⁠הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 wine in abundance “enough wine for everyone”
308 NEH 5 18 sp6n וְ⁠עִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַ⁠פֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי 1 yet for all this I did not demand the food allowance of the governor “yet I never asked for the governor’s food allowance”
309 NEH 5 19 mil3 figs-idiom לְ⁠טוֹבָ֑ה 1 for good This idiom is a request for God to reward him with good things because of the good that he has done for the people. Alternate translation: “and reward me” or “cause good to happen to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
310 NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Nehemiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.<br> # Nehemiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The building of the wall is completed in this chapter.<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 6:6-7 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>Completing this city wall in only fifty-two days was considered proof that God had helped the Jews, especially given the opposition that they had experienced from the people in surrounding areas.
311 NEH 6 1 gd7c translate-names לְ⁠סַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠⁠טוֹבִיָּה 1 Sanballat…Tobiah These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
312 NEH 6 1 bxn2 translate-names וּ⁠לְ⁠גֶ֨שֶׁם 1 Geshem This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
313 NEH 6 1 vi6v figs-synecdoche בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣⁠חוֹמָ֔ה…לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי 1 I had rebuilt the wall…I had not yet Nehemiah supervised the rebuilding of the wall and did not build it by himself. Alternate translation: “we had rebuilt the wall…we had not yet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
352 NEH 6 18 y3lg translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם…בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה 1 Meshullam…Berechiah These are the names of men. See how you translated this in [Nehemiah 3:4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
353 NEH 6 19 mj72 גַּ֣ם טוֹבֹתָ֗י⁠ו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְ⁠פָנַ֔⁠י וּ⁠דְבָרַ֕⁠י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑⁠וֹ 1 They also spoke to me about his good deeds and reported my words back to him “The Jewish nobles told me about Tobiah’s good deeds and then told him about my responses”
354 NEH 6 19 e3zt figs-activepassive אִגְּר֛וֹת שָׁלַ֥ח טוֹבִיָּ֖ה לְ⁠יָֽרְאֵֽ⁠נִי 1 Letters were sent to me from Tobiah This can be stated in active form. Tobiah sent messengers to bring the letters to Nehemiah. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent letters to me” or “Tobiah sent messengers to bring letters to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
355 NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Nehemiah 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.<br><br>### Different lists<br>This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.<br> # Nehemiah 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Genealogy<br><br>The people who returned from Persia were counted according to their families. Nehemiah ensured that those who lived in Jerusalem had a completely Jewish ancestry.<br><br>### Different lists<br>This list is paralleled in [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). The lists do contain some differences in numbers. This is probably due to the timing of their counting. They were likely counted at different times.
356 NEH 7 1 g3zz figs-activepassive וַ⁠יְהִ֗י כַּ⁠אֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַ⁠חוֹמָ֔ה 1 When the wall was finished This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “When we had finished the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
357 NEH 7 1 fk6l figs-synecdoche וָ⁠אַעֲמִ֖יד הַ⁠דְּלָת֑וֹת 1 I had set up the doors in place This was done with help. Alternate translation: “I and others hung the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
358 NEH 7 1 wkp3 figs-activepassive וַ⁠יִּפָּֽקְד֛וּ הַ⁠שּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים וְ⁠הַ⁠מְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְ⁠הַ⁠לְוִיִּֽם 1 the gatekeepers and singers and Levites had been appointed This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are: (1) Nehemiah appointed them. Alternate translation: “I assigned the gatekeepers and singers and Levites to their tasks” or (2) Someone else appointed them. Alternate translation: “they assigned the gatekeepers and singers and Levites to their tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
487 NEH 7 73 znc4 וְ⁠כָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 all Israel Possible meanings are: (1) all the groups of Israelites that are listed in this verse or (2) the rest of the Israelites who did not work in the temple.
488 NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠שְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 the seventh month “month 7.” This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
489 NEH 7 73 gdj2 בְּ⁠עָרֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 were settled in their cities “lived in their own cities”
490 NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Nehemiah 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.<br> # Nehemiah 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reading of the law<br><br>During the exile, the Hebrew language was no longer spoken. Only the priests and Levites still understood it. Ezra read the book of the law to the people in Hebrew and the Levites walked among the crowd translating it into Aramaic for the people to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Festival of Shelters<br><br>After they heard Ezra read the law of Moses, the people obeyed it by making temporary shelters for themselves with tree branches. They did this to remember that their ancestors slept in shelters when they came out of slavery in Egypt.
491 NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole וַ⁠יֵּאָסְפ֤וּ כָל־הָ⁠עָם֙ כְּ⁠אִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 All the people gathered as one man The word “all” is a generalization that indicates the people as a whole came together. Alternate translation: “The people gathered all together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
492 NEH 8 1 f6t8 שַֽׁעַר־הַ⁠מָּ֑יִם 1 Water Gate This was the name of a large opening or doorway in the wall.
493 NEH 8 1 fdh4 אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 the book of the law of Moses This would have been all or part of the first five books of the Old Testament.
532 NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּ⁠בַ⁠יּ֧וֹם הַ⁠שְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 on the eighth day “on day 8” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
533 NEH 8 18 sfx4 עֲצֶ֖רֶת 1 solemn assembly This was a special religious gathering.
534 NEH 8 18 cey3 figs-explicit כַּ⁠מִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 in obedience to the decree The implied information is that “the decree” was the command of Yahweh about how the Festival of Shelters was to end. Alternate translation: “as God had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
535 NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Nehemiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br> # Nehemiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter and the next one form a single section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prayer to God<br><br>The people prayed and thanked God for his care for them and the blessings he gave to them. They also confessed their sin of disobeying him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Learning from their ancestor’s mistakes<br>This chapter teaches that the Jews learned from the mistakes of their ancestors. They became determined to worship Yahweh alone, to not intermarry with other peoples, and to worship Yahweh as the law of Moses instructed them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Recalling the great power of God<br>It was common to recall the great things God did for Israel. This is a reminder to Israel of God’s power. It is intended to bring the people to repentance and proper worship of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
536 NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּ⁠בְ⁠יוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְ⁠אַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַ⁠חֹ֣דֶשׁ הַ⁠זֶּ֗ה 1 the twenty-fourth day of the same month “the twenty-fourth day of the seventh month” This is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
537 NEH 9 1 lm7m נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 the people of Israel were assembled “the people of Israel came together”
538 NEH 9 1 irv4 figs-explicit וּ⁠בְ⁠שַׂקִּ֔ים וַ⁠אֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵי⁠הֶֽם 1 they were wearing sackcloth, and they put dust on their heads This was in order to show how sorry they were for the wrong things they and their ancestors had done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
630 NEH 9 38 g7s3 0 Connecting Statement: In these verses, the Levites continue to praise Yahweh in the presence of the people of Israel.
631 NEH 9 38 t4ag וּ⁠בְ⁠כָל־זֹ֕את 1 Because of all this because the people had disobeyed and Yahweh had punished them
632 NEH 9 38 xee9 וְ⁠עַל֙ הֶֽ⁠חָת֔וּם 1 On the sealed document are the names The reader should understand that the men wrote their names on the document before it was sealed.
633 NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Nehemiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vow<br><br>By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # Nehemiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the passage beginning in chapter 9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vow<br><br>By signing this document, the people vowed or agreed to obey God, not to buy things on the Sabbath and to pay their temple tax. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
634 NEH 10 1 ijh7 0 Connecting Statement: Here begins a list of the people whose names were on the sealed document.
635 NEH 10 1 jc8x figs-explicit וְ⁠עַ֖ל הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַ⁠תִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְ⁠צִדְקִיָּֽה 1 On the sealed documents were Nehemiah…Zedekiah The names of these people were written on the documents. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “On the sealed documents were the names of Nehemiah…Zedekiah” or “On the sealed documents were the names of the following people: Nehemiah…Zedekiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
636 NEH 10 1 j4ny הַ⁠חֲתוּמִ֑ים 1 sealed documents The documents were sealed after the names had been signed on the documents.
764 NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-activepassive אֶל־הַ֠⁠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 the storerooms where the articles of the sanctuary are kept This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the rooms where the priests keep the things that are used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
765 NEH 10 39 u1sq וְ⁠לֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽי⁠נוּ 1 We will not neglect the house of our God This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “We will care for the temple”
766 NEH 10 39 b23h figs-exclusive נַעֲזֹ֖ב 1 We will The pronoun “we” here includes Nehemiah and all the people of Israel but does not include the reader of this book. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
767 NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.<br> # Nehemiah 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The places where the Jews lived<br><br>Some people lived in Jerusalem, but most people lived in villages and towns away from Jerusalem. They lived there in order to farm the land raise their animals. The city with its walls was there to provide all of the people with protection if enemies attacked them.
768 NEH 11 1 e2yg הָ֠⁠עָם הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת 1 the people cast lots “the people threw marked stones”
769 NEH 11 1 beq5 לְ⁠הָבִ֣יא׀ אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָ⁠עֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 to bring one of ten “to bring one family out of every ten families”
770 NEH 11 3 l7mb בַּ⁠אֲחֻזָּת⁠וֹ֙ בְּ⁠עָ֣רֵי⁠הֶ֔ם יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 on his own land, including some Israelites “on his own land: Israelites”
831 NEH 11 34 e1ls translate-names חָדִ֥יד צְבֹעִ֖ים נְבַלָּֽט 1 Hadid, Zeboim, Neballat These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
832 NEH 11 35 qu5n translate-names גֵּ֥י הַחֲרָשִֽׁים 1 the valley of craftsmen Possible meanings are (1) this is a description of Ono or (2) it is “Craftsmen’s Valley” or “the Valley of Craftsmen,” another name for Ono, or (3) it is a different place from Ono, “and the Valley of Craftsmen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
833 NEH 11 36 y212 figs-activepassive וּ⁠מִן־הַ⁠לְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְ⁠בִנְיָמִֽין 1 Some of the Levites who lived in Judah were assigned to the people of Benjamin It is not clear who assigned these Levites to live with the people of Benjamin. Alternate translation: “They assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” or “The officials assigned some of the Levites who lived in Judah to serve the people of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
834 NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Nehemiah 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication of the wall<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # Nehemiah 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dedication of the wall<br><br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to dedicate an important structure to a god. When it was completed, the wall was dedicated to Yahweh. Long lists of people are present, indicating that “everyone” was present for this and praised Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
835 NEH 12 1 ixs5 אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָל֛וּ 1 who came up “who arrived from Babylonia”
836 NEH 12 1 b4x7 עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל 1 with Zerubbabel “under the leadership of Zerubbabel”
837 NEH 12 1 b8ry translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל…שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל וְ⁠יֵשׁ֑וּעַ שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא 1 Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Jeshua…Seraiah…Jeremiah…Ezra These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
919 NEH 12 47 flz7 בִּ⁠ימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 In the days of Zerubbabel Zerubbabel was a descendant of King David and one of the governors in the region of Judah.
920 NEH 12 47 mu9s נֹֽתְנִ֛ים מְנָי֛וֹת 1 They set aside the portion “All Israel set aside the portion”
921 NEH 12 47 e72p לִ⁠בְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹֽן 1 the descendants of Aaron the priests in Israel, who descended from Aaron, the brother of Moses
922 NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Nehemiah 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem<br><br>Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br> # Nehemiah 13 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Nehemiah returns to Jerusalem<br><br>Nehemiah was eager to make sure that the Jews kept their promise to obey the law. When he returned from Persia, he found many things wrong: one of the store rooms in the temple had been converted into a guest room for Tobiah, the Levites had not received their portions for working in the temple, people were working on the Sabbath, and many had married heathen wives. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])
923 NEH 13 1 k9za בְּ⁠אָזְנֵ֣י הָ⁠עָ֑ם 1 in the hearing of the people “so that the people could hear it”
924 NEH 13 1 j6si יָב֨וֹא…בִּ⁠קְהַ֥ל הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֖ים עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 should come into the assembly of God, forever “should ever come into the assembly of God”
925 NEH 13 2 tf8z כִּ֣י 1 This was because “They could not come into the assembly because”

22
en_tn_17-EST.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>1. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.<br>
EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests; so the advisers told him to divorce her.<br>
EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>1. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests; so the advisers told him to divorce her.
EST 1 1 zzz2 0 In the days of Ahasuerus “In the time of Ahasuerus” or “When Ahasuerus was ruling as king”
EST 1 1 v5ts writing-background 0 this is Ahasuerus who reigned from India as far as Cush, over 127 provinces This is background information to help the reader identify Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
EST 1 1 k8tn 0 provinces A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government.
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ EST 1 21 p5us translate-names 0 Memukan Translate his name as in [Esther 1:14](
EST 1 22 n1pr 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
EST 1 22 jj9n 0 every man should be master of his own household “all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children”
EST 1 22 e481 figs-activepassive 0 This decree was given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.<br>
EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent 0 After these things This introduces a new event that happened a while later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 2 1 e4lp 0 the anger of King Ahasuerus subsided “the king became less angry”
EST 2 1 xpt9 0 the decree This is refers to the decree in [Esther 1:19-20](../01/19.md).
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ EST 2 22 dgp3 figs-idiom 0 in the name of Mordecai This is an idiom. Alternate
EST 2 23 ld4y figs-activepassive 0 The report was investigated and confirmed, and both the men were hanged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The king investigated and confirmed the report, and ordered his servants to hang both men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown 0 a gallows This was a structure used for killing people by tying one end of a rope around the top of the structure and the other end of the rope around their necks and hanging them from it. Alternate translation: “a frame for hanging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive 0 This account was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They recorded this account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.<br>
EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.
EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent 0 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
EST 3 1 ir5v translate-names 0 Haman son of Hammedatha the Agagite This is the name and description of Haman, one of the king’s officials. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 3 1 ptm4 figs-idiom 0 placed his seat of authority above all the officials who were with him Here “seat of authority” represents his position or status in the government. Alternate translation: “promoted him above the other officials” or “gave him more authority than all the other officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ EST 3 15 i12c figs-activepassive 0 The decree was also distributed This can be
EST 3 15 m927 0 the fortress This refers to a castle, stronghold or fortified city. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md).
EST 3 15 nlk8 translate-names 0 Susa See how you translated the name of this place in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 3 15 wm4u 0 was in turmoil “was in a state of great confusion”
EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 4 1 nya6 0 learned of all that had been done “found out about those letters”
EST 4 1 vgy8 translate-symaction 0 tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes These acts are signs of severe sadness. Alternate translation: “tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes to show his grief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 3 e73y 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ EST 4 14 dtg7 figs-rquestion 0 Who knows whether you have come to this royal po
EST 4 16 d6cq translate-names 0 Susa See how you translated the name of this place in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 4 16 t2wg translate-symaction 0 fast for me…will fast Fasting was a symbolic act that the Jews did when they were praying intensely. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “fast and pray for me…will fast and pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EST 4 16 qw8v translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EST 5 1 uk7p 0 facing the entrance to the house “across the room from the entrance of the house” or “looking toward the entrance to the house”
EST 5 2 pw4x figs-metaphor 0 she received approval in his eyes The word “eyes” refers to his sight and is a metaphor for his evaluation of her. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was pleased with her” or “he approved of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 5 2 uu8s 0 He held out to her the golden scepter in his hand He did this to show that he was pleased with her.
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ EST 5 14 i2f3 translate-unknown 0 a gallows a structure used for killing a pers
EST 5 14 k8zd translate-numbers 0 fifty cubits high “50 cubits high.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “twenty-three meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 5 14 i8is 0 he had the gallows constructed “he told people to construct the gallows”
EST 5 14 bbs9 0 This pleased Haman “Haman liked this idea”
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.<br>
EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
EST 6 2 syd9 translate-names 0 Bigthana and Teresh These are the names of two men. See how your translated their names in [Esther 2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 6 2 u4gi figs-metaphor 0 It was found recorded there Here “found” is an metaphor for learning. Both “found” and “recorded” can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “They found that the writers had recorded there” or “They learned that the writers had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 6 3 lmz6 figs-activepassive 0 What was done to give honor This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “What did I do to give honor” or “What did we do to give honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ EST 6 12 uri5 translate-symaction 0 with his head covered People often covered
EST 6 13 pkd2 translate-names 0 Zeresh See how you translated this woman’s name in [Esther 6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 6 13 fd5k figs-metaphor 0 before whom you have begun to fall…you will certainly fall before him They spoke as if Haman and Mordecai were in a battle, and Haman was beginning to lose the battle. Here “to fall” represents being dishonored and defeated. Alternate translation: “who has already humiliated you…he will certainly defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor 0 you will not overcome him “you will not win against him.” They spoke as if Haman and Mordecai were in a battle. Here overcoming a person represents having greater honor than that person. Alternate translation: “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br>
EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])
EST 7 1 n8vb translate-names 0 Haman See how you translated this man’s name in [Esther 3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 7 2 xt9f 0 On this second day “on this second day of feasting”
EST 7 2 s5ae 0 while they were serving wine “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ EST 7 8 ju8q figs-explicit 0 the servants covered Haman’s face Apparently the
EST 7 9 a7ic translate-names 0 Harbona This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EST 7 9 sre1 translate-numbers 0 A gallows fifty cubits tall You may convert “fifty cubits” to a modern measure. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Esther 5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “A gallows twenty-three meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor 0 Then the king’s rage died down The king’s rage is a spoken of as if it were a large fire that became smaller. Alternate translation: “Then the king’s rage lessened” or “Then the king was not so angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the Jews from possible destruction. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.<br>
EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the Jews from possible destruction. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
EST 8 1 nm3u 0 Haman See how you translated this man’s name in [Esther 3:1](../03/01.md).
EST 8 2 m5hz translate-unknown 0 signet ring This ring had the king’s name or mark on it. When he put a wax seal on important papers, he would press the mark onto the seal. If a paper had this mark on its seal, people would know that what was written on the paper was written with the king’s authority and had to be obeyed. See how you translated this in [Esther 3:10](../03/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EST 8 2 z5yn 0 gave it to Mordecai By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey.
@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ EST 8 17 k1eh 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries
EST 8 17 va7t figs-metaphor 0 wherever the king’s decree reached Reaching places represents going to places. Alternate translation: “wherever the king’s men took his decree” or “wherever the king’s decree was read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 8 17 p89m 0 holiday day on which people celebrate special events
EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor 0 the fear of the Jews had fallen on them Fear falling on people represents people becoming very afraid. Alternate translation: “they had become very afraid of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.<br>
EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.
EST 9 1 t9yc 0 the twelfth month, which is the month of Adar, on the thirteenth day See how you translated a similar phrase in [Esther 3:13](../03/13.md).
EST 9 1 wh56 figs-idiom 0 when the king’s law and decree were about to be carried out “Carry out” here is an idiom meaning to do something that was commanded or planned. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the people were about to obey the king’s law and decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom 0 to gain power over them Gaining power over people is an idiom for defeating them. Alternate translation: “to defeat the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ EST 9 30 u389 translate-numbers 0 127 provinces “one hundred and twenty-seven
EST 9 30 iaf7 figs-abstractnouns 0 wishing the Jews safety and truth The abstract nouns “safety” and “truth” can be expressed with phrases. Alternate translation: “wishing that the Jews would be safe and that people would be faithful to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor 0 The Jews accepted this obligation for themselves and their descendants Accepting an obligation is a metaphor for agreeing with the obligation. The abstract noun “obligation” can be expressed with the verb “obligate.” Alternate translation: “The Jews agreed and said that they and their descendants were obligated to celebrate the days of Purim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 9 31 rgr9 figs-metaphor 0 they accepted times of fasting and lamenting Accepting times of fasting and lamenting is a metaphor for agreeing to fast and lament at certain times. Alternate translation: “they agreed to fast and lament at certain times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.<br>
EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
EST 10 1 b5ht figs-metonymy 0 imposed a tax on the land and on the coastlands along the sea To impose a tax means to make people pay a tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. Alternate translation: “made the people living in the land and on the coastlands along the sea pay a tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns 0 All the achievements of his power and might The abstract noun “achievements” can be expressed with the verb “achieve” or the phrase “do great things. The abstract nouns “power” and “might” can be translated with adjectives. Alternate translation: “All that he achieved because of how powerful and mighty he was” or “All the great things that he did because of his power and might” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EST 10 2 k7tc figs-metaphor 0 the full account of the greatness of Mordecai to which the king had raised him The king honoring Mordecai is spoken of as if the king physically raised him up. Alternate translation: “the full account of how the King had made it known that Mordecai was great” or “the full account of how the king had honored Mordecai for the great things he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 EST front intro d989 0 # Introduction to Esther<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>1. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.<br> # Introduction to Esther<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Esther<br><br>1. King Ahasuerus sends away his wife, the queen (1:1–22)<br>1. Ahasuerus chooses Esther as the new queen (2:1–23)<br>1. Haman plots to destroy the Jews (3:1–15)<br>1. Mordecai asks Esther to help her people (4:1–17)<br>1. Esther pleads with the king for the Jews (5:1–7:10)<br>1. The result of Haman’s plot to destroy the Jews (8:1–9:16)<br>1. The Feast of Purim (9:17–32)<br>1. Conclusion (10:1–3)<br><br>### What is the Book of Esther about?<br><br>The Book of Esther tells how a young Jewish woman named Esther became the queen of Persia. As queen, she worked to save all the Jews in the Persian Empire from being destroyed.<br><br>This book ends by telling why the Jews celebrate the festival of Purim. The name “Purim” comes from the word “pur.” It means “lots” or “dice.” Haman, the enemy of Jews, threw dice to choose when to attack and destroy the Jews. The Jews celebrate Purim to remember how Yahweh rescued his people from being destroyed.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators can use the traditional title of this book, which is “The Book of Esther” or just “Esther.” Or they can choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Esther.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the Persian Empire?<br><br>King Cyrus the Great conquered and ruled over many kingdoms. This was in the part of the world called Persia, which is now Iran. So people named his kingdom the Persian Empire. When Cyrus conquered Babylonia in 539 B.C., he then controlled the Jews whom the Babylonians had exiled.<br><br>### Why were there Jews in Babylonia when the Persians conquered it?<br><br>In 586 B.C., the Babylonians conquered and took into exile the people of Judah. These Jews and their descendants were still in Babylon when the Persians conquered it.<br><br>### What was meant by “the laws of the Medes and Persians”?<br><br>The phrase “the laws of the Medes and Persians” is found in Esther 1:19 and Daniel 6:12. It referred to laws and decrees that could not be changed or removed once they were issued. In the book of Esther, the king made a decree that the people could attack the Jews. Later he regretted that decision but he was not able to change the decree.<br><br>The term “Medes” refers to a people group that had formed its own nation, but the Persians conquered them.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What different levels of language are in the Book of Esther?<br><br>In the Book of Esther, people talk to each other in many different situations. There is the polite and stately talk in the Persian court and the words of royal decrees. Friends and close relatives also talk to each other. There are even the words that one uses in speaking to oneself. Translators should use all the ways their own language has to express these different situations in a way that their readers will identify and understand.
3 EST 1 intro v1fp 0 # Esther 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests; so the advisers told him to divorce her.<br> # Esther 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s divorce<br><br>The king’s advisers were afraid that husbands would lose their authority when they heard the queen had refused to come to show her beauty to the king’s guests; so the advisers told him to divorce her.
4 EST 1 1 zzz2 0 In the days of Ahasuerus “In the time of Ahasuerus” or “When Ahasuerus was ruling as king”
5 EST 1 1 v5ts writing-background 0 this is Ahasuerus who reigned from India as far as Cush, over 127 provinces This is background information to help the reader identify Ahasuerus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
6 EST 1 1 k8tn 0 provinces A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government.
52 EST 1 22 n1pr 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
53 EST 1 22 jj9n 0 every man should be master of his own household “all men should have complete authority over their wives and their children”
54 EST 1 22 e481 figs-activepassive 0 This decree was given This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They wrote this decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
55 EST 2 intro eb4q 0 # Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.<br> # Esther 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther becomes queen<br><br>Esther was humble and took the advice of the royal officials about how to dress for her time with the king. The king chose Esther to be the new queen.<br><br>### Mordecai warns the king against a plot<br><br>Esther’s cousin, Mordecai, discovered that two men planned to kill the king. He told Esther, who then told the king. She also gave Mordecai credit for telling her.
56 EST 2 1 dpc3 writing-newevent 0 After these things This introduces a new event that happened a while later. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
57 EST 2 1 e4lp 0 the anger of King Ahasuerus subsided “the king became less angry”
58 EST 2 1 xpt9 0 the decree This is refers to the decree in [Esther 1:19-20](../01/19.md).
127 EST 2 23 ld4y figs-activepassive 0 The report was investigated and confirmed, and both the men were hanged This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The king investigated and confirmed the report, and ordered his servants to hang both men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128 EST 2 23 y28j translate-unknown 0 a gallows This was a structure used for killing people by tying one end of a rope around the top of the structure and the other end of the rope around their necks and hanging them from it. Alternate translation: “a frame for hanging people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
129 EST 2 23 g9nh figs-activepassive 0 This account was written This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “They recorded this account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
130 EST 3 intro zb26 0 # Esther 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.<br> # Esther 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Haman plots against the Jews<br><br>Mordecai considered prostrating himself before Haman. This would be considered to be worship. It was wrong to worship someone other than Yahweh. Because of this, he refused to do it on religious grounds. This made Haman angry so he decided to kill all the Jews in the Persian Empire.
131 EST 3 1 mm4c writing-newevent 0 After these things This introduces a new event in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
132 EST 3 1 ir5v translate-names 0 Haman son of Hammedatha the Agagite This is the name and description of Haman, one of the king’s officials. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
133 EST 3 1 ptm4 figs-idiom 0 placed his seat of authority above all the officials who were with him Here “seat of authority” represents his position or status in the government. Alternate translation: “promoted him above the other officials” or “gave him more authority than all the other officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
171 EST 3 15 m927 0 the fortress This refers to a castle, stronghold or fortified city. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md).
172 EST 3 15 nlk8 translate-names 0 Susa See how you translated the name of this place in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
173 EST 3 15 wm4u 0 was in turmoil “was in a state of great confusion”
174 EST 4 intro z7u2 0 # Esther 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Esther 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai warns Esther to act<br><br>Mordecai tells Esther she must beg the king for the Jews’ lives, even if she risks her own death.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>There is implicit information translators may not understand. “Who knows whether you have come to this royal position for such a time as this?” This means “maybe God made you the queen so you could save the Jews.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
175 EST 4 1 nya6 0 learned of all that had been done “found out about those letters”
176 EST 4 1 vgy8 translate-symaction 0 tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes These acts are signs of severe sadness. Alternate translation: “tore his clothes and put on sackcloth and ashes to show his grief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
177 EST 4 3 e73y 0 province A province is a large area into which some countries are divided for the purposes of government. See how you translated this in [Esther 1:1](../01/01.md).
193 EST 4 16 d6cq translate-names 0 Susa See how you translated the name of this place in [Esther 1:2](../01/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
194 EST 4 16 t2wg translate-symaction 0 fast for me…will fast Fasting was a symbolic act that the Jews did when they were praying intensely. This can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “fast and pray for me…will fast and pray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
195 EST 4 16 qw8v translate-numbers 0 three days “3 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
196 EST 5 intro k5ff 0 # Esther 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Esther 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section about Haman’s fall (Chapters 5-7).<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Esther’s respect<br>Esther approached the king with the utmost of respect. By doing this, her character became respected by the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
197 EST 5 1 uk7p 0 facing the entrance to the house “across the room from the entrance of the house” or “looking toward the entrance to the house”
198 EST 5 2 pw4x figs-metaphor 0 she received approval in his eyes The word “eyes” refers to his sight and is a metaphor for his evaluation of her. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he was pleased with her” or “he approved of her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
199 EST 5 2 uu8s 0 He held out to her the golden scepter in his hand He did this to show that he was pleased with her.
224 EST 5 14 k8zd translate-numbers 0 fifty cubits high “50 cubits high.” You may convert this to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “twenty-three meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
225 EST 5 14 i8is 0 he had the gallows constructed “he told people to construct the gallows”
226 EST 5 14 bbs9 0 This pleased Haman “Haman liked this idea”
227 EST 6 intro i9x7 0 # Esther 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.<br> # Esther 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues the story of Haman’s fall.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Approaching the king<br>It was not possible for a person to easily approach the king. Normally, access to him was very limited. There are several events in this chapter which show the layers of protection surrounding the king.
228 EST 6 2 syd9 translate-names 0 Bigthana and Teresh These are the names of two men. See how your translated their names in [Esther 2:21](../02/21.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
229 EST 6 2 u4gi figs-metaphor 0 It was found recorded there Here “found” is an metaphor for learning. Both “found” and “recorded” can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “They found that the writers had recorded there” or “They learned that the writers had written” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
230 EST 6 3 lmz6 figs-activepassive 0 What was done to give honor This can be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “What did I do to give honor” or “What did we do to give honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
248 EST 6 13 pkd2 translate-names 0 Zeresh See how you translated this woman’s name in [Esther 6:13](../06/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
249 EST 6 13 fd5k figs-metaphor 0 before whom you have begun to fall…you will certainly fall before him They spoke as if Haman and Mordecai were in a battle, and Haman was beginning to lose the battle. Here “to fall” represents being dishonored and defeated. Alternate translation: “who has already humiliated you…he will certainly defeat you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
250 EST 6 13 nan5 figs-metaphor 0 you will not overcome him “you will not win against him.” They spoke as if Haman and Mordecai were in a battle. Here overcoming a person represents having greater honor than that person. Alternate translation: “you will not have greater honor than he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
251 EST 7 intro x4w3 0 # Esther 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])<br> # Esther 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Haman’s fall concludes in this chapter.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Covering Haman’s face<br><br>When “the servants covered Haman’s face,” they were showing that he had been condemned to be executed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/condemn]])
252 EST 7 1 n8vb translate-names 0 Haman See how you translated this man’s name in [Esther 3:1](../03/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
253 EST 7 2 xt9f 0 On this second day “on this second day of feasting”
254 EST 7 2 s5ae 0 while they were serving wine “while the servants were pouring the wine and giving it to them”
274 EST 7 9 a7ic translate-names 0 Harbona This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
275 EST 7 9 sre1 translate-numbers 0 A gallows fifty cubits tall You may convert “fifty cubits” to a modern measure. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Esther 5:14](../05/14.md). Alternate translation: “A gallows twenty-three meters high” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
276 EST 7 10 umd4 figs-metaphor 0 Then the king’s rage died down The king’s rage is a spoken of as if it were a large fire that became smaller. Alternate translation: “Then the king’s rage lessened” or “Then the king was not so angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
277 EST 8 intro z6j7 0 # Esther 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the Jews from possible destruction. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.<br> # Esther 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s protection<br>Yahweh is at work in this chapter preventing the Jews from possible destruction. God used Esther and Mordecai to protect their people.
278 EST 8 1 nm3u 0 Haman See how you translated this man’s name in [Esther 3:1](../03/01.md).
279 EST 8 2 m5hz translate-unknown 0 signet ring This ring had the king’s name or mark on it. When he put a wax seal on important papers, he would press the mark onto the seal. If a paper had this mark on its seal, people would know that what was written on the paper was written with the king’s authority and had to be obeyed. See how you translated this in [Esther 3:10](../03/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
280 EST 8 2 z5yn 0 gave it to Mordecai By giving his signet ring to Mordecai, the king gave Mordecai the authority to write important papers that people would have to obey.
322 EST 8 17 va7t figs-metaphor 0 wherever the king’s decree reached Reaching places represents going to places. Alternate translation: “wherever the king’s men took his decree” or “wherever the king’s decree was read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323 EST 8 17 p89m 0 holiday day on which people celebrate special events
324 EST 8 17 r3qf figs-metaphor 0 the fear of the Jews had fallen on them Fear falling on people represents people becoming very afraid. Alternate translation: “they had become very afraid of the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
325 EST 9 intro yty1 0 # Esther 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.<br> # Esther 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Purim<br>The events of this chapter were so significant, the Jews celebrated these events every year after this. It is known as “Purim.”<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic Situation<br>The day that was supposed to bring great victory to the enemies of the Jews became a day of great victory for the Jews. This is a type of irony.
326 EST 9 1 t9yc 0 the twelfth month, which is the month of Adar, on the thirteenth day See how you translated a similar phrase in [Esther 3:13](../03/13.md).
327 EST 9 1 wh56 figs-idiom 0 when the king’s law and decree were about to be carried out “Carry out” here is an idiom meaning to do something that was commanded or planned. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “when the people were about to obey the king’s law and decree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
328 EST 9 1 ect2 figs-idiom 0 to gain power over them Gaining power over people is an idiom for defeating them. Alternate translation: “to defeat the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
384 EST 9 30 iaf7 figs-abstractnouns 0 wishing the Jews safety and truth The abstract nouns “safety” and “truth” can be expressed with phrases. Alternate translation: “wishing that the Jews would be safe and that people would be faithful to the Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
385 EST 9 31 rl2s figs-metaphor 0 The Jews accepted this obligation for themselves and their descendants Accepting an obligation is a metaphor for agreeing with the obligation. The abstract noun “obligation” can be expressed with the verb “obligate.” Alternate translation: “The Jews agreed and said that they and their descendants were obligated to celebrate the days of Purim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
386 EST 9 31 rgr9 figs-metaphor 0 they accepted times of fasting and lamenting Accepting times of fasting and lamenting is a metaphor for agreeing to fast and lament at certain times. Alternate translation: “they agreed to fast and lament at certain times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
387 EST 10 intro h4m4 0 # Esther 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.<br> # Esther 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Mordecai’s new position<br><br>Through the power of Yahweh, Mordecai was given a new position in the Persian Empire. Mordecai was now the second in command in the kingdom of Persia and he used his position to help other Jews.
388 EST 10 1 b5ht figs-metonymy 0 imposed a tax on the land and on the coastlands along the sea To impose a tax means to make people pay a tax. The land and coastlands represent the people living there. Alternate translation: “made the people living in the land and on the coastlands along the sea pay a tax” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
389 EST 10 2 p98n figs-abstractnouns 0 All the achievements of his power and might The abstract noun “achievements” can be expressed with the verb “achieve” or the phrase “do great things. The abstract nouns “power” and “might” can be translated with adjectives. Alternate translation: “All that he achieved because of how powerful and mighty he was” or “All the great things that he did because of his power and might” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
390 EST 10 2 k7tc figs-metaphor 0 the full account of the greatness of Mordecai to which the king had raised him The king honoring Mordecai is spoken of as if the king physically raised him up. Alternate translation: “the full account of how the King had made it known that Mordecai was great” or “the full account of how the king had honored Mordecai for the great things he had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

86
en_tn_18-JOB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Job<br><br>1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)<br>- Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)<br>- Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)<br>1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)<br>- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)<br>- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)<br>- Eliphaz and Bildad<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)<br>1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)<br>1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)<br>1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)<br>1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)<br><br>### What is the Book of Job about?<br><br>The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Job?<br><br>We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does sin cause suffering?<br><br>When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?<br><br>Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.<br><br>### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?<br><br>We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?<br><br>The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.<br><br>### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?<br><br>The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.<br>
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
JOB front intro u3jc 0 # Introduction to Job<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Job<br><br>1. Job is introduced (1:1–2:13)<br>- Job is blameless and wealthy (1:1–5)<br>- Yahweh allows Satan to test Job (1:6–2:10)<br>1. Three friends speak to Job (3:1–14:22)<br>- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. They speak to him again (15:1–21:34)<br>- Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. They speak a third time (22:1–31:40)<br>- Eliphaz and Bildad<br>- Job replies to each<br>1. Elihu speaks to Job (32:1–37:24)<br>1. Yahweh answers Job out of the whirlwind (38:1–41:34)<br>1. Job is humbled before Yahweh (42:1–6)<br>1. Yahweh rebukes Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar (42:7–9)<br>1. Yahweh prospers Job again (42:10–17)<br><br>### What is the Book of Job about?<br><br>The Book of Job is about a man named Job who experienced disaster even though he was faithful to Yahweh. Job speaks with three friends and asks why Yahweh lets him experience trials and losses. The book teaches that we cannot understand all of Yahweh’s ways, and when we suffer, it is more important to trust Yahweh than it is to understand the reason for the suffering.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The Book of Job is named for Job, the main character in the book. His name is not related to the English word “job.” Translators might use the traditional title of “The Book of Job” or just “Job.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Book About Job” or “The Book About a Man Named Job.”<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Job?<br><br>We do not know who wrote the Book of Job. Many people suggest that Moses composed or compiled the book, but it may have been written after the time of Moses.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does sin cause suffering?<br><br>When a person sins against Yahweh, it can cause the person to experience suffering. People in the ancient Near East generally believed that a person suffered because they or their ancestors sinned against God. This is what many religions teach. However, the Book of Job shows that a person may suffer even if he or she has not sinned. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Were Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar really Job’s friends?<br><br>Job 2:11 refers to Eliphaz, Bildad, and Zophar as the friends of Job. But they did not comfort Job. Instead, they tried to persuade Job to say something about God that Job believed was not true. So we might wonder if it is right to translate the word as “friends.” They did care about Job and they wanted to help him. However, what they said did not help Job because they did not understand the truth about God.<br><br>### When did the events in the Book of Job take place?<br><br>We do not know when the events in the Book of Job took place. It seems to be set around the time of Abraham and Isaac in the Book of Genesis. However, some verses are similar to ones in the Books of Proverbs and Isaiah, which are set much later.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is in the Book of Job?<br><br>The writer starts and ends the Book of Job by telling what happened to Job in narrative form. He wrote the other parts in poetry form. In the ancient Near East, writers often used poetry to discuss matters of wisdom.<br><br>### Is the Book of Job difficult to translate?<br><br>The Book of Job has many uncommon words and phrases, making parts of it hard to understand translate. For this reason, translators may decide to translate this book after they have translated other books of the Bible. However, since the writer did not connect Job with a specific time or place in history, the translator may decide to translate this book before other Old Testament books.
JOB 1 intro lym1 0 # Job 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter introduces a story about a man named Job who lives during a time long before the author.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wealth<br>Job is very rich. During his time, a man’s wealth is measured by the number of animals he owns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Feasts<br>Job is a very godly man and celebrates Yahweh’s provision by having feasts. It must be remembered that Job lives prior to the law of Moses, so his religious practices are different than the Hebrew people after Moses. The events of this book occur about the same time as the life of Abraham. Therefore, this book corresponds more with Genesis 12-50 than the rest of the Old Testament. (See:[[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Job’s faith<br>Satan believes that Job’s faith is based on Yahweh’s blessings. He challenges Yahweh to remove these blessings from Job’s life because he thinks that Job will no longer trust in Yahweh if this happens. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JOB 1 1 k5g4 translate-names 0 land of Uz Possible locations are (1) a place in ancient Edom east of the Jordan River in modern western Jordan or (2) a place east of the Euphrates River in modern Iran. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 1 1 r5aj figs-doublet 0 blameless and upright The words “blameless” and “upright” share similar meanings and emphasize that Job was a righteous man. Alternate translation: “one who did what was right before God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 1 1 qj15 0 one who feared God “one who honored God”
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JOB 1 20 d1w8 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe, shaved his head These were r
JOB 1 21 wph4 0 I was naked when I came out of my mother’s womb, and I will be naked when I will return there “At my birth, I brought nothing into the world, and at my death I will return to the earth with nothing”
JOB 1 22 l3ef 0 In all this matter “Regarding all this that happened”
JOB 1 22 xns1 0 accuse God of wrongdoing “say that God had done wrong”
JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br>
JOB 2 intro ke5i 0 # Job 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter repeats the concepts of the previous chapter, but this time it is more severe. After losing his wealth, Job’s health is taken from him. His wife also begins to encourage Job to sin by cursing Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 2 1 rz1x 0 General Information: This verse is almost exactly the same as [Job 1:6](../01/06.md) and can probably be translated in the same way.
JOB 2 1 r1zs 0 Then it was the day See how you translated this in [Job 1:6](../01/06.md).
JOB 2 1 hst1 0 the day when This is not a specific day. The gathering happened often. Alternate translation: “at the time when” or “one day when”
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ JOB 2 12 kle6 0 they did not recognize him This probably means that Job’s vi
JOB 2 12 jd72 figs-idiom 0 They raised their voices and wept Here “raised their voices” is an idiom that means they became loud. Alternate translation: “They wept out loud” or “They wept loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 2 12 ira1 translate-symaction 0 tore his robe This was a sign of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 2 12 zzf1 translate-symaction 0 threw dust into the air and upon his own head These were signs of mourning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 3 intro jci9 0 # Job 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses several rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to show Job’s earnest desire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 3 1 hmv8 figs-idiom 0 opened his mouth This idiom means he began to speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 3 3 z3eb figs-personification 0 May the day on which I was born perish, the night Job speaks of that day and night as if they were people. Alternate translation: “I wish that I had never been born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 3 3 zca2 figs-ellipsis 0 the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived.’ This expression intensifies the statement of Job’s grief by going even further back in time from his birth to his conception. Alternate translation: “the night that said, ‘A boy has been conceived’ perish.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ JOB 3 24 ya6w 0 my sighing happens instead of eating “Instead of eating, I m
JOB 3 24 jp2u figs-metaphor 0 my groaning is poured out like water Moral qualities and emotions such as grief are often spoken of as if they were water. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 3 25 pvp2 figs-parallelism 0 the thing that I feared has come on me; what I was afraid of has come to me These two phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “what I feared most has happened to me” or “my worst fear has come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 3 26 f53t figs-parallelism 0 I am not at ease, I am not quiet, and I have no rest Job expresses his anguish in three separate phrases. Alternate translation: “I am very anxious” or “I am emotionally and physically tormented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 4 intro kk87 0 # Job 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to form Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 1 e5n4 translate-names 0 Eliphaz Eliphaz is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 1 c3fq translate-names 0 Temanite A Temanite belongs to the tribe of Teman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 4 2 y6k8 figs-rquestion 0 will you be impatient? Eliphaz asks this question in order to make a statement. Alternate translation: “you will surely be impatient.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ JOB 4 20 m44u figs-metaphor 0 Between morning and evening they are destroyed Th
JOB 4 20 znp6 figs-activepassive 0 they are destroyed This may also be put into active form. Alternate translation: “they die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 4 21 n9su figs-rquestion 0 Are not their tent cords plucked up among them? This may be put into active form. Alternate translation: “Have not their enemies plucked up their tent cords from among them?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 4 21 ugp9 figs-synecdoche 0 their tent cords Here tent cords represent a tent. Sometimes a person’s home and family are pictured as his tent, which can also represent all his possessions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 5 intro kq38 0 # Job 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Sickness and sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person’s illness was caused by sin. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While Yahweh may punish people because of their sin, not all sicknesses are caused by sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 gaw4 figs-rquestion 0 To which of the holy ones will you turn? Eliphaz poses this question to make the point that there is no one Job can turn to for help. Alternate translation: “Is there a holy one to whom you may turn?” or “There is no holy one to whom you can turn for help.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 5 1 n2rw 0 holy ones This refers to supernatural beings of some kind, whether angels or other spirits.
JOB 5 2 v7ip 0 jealousy kills the silly one “jealousy kills anyone who acts ignorantly and impulsively”
@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ JOB 5 25 f961 figs-simile 0 your offspring will be like the grass on the ground
JOB 5 26 a9gt 0 You will come to your grave at a full age “You will die at a very old age”
JOB 5 26 w6jt figs-explicit 0 like a stack of grain bundles that goes up at its time You may need to make explicit that the grain in this simile is fully ripe but not overly ripe. He would neither die young nor become weak in his old age. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 5 27 uwj5 figs-exclusive 0 See, we have examined this matter; it is like this; listen to it, and know it for yourself The words “we” refers to Job’s friends but not to Job. Alternate translation: “Look, we have thought about this matter. Listen to what I am saying and know that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 6 intro r7kh 0 # Job 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 2 use6 figs-parallelism 0 if only my anguish were weighed; if only all my calamity were laid in the balance Here the writer uses two different statements to convey a single idea, the burden of Job’s suffering. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “if only I could weigh my anguish and all my calamities in the balance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 6 2 cqr6 0 in the balance “on a scale”
JOB 6 3 l5j1 figs-simile 0 For now it would be heavier than the sand of the seas Job compares the burden of his suffering to the weight of wet sand; both can crush a person. Alternate translation: “For my anguish and calamities would be heavier than the sand on the seashore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ JOB 6 29 hka9 0 Indeed, relent “Please relent.”
JOB 6 30 km3f figs-rquestion 0 Is there evil on my tongue? “Do I say wicked things?” Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he is not wicked. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I do not say wicked things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 6 30 z316 figs-metonymy 0 on my tongue Here Job’s speech is represented by his “tongue.” Alternate translation: “in my speech” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 6 30 f1ga figs-rquestion 0 Cannot my mouth detect malicious things? Job uses this question to rebuke his friends and to emphasize that he can tell the difference between right and wrong. Here Job refers to himself by his “mouth” to emphasize his speech. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know what is right to say and what is wrong to say.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 7 intro y5ka 0 # Job 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, and desiring his own death, Job does not curse God. He would rather have God end his life than to curse him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He also is upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 eq7p figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer continues to use parallelism in each of these verses, conveying a single idea using two different statements to emphasize that his personal suffering is part of the universal suffering which all people experience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 7 1 nz5u figs-rquestion 0 Does not man have hard labor on earth? Job poses this negative question to emphasize his awareness that all people experience hard work. It can be translated as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “There is hard labor for every person on earth.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 7 1 a1c6 figs-hyperbole 0 on earth This is a generalization that means for the time people are living on the earth. Alternate translation: “while he lives on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ JOB 7 21 gzz5 figs-parallelism 0 Why do you not pardon my transgression and tak
JOB 7 21 ek8a 0 take away “remove”
JOB 7 21 yf7g figs-metonymy 0 now will I lie down in the dust The phrase “lie down in the dust” is a metonym that represents dying. Alternate translation: “now I will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 7 21 uz1p 0 I will not exist “I will not be here” or “I will be gone”
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 8 intro md4v 0 # Job 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 8 1 emj8 figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Verses 2 and 3 each consist of two different questions that have the same meaning. Bildad uses these questions to rebuke Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 8 1 xwz1 0 Connecting Statement: In this chapter, Bildad begins to speak about Job’s complaints.
JOB 8 1 y8y8 translate-names 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ JOB 8 21 e5gp figs-ellipsis 0 your lips with shouting The verb “fill” is un
JOB 8 22 tc4g figs-metaphor 0 Those who hate you will be clothed with shame Here “shame” is spoken of as if it were clothing that God will cause Job’s enemies to wear. This means they will be very ashamed. Alternate translation: “God will cause those who hate you to be very ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 8 22 k5y9 0 the tent of the wicked will be no more Here “tent” refers to the homes of the wicked. Alternate translation: “the houses of the wicked will be destroyed”
JOB 8 22 uz63 0 will be no more “will not last” or “will be destroyed”
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 9 intro n51u 0 # Job 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness and Yahweh’s power<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Job does not think that he can make a claim against Yahweh because only God is perfectly wise and just. Yahweh is truly powerful and Job understands this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express himself or to describe Yahweh’s power. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Bildad that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 9 2 e369 0 I truly know that this is so “I know that what you say is true”
JOB 9 2 a9ku 0 this is so Here the word “this” refers to what Bildad said.
JOB 9 2 r4pi 0 how can a person be in the right with God? “how can anyone be innocent before God?”
@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ JOB 9 34 cc5r figs-metonymy 0 take God’s rod off me Here “God’s rod” is
JOB 9 34 vs1b figs-abstractnouns 0 keep his terror from frightening me The abstract noun “terror” can be translated as the verb “terrify.” Alternate translation: “keep him from terrifying and frightening me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 9 35 fa78 0 Then would I speak up “Then I would speak”
JOB 9 35 ug86 0 as things are now “because this is how things are now”
JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 10 intro ul99 0 # Job 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse Yahweh. Instead, he defends himself to Yahweh, while trusting in his decision. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to defend himself. He does not believe that he committed a sin deserving severe punishment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 10 1 ch7h 0 I am weary of my life “I am tired of living”
JOB 10 1 p5cl figs-abstractnouns 0 I will give free expression to my complaint The abstract nouns “expression” and “complaint” can be translated as the verbs “express” and “complain.” Alternate translation: “I will freely express what I have to complain about” or “I will argue freely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 10 1 zk1f figs-metaphor 0 I will speak in the bitterness of my soul How Job feels is compared to a bitter taste. The abstract noun “bitterness” can be translated as the adverb “bitterly.” Alternate translation: “My inner being will speak bitterly” or “I will bitterly speak out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -621,7 +621,7 @@ JOB 10 21 zq3v 0 the shadow of death See how you translated this in [Job 3:5](
JOB 10 22 xkq9 figs-simile 0 as dark as midnight The darkness of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to the darkness of midnight. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 10 22 r9u5 figs-litotes 0 without any order This negative phrase can be expressed in positive form. Alternate translation: “full of confusion” or “where all is confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
JOB 10 22 a8nx figs-simile 0 where the light is like midnight The light of the place where the spirits of dead people go is compared to midnight. Alternate translation: “where there is no light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br><br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 11 intro m1vt 0 # Job 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br><br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He even questions the character of God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>Zophar uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Zophar’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 11 1 mbq7 translate-names 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “Zophar from the region of Naamah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 11 2 cq18 figs-rquestion 0 Should not such a multitude of words be answered? Zophar is asking a question in the negative to emphasize that Job’s words must be challenged. Alternate translation: “We must answer all of these words!” or “Someone should respond to all these words!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 11 2 ua2s figs-rquestion 0 Should this man, so full of talk, be believed? Zophar uses this question to emphasize that they should not believe what Job was saying. Alternate translation: “This man is so full of talk, but the people should not believe him!” or “Your many words alone do not mean you are innocent!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ JOB 11 18 f1be figs-idiom 0 would take your rest in safety “Take your rest”
JOB 11 19 fm2w figs-parallelism 0 Also you would lie down in rest…your favor. Zophar repeats the same idea for emphasis and describes the possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 11 19 hc18 figs-abstractnouns 0 you would lie down in rest The abstract noun “rest” can be expressed with the verb “rest.” Alternate translation: “you would lie down and rest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 11 20 s359 figs-metaphor 0 the eyes of wicked people will fail Their eyes represent their understanding. Alternate translation: “the understanding of the wicked people will fail” or “the wicked people will not be able to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 12 intro u4jn 0 # Job 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>Job uses many different metaphors in this chapter to express his pain or despair. He is also upset with the advice of his friends, who are supposed to help him during difficult times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 12 2 dpz4 figs-irony 0 No doubt you are the people; wisdom will die with you Job mocks how they are acting and shows how ridiculous they sound. Alternate translation: “Surely you are such important people that wisdom cannot exist without you” or “You all act like you are the only wise people and that when you die, wisdom will disappear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 12 2 ba96 0 No doubt “Surely”
JOB 12 2 dk3z figs-you 0 you This is plural in verses 2 and 3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ JOB 12 24 n4ta figs-metaphor 0 He takes away understanding from the leaders of
JOB 12 24 w1re figs-metaphor 0 to wander in a wilderness where there is no path Wandering in a wilderness where there is no path represents being in a difficult situation and not knowing what to do. Alternate translation: “to be unsure of what to do like a person wandering in a wasteland with no path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 x7t2 figs-metaphor 0 They grope in the dark without light Being in the dark without light represents lacking knowledge. Alternate translation: “They struggle to make decisions without knowledge as people struggle to walk in the dark without light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 12 25 a21u figs-simile 0 he makes them stagger like a drunk man Staggering or wandering like a drunk man represents living without purpose. Alternate translation: “he makes them live without purpose like a drunk person who staggers as he walks” or “they wander aimlessly like a drunk person who staggers back and forth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 13 intro x1ub 0 # Job 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Zophar. It also contains Job’s claim of righteousness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. His friends, on the other hand, judge Job’s case, which Job recognizes to be Yahweh’s authority. These three friends therefore try to take God’s place. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s response. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 13 1 i5ce 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues to speak to his friends.
JOB 13 1 i4pc 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JOB 13 1 d8w1 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye has seen all this Job referred to himself as his eye since it is with his eyes that he saw these things. Alternate translation: “I have seen all this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ JOB 13 27 x3kd figs-synecdoche 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my f
JOB 13 27 l15n figs-metaphor 0 you examine the ground where the soles of my feet have walked Examining this ground represents examining all that Job has done. Alternate translation: “it is as though you examine the ground where I have walked” or “you examine everything I do like a person examining someone’s footprints on the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 13 28 mlj8 figs-simile 0 like a rotten thing that wastes away Job compares his life to something that is decaying. He is slowly dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 13 28 fq5k figs-simile 0 like a garment that moths have eaten Job compares himself to clothes that are full of holes because the moths have eaten parts of it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection<br>The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 14 intro t321 0 # Job 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s claim of righteousness being presented to Yahweh. It also has an abrupt shift in tone. Rather than being hopeful, Job laments. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Resurrection<br>The events of Job occurred long before the Old Testament was written. Therefore, he likely had very little direct revelation about Yahweh. The resurrection of the dead was apparently not well-known during Job’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in his appeal to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 14 1 g34y 0 General Information: This chapter continues Job’s speech, which started in [Job 12:1](../12/01.md). Job is speaking to God.
JOB 14 1 d6in figs-gendernotations 0 Man, who is born of woman This refers to all people, both men and women; all are born into this world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
JOB 14 1 u162 figs-hyperbole 0 lives only a few days This is an exaggeration to emphasize that people live only a short time. Alternate translation: “lives only a very short time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ JOB 14 20 uah1 figs-euphemism 0 he passes away Passing away represents dying. A
JOB 14 20 p3dh 0 you change his face Possible meanings are (1) the pain just before dying makes his face contract or (2) when a person dies, God makes the person’s face look different.
JOB 14 20 lq7f figs-metaphor 0 send him away to die This represents causing him to die. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 14 21 m7cw figs-metaphor 0 if they are brought low Being brought low represents being shamed. Alternate translation: “if they are disgraced” or “if people shame them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 15 intro p4sy 0 # Job 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Eliphaz’s advice<br>Eliphaz tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Eliphaz gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 1 v5mb translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite This is the name of a man. People from Teman are known as Temanites. See how you translated this in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 15 2 mw8h figs-rquestion 0 Should a wise man answer with useless knowledge and fill himself with the east wind? Eliphaz uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Job. This can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “A wise man should not answer with useless knowledge nor fill himself with the east wind.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 15 2 hd46 figs-metaphor 0 fill himself with the east wind The wind represents emptiness. This phrase speaks of a person speaking empty and meaningless words as if that person were full of the wind. Alternate translation: “fill himself with empty words” or “only have meaningless words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ JOB 15 34 rr5n 0 the company of godless people “the group of godless people
JOB 15 34 v3q1 figs-possession 0 fire will consume their tents of bribery The phrase “tents of bribery” means that the wicked people bought these tents with the money they made by bribery. Alternate translation: “the tents they bought with their bribes will be burned by fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]])
JOB 15 35 x22k figs-parallelism 0 They conceive mischief and give birth to iniquity; their womb conceives deceit The same thought is repeated three times to emphasize how much evil these people produce. This speaks of a person planning to do evil things and doing them as if the person were conceiving and giving birth to these things as a woman conceives and gives birth to a child. Alternate translation: “They plan to cause mischief and do evil things; they are always planning to deceive others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 15 35 u7sb figs-synecdoche 0 their womb conceives Here the “womb” is used to refer to the person to emphasize conception, as it is in the womb that conception takes place. Alternate translation: “they conceive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s response<br>Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
JOB 16 intro j3zc 0 # Job 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s response<br>Job expresses shock and disgust at the advice Eliphaz gives to him. He even mocks Eliphaz. He describes the difficulties of his circumstances but never curses Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 16 2 t7wj 0 you are all miserable comforters “instead of comforting me, you all make me more miserable”
JOB 16 3 p7ga figs-rquestion 0 Will useless words ever have an end? Job uses this rhetorical question to express that he wishes that they would stop speaking useless words. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “How I wish your useless words would end!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 16 3 g4tp figs-rquestion 0 What is wrong with you that you answer like this? Job uses this rhetorical question to rebuke Eliphaz. Here the word “you” is singular and refers to Eliphaz, who just finished speaking to Job. This question can be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Eliphaz, you should stop answering me like this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -972,7 +972,7 @@ JOB 16 20 v43g figs-hyperbole 0 my eye pours out tears Job describes how strong
JOB 16 21 izh8 figs-123person 0 for this man “for me.” Here Job refers to himself in the third person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JOB 16 21 kk12 figs-simile 0 as a man does with his neighbor! “as a man does for his neighbor.” Job describes how he wants that one in heaven to plead for him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 16 22 z81v figs-explicit 0 I will go to a place Here Job is referring to himself dying. Alternate translation: “I will die and go to a place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
JOB 17 intro rs6g 0 # Job 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Eliphaz, but it is more directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s grief<br>Job expresses grief or great sadness in this chapter. He awaits the justice and intercession of Yahweh as he awaits his own death. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/intercede]])<br><br>### Advocate<br>Job describes the need for someone to intercede for him in heaven. This person would be his advocate and provide a witness for him. Although this is probably not intended as a prophecy, it closely parallels the way Jesus intercedes for people in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JOB 17 1 a993 0 General Information: Job continues to speak.
JOB 17 1 c8r6 figs-synecdoche 0 My spirit is consumed Job refers to himself by his “spirit” to emphasize his inner emotions. He speaks of not having any strength left as if he were something that has been used up. Alternate translation: “I am consumed” or “I have lost all of my strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 17 1 yjx4 0 my days are over “my time is over” or “I am going to die soon”
@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ JOB 17 16 h77p figs-rquestion 0 Will hope go down with me…dust? The implicit
JOB 17 16 yx83 figs-metaphor 0 gates of Sheol Sheol does not really have gates, but it is a metaphor for Job entering Sheol. Alternate translation: “when I go into Sheol” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 17 16 ajw5 0 when we “when I and the things that I hope for” or “when I and my hopes.” The word “we” refers to Job and his hope.
JOB 17 16 z16e figs-idiom 0 descend to the dust This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “die and are buried” or “go to the grave” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOB 18 intro qk5f 0 # Job 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Bildad’s advice<br>Bildad tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Bildad gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 18 1 g41k writing-poetry 0 General Information: Bildad the Shuhite is speaking to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 18 1 b2sb 0 Then Bildad the Shuhite answered and said “Bildad” is the name of a man who is a member of the tribe of Shuah. See how you translated this in [Job 8:1](../08/01.md).
JOB 18 2 b4en figs-rquestion 0 When will you stop your talk? This rhetorical question means that Job has been talking for too long. This may be written as a statement. Alternate translation: “Stop talking!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@ JOB 18 20 wn9y figs-merism 0 Those who live in the west…those who live in the
JOB 18 20 r4pt 0 one day “someday”
JOB 18 21 w31s 0 General Information: Bildad continues to describe the wicked person.
JOB 18 21 da3s figs-parallelism 0 the homes of unrighteous people, the places of those who do not know God These two phrases have the same meaning and refer to the same people. Here these people are referred to by the places where they live. Alternate translation: “unrighteous people, those who do not know God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
JOB 19 intro vq57 0 # Job 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>Verses 25-27 are very important to this book. They show the great depth of Job’s faith in Yahweh after his most difficult time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
JOB 19 1 rlm3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JOB 19 1 u8kd 0 Connecting Statement: Job speaks to his three friends.
JOB 19 2 xxa9 figs-rquestion 0 How long will you make me suffer and break me into pieces with words? Job uses this question to complain about how his friends are treating him. Alternate translation: “Stop making me suffer and breaking me into pieces with words.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ JOB 19 29 tw35 figs-metonymy 0 then be afraid of the sword Possible meanings ar
JOB 19 29 t8gg figs-abstractnouns 0 because wrath brings the punishment of the sword The abstract nouns “wrath” and “punishment” can be expressed with the adjective “angry” and the verb “punish.” Possible meanings are that (1) God’s anger results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because God will be angry with you and punish you” or (2) the anger of Job’s friends results in punishment. Alternate translation: “because if you are so angry with me, God will punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 19 29 yy9j 0 brings “causes” or “results in”
JOB 19 29 n1i1 figs-abstractnouns 0 there is a judgment The abstract noun “judgment” can be expressed with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God judges people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
JOB 20 intro p78g 0 # Job 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is the advice of Job’s friend, Zophar. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke, and he is even angry at Job. He claims that Job took advantage of the poor and is being punished for it.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Zophar’s advice<br>Zophar tells Job to curse Yahweh. The advice Zophar gives to Job is bad advice. He tries to convince Job that he is sinning and has been punished by Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>There are many metaphors used in this chapter. Zophar uses them to explain the temporary nature of life and riches. He also uses them to describe God’s punishment of Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 1 p292 0 General Information: Zophar replies to Job.
JOB 20 1 chh1 0 Zophar the Naamathite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). Since this is the second time that Zophar speaks, some translations omit “the Naamathite” here.
JOB 20 2 eef1 figs-metaphor 0 My thoughts make me answer quickly The idea of Zophar’s thoughts making him do something represents his strong desire to do something. Alternate translation: “I want very much to answer you quickly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1255,7 +1255,7 @@ JOB 20 28 wi73 0 his goods “his possessions”
JOB 20 28 e2e8 figs-metonymy 0 the day of God’s wrath Here “wrath” represents punishment. The abstract noun “wrath” can be expressed with the verb punish. Alternate translation: “the day when God punishes people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 20 29 d9w5 figs-metaphor 0 This is the wicked man’s portion from God Here “portion from God” represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him. Alternate translation: “This is what God has decided should happen to the wicked man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 20 29 a1s8 figs-metaphor 0 the heritage reserved for him by God This represents what God has decided should happen to someone. It is spoken of as if it were something that God would give him as an inheritance. Alternate translation: “what God has planned to give to him” or “what God has planned should happen to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancestor’s sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 21 intro k6tx 0 # Job 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Zophar. It is also a response to all three of his friends in general.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ancestor’s sin<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to believe that a person could be punished because of the sins of their fathers and ancestors. It was seen as the punishment of a god. While a father’s sin may have consequences for their children, Yahweh does not punish people because of their father’s sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Zophar that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 21 1 l3vp 0 Connecting Statement: Job begins to answer Zophar’s accusations.
JOB 21 3 x7gy 0 Put up with me “Allow me” or “Be patient with me”
JOB 21 3 w3a4 figs-irony 0 mock on “you can continue mocking me.” Job is using sarcasm to imply that his friends would ignore what he would say and continue to mock him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ JOB 21 33 eqt1 figs-synecdoche 0 The clods of the valley will be sweet to him J
JOB 21 33 p9wd figs-hypo 0 all people will follow after him, as there were innumerable people before him Job emphasizes that a large crowd of people will be in the funeral procession of this imaginary wicked man to honor him. Alternate translation: “a huge number of people go to the grave site; some go in front of the procession and some come behind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JOB 21 34 aa8a 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Job’s speech to his friends.
JOB 21 34 j6yy figs-rquestion 0 How then do you comfort me with nonsense, since in your answers there is nothing but falsehood? Job uses a question to scold his friends. Alternate translation: “You cannot comfort me with nonsense. All of your answers are false.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 22 intro m13v 0 # Job 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Eliphaz. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br>Eliphaz tries to get Job to repent in this chapter. Eliphaz assumes that he is righteous, while assuming Job is not. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Eliphaz uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Eliphaz’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 1 cea8 translate-names 0 Eliphaz the Temanite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 22 2 r9kd figs-parallelism 0 Can a man be useful to God? Can a wise man be useful to him? Both questions mean basically the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that a person’s actions and wisdom do not benefit God. Alternate translation: “A man cannot be useful to God. A wise man cannot be useful to him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 22 3 h3pe figs-parallelism 0 Is it any pleasure to the Almighty if you are righteous? Is it gain to him if you make your ways blameless? Both of these statements mean the same thing. Eliphaz uses questions to emphasize that Job’s actions do not help God. Alternate translation: “The Almighty does not receive any pleasure if you are righteous. He does not gain anything if you make your ways blameless.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@ JOB 22 29 yck5 0 Connecting Statement: This concludes Eliphaz’s speech to Jo
JOB 22 29 xgw4 figs-idiom 0 the one with lowered eyes Here “lowered eyes” refers to humility. Alternate translation: “the humble person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 22 30 f84n figs-metaphor 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Job being innocent is spoken of as if his hands were physically clean. The phrase “who will be rescued” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will rescue even the person who is not innocent because you do what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 22 30 wrz4 0 He will rescue even the man who is not innocent; who will be rescued through the cleanness of your hands Some versions of the Bible read, “He rescues the innocent person; so he will rescue you when your hands are clean”
JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
JOB 23 intro fb42 0 # Job 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 23 2 fi9s 0 Even today my complaint is bitter Here “Even today” emphasizes that his friends arguments have not changed Job’s situation at all. Alternate translation: “In spite of what you have said, my complaint is still bitter”
JOB 23 2 ke1p figs-idiom 0 my complaint is bitter Job speaks of his unanswered complaint against God as if it was a bitter taste in his mouth. Alternate translation: “my unanswered complaint is as bad as bitter food in my mouth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 2 cm2j figs-metonymy 0 my hand…heavy because of my groaning Possible meanings are (1) “I can barely lift my hand because of my groaning” or (2) “God’s hand continues to make me suffer in spite of my groaning” where “hand” refers to God’s power to punish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1419,7 +1419,7 @@ JOB 23 16 p6ma figs-parallelism 0 For God has made my heart weak; the Almighty
JOB 23 16 d4fw figs-idiom 0 made my heart weak A person whose heart is weak is a person who is timid or fearful. Alternate translation: “made me afraid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 23 17 dng4 figs-explicit 0 I have not been brought to an end by darkness This can be stated in active form. Possible meanings are (1) “The thick darkness in front of me has not made me silent” or (2) “Darkness has not stopped me” or “God has stopped me, not the darkness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 23 17 qpa8 figs-synecdoche 0 the gloom of my face Here Job refers to himself by his “face.” Alternate translation: “my sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 24 intro e2gb 0 # Job 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Eliphaz. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Court<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of a court case to describe Job’s “case,” which he seeks to bring to Yahweh, who is a judge. Cultures without a legal system will have difficulty translating this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Job uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Eliphaz that he is wrong. These questions help to build Job’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 1 mg7h 0 Connecting Statement: Job continues speaking.
JOB 24 1 thc8 figs-rquestion 0 Why are times for judging wicked people not set by the Almighty? Job uses this question to express his frustration that God has not judged evil. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I do not understand why God does not set a time when he will judge wicked people.” or “The Almighty should set a time when he will judge wicked people.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 1 ej3y figs-rquestion 0 Why do not those who are faithful to God see his days of judgment come? Job uses this question to express his frustration that the righteous have not seen God judge evil. Alternate translation: “It seems that those who obey him never get to see him judge the wicked.” or “God should show the day he will judge the wicked to those who know him.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1489,7 +1489,7 @@ JOB 24 24 ix1v figs-activepassive 0 they will be gathered up like all the other
JOB 24 24 mqt2 figs-simile 0 they will be cut off like the tops of ears of grain These wicked people will be cut off in the same way heads of grain are cut off during harvest. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will cut them off like a farmer cuts off the top of a stalk of grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 24 25 cfk7 figs-rquestion 0 If it is not so, who can prove me to be a liar; who can make my speech worth nothing? Job uses this question to express the certainty of his argument. The implicit answer is: “no one.” Alternate translation: “This is true, and no one can prove that I am a liar; no one can prove me wrong.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 24 25 iy58 0 make my speech worth nothing “prove what I say is wrong”
JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness and man’s sin<br>Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 25 intro yz1x 0 # Job 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of the advice of Job’s friend, Bildad. His words in this chapter are much stronger than when he previously spoke.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s holiness and man’s sin<br>Bildad describes the holiness of Yahweh and the universal nature of man’s sinfulness. While his points are accurate, they are not convincing for Job because he has been righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Bildad uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job that he is wrong. These questions help to build Bildad’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 25 1 vb52 0 Bildad the Shuhite See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 2:11](../02/11.md).
JOB 25 2 cz5c figs-abstractnouns 0 Dominion and fear are with him Here “him” refers to God. The abstract nouns “dominion” and “fear” can be stated as verbs. Alternate translation: “God rules over all and people should fear only him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 25 2 t8t1 0 he makes order in his high places of heaven “he makes peace in the high heaven”
@ -1506,7 +1506,7 @@ JOB 25 5 kt4v 0 the stars are not pure in his sight Here “pure” means “p
JOB 25 6 c7kh figs-parallelism 0 How much less man…a son of man, who is a worm These two lines say the same thing and are used together to emphasize that man is not perfect. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 25 6 h6x7 figs-metaphor 0 who is a worm Bildad states that human beings are as worthless as worms. Alternate translation: “who is as worthless as a worm” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 25 6 l7b7 figs-metonymy 0 a son of man This is another way of referring to a person. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br>Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br>
JOB 26 intro f665 0 # Job 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>This chapter begins a section continuing through chapter 31.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>While Bildad describes Yahweh’s power as being so much greater than Job’s, Job understands the true extent of Yahweh’s power. It is not just over Job’s life, but over all of creation.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Sarcasm<br>Job uses sarcasm in this chapter. This is the use of irony to insult Bildad. (See: [Job 1-4](./01.md) and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 2 lud4 figs-irony 0 How you have helped one…the arm that has no strength In these statements, Job is accusing Bildad. The word “one” refers to Job. And, the word “arm” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am powerless and have no strength, but you act like you have helped me; but really, you have not helped me at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JOB 26 3 s1r5 figs-irony 0 How you have advised one who has no wisdom and announced to him sound knowledge Job is saying that Bildad has not provided him with good advice and knowledge. Alternate translation: “You act like I have no wisdom and that you have advised me, that you have given me good advice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
JOB 26 3 y2kk 0 announced to him sound knowledge “given him good advice”
@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ JOB 26 13 c2jc 0 the fleeing serpent “the serpent as it was trying to escape
JOB 26 14 qb3u figs-metaphor 0 See, these are but the fringes of his ways Here “fringes” represents a small part that we can see of something that is much bigger. Alternate translation: “See, these things that God has done show only a small part of his great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 26 14 k819 figs-exclamations 0 how small a whisper do we hear of him! This is an exclamation that expresses Job’s amazement of all the great things that God does that we do not even know about. Seeing what God does is spoken of as hearing God’s voice. Alternate translation: “it is as if we heard only his quiet whisper!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 26 14 b468 figs-rquestion 0 Who can understand the thunder of his power? The “thunder of his power” represents God’s greatness. Job uses this question to emphasize that God’s power is so great that no one can understand it. Alternate translation: “The thunder displays the greatness of his power which no one can understand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br>
JOB 27 intro mkb5 0 # Job 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s authority. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JOB 27 2 vm9g 0 As surely as God lives This phrase shows that Job is taking an oath. Job compares the certainty that God is alive to the certainty of what he is saying. This is a way of making a solemn promise. Alternate translation: “I swear by God”
JOB 27 2 zm2r figs-metaphor 0 has taken away my justice Justice is spoken of as if it were an object that could be taken away or given. Taking it away represents refusing to treat Job with justice. Alternate translation: “has refused to treat me justly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 27 2 tp23 figs-metonymy 0 made my life bitter Job’s “life” being bitter represents Job feeling resentful toward God. Alternate translation: “has caused me to become resentful” or “has made me feel angry because of the unfair way he has treated me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1587,7 +1587,7 @@ JOB 27 22 xs2l figs-personification 0 It throws itself at him Here the phrase
JOB 27 22 fa8c figs-personification 0 he tries to flee out of its hand Here “hand” represents the power or control that the wind has over the wicked man. Alternate translation: “he tries to flee out of its control” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 27 23 kvs2 translate-symaction 0 It claps its hands at him Clapping the hands is a way of mocking someone. Here it represents the wind making loud noises. Alternate translation: “It makes loud noises like someone clapping his hands to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 27 23 r28v translate-symaction 0 hisses him from his place The wind makes a noise as it blows him out of his place, and the noise is like the hissing sound that people make to mock someone. Alternate translation: “it makes a hissing noise as it causes him to leave his home” or “it blows him out of his place and makes a hissing noise like someone who hisses at him to mock him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s wisdom<br><br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br>
JOB 28 intro i55c 0 # Job 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s response to Bildad.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s wisdom<br><br>Despite being upset about his circumstances, Job does not curse God. Instead, he recognizes Yahweh’s wisdom and authority. This chapter especially focuses on Yahweh’s wisdom as he controls the circumstances of Job’s life. Men cannot understand because they do not have Yahweh’s wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
JOB 28 1 fb4g 0 mine This is a place where people dig rocks out of the earth. These rocks have metal in them.
JOB 28 1 zr9q 0 refine This is the process of heating a metal to remove all of the impurities that are in it.
JOB 28 2 a9j8 figs-activepassive 0 Iron is taken out of the earth This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People take iron out of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ JOB 28 25 l7lk figs-metaphor 0 parceled out the waters by measure This describe
JOB 28 26 qy1s 0 a path for the thunder “he decided how the thunder can be heard” or “he decided the path of the thunderstorm”
JOB 28 28 l4bu figs-abstractnouns 0 See, the fear of the Lord—that is wisdom The abstract noun “fear” can be expressed with the verbs “fear” or “respect.” The abstract noun “wisdom” can be expressed with the word “wise.” Alternate translation: “Listen, if you fear the Lord, you will be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 28 28 m7dq figs-metaphor 0 to depart from evil is understanding Here “depart from evil” means refusing to do evil things. The abstract noun “understanding” can be expressed with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “if you refuse to do evil, then you will understand many things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters.<br>
JOB 29 intro eli2 0 # Job 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job recalls the days before Yahweh’s blessings were taken from him. This is only one part of Job’s argument that continues for the next 3 chapters.
JOB 29 2 h8k3 figs-exclamations 0 Oh, that I were as I was in the past months Job uses this exclamation to express a wish. Alternate translation: “I wish that I were as I was in past months” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
JOB 29 3 n6gg figs-metaphor 0 when his lamp shined on my head God’s lamp shining on Job represents God blessing Job. Alternate translation: “when God’s blessing was like a lamp shining its light on my head” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 29 3 z42n figs-metaphor 0 when I walked through darkness by his light Walking through darkness represents experiencing difficult situations. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1695,7 +1695,7 @@ JOB 29 25 gh9m figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Here “sat” represents rul
JOB 29 25 azd4 figs-metonymy 0 sat as their chief Job was their chief. Alternate translation: “led them because I was their chief” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 29 25 dv86 figs-simile 0 I lived like a king in his army Job speaks of how he led the people and how they obeyed him as if he were a king and they were his army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JOB 29 25 nmq6 figs-explicit 0 like one who comforts mourners This phrase means that Job actually was one who comforted people. Alternate translation: “I comforted them when they mourned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])<br>
JOB 30 intro u96h 0 # Job 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement, but now it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job laments his current condition as others insult him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lament]])
JOB 30 1 ghr9 figs-explicit 0 whose fathers I would have refused to allow to work beside the dogs of my flock This shows how much he despised those fathers. They were not even good enough to be with his dogs. Alternate translation: “whose fathers I despised and would not have allowed to work beside the dogs of my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 1 bw8l figs-explicit 0 the dogs of my flock The dogs’ relationship to the flock can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “the dogs that guarded my flock” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 30 2 dkd7 figs-rquestion 0 Indeed, the strength of their fathers’ hands, how could it have helped me…perished? Job uses this question to mock the weakness of those men. Alternate translation: “The strength of their fathers’ hands could not have helped me…perished.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1770,7 +1770,7 @@ JOB 30 30 udu9 figs-synecdoche 0 my bones are burned with heat Here “bones”
JOB 30 31 qj9s figs-metonymy 0 my harp is tuned for songs of mourning Here “my harp” represents Job himself, and also represents his desire to sing only songs of mourning. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of mourning on my harp” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 30 31 v1kr figs-metonymy 0 my flute for the singing of those who wail Here “my flute” represents Job himself, and also his desire to sing only songs of crying. Alternate translation: “I play only songs of wailing on my flute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 30 31 d2w2 0 wail To wail is to cry very loudly because of terrible sadness or pain.
JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
JOB 31 intro leq9 0 # Job 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This chapter is a continuation of Job’s statement and it is directly addressed to Yahweh.<br><br>In this chapter, Job presents his case to Yahweh that he is upright and not guilty of the sins he is being accused of. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/guilt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
JOB 31 1 jz3t 0 General Information: Job continues speaking.
JOB 31 1 ka6e figs-metaphor 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes Job speaks of making a promise about what he would look at as though his eyes were a person and he made a covenant with them. Alternate translation: “I have made a firm promise about what I will look at” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 31 1 af9x figs-explicit 0 I have made a covenant with my eyes What job promised can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “I made a promise that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” or “I promised that I will not look lustfully on a virgin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1860,7 +1860,7 @@ JOB 31 38 g2jv figs-hypo 0 General Information: This concludes Job’s descript
JOB 31 38 r91t figs-personification 0 If my land ever cries out against me, and its furrows weep together Job speaks of being guilty as if his land were a person who cries out against Job because of the wrong Job has done to the land. Alternate translation: “If I have done wrong concerning my land” or “If I have stolen my land from someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 31 39 vfe3 figs-metonymy 0 to lose their lives This represents dying. Alternate translation: “to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 31 40 k93z figs-ellipsis 0 weeds instead of barley The words “let” and “grow” are understood from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “let weeds grow instead of barley” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.<br>
JOB 32 intro pq4v 0 # Job 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Job’s friends give up on trying to convince him that he is being punished for sinning. This chapter introduces Elihu who was a witness to these interactions between Job and his friends. According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the first of Elihu’s four statements. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 32:6-22, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. This quotation continues through the next chapter.
JOB 32 1 k2f6 figs-metaphor 0 he was righteous in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “he considered himself righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 32 2 cr7d figs-metaphor 0 Then was kindled the anger of Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram; it was kindled against Job This compares Elihu’s anger to someone starting a fire. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Then Elihu son of Barakel the Buzite, of the family of Ram, became very angry with Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 32 2 hxc1 translate-names 0 Elihu…Barakel…Ram These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ JOB 32 20 w6zz figs-synecdoche 0 open my lips Here the “lips” represent the
JOB 32 21 mi73 0 neither will I give honorific titles to any man “neither will I praise any man or give him titles of honor”
JOB 32 22 nb65 0 my Maker This is a name referring to God. Alternate translation: “God who made me”
JOB 32 22 i4r2 figs-euphemism 0 take me away This means that he would destroy him. Alternate translation: “destroy me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s mercy<br>While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br>
JOB 33 intro t7rx 0 # Job 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the first of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. This quotation is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God’s mercy<br>While Job has been complaining about the lack of justice and response from Yahweh, Elihu shows Job that Yahweh has shown him great mercy along the way. He is still alive because of Yahweh’s mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])
JOB 33 1 ct2e 0 General Information: Elihu continues speaking.
JOB 33 1 m7lu figs-parallelism 0 hear my speech; listen to all my words These two phrases mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that Job must listen carefully. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 33 2 j572 figs-parallelism 0 I have opened my mouth…my tongue has spoken in my mouth These mean the same thing. Elihu is emphasizing that he is now ready to speak. His “tongue” speaking represents himself speaking. Alternate translation: “I have opened my mouth and I have begun to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1975,7 +1975,7 @@ JOB 33 30 myd4 figs-activepassive 0 he may be enlightened with the light of lif
JOB 33 31 sm1q 0 General Information: Elihu continues speaking to Job.
JOB 33 31 z1l9 figs-doublet 0 Pay attention, Job, and listen to me These phrases mean the same thing. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully to me, Job” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOB 33 32 g3l6 figs-idiom 0 that you are in the right This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that you are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
JOB 34 intro b9ku 0 # Job 34 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the second of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>Elihu defends the justice of Yahweh after Job claimed that Yahweh was being unjust. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 34 1 h9vc 0 Moreover, Elihu “Then, Elihu”
JOB 34 1 yw36 translate-names 0 Elihu See how you translated this man’s name in [Job 32:2](../32/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JOB 34 2 k8a4 0 Listen to my words “Listen to what I say”
@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ JOB 34 36 w7eb 0 of his talking like wicked men “of how he has spoken like a
JOB 34 37 jr4v figs-explicit 0 he adds rebellion This refers to rebellion against God. Alternate translation: “he adds rebellion against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 34 37 fm5k figs-explicit 0 he claps his hands in mockery in our midst In this accusation, this means that Job clapped his hands to strengthen his mockery of God. Alternate translation: “he claps his hands as he mocks God in our midst” or “he mocks God right in front of us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JOB 34 37 g7nc figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words against God Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
JOB 35 intro mfr6 0 # Job 35 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the third of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Elihu uses many of Job’s statements against him.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Elihu uses many different rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to try to convince Job. These questions help to build Elihu’s argument. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br>Elihu explains the irony of Job’s claim. He claimed to be righteous and desired Yahweh to intervene. In this chapter, Elihu explains to Job that his claims of righteousness are prideful. This makes him unrighteous. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
JOB 35 2 s9jw figs-rquestion 0 Do you think this is just…‘My right before God’? Elihu uses questions to challenge Job. Alternate translation: “You must think you are right…‘My right before God.’” or “It is not just…‘My right before God.’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 35 2 yh9l 0 Do you think this is just when you say “Do you think it is right for you to say”
JOB 35 2 g7jg figs-you 0 Do you think Here “you” is singular and refers to Job. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -2081,7 +2081,7 @@ JOB 35 15 r6hq 0 General Information: Elihu continues speaking.
JOB 35 15 ub2k 0 Now you say that his anger does not punish, and he does not take even a litte notice of transgression Because Job is saying these things about God that are untrue, it is even less likely that God will answer Job’s prayers.
JOB 35 15 kpu8 figs-metonymy 0 his anger does not punish Here “his anger” is a metonym for “him.” Alternate translation: “he never punishes anyone because he is angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 35 16 ben3 figs-metaphor 0 he piles up words without knowledge Elihu speaks of “words” as if they were objects, and of speaking many words as if it were piling those objects one on top of the other. The word “knowledge” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “he speaks many words without knowing what he is talking about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
JOB 36 intro pp2j 0 # Job 36 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is the last of Elihu’s four statements and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 36 2 h1hx figs-metaphor 0 I will show you some things Elihu speaks of explaining things to Job as if he were going to show those things to Job. Alternate translation: “I will explain some things to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 3 c3pd figs-metaphor 0 I will obtain my knowledge from far off Elihu speaks of having knowledge of many different subjects as if it were getting his knowledge from far away places. Alternate translation: “I will show you my great knowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 3 u4g9 figs-abstractnouns 0 that righteousness belongs to my Maker Here the word “righteousness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “that my Maker is righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -2133,7 +2133,7 @@ JOB 36 30 e9es figs-metaphor 0 and covers the roots of the sea Elihu speaks of
JOB 36 32 tsi9 figs-metaphor 0 He fills his hands with the lightning Elihu speaks of the lightning that storms cause as if God were holding the lightning in his hand and directing it to strike where he wills. Possible meanings are (1) that God holds the lightning bolts in his hands in order to throw them, or (2) that God hides the lightning bolts in his hands until he is ready to use them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 36 33 k3qk 0 Its thunder “The thunder caused by the lightning” or “The thunder”
JOB 36 33 se83 0 hear it is coming “hear that the storm is coming”
JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
JOB 37 intro ccm7 0 # Job 37 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>According to Elihu, instead of being punished for his sins, Job is sinning in the midst of these difficulties. This is a continuation of the previous chapter and the last of Elihu’s four statements, and it is addressed first to Job’s friends and then to Job. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]])<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. His attitude is not too different from Job’s friends.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s justice<br>This chapter focuses on the justice of Yahweh. It is important to remember that justice won’t always come in this life. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JOB 37 1 mup1 figs-parallelism 0 my heart trembles…it is moved out of its place These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize the intensity of his fear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOB 37 1 eid2 0 my heart trembles at this The word “this” refers to the storm in [Job 36:33](../36/33.md).
JOB 37 1 nhy8 figs-metaphor 0 it is moved out of its place Elihu speaks of his heart beating violently as if it were to jump out of his chest. Alternate translation: “it moves out of its place” or “it beats violently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2173,7 +2173,7 @@ JOB 37 20 x2hn figs-metaphor 0 to be swallowed up Elihu speaks of a person bein
JOB 37 22 l64j figs-metaphor 0 over God is fearsome majesty The word “fearsome” means that it causes fear. Elihu speaks of God’s majesty as if it were something that rests upon God. Alternate translation: “God’s majesty causes people to fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 23 c4sd figs-metaphor 0 we cannot find him Possible meanings are (1) “we cannot approach him” or (2) this is a metaphor in which Elihu speaks of a person’s being unable to fully understand God as if he could not find God. Alternate translation: “we cannot comprehend him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOB 37 24 n2pv figs-metonymy 0 those who are wise in their own minds Here “minds” represents the person’s thoughts. Alternate translation: “those who are wise in their own thinking” or “those who consider themselves to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOB 38 intro bs8p 0 # Job 38 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh finally speaks in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 38 1 b53y 0 Then Yahweh called Here, the word “then” marks the beginning of a new part of the book. See if your language has a similar way to introduce a new scene. Alternate translation: “After all that had happened, Yahweh called.
JOB 38 1 zh2u 0 called to Job “answered Job” or “responded to Job”
JOB 38 1 zk13 0 out of a fierce storm “from a powerful storm”
@ -2338,7 +2338,7 @@ JOB 38 41 hc2b 0 ravens large birds with shiny black feathers that feed on dea
JOB 38 41 y9ey figs-explicit 0 cry out to God The implied information is that the ravens are crying out for food. Alternate translation: “cry to God for help” or “cry out for God to give them food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 38 41 nde9 0 stagger about This means to walk around in an unsteady way.
JOB 38 41 i8kr 0 for lack of food “because they have no food” or “because they have nothing to eat”
JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])<br>
JOB 39 intro l9e1 0 # Job 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines of this chapter farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is a poem. Yahweh continues to speak in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s greatness<br>Yahweh is far greater than any man. He is the creator of the earth, and his ways will not always be understood by men because their knowledge is always limited. Since Job cannot understand creation, he cannot truly understand Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character. Many of these questions focus on nature because Yahweh is the creator of the heavens and the earth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])
JOB 39 1 b1wa figs-rquestion 0 General Information: Yahweh uses four questions to emphasize that he is greater than Job because Yahweh takes care of the wild mountain goats and deer and Job does not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 39 1 sw6i 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 39 1 m8kw figs-rquestion 0 Do you know at what time…bear their young? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you do not know when…bear their young!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ JOB 39 30 e2b5 0 His young “The baby eagles.” It may be helpful to state t
JOB 39 30 s29l 0 drink up blood “drink the blood of the animal that he killed”
JOB 39 30 iv5j 0 where killed people are “where there are dead people.” This phrase refers to dead bodies that are lying out in the open, not to bodies that are buried in the ground.
JOB 39 30 nx3p figs-explicit 0 there he is It can be made explicit that he comes to eat the dead bodies. Alternate translation: “he is there to eat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Irony<br>Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.<br>
JOB 40 intro k9mj 0 # Job 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 40:1-2, 4-5, 7-24, which are extended quotations of Job and Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Job’s righteousness<br>In seeking to defend his own righteousness, Job accuses Yahweh of being unjust. Yahweh asks a very important question: “Will you condemn me so you may claim you are right?” This is the essence of Job’s error.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Irony<br>Yahweh states, “He who argues with God, let him answer.” Job immediately answers him. This is irony. While Job is forced to acknowledge the power of Yahweh, he does not repent of his former statements. Because of this, Yahweh asks him more questions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 40 1 jlf1 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to challenge Job.
JOB 40 2 kpm1 figs-rquestion 0 Should anyone who wishes to criticize try to correct the Almighty? Yahweh is rebuking Job. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one who wants to criticize me should try to argue with me, for I am Almighty God.” or “You, a person, want to criticize me, Almighty God, but you should not try to correct me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 40 2 p78z figs-pronouns 0 He who argues with God, let him answer Yahweh speaks of Job and himself as if they were two other people to remind Job that no person anywhere should argue with God. Alternate translation: “You want to argue with me, so answer me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
@ -2491,7 +2491,7 @@ JOB 40 22 k86u 0 willows of the brook Willows are large trees that grow in dam
JOB 40 23 vbe3 0 banks sides of the river
JOB 40 23 x8nv 0 though the Jordan should surge up to his mouth “even if the flood of the Jordan should come up to his mouth”
JOB 40 24 uyb7 figs-rquestion 0 Can anyone capture him with a hook…snare? This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can capture him with a hook or pierce his nose through with a snare.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.<br>
JOB 41 intro et13 0 # Job 41 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is an extended quotation of Yahweh, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. It is a continuation of the previous chapter.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh uses a series of rhetorical questions in this chapter in order to defend his character and to convince Job to repent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>There are several animals mentioned in this chapter that do not exist and may never have existed. It may be necessary to leave these names untranslated or to translate their names as adjectives.
JOB 41 1 hgy7 0 General Information: God continues speaking. He is using many rhetorical questions to challenge Job.
JOB 41 1 tg8a figs-rquestion 0 Can you draw out Leviathan with a fishhook? God uses this question to remind Job that Job is not powerful like Leviathan. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “You know that you cannot draw out Leviathan with a fishhook.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOB 41 1 f9dw 0 draw out pull out of the water
@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ JOB 41 33 f5nc 0 him Leviathan
JOB 41 34 b5cm 0 He sees everything that is proud “He is very, very proud”
JOB 41 34 c959 figs-personification 0 he is king over all the sons of pride Leviathan is spoken of as if he were a person who is able to become king and be proud. Alternate translation: “Leviathan has more reason to be proud than anyone else on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JOB 41 34 n88z 0 He…he Leviathan
JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
JOB 42 intro g9q6 0 # Job 42 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers, or songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 42:1-6, which is an extended quotation of Job, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>Having faced the temptation to curse Yahweh, and after being rebuked by him, in the end Job shows his complete trust in Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/tempt]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice<br>Yahweh enacts justice at the end of this book. He punishes Job’s friends and restores Job’s blessings. Yahweh’s blessing was not dependent upon Job’s repentance, but upon Yahweh’s grace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JOB 42 2 bdu3 figs-ellipsis 0 I know that you can do all things, that no purpose of yours can be stopped You may want to repeat the words “I know.” Alternate translation: “I know that you can do all things. I know that no purpose of yours can be stopped” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOB 42 2 wu37 figs-activepassive 0 no purpose of yours can be stopped This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one can stop any of your plans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JOB 42 3 b75d figs-rquestion 0 Who is this The ULT and most modern versions agree that Job is loosely quoting God’s own words from [Job 38:2](../38/02.md). You may decide, as does the UST, to make it clear that God asked this question of Job and that Job is now remembering it. Alternate translation: “You said to me, ‘Who is this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

284
en_tn_19-PSA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

58
en_tn_20-PRO.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight “to help you understand wise teachings”
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ PRO 1 32 t8af 0 naive inexperienced or immature
PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them The abstract noun “indifference” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br>
PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ PRO 2 20 fiw6 figs-metaphor 0 you will walk in the way…follow the paths A per
PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked…the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked…those who are faithless” or “wicked people…faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br>
PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ PRO 4 26 g2a2 0 a level path “a smooth path” or “an even path”
PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br>
PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ PRO 5 22 u9ya figs-personification 0 A wicked person will be seized by his own
PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness “because he is very foolish”
PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br>
PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan Possible meanings are (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot.
PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.”
@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ PRO 7 26 xx9k figs-metonymy 0 She has caused many people to fall down pierced B
PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol…they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead.
PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol…down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br>
PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ PRO 8 35 z6lm figs-personification 0 finds me This is still wisdom talking abou
PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.<br>
PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ PRO 9 16 lfx9 0 those who have no sense “those who do not have wisdom” or
PRO 9 17 jsi6 figs-metaphor 0 Stolen waters are sweet, and bread of secrecy is delicious The foolish woman speaks of the pleasure of stolen waters and bread of secrecy to tell men that if they sleep with her, they will have pleasure. This can be stated clearly in a simile: “You can enjoy me just as you enjoy water that you have stolen or bread that is secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 9 18 kg4h 0 that the dead are there “that the men who have gone to her are now dead”
PRO 9 18 k1fh 0 in the depths of Sheol “Sheol” refers to the world of the dead.
PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 10 1 i2yb figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 10 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 10 1 tab7 0 The proverbs of Solomon After the introduction of Chapters 1-9, Chapter 10 begins the collection of the proverbs; short sayings that teach wisdom.
PRO 10 2 ffz8 0 accumulated acquired over time
@ -620,7 +620,7 @@ PRO 10 31 f7hy figs-metonymy 0 Out of the mouth of the righteous person “Mout
PRO 10 31 amx2 figs-metonymy 0 the perverse tongue will be cut out “Tongue” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “God will shut the mouths of people who say what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 10 32 y79y figs-metonymy 0 lips of the righteous person know what is acceptable “Lips” represent what a person says. Alternate translation: “righteous person knows how to speak acceptably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 10 32 ay8q figs-metonymy 0 mouth of the wicked “Mouth” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 11 1 hzq7 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 11 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 11 1 g3jt figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh hates scales that are not accurate “Scales” represent measuring accurately in negotiating. Alternate translation: “God hates deceiving scales” or “God hates it when people are deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 11 1 pe2q 0 but he delights in a precise weight “Precise weight” represents accuracy in negotiating. Alternate translation: “but he delights in honest ways” or “but he is happy when people are honest”
@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ PRO 11 29 p1pb figs-metaphor 0 inherit the wind The “wind” is a metaphor fo
PRO 11 30 q7ul figs-simile 0 The righteous person will be like a tree of life A person who does what is right is compared to a tree that produces life as its fruit. Alternate translation: “Those who do right will bring life to themselves and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 11 30 hlz7 0 tree of life See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:18](../03/18.md).
PRO 11 31 s8p9 0 how much more “even more so”
PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 12 1 ktr2 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The author uses [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] throughout this chapter. Verses 1-15 contrast wisdom and foolishness.
PRO 12 1 r7h6 0 Whoever “Any person who”
PRO 12 1 tz7m 0 the one who hates correction “the person who does not want to be told what to do”
@ -708,7 +708,7 @@ PRO 12 25 n82f figs-metaphor 0 weighs him down “Weighing down” represents t
PRO 12 25 z6n9 figs-abstractnouns 0 but a good word makes him glad The abstract noun “word” can be stated as the verb “speak.” Alternate translation: “but when others speak kindly to him, he is cheerful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 12 27 gdt7 0 would not roast their own game “Game” means animals caught and killed while hunting. And “roast” is a way of cooking food.
PRO 12 27 vz9v 0 precious wealth “valuable treasure”
PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 13 1 ugs5 figs-metonymy 0 A wise son hears Here “hears” represents listening in order to do it. Alternate translation: “A wise son obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 13 1 sy9c figs-metonymy 0 will not listen to rebuke Here “listen” represents paying attention in order to do it. Alternate translation: “will not learn from rebuke” or “will not obey, despite rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 13 2 zu98 figs-metonymy 0 From the fruit of his mouth Here “fruit” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “From the words of his mouth” or “From what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ PRO 13 23 h46l figs-metaphor 0 but it is swept away by injustice “Swept away
PRO 13 24 jp8a 0 is careful to instruct him “makes sure to instruct him”
PRO 13 25 a593 0 he satisfies his appetite “he has satisfied himself” or “he fulfills his desires”
PRO 13 25 azl9 figs-metonymy 0 the stomach of the wicked is always hungry Here “stomach” represents the desires of a person. Alternate translation: “the wicked person is always hungry for more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 14 1 r3rp 0 builds her house “builds up her house” or “makes her house better”
PRO 14 1 tv3l 0 house Possible meanings are (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family.
PRO 14 1 l2y8 figs-synecdoche 0 with her own hands The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -835,7 +835,7 @@ PRO 14 33 xi3x figs-personification 0 she The word “she” refers to wisdom.
PRO 14 34 dl6h 0 is a disgrace “brings shame upon to any people” or “should cause any people to be ashamed”
PRO 14 35 qjf7 0 who acts prudently “who acts wisely” or “who makes sure bad things do not happen”
PRO 14 35 vi56 0 the one who “the servant who”
PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 15 1 x2lh figs-metaphor 0 A gentle answer turns away wrath Causing a person to stop being angry is spoken of as if it were turning that person’s wrath away. Alternate translation: “Answering a person gently will calm that person’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 15 1 hu6m figs-metaphor 0 but a harsh word stirs up anger Causing a person to become more angry is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening anger. Alternate translation: “but speaking harshly causes that person to become more angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 15 2 w6ic figs-synecdoche 0 The tongue of wise people compliments knowledge Here the word “tongue” refers to the person who speaks. Alternate translation: “Wise people compliment knowledge when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ PRO 15 32 l9cd figs-abstractnouns 0 listens to correction The word “correctio
PRO 15 33 nhk9 figs-abstractnouns 0 The fear of Yahweh teaches wisdom The words “fear” and “wisdom” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “When one fears Yahweh, he will learn to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 15 33 t56g 0 The fear of Yahweh See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 1:7](../01/07.md).
PRO 15 33 w2h2 0 humility comes before honor This means that a person must first learn humility before Yahweh will honor him.
PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 16 1 bqu9 figs-metonymy 0 The plans of the heart belong to a person Here the word “heart” represents the person’s mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “A person makes plans in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 16 1 hf8a figs-metaphor 0 from Yahweh comes the answer from his tongue Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh speaks his answer to a person’s plans, which is a metaphor meaning that Yahweh determines the outcome of that person’s plans or (2) Yahweh enables a person to speak words about the plans that he has made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 16 1 j1hu figs-synecdoche 0 the answer from his tongue The person is represented by his “tongue” to emphasize his speech. Alternate translation: “the answer that he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -965,7 +965,7 @@ PRO 16 31 y1am figs-activepassive 0 it is gained This can be stated in active f
PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen.
PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1026,7 +1026,7 @@ PRO 17 27 je2b figs-explicit 0 uses few words This refers to the way he speaks.
PRO 17 28 b5ay figs-activepassive 0 Even a fool is thought to be wise This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People even think a fool is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 17 28 i81a figs-idiom 0 keeps his mouth shut This means that he does not speak. Alternate translation: “does not speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 17 28 q1jm figs-activepassive 0 he is considered to be intelligent This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “people consider him to be intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 18 1 n34r 0 isolates himself “keeps away from other people”
PRO 18 1 vun3 figs-personification 0 quarrels with all sound judgment This speaks of a person disagreeing with sound judgment as if “sound judgment” were a person he fought with. Alternate translation: “he disagrees with all sound judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 18 1 r3yq 0 sound judgment “good judgment” or “wise choices”
@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ PRO 18 21 n65f figs-metonymy 0 by the tongue…love the tongue Here the “tong
PRO 18 21 l141 figs-metaphor 0 will eat its fruit This speaks of a person receiving the consequence for what he says as if the consequences were fruit that he receives. Alternate translation: “will receive its consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 18 24 wg3n figs-activepassive 0 many friends is brought to ruin by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many friends--they will bring him to ruin” or “many friends--his friends will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 18 24 zc7f 0 comes closer than “is more faithful than” or “stays more loyal than”
PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 19 1 ev8n 0 Better is a poor person “It is better to be a poor person”
PRO 19 1 bpi4 figs-idiom 0 who walks in his integrity This is an idiom. Here walking refers to living. Alternate translation: “who lives in his integrity” or “who lives an honest life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 19 1 wj4i figs-abstractnouns 0 is perverse in speech The word “speech” may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “speaks perversely” or “speaks in an evil way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@ PRO 19 28 g9y4 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alter
PRO 19 29 d4f3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Condemnation is ready for mockers and flogging for The words “condemnation” and “flogging” may be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is ready to condemn mockers and to flog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 19 29 ray2 figs-ellipsis 0 flogging for the backs of fools The words “is ready” are understood from the previous phrase and may be repeated. Alternate translation: “flogging is ready for the backs of fools” or “he is ready to flog the backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 19 29 r21d 0 flogging beating with a whip or stick
PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 20 1 p893 figs-parallelism 0 Wine is a mocker and strong drink is a brawler These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize the danger of too much alcohol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
PRO 20 1 v7zx figs-metonymy 0 Wine is a mocker Here “wine” refers to the person who is drunk with wine. Alternate translation: “A person who is drunk with wine mocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 20 1 qa7m figs-metonymy 0 strong drink is a brawler Here “strong drink” refers to a person who is drunk with strong drink. Alternate translation: “a person who is drunk with strong drink starts fights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1242,7 +1242,7 @@ PRO 20 28 f9he figs-activepassive 0 Covenant faithfulness and trustworthiness p
PRO 20 28 dyd6 0 preserve the king keep the king safe from harm
PRO 20 28 dym8 figs-metonymy 0 his throne is made secure by love Here “throne” represents the king’s power to rule. The abstract noun “love” can be stated as a verb. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a king ensures that he will rule for a long time by loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 20 30 g7u1 figs-parallelism 0 Blows that make a wound cleanse away evil and beatings make the innermost parts clean Both statements mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Using physical punishment to correct a person is spoken of as if the evil were dirt and the beatings cleansed him. Alternate translation: “Beating a person who has done wrong will correct him and cause him to be a better person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 21 1 w5md figs-metaphor 0 The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 21 1 t1m8 figs-metonymy 0 The king’s heart The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 21 2 yz3c figs-metaphor 0 Every person’s way is right in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. The writer speaks of what a person does as if it that person were walking down a path. Alternate translation: “Every person thinks that what he does is good” or “Every person judges what he does as good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ PRO 22 28 djq5 0 boundary stone a large stone that shows where one person’s
PRO 22 28 j4id 0 fathers ancestors
PRO 22 29 y4ub figs-rquestion 0 Do you see a man skilled at his work? This rhetorical question is actually a command. Alternate translation: “Think of someone you know who is skilled at his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 22 29 e6ii figs-metonymy 0 stand before This represents becoming a servant of the important person. Kings and other important people will think so highly of him that they will use his services. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 23 1 z181 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
PRO 23 2 lu62 figs-hyperbole 0 put a knife to your throat Possible meanings of this exaggeration are (1) “be very careful not to eat too much” or (2) “do not eat anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
PRO 23 3 zfk9 0 Do not crave “Do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md).
@ -1460,7 +1460,7 @@ PRO 23 34 q7lv figs-idiom 0 lies on the top of a mast The place on the mast whe
PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1531,7 +1531,7 @@ PRO 24 32 u9za 0 received instruction “learned a lesson”
PRO 24 34 d7gx figs-ellipsis 0 and poverty comes This finishes a thought begun with the words “A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest” (Proverbs 24:33). You may need to fill in the omitted words. “You may say to yourself, ‘A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest,’ but then poverty will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 24 34 v85w figs-personification 0 poverty comes marching upon you Some translations read, “poverty comes upon you like a robber.” Poverty is spoken of as if it were a person or animal that can attack a lazy person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 24 34 zx1y figs-simile 0 your needs like an armed soldier Needs are spoken of as if they were a person who could attack the lazy person. Alternate translation: “your needs will come to you like an armed soldier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 25 2 x2ec 0 to conceal a matter “to keep some things secret”
PRO 25 2 cj4p figs-ellipsis 0 but the glory The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “but it is the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
PRO 25 2 dg6e 0 search it out “search that matter out” or “search for those things that God has concealed”
@ -1579,7 +1579,7 @@ PRO 25 27 x6in figs-litotes 0 It is not good This can be stated positively. Alt
PRO 25 27 ea11 0 that is like searching for honor after honor “that is like always thinking about how others should honor you.” The meaning of the original language is uncertain. Some versions of the Bible translate this as “that is like speaking too many compliments to people.”
PRO 25 28 gl3p figs-simile 0 A person without self-control is like a city breached and without walls. Both a person without self-control and a city without walls are weak and vulnerable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 25 28 jh45 0 breached and without walls “whose walls an army has knocked down and destroyed”
PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 26 1 w8yc figs-simile 0 Like snow in summer or rain in harvest Normally snow does not fall during the summer and rain does not fall during the harvest. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Just as it would be very strange to have snow in summer or rain during the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 26 2 kdg7 figs-simile 0 so an undeserved curse does not alight A curse that does not harm a person is spoken of as if it were a bird that does not land. Alternate translation: “so an undeserved curse does not land on its mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
PRO 26 2 mf19 figs-activepassive 0 an undeserved curse This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “a curse on a person who does not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ PRO 26 27 nj1w figs-explicit 0 the stone will roll back on the one who pushed i
PRO 26 28 wvw9 figs-synecdoche 0 A lying tongue hates the people it crushes The phrase “a lying tongue” represents a person who tells lies. Crushing people represents causing them trouble. Alternate translation: “A liar hates those he hurts by his lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 26 28 dfi2 figs-synecdoche 0 a flattering mouth brings about ruin The phrase “a flattering mouth” represents a person who flatters people. Possible meanings are (1) a person who flatters others causes trouble or (2) a person who flatters others ruins them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
PRO 26 28 qp8a 0 flattering praising someone in a manner that is not sincere, or praising someone about things that are not true
PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 27 1 f85w figs-explicit 0 Do not boast about tomorrow This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 1 t368 figs-metaphor 0 what a day may bring Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 27 2 cyj6 figs-ellipsis 0 and not your own mouth…and not your own lips The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you…and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself…and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1709,7 +1709,7 @@ PRO 27 26 dar8 figs-explicit 0 Those lambs will provide your clothing The impli
PRO 27 26 j2vp figs-explicit 0 the goats will provide the price of the field The implied information is that the money received by selling the goats will be enough to buy a field. Alternate translation: “selling your goats will provide the price of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 27 q28m figs-explicit 0 nourishment for your servant girls The implied information is that there will also be enough goats’ milk to feed the servant girls. Alternate translation: “there will be goat’s milk to nourish your servant girls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PRO 27 27 xjw4 0 nourishment “food”
PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 28 2 b4c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 Because of the transgression of a land The abstract noun “transgression” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Because of how a land transgresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 28 2 qks4 figs-metonymy 0 the transgression of a land This is a metonym for the sins of the people living in a land. Alternate translation: “the transgression of the people of a land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 28 2 ivf7 figs-explicit 0 with a man of understanding and knowledge The implied information is that this man is a ruler or leader. The abstract nouns “understanding” and “knowledge” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “with a man who understands and knows how to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1810,7 +1810,7 @@ PRO 28 28 ku38 figs-idiom 0 When the wicked arise This is an idiom that means w
PRO 28 28 xc51 figs-hyperbole 0 people hide themselves This is an exaggeration for doing everything they can to avoid having wicked people harm them. Alternate translation: “people go into hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
PRO 28 28 vjp8 0 perish Possible meanings are (1) “go away” or (2) “fall from power” or (3) “are destroyed.”
PRO 28 28 pd87 0 increase Possible meanings are (1) “multiply” or (2) “rise to power.”
PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 29 1 rl7a figs-metaphor 0 who stiffens his neck A person becoming stubborn is spoken of as if he stiffens his neck. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn” or “who refuses to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PRO 29 1 nb5z figs-activepassive 0 will be broken in a moment This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will suddenly break him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PRO 29 1 y5ft figs-metaphor 0 beyond healing “and no one will be able to heal him.” Sickness is a metaphor for any kind of bad situation. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@ PRO 29 25 t3gk figs-activepassive 0 the one who trusts in Yahweh will be protec
PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. The abstract noun “justice” can be stated as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur…Jakeh…Ithiel…Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild.
PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance “the message”
@ -1917,7 +1917,7 @@ PRO 30 29 dc44 0 stately majestic or dignified, like a king
PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly
PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring
PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick.
PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br>
PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? Possible meanings of the rhetorical question “What” are (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son…son of my womb…son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him.
PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 PRO front intro spe4 0 # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br> # Introduction to Proverbs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Proverbs<br><br>1. Solomon introduces his proverbs (1:1–7)<br>1. Collection of teachings (1:8–9:18)<br>1. Proverbs of Solomon (10:1–22:16)<br>1. Words of wise men (22:17–24:22)<br>1. More words of wise men (24:23–34)<br>1. More proverbs of Solomon (25:1–29:27)<br>1. The words of Agur (30:1–33)<br>1. The words of Lemuel (31:1–9)<br>1. A good wife praised (31:10–31)<br><br>### What is the book of Proverbs about?<br><br>A proverb is a short statement that expresses some wisdom or truth. Most societies have their own proverbs. People that speak a given language can readily understand proverbs in that language.<br><br>The Book of Proverbs is a collection of proverbs. It also includes teachings about how to live wisely. Scholars refer to Proverbs, Psalms, Job, Ecclesiastes, and the Song of Songs as wisdom literature. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The title of this book is often translated as “Proverbs.” A more general translation would be “Words for Wise People,” “Words that Give Wisdom,” or something similar.<br><br>### Who wrote the book of Proverbs?<br><br>Proverbs begins with the words, “The Proverbs of Solomon, son of David and King of Israel.” But Solomon did not write all of the proverbs. Unnamed wise men may have written some of them. Agur the son of Jakeh (30:1) and King Lemuel (31:1) identify themselves as writing some of the proverbs.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is meant by “wisdom” and “foolishness” in the Book of Proverbs?<br><br>“Wisdom” means the understanding and doing of what is true and morally right. A wise person understands and does what Yahweh would judge to be right. Anyone living in this way will also learn to live well with other people and to make good practical decisions in life. The book of Proverbs also acknowledges that it is important to maintain one’s honor or reputation in the opinion of other people. Those who fail to live in this way are called “foolish.” For this reason, it is possible for a person to be very intelligent and still be foolish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What form do the individual proverbs have?<br><br>Most proverbs have two parts or two lines that are “parallel” to each other. The second part may strengthen the first, may give more details about the first, or may even say what seems the opposite of the first. Translators should take into account that each proverb is also part of a larger group of proverbs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br><br>### How should personification be represented in translation?<br><br>In Proverbs, certain qualities such as wisdom and understanding are often represented as if they were wise women, as in [Proverbs 3:15-18](../03/15.md), [Proverbs 4:6-9](../04/06.md), and elsewhere. In languages where it is possible for a woman figure to represent these qualities, the translator should translate in this way. However, in many languages this kind of direct translation is not possible. In such a case, the translator may be able to translate these personifications as similes instead. This means they would present wisdom or understanding as being like a wise woman whom people should obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3 PRO 1 intro y4et 0 # Proverbs 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br> # Proverbs 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The first chapter of proverbs begins with a type of introduction in verses 1-7. It mentions Solomon, son of David. Verse 7 contains a foundational verse for the whole book. It defines wisdom.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Parallelism<br><br>Proverbs are often written without any surrounding context and in two lines of text. Each line will have a certain relationship to the other line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
4 PRO 1 1 q6pn writing-poetry 0 General Information: Verses 2-33 are poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
5 PRO 1 2 iaq1 figs-abstractnouns 0 to teach wisdom and instruction This can be reworded so that the abstract nouns “wisdom” and “instruction” can be stated as adjectives or verbs. Alternate translation: “to teach you how to be wise and to instruct you about how to live moral lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
6 PRO 1 2 rs3p 0 to teach words of insight “to help you understand wise teachings”
73 PRO 1 32 d3pk figs-metaphor 0 are killed when they turn away A person rejecting wisdom is spoken of as if the person physically turns away from wisdom. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “die because they refuse to learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
74 PRO 1 32 le64 figs-abstractnouns 0 the indifference of fools will destroy them The abstract noun “indifference” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “fools will die because they do not care about what should be done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
75 PRO 1 32 cmi9 0 indifference a lack of interest about something
76 PRO 2 intro wr6i 0 # Proverbs 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br> # Proverbs 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 2 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.
77 PRO 2 1 gj7r figs-parallelism 0 General Information: A father teaches his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
78 PRO 2 1 wtm1 0 if you receive my words “if you listen to what I am teaching you”
79 PRO 2 1 jh3i figs-metaphor 0 treasure up my commandments with you Valuing what is commanded is spoken of as if the commandments were a treasure and the person were a safe place to store the treasure. Alternate translation: “consider my commands to be as valuable as a treasure” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
122 PRO 2 22 r5sm figs-metaphor 0 the wicked will be cut off from the land The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh will remove the wicked from the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
123 PRO 2 22 w94m figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked…the faithless These are nominal adjectives that can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “those who are wicked…those who are faithless” or “wicked people…faithless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
124 PRO 2 22 cmv9 figs-metaphor 0 the faithless will be cut off from it The writer speaks of Yahweh removing people from the land as if he were cutting the people off, like a person might cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he will remove the faithless from it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
125 PRO 3 intro a94e 0 # Proverbs 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br> # Proverbs 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 3 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Wisdom is feminine<br><br>You may notice that wisdom is referenced using a feminine pronoun. This is a feature that is carried in from the Hebrew language. This may apply well in your language but if it does not, follow the conventions of your language. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
126 PRO 3 1 p6r4 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his child using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
127 PRO 3 1 f5cv figs-abstractnouns 0 do not forget my commands The word “commands” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not forget what I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
128 PRO 3 1 tk78 figs-parallelism 0 keep my teachings in your heart This phrase says in positive terms what the previous phrase says in negative terms. Here the word “heart” represents the mind. The word “teachings” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “always remember what I teach you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
240 PRO 4 26 xyn9 figs-metaphor 0 then all your ways will be secure The writer speaks of a person’s actions as if the person were walking along a path and of those actions being successful as if the path were safe and secure. Alternate translation: “then everything that you do will be right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
241 PRO 4 27 h89u figs-merism 0 Do not turn aside to the right or to the left The directions “right” and “left” form a merism, meaning that the person is not to leave the level path in any direction. Alternate translation: “Walk straight ahead and do not leave the level path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
242 PRO 4 27 j3tn figs-synecdoche 0 turn your foot away from evil Here the word “foot” represents the person who walks. The writer speaks of not committing evil actions as if the person were walking away from evil. Alternate translation: “turn away from evil” or “stay away from evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
243 PRO 5 intro jxf1 0 # Proverbs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br> # Proverbs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 5 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>This chapter is unusual because it holds a theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
244 PRO 5 1 vi27 0 General Information: The writer speaks as a father teaching his children.
245 PRO 5 1 nl9h figs-synecdoche 0 incline your ears Here the word “ears” represents the person who is listening. The writer speaks of listening attentively to someone as if it were leaning forward so that the ears are closer to the one speaking. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 4:20](../04/20.md). Alternate translation: “listen attentively” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246 PRO 5 2 cei4 0 discretion Discretion is the quality of being careful with regard to one’s actions and speech. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 1:4](../01/04.md).
297 PRO 5 22 he5d figs-metaphor 0 the cords of his sin will hold him tight The writer speaks of a wicked person being unable to avoid the consequences of his sin as if that sin were a trap made of cords in which the person is caught. Alternate translation: “because of his sin, he will be like an animal caught in a trap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
298 PRO 5 23 x16k figs-activepassive 0 he is led astray by his great foolishness This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “his great foolishness leads him astray” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
299 PRO 5 23 n1a7 0 by his great foolishness “because he is very foolish”
300 PRO 6 intro xq95 0 # Proverbs 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br> # Proverbs 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 6 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### My Son<br><br>Occasionally, the author addresses a proverb to “my son.” This is not intended to restrict the words of that proverb to only males. Instead, it is simply a form used to pass on advice as a father does to his son.<br><br>### Adulteress<br><br>The latter part of this chapter comes back to the theme about the adulteress and warns the young man to avoid her. An adulteress is a woman who commits adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br><br>### Numbers<br><br>Occasionally, the author will mention a list of six things, or seven things, that Yahweh hates. These numbers are used to draw attention to the list of things. It is not important whether there are six or seven things in the list.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>The author will use rhetorical questions to draw the reader’s attention to important points. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Animals used as types<br><br>The gazelle and the ant have certain characteristics which the author uses to give wisdom. If your language does not recognize these characteristics in those animals, you could add a footnote to explain or possibly substitute another animal from your culture that would help explain the same concept. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
301 PRO 6 1 sb1b figs-explicit 0 set aside your money Implied here is that your promise and the circumstances forced you to save up your money. Alternate translation: “had to save up some of your money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
302 PRO 6 1 z256 0 a guarantee for your neighbor’s loan Possible meanings are (1) your neighbor may come to you to ask for a loan or (2) your neighbor wants to take out a loan from someone else, but you promise to pay the lender back if your neighbor cannot.
303 PRO 6 1 p3wd 0 neighbor This same Hebrew word can also mean “friend.”
440 PRO 7 27 g21s 0 Her house is on the paths to Sheol…they go down Here “paths” represents the kinds of behavior that foolish people participate in. Sheol was the name for the world of the dead.
441 PRO 7 27 ry42 figs-parallelism 0 on the paths to Sheol…down to the dark bedrooms of death These two phrases basically mean the same thing and are repeated to emphasize that the woman’s victims will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
442 PRO 7 27 prr1 figs-metaphor 0 the dark bedrooms of death This expression pictures the dead as sleeping in many different rooms in Sheol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
443 PRO 8 intro z8jj 0 # Proverbs 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br> # Proverbs 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 8 continues a collection of proverbs that ends in chapter nine. These chapters operate more as a unit then many of the following chapters in this book.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of this chapter is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her, in contrast to the adulteress mentioned in chapters 5-7. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])
444 PRO 8 1 qsc7 figs-personification 0 General Information: In chapter 8 wisdom is spoken of as a woman who teaches people how to be wise. Many verses in chapter 8 have parallelisms. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
445 PRO 8 1 v9h5 figs-rquestion 0 Does not Wisdom call out? This question is used to remind the readers of something they should already know. Alternate translation: “Wisdom calls out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
446 PRO 8 1 i9hu figs-personification 0 Does not Wisdom call out? Here wisdom is imagined as a woman. If a language does not allow this kind of metaphor, other possible translations are: (1) “Is not wisdom like a woman who calls out?” (2) “Does not a woman named Wisdom call out?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
522 PRO 8 36 hfn9 figs-personification 0 hate me This is still wisdom talking about herself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
523 PRO 8 36 yl6t figs-explicit 0 he who fails The complete thought is, “he who fails to find me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
524 PRO 8 36 w73k figs-metonymy 0 his own life Here “life” represents the person’s self. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
525 PRO 9 intro y75r 0 # Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.<br> # Proverbs 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 9 concludes a collection of proverbs that operate as a unit about wisdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Wisdom calls out<br><br>The addressee of chapters 8 and 9 is broader than “my son,” but is personal like the previous chapters’ use of “my son.” In this case, Wisdom is calling out for all to come and learn of her.
526 PRO 9 1 m12a figs-personification 0 General Information: These verses begin a parable in which wisdom is imagined to be a woman who is giving good advice to people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
527 PRO 9 1 s64d figs-personification 0 Wisdom has built The writer speaks about wisdom as if it were a woman who has built her own house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
528 PRO 9 2 x5sw figs-metonymy 0 She has slaughtered her animals This refers to animals whose meat will be eaten in the dinner that Wisdom will give. Alternate translation: “She has killed the animals for meat at dinner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
572 PRO 9 17 jsi6 figs-metaphor 0 Stolen waters are sweet, and bread of secrecy is delicious The foolish woman speaks of the pleasure of stolen waters and bread of secrecy to tell men that if they sleep with her, they will have pleasure. This can be stated clearly in a simile: “You can enjoy me just as you enjoy water that you have stolen or bread that is secret” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
573 PRO 9 18 kg4h 0 that the dead are there “that the men who have gone to her are now dead”
574 PRO 9 18 k1fh 0 in the depths of Sheol “Sheol” refers to the world of the dead.
575 PRO 10 intro fhy5 0 # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 10 starts a new section of the book, which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, and wicked/righteous. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
576 PRO 10 1 i2yb figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 10 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
577 PRO 10 1 tab7 0 The proverbs of Solomon After the introduction of Chapters 1-9, Chapter 10 begins the collection of the proverbs; short sayings that teach wisdom.
578 PRO 10 2 ffz8 0 accumulated acquired over time
620 PRO 10 31 amx2 figs-metonymy 0 the perverse tongue will be cut out “Tongue” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “God will shut the mouths of people who say what is false” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
621 PRO 10 32 y79y figs-metonymy 0 lips of the righteous person know what is acceptable “Lips” represent what a person says. Alternate translation: “righteous person knows how to speak acceptably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
622 PRO 10 32 ay8q figs-metonymy 0 mouth of the wicked “Mouth” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words of the wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
623 PRO 11 intro uk6v 0 # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 11 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
624 PRO 11 1 hzq7 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Many verses in Chapter 11 are contrasting parallelisms (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
625 PRO 11 1 g3jt figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh hates scales that are not accurate “Scales” represent measuring accurately in negotiating. Alternate translation: “God hates deceiving scales” or “God hates it when people are deceitful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
626 PRO 11 1 pe2q 0 but he delights in a precise weight “Precise weight” represents accuracy in negotiating. Alternate translation: “but he delights in honest ways” or “but he is happy when people are honest”
668 PRO 11 30 q7ul figs-simile 0 The righteous person will be like a tree of life A person who does what is right is compared to a tree that produces life as its fruit. Alternate translation: “Those who do right will bring life to themselves and others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
669 PRO 11 30 hlz7 0 tree of life See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:18](../03/18.md).
670 PRO 11 31 s8p9 0 how much more “even more so”
671 PRO 12 intro x2lg 0 # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 12 continues the section of the book (Chapter 10-22) which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often using contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility and integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
672 PRO 12 1 ktr2 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: The author uses [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] throughout this chapter. Verses 1-15 contrast wisdom and foolishness.
673 PRO 12 1 r7h6 0 Whoever “Any person who”
674 PRO 12 1 tz7m 0 the one who hates correction “the person who does not want to be told what to do”
708 PRO 12 25 z6n9 figs-abstractnouns 0 but a good word makes him glad The abstract noun “word” can be stated as the verb “speak.” Alternate translation: “but when others speak kindly to him, he is cheerful again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
709 PRO 12 27 gdt7 0 would not roast their own game “Game” means animals caught and killed while hunting. And “roast” is a way of cooking food.
710 PRO 12 27 vz9v 0 precious wealth “valuable treasure”
711 PRO 13 intro nh7k 0 # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 13 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
712 PRO 13 1 ugs5 figs-metonymy 0 A wise son hears Here “hears” represents listening in order to do it. Alternate translation: “A wise son obeys” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
713 PRO 13 1 sy9c figs-metonymy 0 will not listen to rebuke Here “listen” represents paying attention in order to do it. Alternate translation: “will not learn from rebuke” or “will not obey, despite rebuke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
714 PRO 13 2 zu98 figs-metonymy 0 From the fruit of his mouth Here “fruit” represents what a person says. Alternate translation: “From the words of his mouth” or “From what he says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
759 PRO 13 24 jp8a 0 is careful to instruct him “makes sure to instruct him”
760 PRO 13 25 a593 0 he satisfies his appetite “he has satisfied himself” or “he fulfills his desires”
761 PRO 13 25 azl9 figs-metonymy 0 the stomach of the wicked is always hungry Here “stomach” represents the desires of a person. Alternate translation: “the wicked person is always hungry for more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
762 PRO 14 intro gbj2 0 # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 14 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
763 PRO 14 1 r3rp 0 builds her house “builds up her house” or “makes her house better”
764 PRO 14 1 tv3l 0 house Possible meanings are (1) this may refer to her actual house, that is the building she lives in or (2) this may refer to her family.
765 PRO 14 1 l2y8 figs-synecdoche 0 with her own hands The woman is represented by her “hands.” Alternate translation: “by herself” or “by the way she behaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
835 PRO 14 34 dl6h 0 is a disgrace “brings shame upon to any people” or “should cause any people to be ashamed”
836 PRO 14 35 qjf7 0 who acts prudently “who acts wisely” or “who makes sure bad things do not happen”
837 PRO 14 35 vi56 0 the one who “the servant who”
838 PRO 15 intro l872 0 # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 15 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
839 PRO 15 1 x2lh figs-metaphor 0 A gentle answer turns away wrath Causing a person to stop being angry is spoken of as if it were turning that person’s wrath away. Alternate translation: “Answering a person gently will calm that person’s wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
840 PRO 15 1 hu6m figs-metaphor 0 but a harsh word stirs up anger Causing a person to become more angry is spoken of as if it were stirring up or awakening anger. Alternate translation: “but speaking harshly causes that person to become more angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
841 PRO 15 2 w6ic figs-synecdoche 0 The tongue of wise people compliments knowledge Here the word “tongue” refers to the person who speaks. Alternate translation: “Wise people compliment knowledge when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
901 PRO 15 33 nhk9 figs-abstractnouns 0 The fear of Yahweh teaches wisdom The words “fear” and “wisdom” can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “When one fears Yahweh, he will learn to be wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
902 PRO 15 33 t56g 0 The fear of Yahweh See how you translated this phrase in [Proverbs 1:7](../01/07.md).
903 PRO 15 33 w2h2 0 humility comes before honor This means that a person must first learn humility before Yahweh will honor him.
904 PRO 16 intro mu2u 0 # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 16 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### King and royalty<br><br>Some of these proverbs mention a king. As in other cases, this is intended to apply to all rulers.<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
905 PRO 16 1 bqu9 figs-metonymy 0 The plans of the heart belong to a person Here the word “heart” represents the person’s mind and thoughts. Alternate translation: “A person makes plans in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
906 PRO 16 1 hf8a figs-metaphor 0 from Yahweh comes the answer from his tongue Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh speaks his answer to a person’s plans, which is a metaphor meaning that Yahweh determines the outcome of that person’s plans or (2) Yahweh enables a person to speak words about the plans that he has made. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
907 PRO 16 1 j1hu figs-synecdoche 0 the answer from his tongue The person is represented by his “tongue” to emphasize his speech. Alternate translation: “the answer that he speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
965 PRO 16 32 x3rg figs-metaphor 0 one who rules his spirit The writer speaks of a person being able to control his own temper and emotions as if he ruled over his spirit like a king rules his people. Alternate translation: “one who controls his temper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
966 PRO 16 33 ei8c figs-activepassive 0 The lots are cast into the lap This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “A person throws the lots into his lap” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
967 PRO 16 33 js5x 0 the decision is from Yahweh Possible meanings are (1) Yahweh decides how the lots will land or (2) it is not the lots, but Yahweh who determines what will happen.
968 PRO 17 intro br3v 0 # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 17 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
969 PRO 17 1 ecu4 figs-metonymy 0 to have quiet Here “quiet” refers to “peace.” Alternate translation: “to have peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
970 PRO 17 1 p2y8 figs-ellipsis 0 than a house full of feasting with strife The words “to have” are understood from the previous phrase. They can be repeated. Alternate translation: “than to have a house full of feasting with strife” or “than to be in a house full of feasting where there is strife” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
971 PRO 17 3 fh66 figs-explicit 0 The crucible is for silver and the furnace is for gold This refers to how gold and silver are refined. A metal is refined by heating it to a high temperature so that it melts and the impurities may be removed. Alternate translation: “The crucible is used to refine silver and the furnace is used to refine gold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1026 PRO 17 28 b5ay figs-activepassive 0 Even a fool is thought to be wise This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “People even think a fool is wise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1027 PRO 17 28 i81a figs-idiom 0 keeps his mouth shut This means that he does not speak. Alternate translation: “does not speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1028 PRO 17 28 q1jm figs-activepassive 0 he is considered to be intelligent This can be written in active form. Alternate translation: “people consider him to be intelligent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1029 PRO 18 intro k5qz 0 # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 18 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1030 PRO 18 1 n34r 0 isolates himself “keeps away from other people”
1031 PRO 18 1 vun3 figs-personification 0 quarrels with all sound judgment This speaks of a person disagreeing with sound judgment as if “sound judgment” were a person he fought with. Alternate translation: “he disagrees with all sound judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1032 PRO 18 1 r3yq 0 sound judgment “good judgment” or “wise choices”
1094 PRO 18 21 l141 figs-metaphor 0 will eat its fruit This speaks of a person receiving the consequence for what he says as if the consequences were fruit that he receives. Alternate translation: “will receive its consequences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1095 PRO 18 24 wg3n figs-activepassive 0 many friends is brought to ruin by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “many friends--they will bring him to ruin” or “many friends--his friends will destroy him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1096 PRO 18 24 zc7f 0 comes closer than “is more faithful than” or “stays more loyal than”
1097 PRO 19 intro nbz8 0 # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 19 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 19 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1098 PRO 19 1 ev8n 0 Better is a poor person “It is better to be a poor person”
1099 PRO 19 1 bpi4 figs-idiom 0 who walks in his integrity This is an idiom. Here walking refers to living. Alternate translation: “who lives in his integrity” or “who lives an honest life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1100 PRO 19 1 wj4i figs-abstractnouns 0 is perverse in speech The word “speech” may be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “speaks perversely” or “speaks in an evil way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1168 PRO 19 29 d4f3 figs-abstractnouns 0 Condemnation is ready for mockers and flogging for The words “condemnation” and “flogging” may be expressed as verbs. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is ready to condemn mockers and to flog” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1169 PRO 19 29 ray2 figs-ellipsis 0 flogging for the backs of fools The words “is ready” are understood from the previous phrase and may be repeated. Alternate translation: “flogging is ready for the backs of fools” or “he is ready to flog the backs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1170 PRO 19 29 r21d 0 flogging beating with a whip or stick
1171 PRO 20 intro e8g2 0 # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 20 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1172 PRO 20 1 p893 figs-parallelism 0 Wine is a mocker and strong drink is a brawler These two phrases mean basically the same thing and are combined to emphasize the danger of too much alcohol. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
1173 PRO 20 1 v7zx figs-metonymy 0 Wine is a mocker Here “wine” refers to the person who is drunk with wine. Alternate translation: “A person who is drunk with wine mocks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1174 PRO 20 1 qa7m figs-metonymy 0 strong drink is a brawler Here “strong drink” refers to a person who is drunk with strong drink. Alternate translation: “a person who is drunk with strong drink starts fights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1242 PRO 20 28 dyd6 0 preserve the king keep the king safe from harm
1243 PRO 20 28 dym8 figs-metonymy 0 his throne is made secure by love Here “throne” represents the king’s power to rule. The abstract noun “love” can be stated as a verb. Also, this can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a king ensures that he will rule for a long time by loving others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1244 PRO 20 30 g7u1 figs-parallelism 0 Blows that make a wound cleanse away evil and beatings make the innermost parts clean Both statements mean the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Using physical punishment to correct a person is spoken of as if the evil were dirt and the beatings cleansed him. Alternate translation: “Beating a person who has done wrong will correct him and cause him to be a better person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1245 PRO 21 intro ge8s 0 # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 21 continues the section of the book which is attributed to Solomon and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1246 PRO 21 1 w5md figs-metaphor 0 The king’s heart is a stream of water in the hand of Yahweh The writer speaks of the king’s heart as if it were an irrigation ditch in a dry area through which people direct water to plants that need it. Alternate translation: “Yahweh controls the king’s heart as a man directs water for irrigation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1247 PRO 21 1 t1m8 figs-metonymy 0 The king’s heart The heart is a metaphor for what a person thinks and what he wants to do. Alternate translation: “The king’s thoughts and actions” or “What the king thinks and what he wants to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1248 PRO 21 2 yz3c figs-metaphor 0 Every person’s way is right in his own eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. The writer speaks of what a person does as if it that person were walking down a path. Alternate translation: “Every person thinks that what he does is good” or “Every person judges what he does as good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1380 PRO 22 28 j4id 0 fathers ancestors
1381 PRO 22 29 y4ub figs-rquestion 0 Do you see a man skilled at his work? This rhetorical question is actually a command. Alternate translation: “Think of someone you know who is skilled at his work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1382 PRO 22 29 e6ii figs-metonymy 0 stand before This represents becoming a servant of the important person. Kings and other important people will think so highly of him that they will use his services. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1383 PRO 23 intro eva7 0 # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 23 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter of the book and is filled mainly with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter and the first half of the next chapter are attributed to general sayings.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1384 PRO 23 1 z181 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
1385 PRO 23 2 lu62 figs-hyperbole 0 put a knife to your throat Possible meanings of this exaggeration are (1) “be very careful not to eat too much” or (2) “do not eat anything at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1386 PRO 23 3 zfk9 0 Do not crave “Do not strongly desire.” See how you translated “craves” in [Proverbs 21:9](../21/09.md).
1460 PRO 23 34 lxy2 0 mast the long wooden pole to which are attached the sails of a sailing ship
1461 PRO 23 35 c4na 0 They hit me,…but I was not hurt. They beat me, but I did not feel it. Because the drunk person is not thinking clearly, he is imagining that people are hitting and beating him, yet he feels no pain and cannot remember anything.
1462 PRO 23 35 d6ej 0 When will I wake up? The drunk person is wondering when he will be sober again; when the effect of the wine will stop.
1463 PRO 24 intro nl8m 0 # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 24 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 24 continues the section beginning in the previous chapter and is mainly filled with short, individual proverbs.<br><br>The second half of this chapter finishes the section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lazy man story<br><br>Unlike much of Proverbs, verses 30-34 tell a short story about a lazy man, which ends in a very memorable proverb.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1464 PRO 24 1 d1dq 0 General Information: These verses continue the “thirty sayings” ([Proverbs 22:20](../22/20.md)).
1465 PRO 24 2 dw7g figs-synecdoche 0 their hearts The words “their hearts” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1466 PRO 24 2 m8px figs-synecdoche 0 their lips The words “their lips” refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1531 PRO 24 34 d7gx figs-ellipsis 0 and poverty comes This finishes a thought begun with the words “A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest” (Proverbs 24:33). You may need to fill in the omitted words. “You may say to yourself, ‘A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest,’ but then poverty will come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1532 PRO 24 34 v85w figs-personification 0 poverty comes marching upon you Some translations read, “poverty comes upon you like a robber.” Poverty is spoken of as if it were a person or animal that can attack a lazy person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1533 PRO 24 34 zx1y figs-simile 0 your needs like an armed soldier Needs are spoken of as if they were a person who could attack the lazy person. Alternate translation: “your needs will come to you like an armed soldier” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
1534 PRO 25 intro l94s 0 # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 25 begins the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1535 PRO 25 2 x2ec 0 to conceal a matter “to keep some things secret”
1536 PRO 25 2 cj4p figs-ellipsis 0 but the glory The ellipsis can be filled in. Alternate translation: “but it is the glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
1537 PRO 25 2 dg6e 0 search it out “search that matter out” or “search for those things that God has concealed”
1579 PRO 25 27 ea11 0 that is like searching for honor after honor “that is like always thinking about how others should honor you.” The meaning of the original language is uncertain. Some versions of the Bible translate this as “that is like speaking too many compliments to people.”
1580 PRO 25 28 gl3p figs-simile 0 A person without self-control is like a city breached and without walls. Both a person without self-control and a city without walls are weak and vulnerable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1581 PRO 25 28 jh45 0 breached and without walls “whose walls an army has knocked down and destroyed”
1582 PRO 26 intro juh9 0 # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 26 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. Wisdom and folly are particularly prominent in this chapter.(See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1583 PRO 26 1 w8yc figs-simile 0 Like snow in summer or rain in harvest Normally snow does not fall during the summer and rain does not fall during the harvest. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Just as it would be very strange to have snow in summer or rain during the harvest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1584 PRO 26 2 kdg7 figs-simile 0 so an undeserved curse does not alight A curse that does not harm a person is spoken of as if it were a bird that does not land. Alternate translation: “so an undeserved curse does not land on its mark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1585 PRO 26 2 mf19 figs-activepassive 0 an undeserved curse This can be stated with an active form. Alternate translation: “a curse on a person who does not deserve it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1640 PRO 26 28 wvw9 figs-synecdoche 0 A lying tongue hates the people it crushes The phrase “a lying tongue” represents a person who tells lies. Crushing people represents causing them trouble. Alternate translation: “A liar hates those he hurts by his lies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1641 PRO 26 28 dfi2 figs-synecdoche 0 a flattering mouth brings about ruin The phrase “a flattering mouth” represents a person who flatters people. Possible meanings are (1) a person who flatters others causes trouble or (2) a person who flatters others ruins them (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1642 PRO 26 28 qp8a 0 flattering praising someone in a manner that is not sincere, or praising someone about things that are not true
1643 PRO 27 intro ec7g 0 # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 27 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1644 PRO 27 1 f85w figs-explicit 0 Do not boast about tomorrow This is a warning not to brag about what you expect to happen tomorrow. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “Do not speak proudly about your plans for tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1645 PRO 27 1 t368 figs-metaphor 0 what a day may bring Something happening on a certain day is spoken of as if the day were to bring that event. Alternate translation: “what will happen on a day” or “what will happen tomorrow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1646 PRO 27 2 cyj6 figs-ellipsis 0 and not your own mouth…and not your own lips The words “let praise you” are understood from the first phrase. They can be repeated. Here a person is represented by his “mouth” and “lips” because those are the parts of the body used to speak. Alternate translation: “and do not let your own mouth praise you…and do not let your own lips praise you” or “and do not praise yourself…and do not praise yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1709 PRO 27 26 j2vp figs-explicit 0 the goats will provide the price of the field The implied information is that the money received by selling the goats will be enough to buy a field. Alternate translation: “selling your goats will provide the price of the field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1710 PRO 27 27 q28m figs-explicit 0 nourishment for your servant girls The implied information is that there will also be enough goats’ milk to feed the servant girls. Alternate translation: “there will be goat’s milk to nourish your servant girls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1711 PRO 27 27 xjw4 0 nourishment “food”
1712 PRO 28 intro g91u 0 # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 28 continues the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1713 PRO 28 2 b4c7 figs-abstractnouns 0 Because of the transgression of a land The abstract noun “transgression” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “Because of how a land transgresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1714 PRO 28 2 qks4 figs-metonymy 0 the transgression of a land This is a metonym for the sins of the people living in a land. Alternate translation: “the transgression of the people of a land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1715 PRO 28 2 ivf7 figs-explicit 0 with a man of understanding and knowledge The implied information is that this man is a ruler or leader. The abstract nouns “understanding” and “knowledge” can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “with a man who understands and knows how to rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1810 PRO 28 28 xc51 figs-hyperbole 0 people hide themselves This is an exaggeration for doing everything they can to avoid having wicked people harm them. Alternate translation: “people go into hiding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1811 PRO 28 28 vjp8 0 perish Possible meanings are (1) “go away” or (2) “fall from power” or (3) “are destroyed.”
1812 PRO 28 28 pd87 0 increase Possible meanings are (1) “multiply” or (2) “rise to power.”
1813 PRO 29 intro pkl4 0 # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 29 concludes the second section of the book (Chapter 25-29) which is attributed to Solomon.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Themes<br><br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1814 PRO 29 1 rl7a figs-metaphor 0 who stiffens his neck A person becoming stubborn is spoken of as if he stiffens his neck. Alternate translation: “who becomes stubborn” or “who refuses to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1815 PRO 29 1 nb5z figs-activepassive 0 will be broken in a moment This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will suddenly break him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1816 PRO 29 1 y5ft figs-metaphor 0 beyond healing “and no one will be able to heal him.” Sickness is a metaphor for any kind of bad situation. Alternate translation: “and no one will be able to help him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1853 PRO 29 26 sa3k figs-metonymy 0 Many are those who seek the face of the ruler The word “face” is a metonym for the ruler listening to people telling him what they want him to do and then doing it. Alternate translation: “Many people want their ruler to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1854 PRO 29 26 w96b figs-abstractnouns 0 from Yahweh is justice for a person It is Yahweh, not human rulers, who will see that people treat a person justly. The abstract noun “justice” can be stated as “just.” Alternate translation: “it is Yahweh who is truly just towards a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1855 PRO 29 27 c4s9 0 detestable a person who should be hated. See how you translated this in [Proverbs 3:32](../03/32.md).
1856 PRO 30 intro aud8 0 # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 30 is a chapter in Proverbs attributed to Agur, who is a person otherwise unknown.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Agur<br><br>His full title is Agur, Son of Jakeh. Agur comes from a Hebrew word that means “gatherer” and so some scholars believe this is not a real name, but possibly a way of referring to Solomon as a gatherer of proverbs. However, it is still prudent to simply use this as a name.<br><br>### Three things and four<br><br>From verses 15 through 32, the author uses a specific technique to explain some things. He says there are three things and even four and lists items that exemplify a feature like “small and yet wise.” The numbering is not meant to be so literal, but as a memory device that introduces the items. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1857 PRO 30 1 u8l9 translate-names 0 Agur…Jakeh…Ithiel…Ucal These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1858 PRO 30 1 v8qt 0 Agur son of Jakeh This is the literal son of Jakeh, not a grandchild.
1859 PRO 30 1 ic3d 0 the utterance “the message”
1917 PRO 30 31 e3z8 0 strutting rooster an adult male chicken that walks proudly
1918 PRO 30 33 kgm4 0 churning strongly stirring
1919 PRO 30 33 nj7p 0 butter Animal milk that someone has stirred and made thick.
1920 PRO 31 intro dd9p 0 # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br> # Proverbs 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Chapter 31 begins with 9 verses from King Lemuel. The last portion of this chapter is a poem about a godly wife. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### King Lemuel<br><br>This person is unknown in Scripture, other than here. It is important to recognize that the words in this chapter are words of his mother addressed to him. They are formed like advice of a mother to her son.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### An acrostic poem<br><br>Verse 10 through 31 is tightly formed as a poem in the original language. There are 22 lines in the Hebrew language that each begin with a successive letter of the alphabet. However, each language will have a different set of letters. Therefore, it is important to realize this was a single composition with a single theme of a noble or godly wife.<br><br>### Themes<br>There are individual proverbs that run along common themes, often including contrasting elements: wise/foolish, money, lazy/diligent, truth telling, wicked/righteous, sluggard, pride/humility, integrity/crookedness. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/foolish]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])
1921 PRO 31 2 nw5l figs-rquestion 0 What, my son? What is it, son of my womb? What do you want, son of my vows? Possible meanings of the rhetorical question “What” are (1) “What are you doing?” or “You should not be doing what you are doing” or (2) “What shall I tell you?” or “Listen to what I am telling you” or (3) “Do not do the things I am about to warn you against.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
1922 PRO 31 2 ag7f 0 my son…son of my womb…son of my vows The speaker wants the hearer to notice carefully and to respect the one who is talking to him.
1923 PRO 31 2 ye5f 0 son of my womb The womb is a synecdoche for the person. It is best to use a polite term for the body part in which babies grow before they are born.

26
en_tn_21-ECC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

18
en_tn_22-SNG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.<br>
SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ SNG 1 16 xed8 0 The lush plants plants that are green, moist, and grow abundan
SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams…rafters Possible meanings are (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars…firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br>
SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ SNG 2 17 d8mw 0 like a gazelle or a young stag See how you translated this in
SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him…could not find him “I had a strong desire to be with him…loves, but he was not there”
SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city “walk through the city”
@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ SNG 3 11 i961 0 daughters of Zion “you young women who live in Zion”
SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown “wearing the crown”
SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.<br>
SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ SNG 4 16 kdi9 0 may give off their fragrance “may send out their good smells
SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved…choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit “wonderful fruit”
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.<br>
SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ SNG 5 16 w3vr 0 he is completely lovely “every part of him is lovely” or
SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone “Which way did your beloved go”
SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ SNG 6 13 za54 figs-pronouns 0 we may gaze Some versions understand the plural t
SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman…armies Possible interpretations are (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies “as if she were dancing between two armies”
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ SNG 7 13 xbk7 figs-explicit 0 at the door The doors belong to their house. Alte
SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you “saved so I can give to you”
SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.<br>
SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside “you in public”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 SNG front intro an3g 0 # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # Introduction to the Song of Songs<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Song of Songs<br><br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom to arrive (1:1–2:7)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the woman he loves (2:8–3:5)<br>1. The bridegroom arrives and praises the bride (3:6–5:1)<br>1. The bride longs for the bridegroom (5:2–6:9)<br>1. The bridegroom praises the beauty of his bride (6:1–8:4)<br>1. Final thoughts about love between a man and a woman (8:5–14)<br><br>### What is the Song of Songs about?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem or a series of poems that celebrate love and intimacy between a man and a woman. Jews traditionally have interpreted the book as a picture of God’s love for his people Israel. In the same way, many Christians interpret it as a picture of love between Christ and his bride, the church of all believers.<br><br>### Who wrote the Song of Songs?<br><br>The first verse of the book (“The Song of Songs, which is Solomon’s”) gives the idea that King Solomon of Israel wrote it. However, people have interpreted this verse in different ways, so not everyone is persuaded that Solomon wrote it.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “Song of Songs,” which means the very best song, or “Song of Solomon.” It may also be called “Songs of Love,” “Great Poems of Love,” or “The Love Songs of Solomon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What place do the descriptions of sexual behavior have in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The Song of Songs approves of sexual behavior expressing love between a husband his wife.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How many characters are in the Song of Songs?<br><br>The two main characters in this book are the man and the woman, who love each other. The woman also speaks to a group of women called the “daughters of Jerusalem,” and these women make comments. However, it is possible that the group of women is not real and the woman is only imagining them.<br><br>Some interpreters believe there may be more characters than these, but this is not certain. The ULT and UST versions recognize only the man, the woman, and the group of women.<br><br>### What are the lines about people speaking?<br><br>The Song of Songs is a poem that shows the thoughts and words of a man, a woman, and the woman’s friends. Throughout the poem, the author does not identify the speakers and their audience. So to help readers understand the poem, some translations attempt to identify the speaker and the audience. It is not always certain who the speaker is, so sometimes translations disagree about who is speaking.<br><br>Before each speech, the ULT identifies the speaker and the audience like this: “The woman speaking to the other women,” “The woman speaking to the man,” “The man speaking to the woman,” or “The woman speaking to herself.” Translators are encouraged to include these ways of identifying the speaker and the audience, and to format them differently from the scripture text. The translators should also include a note explaining that these explanations are not actually part of the scripture.<br><br>### How should one translate the Song of Songs if the readers will view certain terms as coarse, vulgar, or improper?<br><br>Readers might consider many images or forms appearing in the Song of Songs as improper when translated. The translator should try to avoid offensive language if possible, by using expressions that will not cause offense. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>### How do I translate metaphors and similes in this book?<br><br>There are many metaphors and similes in this book. These figures of speech are often unclear. If they have sexual meanings, figures of speech describing feelings or emotions are often used to avoid offense by hiding their meaning. However, since their meanings are often unclear, ambiguity in translation is encouraged. You can translate the words as they are written in order to avoid committing to a specific meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
3 SNG 1 intro xrm2 0 # Song of Songs 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.<br> # Song of Songs 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Love and affection<br>This chapter is centered on the feelings of love, affection, and attraction. Different cultural standards may make translation difficult and the translator may use euphemisms to avoid offending people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “I am dark”<br>In the ancient Near East, rich people usually had lighter skin because they did not need to work outside in the sun. This young woman had to work out in the sun, and her skin became darker than it was when she was younger.
4 SNG 1 1 fna4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
5 SNG 1 1 qbe2 0 The Song of Songs “The Best Song” or “The Most Excellent Song”
6 SNG 1 1 r5ns 0 which is Solomon’s Possible meanings are “which is about Solomon” or “which Solomon composed.”
59 SNG 1 17 v14z figs-metaphor 0 The beams of our house are cedars; our rafters are firs The woman describes the forest as though it were a house in which they were lying down. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
60 SNG 1 17 q6r8 0 beams…rafters Possible meanings are (1) “beams” refers to large logs used to support everything above the walls and “rafters” refers to the large pieces of wood to which the roof is attached or (2) “beams” refers to the rafters and “rafters” refers to the strips attached to the beams, onto which the builders attached the roofing materials.
61 SNG 1 17 c3e5 translate-unknown 0 cedars…firs Cedars were large and strong trees. The word translated “firs” is a general term for trees like cedars but smaller. If cedar and fir trees are unknown in your area, you could use general terms for the tallest and strongest trees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
62 SNG 2 intro u8uv 0 # Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])<br> # Song of Songs 02 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Women are compared to flowers in this chapter. This metaphor may describe a woman’s beauty and delicacy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Euphemisms<br>It is possible that some of the metaphors used in this chapter are actually euphemisms. These euphemisms would refer to sex or the physical love between a husband a wife. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
63 SNG 2 1 bw25 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
64 SNG 2 1 cne2 figs-metaphor 0 I am a meadow flower of Sharon The woman speaks as if she were one of many flowers in a land known for beautiful flowers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 SNG 2 1 ni5p 0 Sharon the name of a land that is flat, has no trees, and grows many different kinds of grasses and flowers
144 SNG 2 17 vlw3 0 gazelle an animal that looks like a deer and moves quickly. Translate as the singular of “gazelles” as in [Song of Songs 2:7](./07.md).
145 SNG 2 17 l8dz 0 stag an adult male deer
146 SNG 2 17 ia1r 0 rugged mountains “rocky mountains” or “rough mountains”
147 SNG 3 intro t72h 0 # Song of Songs 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # Song of Songs 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Longing<br>This chapter describes a feeling of longing, or the waiting in anticipation of the one you love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
148 SNG 3 1 l1kv 0 I was longing for him…could not find him “I had a strong desire to be with him…loves, but he was not there”
149 SNG 3 1 hu3u figs-metonymy 0 him whom my soul loves The soul is a metonym for the whole person. Here it makes a stronger statement of the woman’s love for the man than “my beloved” ([Song of Songs 1:14](../01/12.md)). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
150 SNG 3 2 uyu7 0 go through the city “walk through the city”
189 SNG 3 11 sj76 0 gaze on King Solomon “look at King Solomon.” The word “gaze” refers to look at someone or something for a long time, usually with strong emotional feeling.
190 SNG 3 11 tf1d 0 bearing the crown “wearing the crown”
191 SNG 3 11 ei7z figs-metonymy 0 the day of the joy of his heart The word “heart” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “the day on which he truly rejoiced” or “the happiest day of his life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
192 SNG 4 intro r3aw 0 # Song of Songs 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.<br> # Song of Songs 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
193 SNG 4 1 rg3f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
194 SNG 4 1 m3g6 figs-metaphor 0 Your eyes are doves One possibility is that the man is speaking of the woman’s white eyeballs or the shape of her eyes, the shape of a dove. Another possibility is that the Israelites considered doves to be gentle and soft birds, and the man considers the woman’s eyes beautiful because the way the woman looks at him makes him think she is gentle. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “You are very gentle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
195 SNG 4 1 z6f7 0 my love “you whom I love.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:9](../01/09.md).
277 SNG 4 16 lqh1 figs-metaphor 0 May my beloved…choice fruit The woman is inviting the man to make love to her. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
278 SNG 4 16 dp46 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
279 SNG 4 16 mbn7 0 choice fruit “wonderful fruit”
280 SNG 5 intro kdw4 0 # Song of Songs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.<br> # Song of Songs 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 2-7 describe a dream the woman had.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “My sister, my bride”<br>The woman described is not the sister of her husband. They are not related. Instead, this is a reference to a woman who is a fellow Israelite.
281 SNG 5 1 zka3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
282 SNG 5 1 m575 0 I have come It is clearly the woman’s lover who is speaking.
283 SNG 5 1 f2qr figs-metaphor 0 have come into my garden The word “garden” is a metaphor for the woman. The man is finally able to fully enjoy the woman as they make love. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
361 SNG 5 16 pi1a 0 This is my beloved, and this is my friend The word “This” refers to the man that the woman has just finished describing. Alternate translation: “That is what the one I love is like, and that is what my friend is like”
362 SNG 5 16 zd7b 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
363 SNG 5 16 r6zc figs-apostrophe 0 daughters of Jerusalem “young women of Jerusalem.” These young women could not hear her and were not present, but the woman speaks as if they were present and could hear her. See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
364 SNG 6 intro fa9a 0 # Song of Songs 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # Song of Songs 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphors<br>In the ancient Near East, it was common to describe a woman using metaphors involving animals. In many cultures today, this can be considered offensive. Different metaphors of beauty are used in different cultures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
365 SNG 6 1 z4sf writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]. The fifth part of the book begins here.
366 SNG 6 1 xnv3 0 In what direction has your beloved gone “Which way did your beloved go”
367 SNG 6 1 wr5y 0 your beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for the other women to refer to him as “your lover.” See how you translated “my beloved” in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “your dear one” or “your lover” or “the man you love”
416 SNG 6 13 c258 0 gaze look intently for a long time
417 SNG 6 13 e2bm figs-pronouns 0 Why do you gaze on the perfect woman…armies Possible interpretations are (1) the woman refers to herself as another person and is speaking to the friends or (2) the woman is speaking to the man as if he were many men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]])
418 SNG 6 13 iqb9 0 as if on the dance between two armies “as if she were dancing between two armies”
419 SNG 7 intro hqv7 0 # Song of Songs 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br> # Song of Songs 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Beauty<br>The woman is described as the epitome of beauty in ancient Israel. Not all cultures share the same the same standards of beauty.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Similes<br>There are many similes in this chapter. Their purpose is to describe the beauty of the woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
420 SNG 7 1 z7jk 0 General Information: This is 7:2, the second verse of chapter seven, in some versions.
421 SNG 7 1 v8jn figs-explicit 0 How beautiful your feet appear in your sandals It may be that the woman is dancing ([Song of Songs 6:13](../06/13.md)). Alternate translation: “Your feet are so very beautiful in your sandals as you dance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
422 SNG 7 1 k8va 0 prince’s daughter Another possible interpretation is “you who have a noble character.”
481 SNG 7 13 c2ah 0 are all sorts of choice fruits, new and old “is every kind of the best fruit, both old fruit and new fruit”
482 SNG 7 13 jsb8 0 stored up for you “saved so I can give to you”
483 SNG 7 13 h8r2 0 my beloved This phrase refers to the man whom the woman loves. In some languages it may be more natural for her to refer to him as “my lover.” See how you translated this in [Song of Songs 1:13](./12.md). Alternate translation: “my dear one” or “my lover”
484 SNG 8 intro d35n 0 # Song of Songs 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.<br> # Song of Songs 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Kisses<br>The kisses in this chapter are a type of kiss that was only done between a husband a wife. It is an intimate kiss. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### Passion<br>The chapter describes the passion that can exist between a husband a wife. This is the feeling of strong or uncontrollable desire for another person.
485 SNG 8 1 me7m writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
486 SNG 8 1 dp21 figs-simile 0 you were like my brother A woman could show affection for her brother in public. This woman wanted to be able to show affection for the man in public. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
487 SNG 8 1 v5fh 0 you outside “you in public”

134
en_tn_23-ISA.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

106
en_tn_24-JER.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)<br>- Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)<br>- Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)<br>- Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)<br>- Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)<br>1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)<br>- Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)<br>- Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)<br>- The people will come back (32:1–44)<br>- Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)<br>1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)<br>- Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)<br>- While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)<br>- After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)<br>- Egypt (46:1–28)<br>- Philistia (47:1–28)<br>- Moab (48:1–47)<br>- Ammon (49:1–6)<br>- Edom (49:7–22)<br>- Damascus (49:23–27)<br>- Kedar (49:28–33)<br>- Elam (49:34–39)<br>- Babylonia (50:1–51:64)<br>1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?<br><br>The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.<br><br>Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.<br><br>King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.<br><br>Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?<br><br>Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.<br><br>### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?<br><br>Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”<br>
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
JER front intro l3xj 0 # Introduction to Jeremiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jeremiah<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Jeremiah to be a prophet (1:1-19)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish Judah (2:1-29:32)<br>- Judah called to repent of spiritual adultery (2:1–6:30)<br>- Judah judged for its false religion (7:1–10:16)<br>- Jeremiah stands between Yahweh and his people (11:1–20:19)<br>- Jeremiah confronts his people (21:1–29:32)<br>1. Yahweh promises to restore Judah (30:1-33:26)<br>- Yahweh will bring the people of Judah back to their land (30:1–24)<br>- Yahweh will create a new covenant with them (31:1–40)<br>- The people will come back (32:1–44)<br>- Kings descended from David will rule again (33:1–26)<br>1. Jeremiah suffers (34:1-45:5)<br>- Before Yahweh punishes Judah (34:1–36:32)<br>- While Yahweh punishes Judah (37:1–39:18)<br>- After Yahweh punishes Judah (40:1–45:5)<br>1. Yahweh will judge and punish the nations (46:1-51:64)<br>- Egypt (46:1–28)<br>- Philistia (47:1–28)<br>- Moab (48:1–47)<br>- Ammon (49:1–6)<br>- Edom (49:7–22)<br>- Damascus (49:23–27)<br>- Kedar (49:28–33)<br>- Elam (49:34–39)<br>- Babylonia (50:1–51:64)<br>1. Jerusalem captured and destroyed (52:1–34)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jeremiah about?<br><br>The Book of Jeremiah gives the prophesies of a priest named Jeremiah. It also tells how Jeremiah suffered in different ways while he prophesied.<br><br>Jeremiah began prophesying about 626 B.C. After the death of King Josiah, many groups of people in Israel opposed Jeremiah. Some of these people wanted to depend on Egypt to protect the nation. Others were idol worshipers. They hated Jeremiah for denouncing their gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>During the reign of King Jehoiakim, Jeremiah prophesied about the temple of Yahweh. King Jehoiakim received some of these prophecies in writing and burned the document. The next king, Zedekiah, put Jeremiah in prison when he told the king to surrender to Babylon.<br><br>King Nebuchadnezzar of Babylonia invaded Judah in 597 B.C. He conquered Jerusalem in 587 B.C. He offered Jeremiah housing and money if Jeremiah would go to Babylon. But Jeremiah remained in Jerusalem to help the few Jews left there.<br><br>Shortly after that, Gedaliah, whom Nebuchadnezzar had chosen to be governor over Judah, was murdered. Some Jewish rebels captured Jeremiah and took him to Egypt. Those rebels went to Egypt to be protected there rather than to live under Nebuchadnezzar’s rule. Jeremiah may have died soon after being taken to Egypt. But while in Egypt he prophesied that the Babylonians would invade and conquer Egypt.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Jeremiah” or just “Jeremiah.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Jeremiah” or “What the Prophet Jeremiah Said.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah was a priest and a prophet living in Judah. He spoke the prophesies in the Book of Jeremiah. A friend named Baruch wrote down many of the prophecies as Jeremiah spoke them to him.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the new covenant that is presented in the Book of Jeremiah?<br><br>Jeremiah introduced a “new covenant” between Yahweh and Israel (chapter 31). Yahweh would “write this covenant on the hearts” of the people. This means that the covenant would be a part of the people instead of just written on stone or paper. The people would obey the new covenant with all their heart. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What relationship do Jeremiah’s prophecies have to the other nations besides Israel?<br><br>Much of the Old Testament before this time is only about the nation of Israel. But Jeremiah also spoke of how Yahweh would judge other nations of the world. Yahweh would also punish the other nations for their wicked deeds. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Are the events in the Book of Jeremiah told in the order that they actually happened?<br><br>Many of the events in the Book of Jeremiah are not told in the order that they actually happened. Instead, the various prophecies appear to be arranged by topic.<br><br>### Why does the Book of Jeremiah refer to this prophet as “he” or “him”?<br><br>Many times in the book, the author refers to Jeremiah as “Jeremiah” or “he.” This is unusual if Jeremiah wrote the book. The reason this occurs is perhaps because Baruch, Jeremiah’s secretary, wrote down some parts of the book. Translators should keep the words “Jeremiah” and “he.”
JER 1 intro e235 0 # Jeremiah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:4-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah appointed as prophet<br><br>God chose Jeremiah to be his prophet and although many powerful people would be against him, God promised to protect him. This chapter emphasizes that Jeremiah was chosen by God to be his prophet. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/elect]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br><br>### Northern kingdom<br>This was not a reference to the northern kingdom of Israel; it had already been conquered. It was a reference to a kingdom located north of Judah, that is, to Babylon. The Babylonian armies would attack Judah and conquer it.<br><br>### Opposition<br>The people were supposed to listen to God’s prophet. When he prophesied, they should have repented. Instead, they persecuted Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 1 1 zm8t 0 Jeremiah son of Hilkiah, one of the priests “Jeremiah son of Hilkiah. Jeremiah was one of the priests”
JER 1 1 ynh2 translate-names 0 Hilkiah This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 1 1 hbs3 translate-names 0 Anathoth This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ JER 1 18 l1sl figs-metaphor 0 iron…bronze These were the strongest materials
JER 1 18 u7cf figs-metonymy 0 the whole land This represents all the people of the land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 1 19 zp53 0 They will fight against you This refers to the people of Judah.
JER 1 19 c3xx figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people refuse to learn<br><br>The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
JER 2 intro cx16 0 # Jeremiah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-31.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people refuse to learn<br><br>The people worshiped other gods, particularly the fertility gods of Baal and Ashtoreth. Even when the nation was punished, the people did not learn. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel is compared to a female camel or a wild donkey for being unstable and lustful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 2 1 n8ww figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated similar words in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 2 2 g2d8 0 Go and proclaim in the hearing of Jerusalem “Go and speak where the people in Jerusalem can hear you”
JER 2 2 mz95 0 I have called to mind on your behalf “I remember about you”
@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ JER 2 36 f9em figs-ellipsis 0 just as you were by Assyria The word “disappoin
JER 2 37 e943 0 You will also go out from there “You will go out from Egypt”
JER 2 37 tk5j translate-symaction 0 with your hands on your head This is a symbol of shame. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
JER 2 37 dzs3 figs-activepassive 0 so you will not be helped by them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so they will not help you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br>
JER 3 intro v6u2 0 # Jeremiah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-5, 12-17, 19-25.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 2:1-3:5. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. The same is true for 3:19-4:3. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah told to repent<br><br>If Judah repents, God will bring the people back from the captivity into which he is going to send them. In this book, “Israel” serves as another name Judah because the northern kingdom of Israel no longer exists. The people group formed by these ten tribes had been scattered among the other nations by the Assyrians, who had conquered them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>### Adultery<br>Judah’s faithlessness to God is often pictured as adultery. This is a common image in Scripture. When Judah does not worship God, their nation is spoken of as if it were a woman unfaithful to her husband. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
JER 3 1 hll9 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking. This is part of the prophecy that he starts revealing to Jeremiah in [Jeremiah 2:1](../02/01.md).
JER 3 1 b8c6 figs-rquestion 0 will he return to her again? God uses this question to remind the people that a man would never return to his wife if another man marries her. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “he would not return to her again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 3 1 wfd2 figs-rquestion 0 Would that land not be greatly polluted? God uses this question to remind the people that a married man would not return to his wife if she married another man, because he knows that the land would become ceremonially unclean. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “He knows that if he did, the land would be greatly polluted.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ JER 3 25 qy9p figs-parallelism 0 Let us lie down in shame. May our shame cover
JER 3 25 ny7e figs-metaphor 0 May our shame cover us Being fully aware of their shame is spoken of as if shame were covering them like a blanket or a garment. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 x6vr figs-metaphor 0 from the time of our youthfulness Possible meanings are that (1) “the time of our youthfulness” refers to when each person was young. Alternate translation: “from when we were young” or (2) “the time of our youthfulness” is a metaphor that refers to when Israel was first becoming a nation. Alternate translation: “from when we were first becoming a nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 3 25 u638 figs-metonymy 0 have not listened to the voice of Yahweh our God Here “listened” represents obeying, and “the voice of Yahweh” represents what Yahweh has said. Alternate translation: “have not obeyed what Yahweh our God has said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s punishment<br>This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br>
JER 4 intro yf6n 0 # Jeremiah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:1-9.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 3:19-4:3. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s punishment<br>This chapter prophecies Yahweh’s punishment on Judah. This should bring Judah to repentance, but it does not. It is also intended to make the nations fear the power of Yahweh and make them desire to worship him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
JER 4 1 nmt1 figs-metonymy 0 then it should be to me that you return Possible meanings are that (1) this is a command that emphasizes who they should return to. Alternate translation: “then come back to me” or “then worship me” (2) this is a repetition of the first phrase, which expresses a condition. Alternate translation: “if you will come back to me” or “if you will start worshiping me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 4 1 q5zm figs-metonymy 0 If you remove your detestable things from before me Here “detestable things” refers to idols, which God hates. Alternate translation: “If you remove your disgusting idols from my presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 4 1 g7zg figs-metaphor 0 do not wander from me again Here “wander” is a metaphor for being unfaithful. Alternate translation: “if you remain faithful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ JER 4 31 fqh9 figs-simile 0 distress as in the birth This simile is used to sho
JER 4 31 l6l7 figs-metaphor 0 the daughter of Zion God shows his love for the people of Jerusalem by speaking of them as a daughter. Alternate translation: “my dear daughter, Zion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 4 31 j9ka 0 Woe to me “I am in great danger”
JER 4 31 r56w 0 I am fainting “I am becoming weak”
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Hyperbole<br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JER 5 intro hq1g 0 # Jeremiah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 5:1-31.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Hyperbole<br>It is possible that Yahweh is using the word “a” (meaning “even one”) as hyperbole when he states, “If you can find a man or anyone who is acting justly and trying to act faithfully, then I will forgive Jerusalem.” The purpose of this is to show how evil Jerusalem had become. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Yahweh asks several rhetorical questions in this chapter. This is intended to show Jeremiah the justness of his actions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 5 1 wtq8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 5 1 a164 0 Rush about through the streets “Go quickly through the streets”
JER 5 1 ig3t 0 Then look and think about this “look and find out”
@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ JER 5 31 m6tl 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit, and the priests rule with t
JER 5 31 jd9n 0 The prophets prophesy with deceit “The prophets prophesy lies” or “The prophets tell lies when they prophesy”
JER 5 31 md9e figs-explicit 0 the priests rule with their own power Possible meanings are (1) the priests do not submit to God’s authority. Alternate translation: “the priests rule by their own authority” or (2) the priests rule according to the directions of the prophets (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 5 31 lf6j figs-rquestion 0 but what will happen in the end? “but what will you do at the end of all of this?” Yahweh uses this question to emphasize that the people will regret being wicked when he punishes them for it. Alternate translation: “but in the end I will punish you and you will be regret your wicked behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JER 6 intro f4ic 0 # Jeremiah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 6:1-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Gods and battle<br>In the ancient Near East, it was commonly believed that a nation’s gods were responsible for military victory. It may have been believed that a god would not defend an evil city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JER 6 1 h511 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
JER 6 1 f21l figs-idiom 0 Find safety…by leaving Jerusalem Here “Find safety” represents doing what they can in order to be safe. Alternate translation: “Be safe…by leaving Jerusalem” or “Leave Jerusalem…so that you can be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 6 1 a8g6 0 people of Benjamin This is who Yahweh was speaking to.
@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ JER 6 29 a9dw figs-explicit 0 the lead is consumed in the flames The silver has
JER 6 29 fd3z figs-activepassive 0 The refining continues among them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “You will continue to refine them” or “You will continue to try to purify them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 29 ujx6 figs-activepassive 0 because the evil is not removed God speaks of Israel continuing to be evil as if they were silver and the impurities remained in the silver. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because the evil remains” or “the impurities remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 6 30 q4md figs-activepassive 0 They will be called rejected silver, for This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will say about the people of Israel, ‘They are rejected silver,’ for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
JER 7 intro i2dl 0 # Jeremiah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:29-34, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Justice in society<br>Jeremiah commanded the people of Jerusalem to live justly. Without justice, they did not truly have faith in Yahweh. Without this faith in Yahweh, the temple and its rituals were useless. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Do not pray for this people”<br>Yahweh wanted the people to repent. This statement, and the others that follow, may be taken in another way. They are intended to show that it is too late for the people, and their punishment will come regardless of their response. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 7 1 y68e figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 7 2 bj92 0 all you of Judah “all you people of Judah”
JER 7 3 vlv3 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues giving Jeremiah his message to the people of Judah.
@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ JER 7 34 cm8g 0 I will put an end to “I will remove from”
JER 7 34 w3gl figs-doublet 0 the sound of joy and the sound of gladness These two phrases mean almost the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. The abstract nouns “joy” and “gladness” can be translated using the verb “rejoicing” and the adjective “glad.” Alternate translation: “the sounds of people rejoicing and being glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 7 34 mbc1 figs-metonymy 0 the sound of the groom and the sound of the bride This is a metonym for what happens at marriage ceremonies. Alternate translation: “and people celebrating marriage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 7 34 t5xh figs-abstractnouns 0 will become a desolation The abstract noun “desolation” can be translated using the adjective “desolate.” Alternate translation: “will become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])<br>
JER 8 intro b29a 0 # Jeremiah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 8:5-22.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Hyperbole<br>The author frequently uses hyperbole in this chapter to describe the complete destruction of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
JER 8 1 w8bg 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh continues to speak of his judgment on the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 x5ig 0 they will bring This word “they” here refers to the enemies of the people of Judah.
JER 8 1 c3wu 0 its officials “its princes” or “its rulers”
@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ JER 8 20 ey1x 0 The harvest has passed on “Harvest time is over”
JER 8 20 d3mu figs-activepassive 0 But we have not been saved Jeremiah tells what the people of Judah are saying. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “But Yahweh has not saved us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 8 21 epc5 figs-parallelism 0 I am hurt because of the hurt of the daughter of my people. I mourn at the horrible things that have happened to her; I am dismayed These statements express the same idea in more than one way for emphasis. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 8 22 j9cz figs-rquestion 0 Is there no medicine in Gilead? Is there no healer there? Why will the healing of the daughter of my people not happen? These questions are asked to make the point that the people of Judah have not been saved. Alternate translation: “There is medicine in Gilead, and there are healers there, so tell me why the healing of my dear people will not happen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
JER 9 intro muj3 0 # Jeremiah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 9:1-12, 17-24.<br><br>The prophecy revealed to Jeremiah is recorded in 8:5-9:12. Despite covering more than one chapter, this should be seen as one unit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Funeral<br>This chapter pictures Jerusalem as having a funeral with its typical songs. This is an image used to describe their destruction. It is a time of great sadness.<br><br>### Circumcision<br>Circumcision is used here in an unusual way. Since circumcision was intended to be a display of faith, the author uses the term to differentiate between those who have faith in Yahweh and those who don’t. This is a type of metaphor. Those who have a circumcised heart have faith in Yahweh while those with an uncircumcised heart do not have faith in Yahweh, regardless of whether they are physically circumcised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/circumcise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 dw2v 0 General Information: Yahweh and Jeremiah continue talking about the people of Judah.
JER 9 1 rjn7 figs-parallelism 0 If only my head could produce water, and my eyes be a fountain of tears This is Jeremiah speaking. These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize how much Jeremiah is weeping. Alternate translation: “I wish I could make more tears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 9 1 f1ez figs-merism 0 day and night By mentioning both “day” and “night” this phrase means all the time. Alternate translation: “all the time” or “continually” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ JER 9 25 k6yc figs-metaphor 0 all the circumcised who are such only in their bo
JER 9 26 qn15 0 all the people who cut the hair on their heads very short This probably refers to people who cut their hair short in order to honor a pagan god. Some modern versions interpret this Hebrew expression as “all the people who live on the edge of the wilderness.”
JER 9 26 siw4 figs-metonymy 0 For all these nations are uncircumcised The word “nations” refers to the people who live in these places. Foreigners being uncircumcised was a sign that they were not in Yahweh’s covenant. Alternate translation: “For the people of these nations did not enter into a covenant with Yahweh through circumcision” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 9 26 l471 figs-metonymy 0 all the house of Israel has an uncircumcised heart The “heart” represents a person’s will and desires. An “uncircumcised heart” represents the character of a person that does not follow Yahweh and his laws. Also, the “house” of Israel refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “all the people of Israel are only circumcised on the outside and have not changed their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
JER 10 intro v6xy 0 # Jeremiah 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 10:1-25 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are a long quotation.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s power<br>This chapter contrasts the great power of Yahweh with the powerlessness of any other false god. It is intended to question why the Jews would worship any other god. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 10 1 v6qy 0 General Information: Yahweh has just reminded the people of Judah, as well as Egypt, Edom, Ammon, Moab and all people, that they will be punished.
JER 10 1 d4ld 0 Hear the word “Hear the message”
JER 10 1 str3 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel Here the “house” of Israel represents the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -932,7 +932,7 @@ JER 10 25 kfn6 figs-metaphor 0 Pour your fury on the nations Here “the nation
JER 10 25 pi1m figs-idiom 0 that do not call on your name This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “that do not worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 10 25 b1zn figs-parallelism 0 For they have devoured Jacob and consumed him so as to completely destroy him These three phrases have the same meaning. Jeremiah repeats this idea three times to emphasize the utter destruction of Israel. This speaks of the enemy armies attacking the people of Israel as if the armies were a fierce animal attacking and devouring its prey. Alternate translation: “For they have fiercely attacked the people of Israel and consumed them so as to completely destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 10 25 z8p8 0 demolish his habitation “demolish their homes”
JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant<br><br>The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br>
JER 11 intro tg7m 0 # Jeremiah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 11:15-17, 20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The covenant<br><br>The covenant Yahweh made with Moses is prominent in this chapter. Because the people disobeyed this covenant, God will not help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])
JER 11 1 l9ym figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said,” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 11 2 q9d8 0 the inhabitants of Jerusalem “the people who live in Jerusalem”
JER 11 3 d8vl figs-activepassive 0 Cursed is anyone This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will curse anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ JER 11 22 kn5i 0 vigorous young men men at the strongest time of their lives
JER 11 22 hgu8 figs-metonymy 0 will die by the sword Here the “sword” represents battle. Alternate translation: “will die in battle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 11 23 k7a8 figs-activepassive 0 None of them will be left This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will leave none of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 11 23 wlv1 figs-idiom 0 a year of their punishment The word “year” here is a idiom that describes a specific period of time that Yahweh decides. Alternate translation: “in the time of their punishment” or “for the time of their punishment is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper<br><br>Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations<br><br>Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
JER 12 intro mtm9 0 # Jeremiah 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:1-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper<br><br>Jeremiah complains that evil men prosper. He questions Yahweh’s justice. Yahweh’s response: if Jeremiah is upset by the people of Anathoth, how will he face enemies in Jerusalem? (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### Yahweh’s grace to the other nations<br><br>Yahweh gives a gracious offer to the Gentile nations. If the other nations who have been against Judah leave their idols and worship God, then God will allow them to return to their lands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JER 12 1 h7ur 0 General Information: Jeremiah speaks to Yahweh.
JER 12 1 v383 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 12 2 xd5m figs-metaphor 0 You planted them and they took root. They continue to produce fruit Here Jeremiah speaks of the wicked as if they were fruit trees. Alternate translation: “They are like fruit trees that you planted, that you allow to prosper and to produce lots of fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ JER 12 16 j3ji figs-idiom 0 As Yahweh lives “As surely as Yahweh is alive.”
JER 12 16 uph7 figs-metaphor 0 they will be built up in the midst of my people This speaks of the people becoming prosperous as if they were a building that was being built. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will build them up in the midst of my people” or “I will make them wealthy and they will live among my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 12 16 pe5g 0 midst middle
JER 12 17 w4yd figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JER 13 intro ky38 0 # Jeremiah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:15-27.<br><br>===Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter ===<br><br>### Symbolism<br><br>The action of hiding the undergarment was intended to be a symbolic event. It was supposed to get the Jews’ attention and be a lesson for them to learn. Jeremiah performed the action, but it was not the action itself that was important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 13 1 yq1d 0 linen a type of very fine cloth
JER 13 1 puq2 0 undergarment clothing that people wear under their clothes; underwear
JER 13 1 d4jw 0 waist the middle part of the body, usually the narrowest, between the hips and chest
@ -1100,7 +1100,7 @@ JER 13 23 m8ie figs-irony 0 If so, then you yourself, although accustomed to wi
JER 13 24 rw5p figs-simile 0 I will scatter them like chaff that perishes in the desert wind “I will scatter them like chaff that is blown away by the wind.” Yahweh is saying He will scatter His people throughout the world just as chaff is scattered by the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 13 26 pid5 figs-metaphor 0 I myself will strip your skirts off you, and your private parts will be seen. This means that Yahweh will make them feel ashamed. It does not in any way mean that he will rape them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “It is as though I myself will strip your skirts off of you so that everyone will see your private parts and you will be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 13 27 r896 figs-metaphor 0 neighing This is the sound of a male horse desiring a female horse. Alternate translation: “lusting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
JER 14 intro pqn1 0 # Jeremiah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 14:1-10, 17-22.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>The false prophets promised there would not be any war or drought. They gave people a false sense of hope, when they needed to repent. Because of this, Yahweh sent a drought and said that the false prophets would die of drought and war. This showed that these were not true prophets of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 14 1 dvb6 0 General Information: Yahweh, through the prophet Jeremiah, has just talked about the adultery of the people.
JER 14 1 c8lt figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 14 2 cn9g figs-metonymy 0 Let Judah mourn Here “Judah” represents the people who live there. Alternate translation: “Let the people of Judah mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@ JER 14 21 ni6n 0 General Information: Jeremiah continues his prayer to Yahweh.
JER 14 21 ur4i figs-metonymy 0 For the sake of your name Here Yahweh’s “name” refers to his reputation. Alternate translation: “For the sake of your reputation” or “In order that everyone can see that you are very great and keep your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 21 h4sh figs-metonymy 0 your glorious throne Yahweh’s “throne” is represented by Zion, that is Jerusalem. His “throne” also represents the place where he rules as king. Alternate translation: “do disgrace Zion where you glorious throne is” or “do not disgrace Zion, where you rule as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 14 22 my15 0 can the skies themselves send down showers “Can the skies decide when they make the rain to fall?”
JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Do not pray for the people<br><br>God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Yahweh uses Gentile nations<br>Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JER 15 intro ebq4 0 # Jeremiah 15 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:2, 5-21.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Do not pray for the people<br><br>God told Jeremiah not to pray for the people because God was punishing them. This was meant to be an illustration for Jeremiah. Jeremiah was not to pray because the punishment was already determined. Yahweh also explains that even the great Moses could not help the sinful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Yahweh uses Gentile nations<br>Yahweh is going to use the Gentile nations to punish Judah. This would have been very offensive to the Jews. They would have also been surprised to learn that Yahweh was using the Gentile nations to punish his people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 w1rn 0 General Information: Jeremiah has just been praying to Yahweh.
JER 15 1 az7b figs-explicit 0 were standing in front of me, I would still not be in favor of this people This implies that they are pleading for Yahweh to spare the people. Alternate translation: “were standing in front of me pleading for these people, I would still not be in favor of them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 15 1 g56c figs-parallelism 0 Send them out from before me, for them to go away Yahweh repeats this idea of sending away his people to add emphasis to it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@ JER 15 21 bet8 figs-parallelism 0 rescue you from…and redeem you from These p
JER 15 21 z99x figs-metonymy 0 the hand of the wicked…the hand of the tyrant Here the word “hand” represents control. Alternate translation: “the control of the wicked…the control of the tyrant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 15 21 lwc5 figs-nominaladj 0 the wicked This refers to wicked people. Alternate translation: “wicked people” or “those who are wicked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 15 21 mm5k 0 tyrant a ruler who demands absolute obedience and is not friendly for the people under his rule
JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Coming punishment<br><br>The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>
JER 16 intro mts4 0 # Jeremiah 16 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 16:19-21. This poem also continues in chapter 17, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Coming punishment<br><br>The punishment that is prophesied in this chapter will happen quickly. The author gives many illustrations which describe how quickly this punishment will come. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>God will bring his people back from captivity. Even though the punishment of Judah will be great, Yahweh promised a future restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
JER 16 1 iq2r figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to me, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave me a message. He said,” or “Yahweh spoke this message to me:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 16 4 bdx2 0 They will die diseased deaths “They will die from deadly diseases”
JER 16 4 nm5s figs-activepassive 0 They will not be mourned or buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will mourn for them or bury them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1279,7 +1279,7 @@ JER 16 21 gwn6 0 Therefore see “Therefore, indeed.” Here Yahweh begins spe
JER 16 21 fz8r 0 I will cause them to know Here the word “them” refers to the people from the nations. Yahweh repeats this phrase for emphasis.
JER 16 21 cs55 figs-metonymy 0 my hand and my power Here the word “hand” refers to power and authority. The two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize Yahweh’s great power. Alternate translation: “my great power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JER 16 21 hl7n figs-metonymy 0 they will know that Yahweh is my name Here the word “name” refers to Yahweh’s entire person. Alternate translation: “they will know that I am Yahweh, the true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trusting God or humans<br><br>Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
JER 17 intro l48r 0 # Jeremiah 17 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 17:1-18. This poem is a continuation of 16:19-21, and these should be seen as one section.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Trusting God or humans<br><br>Trust is an important part of this chapter. Those who trust in human wisdom will not prosper. Those who trust in God will have all of their needs met. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wise]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>The person who depends on the power of other people is compared to a bush in the desert which always has to struggle for life. But the person who trusts in God is like a tree growing by a stream and has all his needs supplied. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 17 1 f2as writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 17 1 qcz2 figs-metaphor 0 The sin of Judah is written…on the horns of your altars Yahweh speaks of Judah’s sins being so great that they cannot stop committing them as if someone had engraved their sin permanently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 17 1 ntb1 figs-activepassive 0 The sin of Judah is written Here the word “Judah” represents the people of Judah. This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone has written the sin of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ JER 17 25 i3jj figs-metonymy 0 those who sit on David’s throne Here the thron
JER 17 25 r4s3 figs-activepassive 0 this city will be inhabited forever This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will inhabit this city forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 17 27 xjp9 0 I will light a fire in its gates “I will set the gates of Jerusalem on fire”
JER 17 27 r5tg figs-activepassive 0 it cannot be put out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people cannot put it out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Attacking Jeremiah<br>Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
JER 18 intro z3ii 0 # Jeremiah 18 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 18:13-17, 19-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Attacking Jeremiah<br>Things were so bad in Judah, they even attacked Jeremiah. To attack Yahweh’s prophet was to attack Yahweh himself. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Simile<br><br>Like a potter can change what he is making from one type of pot to another, God can change his plans and not punish people if they repent. The image of God as a potter and mankind as clay is an important one in Scripture. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 18 1 ad7f figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said, ‘Arise” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah: ‘Arise” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 18 2 ww5x 0 the potter’s house “the workshop of the potter.” A potter is someone who makes pots from clay.
JER 18 3 z9ps 0 behold! The word “behold” alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this.
@ -1397,7 +1397,7 @@ JER 18 22 pxk9 figs-synecdoche 0 have hidden traps for my feet Here the word
JER 18 23 yh1m figs-parallelism 0 Do not wipe their sins away from you Jeremiah speaks of Yahweh forgiving his enemies’ sins as if someone had written their sins down and Yahweh would erase them. This phrase means the same thing as the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “Do not pardon their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 18 23 fin3 figs-activepassive 0 let them be overthrown before you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “let people overthrow them in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 18 23 jrr6 figs-abstractnouns 0 in the time of your wrath The word “wrath” can be translated with a verb. Alternate translation: “when you are still angry with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### People horrified<br><br>The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it.<br>
JER 19 intro e68t 0 # Jeremiah 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### People horrified<br><br>The destruction of Jerusalem will be so complete that it will leave dead bodies everywhere and horrify people who see it.
JER 19 2 r77q 0 Valley of Ben Hinnom This is the name of a valley south of the city of Jerusalem, where people sacrificed to false gods. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:31](../07/31.md).
JER 19 3 lse3 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 19 3 tn4j 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ JER 19 13 u9v5 figs-metaphor 0 the unclean people People who are not acceptable
JER 19 15 ut7s 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 19 15 d4pr 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
JER 19 15 rv5y figs-parallelism 0 stiffened their neck and refused to listen These two phrases both speak of the people being stubborn. In the first phrase, Yahweh speaks of the people being stubborn as if they had made their necks stiff. Alternate translation: “stubbornly refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pashhur<br>This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### Jeremiah’s reaction<br>Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
JER 20 intro apn5 0 # Jeremiah 20 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 20:7-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Pashhur<br>This chapter prophesied punishment against a specific leader named Pashhur. He was in charge of protecting the temple and had Jeremiah beaten and arrested. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### Jeremiah’s reaction<br>Jeremiah’s reaction contrasts with the reaction of the Jews in general. Although Jeremiah was not happy with Yahweh’s actions, he still trusted in Yahweh. On the other hand, the Jews were not happy with the prophecies Yahweh gave to Jeremiah, so they beat the prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 20 1 l4ka writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 20 1 xjd1 translate-names 0 Pashhur…Immer These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 20 2 h7fz figs-metonymy 0 Pashhur beat Jeremiah Possible meanings are (1) that Pashhur himself beat Jeremiah or (2) that Pashhur ordered other men to beat Jeremiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1473,7 +1473,7 @@ JER 20 17 z5dt figs-metaphor 0 a womb that was pregnant forever Jeremiah speaks
JER 20 18 zc9e figs-rquestion 0 Why is it that I came out from the womb to see troubles and agony…shame? Jeremiah uses this rhetorical question to complain that there was no good reason for him to be born. It can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There was no reason for me to be born only to see troubles and agony…shame.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 20 18 szf6 figs-doublet 0 to see troubles and agony The words “troubles” and “agony” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the amount and severity of suffering. Alternate translation: “to experience so much suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JER 20 18 fz2s figs-synecdoche 0 my days are filled with shame Here the word “days” represents all the days of Jeremiah’s life. Alternate translation: “my life is filled with shame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem doomed<br><br>God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br>
JER 21 intro d7pt 0 # Jeremiah 21 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 21:12-14.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem doomed<br><br>God will fight against Jerusalem and will use the nation of Babylon to fight his battle. If the Jews wanted to live, they needed to surrender to Babylon. Most of the Jews would have rather died than to surrender to Babylon. Usually, fighting against a Gentile nation was a sign of trust in Yahweh’s power. In this instance, it was a sign of trust in Yahweh to surrender. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])
JER 21 1 tf6j figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke a message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 21 1 ur9x 0 Pashhur This is not the same Pashhur that was mentioned in [Jeremiah 20:1](../20/01.md).
JER 21 1 ad5j translate-names 0 Pashhur…Malkijah…Maaseiah These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ JER 21 13 h96i 0 I am against “I oppose” or “I am going to punish”
JER 21 13 dxt4 figs-rquestion 0 Who will come down to attack us?…Who will enter our houses? These questions are used to state their confidence that they can resist attack. Alternate translation: “No one will attack us!…No one will enter our houses!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 21 14 uf3g figs-metaphor 0 I have assigned the fruit of your practices to come against you The result of their evil deeds is spoken of as fruit which grew from those practices. Alternate translation: “I will punish you as you deserve because of the things you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 21 14 nf8v figs-metaphor 0 in the thickets Possible meanings are (1) this is a metaphor for the columns of wood that supported the palace or (2) these are literal patches of brush. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Luxury and oppression<br><br>Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br>
JER 22 intro in1u 0 # Jeremiah 22 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 22:6-10, 13-28, 28-30.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Luxury and oppression<br><br>Because the king lived in luxury and oppressed the poor, God was sending him and his mother into captivity unless he repented. The king lacked justice. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])
JER 22 1 z5bz 0 the house of the king of Judah “the palace of the king of Judah.” The word “house” has a range of possible meanings. In this case it refers to the royal palace where the king lived.
JER 22 1 qfg5 0 proclaim this word “proclaim this message”
JER 22 2 qj9k figs-explicit 0 your people who come through these gates These gates are the gates of the king’s palace. Alternate translation: “your people who come to visit the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ JER 22 28 vh5v figs-metaphor 0 have poured them out Jehoiachin and his descenda
JER 22 29 ac8x figs-apostrophe 0 Land, Land, Land Yahweh speaks his message to all the people of the land by calling out to the land where they live. The title is repeated to call attention to the message. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
JER 22 30 ll6p figs-explicit 0 He will be childless Jehoiachin has several sons. This phrase, then, means it is as if he was childless. His children will not succeed him as king. Alternate translation: “It will be as if he did not have any children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 22 30 h57d figs-metonymy 0 sit on David’s throne Sitting on a throne is a metonym for ruling as king. Alternate translation: “become king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophesying lies<br><br>The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wordplay<br><br>In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.”<br>
JER 23 intro u767 0 # Jeremiah 23 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 23:5-6, 9-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophesying lies<br><br>The false prophets had encouraged people to continue sinning by saying everything will be alright. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Wordplay<br><br>In Hebrew, the word for “message” can also mean “burden.” In translations that are using footnotes, you may want to explain the wordplay in a footnote. In translations that are not using footnotes or which will primarily be distributed in an oral form, you may need a sentence like “What message has the Lord burdened you with now?” or “You (plural) call God’s message a heavy burden on you.”
JER 23 1 q9nk figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In verses 1-4, Yahweh refers to Israel as his pasture, the people of Israel as his sheep, and the leaders of Israel as the shepherds. Shepherds have a duty to protect the sheep, but the leaders were not doing that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 23 1 z9sb figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 23 2 hus7 figs-doublet 0 You have scattered my flock and have driven them away These two phrases have similar meanings. The second one strengthens the thought in the first. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ JER 23 39 ad6n 0 the city that I gave you This refers to Jerusalem.
JER 23 40 bq3w figs-you 0 insult on you This instance of “you” is plural and refers to the priests and false prophets. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JER 23 40 t2qe 0 I will put everlasting shame and insult on you that will not be forgotten “I will cover you with shame that will last forever and insult that you will never forget” or “I will cause people to make fun of you forever. People will never forget that you were disgraced.” Yahweh speaks of the humiliation of the priests and false prophets as if he would put shame and insult on them like clothing.
JER 23 40 p6n8 figs-activepassive 0 that will not be forgotten This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that will last forever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The exiles are blessed and the others punished<br><br>God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
JER 24 intro fru9 0 # Jeremiah 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The exiles are blessed and the others punished<br><br>God will bless the people who were taken away into Babylon but punish the people left in the land because they still did not repent and turn to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
JER 24 1 dy22 0 me All instances of this pronoun refer to Jeremiah.
JER 24 1 gh4c 0 Behold The word “Behold” here shows that Jeremiah saw something interesting.
JER 24 1 mx54 writing-background 0 This vision happened…them to Babylon This part of the story is used to provide historical information to show when the events of the happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@ JER 24 10 f8lu 0 I will send out sword, famine, and plague against them “I w
JER 24 10 j4rn figs-metonymy 0 I will send out sword Here “sword” refers to war or enemy armies. Alternate translation: “I will send enemy armies” or “I will send out war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 24 10 k2as figs-personification 0 sword, famine, and plague These things are spoken of as if they were living things that could attack the people of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
JER 24 10 l4fs 0 they are destroyed from the land “none of them remain in the land”
JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seventy years<br><br>Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])<br>
JER 25 intro uf7k 0 # Jeremiah 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 25:30-38.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Seventy years<br><br>Babylon will rule over Judah for seventy years. Because Yahweh is just, he will soon punish Babylon for their evil actions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>Jeremiah uses the idiom of drinking the cup of wine of God’s punishment to say that Babylon will destroy all the surrounding nations and then be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 25 1 jgw9 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 25 1 a9rv translate-ordinal 0 the fourth…the first (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 25 3 q39g translate-names 0 Amon This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@ JER 25 37 nz1v figs-activepassive 0 the peaceful pastures will be devastated be
JER 25 38 gc84 figs-metaphor 0 Like a young lion, he has left his den Yahweh punishing his people in his extreme wrath is spoken of as if Yahweh were a lion who leaves his den in search of prey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 25 38 tr4c figs-abstractnouns 0 their land will become a horror The word “horror” may be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their land will become something that horrifies people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 25 38 ef4f 0 the oppressor’s anger This refers to the anger of Israel’s enemies.
JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people want to kill Jeremiah<br><br>The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
JER 26 intro m6jw 0 # Jeremiah 26 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The people want to kill Jeremiah<br><br>The people wanted to kill Jeremiah but other people intervened and said that they should listen to Jeremiah and repent. They represent the remnant of the faithful Jews. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/remnant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
JER 26 1 hc6c figs-idiom 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 18:1](../18/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This message came from Yahweh. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 26 1 v8wh figs-explicit 0 this word came from Yahweh, saying It can be stated clearly who Yahweh gave this message to. Alternate translation: “this word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 26 2 f1ff figs-metaphor 0 cities of Judah The word “cities” is a metonym for the people who live in the city. Alternate translation: “people from the cities of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -1864,7 +1864,7 @@ JER 26 23 dgv1 0 corpse dead body
JER 26 24 d2pc figs-metonymy 0 the hand of Ahikam…was with Jeremiah The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. Ahikam was not a soldier, so he probably was able to talk to people and change their minds. Alternate translation: “Ahikam…was able to help Jeremiah” or “Ahikam…was able to keep the people from harming Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 26 24 t71n translate-names 0 Ahikam…Shaphan men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 26 24 y6jk figs-metonymy 0 he was not given into the hand of the people to be put to death The hand is a metonym for the power that the hand exercises. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Ahikam did not allow the people to have the power to put Jeremiah to death” or “the people could not kill Jeremiah because Ahikam did not give them the power to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The nations should serve Babylon<br><br>Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land.<br>
JER 27 intro ka54 0 # Jeremiah 27 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The nations should serve Babylon<br><br>Jeremiah told the king of Judah, and all the surrounding nations, to serve the Babylonians and live in their land. If they refused, Babylon would take them as captives to another land.
JER 27 2 w3cz 0 fetters things that keep a person from moving freely
JER 27 3 ak1w 0 Then send them out This seems to mean that Jeremiah was to send a set of fetters and yoke to each king listed. But some versions of the Bible translate this as “Then send out messages.”
JER 27 3 tkx8 figs-synecdoche 0 Send them by the hand of those kings’ ambassadors who…Judah The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “Have those kings’ ambassadors, who…Judah, take them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -1908,7 +1908,7 @@ JER 27 21 trv4 0 the house of the king of Judah The word “house” has a ran
JER 27 22 s56l figs-activepassive 0 They will be brought to Babylon This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “People will bring them to Babylon” or “I will bring them to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 27 22 au73 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 27 22 jjc7 0 I will bring them up The reader should understand that Yahweh will have people carry them up.
JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophecies continue<br><br>A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
JER 28 intro r9mb 0 # Jeremiah 28 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### False prophecies continue<br><br>A false prophet prophesied that the captives would return from Babylon with all the temple vessels. Jeremiah told the false prophet that he would die that year for prophesying lies, and he did die. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 28 1 eue8 0 General Information: Hananiah claims to speak for God.
JER 28 1 uk8e translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the fourth year and the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the dry season. It is during the last part of July and the first part of August on Western calendars. This was after Zedekiah had been king for three years. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 28 1 i5s1 translate-names 0 Azzur This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -1931,7 +1931,7 @@ JER 28 14 u3bq 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words t
JER 28 14 y7rs figs-metaphor 0 I have placed a yoke of iron on the neck of all of these nations to serve Nebuchadnezzar Yahweh speaks of making nations to be slaves of Nebuchadnezzar as if he were putting yokes on oxen to make them do heavy work. Alternate translation: “I have made all of these nations slaves, and they will have to serve Nebuchadnezzar” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 28 16 mdf5 figs-123person 0 you proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “you urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 28 17 gp9j translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Two letters<br><br>Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br>
JER 29 intro l6ne 0 # Jeremiah 29 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Two letters<br><br>Jeremiah sent a letter to Babylon telling the exiles to prepare for a long stay. A false prophet in Babylon wrote back to the chief priest telling him to punish Jeremiah. Even though Jeremiah had prophesied the exile, the Jews still did not believe him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
JER 29 1 j1gt 0 sent out from Jerusalem “proclaimed from Jerusalem”
JER 29 1 kv6v 0 remaining elders “elders who were still alive”
JER 29 2 ici1 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Jeconiah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to.
@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ JER 29 31 ysp9 0 Shemaiah the Nehelamite See how you translated this man’s n
JER 29 32 h1dk figs-nominaladj 0 the good This can be translated as a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
JER 29 32 q7ck figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 29 32 bs4i figs-123person 0 he has proclaimed rebellion against Yahweh It is not clear why Yahweh speaks of himself by name. Alternate translation: “he has urged people to rebel against me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God promises restoration<br><br>Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.<br>
JER 30 intro pf1y 0 # Jeremiah 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:5-24.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God promises restoration<br><br>Despite the prophesied punishment in this chapter, Yahweh promises to restore Judah. In addition to this, he also declares that he will ultimately restore Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>The author uses the term “Israel” in two different ways. He uses it in reference to the nation of Israel. He also uses it in reference to the people who used to inhabit the northern kingdom of Israel, namely the people group of Israel.
JER 30 1 f64q figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, saying, This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah. He said” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 30 3 iwm1 0 For look “For listen carefully.” This phrase brings attention to what Yahweh is going to say next.
JER 30 3 s2us figs-metaphor 0 days are coming…when I will restore the fortunes Future time is spoken of as if the “days are coming.” See how you translated this metaphor in [Jeremiah 7:32](../07/32.md). Alternate translation: “in the future…I will restore the fortunes” or “there will be a time…when I will restore the fortunes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -2054,7 +2054,7 @@ JER 30 20 tnn9 figs-activepassive 0 their assembly will be established before m
JER 30 21 nyu6 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translates this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 30 23 u8p2 figs-metaphor 0 See, the tempest of Yahweh, his fury, has gone out This speaks of God’s anger and punishment as if it were a storm. This emphasizes his power and ability to destroy wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 30 24 wc7x figs-abstractnouns 0 his heart’s intentions The abstract noun “intentions” can be translated using the verb “intends.” The heart is a synecdoche for the whole person. Alternate translation: “what he intends to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.<br><br>The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.<br><br>This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.<br>
JER 31 intro r3ad 0 # Jeremiah 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 31:1-6, 8-22, 35-37.<br><br>The ULT sets 31:29 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because it is an important quotation.<br><br>This chapter begins with a transition from the previous chapter. “At that time” is a reference to the day of restoration mentioned in [Jeremiah 30:24](../../jer/30/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The new covenant<br><br>This chapter is an important teaching regarding the new covenant. God will make a new covenant that will bring forgiveness of sins and a desire to obey God. Scholars disagree about whether this new covenant has begun. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>In this chapter, Jeremiah uses the term “Israel” in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole. He also uses it in reference to the northern kingdom of Israel and their people group.
JER 31 1 p3h6 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 31 2 ht7e figs-idiom 0 The people who have survived the sword have found favor in the wilderness The phrase “found favor” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “While the people who have survived the sword have been in the wilderness, I have had grace on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 31 2 ml2j figs-metonymy 0 who have survived the sword The word “sword” is a metonym for war. Alternate translation: “who have survived the war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ JER 31 40 bf2f figs-activepassive 0 The whole valley…will be set apart for Ya
JER 31 40 z7hx translate-names 0 Kidron Valley…Horse Gate These are the names of places. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 31 40 j8yq 0 set apart “made holy”
JER 31 40 gu9q figs-metaphor 0 The city will not be pulled up or overthrown again The city is spoken of as if it were a plant that someone could pull out of the ground or a building that someone could break down. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not allow anyone to pull up or overthrow the city again” or “No one will tear the city down or destroy it again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.<br>
JER 32 intro vcw6 0 # Jeremiah 32 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>The king should have listened to the prophet Jeremiah and repented of his sin. Instead, he objected to his message. Yahweh punished him because of this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The term “Israel” is used exclusively in reference to the nation of Israel as a whole in this chapter.
JER 32 1 xs6y figs-idiom 0 This is the word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:2](../01/02.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 32 1 mul1 0 in the tenth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, the eighteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar “after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for more than nine years and Nebuchadnezzar had been king for more than seventeen years”
JER 32 2 nkx2 figs-activepassive 0 Jeremiah the prophet was imprisoned This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “they were keeping Jeremiah as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2257,7 +2257,7 @@ JER 32 43 s9q4 figs-you 0 you are saying Here “you” refers to the people of
JER 32 43 mhj8 figs-metonymy 0 It has been given into the hand of the Chaldeans Here “hand” is a metonym for power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has given it to the Chaldeans” or “Yahweh has given the Chaldeans power over it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 32 44 ytf6 0 write in sealed scrolls. They will assemble witnesses The “sealed scrolls” are the deeds that a person would sign to purchase land. Other people would be witnesses to confirm the purchase.
JER 32 44 tg5c figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
JER 33 intro vtz5 0 # Jeremiah 33 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Covenant faithfulness<br>Despite the great punishment Judah is facing and Israel has undergone, there is hope. This hope is based in the covenant faithfulness of Yahweh. Ultimately, he will restore his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenantfaith]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/hope]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
JER 33 1 zhp8 writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 33 1 rj9y figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Jeremiah a second time, while he was…guard, saying, The idiom “the word of Yahweh came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:13](../01/13.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah a second time, while Jeremiah was…guard. He said,” or “While Jeremiah was…guard, Yahweh spoke this second message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 33 1 wa3r figs-123person 0 came to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ JER 33 26 x6zy figs-hypo 0 The hypothetical statement that begins with the wor
JER 33 26 w9mt figs-hypo 0 then I will reject…and not bring The hypothetical statement that begins with the words “If I have not established the covenant” in verse 25 ends here. This is a situation that Yahweh never expects to be true. Alternate translation: “I have established the covenant…so I will never reject…and I will bring” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]])
JER 33 26 z156 0 I will restore their fortunes “I will cause things to go well for them again” or “I will cause them to live well again” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 33 26 e4m9 0 show mercy to Translate as “have compassion on” is translated in ([Jeremiah 30:18](../30/18.md)).
JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Law of Moses<br>According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Actions with cultural meaning<br><br>When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JER 34 intro vkt9 0 # Jeremiah 34 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Law of Moses<br>According to the law of Moses, the people were required to free their indebted slaves after a period of time. The king led them in freeing their fellow Israelites whom they held as slaves, but later they changed their minds and enslaved them again. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Actions with cultural meaning<br><br>When the people of Israel made a sacred promise to God, they cut a calf in two and passed between its parts. It was a very serious sin not to do what one had promised. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 34 1 z8xz figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh, when Nebuchadnezzar…her cities, saying: This idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah when Nebuchadnezzar…her cities. He said,” or “When Nebuchadnezzar…her cities, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 34 1 d4fn figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name in this chapter. There is no need to translate using first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 34 1 p1vd 0 waging war “fighting”
@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ JER 34 20 gan7 figs-euphemism 0 seeking their lives This is a polite way to say
JER 34 20 sjp1 figs-metonymy 0 into the hand of their enemies Here the word “hands” represents control. Alternate translation: “to be conquered by their enemies” or “over to the control of their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 34 21 wl9t 0 risen up “come to fight”
JER 34 22 ug2t 0 bring them bring the Babylonian armies
JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Rechabites<br><br>The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges.<br>
JER 35 intro jt1x 0 # Jeremiah 35 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The Rechabites<br><br>The actions of the Rechabites contrasted with the actions of the Jews. The Rechabites obeyed the commands their ancestor had give while living in Canaan, but Judah did not obey Yahweh’s commands. Because the Rechabites were obedient, Yahweh preserved their clan. The Rechabites’ history is found in the book of Judges.
JER 35 1 pt2v figs-idiom 0 The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh in the days…of Judah, saying, The idiom “The word that came to Jeremiah from Yahweh” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Jeremiah in the days…of Judah. He said,” or “In the days…of Judah, Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 35 1 x1f1 figs-123person 0 to Jeremiah It is not clear why Jeremiah is referring to himself by name here. You may translate using first person, as the UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 35 2 t4d9 translate-names 0 Rekabites This is a people group. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ JER 35 18 ijd5 0 Rekabites This is the name of the people group. See how you t
JER 35 18 i21g 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 35 18 nqf5 0 Jonadab a man’s name. See how you translated it in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md).
JER 35 19 ehq6 0 Jonadab…Rekab These are the names of men. See how you translated these in [Jeremiah 35:5](../35/05.md).
JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Opposition to Jeremiah<br><br>Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
JER 36 intro f643 0 # Jeremiah 36 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Opposition to Jeremiah<br><br>Jeremiah wrote God’s prophesies on a scroll but the king burned it. It is possible that this action was intended to be understood as representing the definitiveness of these prophecies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 36 1 w23y writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 36 1 a3lh 0 It came about “It happened.” This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 36 1 v3ak translate-ordinal 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim…king of Judah Jehoiakim had been king of Judah for more than three years. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 25:1](../25/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -2489,7 +2489,7 @@ JER 36 32 k5z6 figs-123person 0 Jeremiah took…Jeremiah’s dictation Jeremiah
JER 36 32 k1wh figs-abstractnouns 0 Baruch wrote on it at Jeremiah’s dictation The abstract noun “dictation” can be translated as a verb. See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 36:4](../36/04.md). Alternate translation: “while Jeremiah was speaking, Baruch wrote on it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 36 32 b4kt 0 burned by Jehoiakim king of Judah “that Jehoiakim king of Judah had burned in the fire”
JER 36 32 mev6 figs-activepassive 0 Furthermore, many other similar words were added to this scroll This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Furthermore, Jeremiah and Baruch added to this scroll many more words which were similar to the words that had been in the first scroll” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br><br>Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])<br>
JER 37 intro du3z 0 # Jeremiah 37 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Ironic situation<br><br>Jeremiah was thrown into prison and beaten for prophesying the word of God. Then the king asked him, “Is there any word from Yahweh?” This is a type of irony. The king simply did not agree with God’s original word. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/wordofgod]])
JER 37 1 c5u8 0 Jehoiachin The Hebrew text has “Coniah,” which is a variation of the name “Jehoiachin.” Many modern versions have “Jehoiachin” in order to make it clear that the same king is being referred to.
JER 37 2 vt3f 0 of the land “of the land of Judah”
JER 37 2 j785 figs-synecdoche 0 he proclaimed by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. Alternate translation: “he had Jeremiah the prophet proclaim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -2539,7 +2539,7 @@ JER 37 20 e2hq 0 the house of Jonathan the scribe “the house of Jonathan, wh
JER 37 21 pss2 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
JER 37 21 s566 figs-activepassive 0 A loaf of bread was given him This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “His servants also gave Jeremiah a loaf of bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 37 21 v6xa 0 from the street of the bakers “from the street where the bakers worked”
JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Surrender and live<br><br>If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br>
JER 38 intro eu3f 0 # Jeremiah 38 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Surrender and live<br><br>If the king obeyed God and surrendered to the Babylonians, he would be allowed to live and the city would not be burned. But if he refused, he would be captured and the city burned. This took faith that Yahweh was using this ungodly, Gentile nation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])
JER 38 1 gl7q translate-names 0 Shephatiah…Mattan, Gedaliah…Pashhur, Jehukal…Shelemiah…Pashhur…Malkijah men’s names (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 38 2 p2xn figs-activepassive 0 Anyone staying in this city will be killed by sword, famine, and plague This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Anyone staying in this city will die by sword, famine, and plague” or “I will kill anyone staying in this city with sword, famine, and plague” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 38 2 izt9 0 He will escape with his own life The one who surrenders to the Babylonians will escape alive, even though he will lose all his possessions. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 21:9](../21/09.md).
@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ JER 38 26 l1fb 0 Jonathan See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremia
JER 38 27 e9tl figs-abstractnouns 0 the conversation between Jeremiah and the king The abstract noun “conversation” can be translated as a verb. Alternate translation: “what Jeremiah and the king said to each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 38 28 kaj5 0 the courtyard of the guard This was an open area attached to the king’s palace that was surrounded by buildings and in which they kept prisoners. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:2](../32/02.md).
JER 38 28 l5rj figs-activepassive 0 until the day Jerusalem was captured This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day that the Babylonian army captured Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JER 39 intro i9ad 0 # Jeremiah 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Jerusalem is over and the actual conquering of the Promised Land by Babylon begins in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 39 1 bc1u 0 came…against Jerusalem “came to attack Jerusalem”
JER 39 1 dap3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the ninth year and tenth month of Zedekiah king of Judah This is after Zedekiah had been king of Judah for eight years, in the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of December and the first part of January on Western calendars. Alternate translation: “In the tenth month of the ninth year that Zedekiah was king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]])
JER 39 1 yh1s translate-ordinal 0 ninth…tenth See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]
@ -2626,7 +2626,7 @@ JER 39 17 w69c 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Jeremiah.
JER 39 17 d4fl figs-metonymy 0 you will not be given into the hand of the men whom you fear Here “hand” refers to power or control. This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “the men you fear will not harm you” or “I will not allow anyone to put you under the control of the people whom you fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
JER 39 18 y55h figs-euphemism 0 You will not fall by the sword The sword is a metonym for dying in war. Alternate translation: “No one will kill you with their sword” or “You will not die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 39 18 h19r 0 with your life “alive”
JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Peace in Judah<br><br>After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JER 40 intro rx94 0 # Jeremiah 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Peace in Judah<br><br>After Babylon conquered Jerusalem, this chapter reveals an unfolding peace in the area. Ammon, who was supposed to be Judah’s ally against Babylon, probably sought to distract Babylon from attacking them by ruining the peace in the region of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 40 1 vp76 figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah from Yahweh This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Jeremiah. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 32:1](../32/01.md) Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave messages to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 40 1 nzv7 translate-names 0 Nebuzaradan This is the name of a man. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 39:9](../39/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 40 1 w77l figs-activepassive 0 who were being carried into exile to Babylon This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the soldiers were about to take to Babylon as exiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -2670,7 +2670,7 @@ JER 40 15 mj6g figs-activepassive 0 to be scattered This can be translated in a
JER 40 15 pxq9 figs-activepassive 0 the remnant of Judah destroyed This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow the Chaldeans to destroy the remnant of Judah” or “and allow the remnant of Judah to perish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JER 40 15 zr8s 0 remnant of Judah “remnant of the people of Judah.” See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 40:11](../40/11.md).
JER 40 16 gc11 0 Ahikam See how you translated this name in [Jeremiah 26:24](../26/24.md).
JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Judah<br>This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JER 41 intro u2q2 0 # Jeremiah 41 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Judah<br>This chapter explains what life was like in Judah after the Babylonian conquest. It was a difficult and dangerous time, but some of the faithful remained in the Promised Land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 41 1 mz9m 0 it happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 41 1 rce7 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the seventh month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of September and the first part of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
JER 41 1 va8n translate-names 0 Ishmael son of Nethaniah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:8](../40/08.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2712,7 +2712,7 @@ JER 41 17 b8j8 0 they went “Johanan, his companions, and all the people they
JER 41 17 di1c translate-names 0 Geruth Kimham This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 41 18 k3qd figs-explicit 0 because of the Chaldeans It is implied that they were afraid that the Chaldeans would attack them. Alternate translation: “because they thought the Chaldeans may attack them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 41 18 iuc2 figs-metonymy 0 in charge of the land Here “land” represents the people. Alternate translation: “in charge of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Babylon<br>The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br>
JER 42 intro ye1g 0 # Jeremiah 42 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Life in Babylon<br>The remaining army commanders, who scattered after the Babylonian victory, asked Jeremiah to ask Yahweh about where they should go. Yahweh encouraged them to go to Babylon because they would soon return to the Promised Land. They would be punished if they went to Egypt or anywhere else. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])
JER 42 1 jc5i translate-names 0 Johanan…Kareah See how you translated these men’s names in [Jeremiah 40:13](../40/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 w479 translate-names 0 Jezaniah…Hoshaiah These are the names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 42 1 h1f8 figs-merism 0 all the people from the least to the greatest This is a way to refer to people from every social status. Here “least” and “greatest” represent those who are least important and those who are most important. Alternate translation: “all the people from every social status” or “all the people, including the least important and the most important people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]])
@ -2755,7 +2755,7 @@ JER 42 21 bn7i figs-metonymy 0 to the voice of Yahweh your God Here “voice”
JER 42 22 ewj3 0 now The word “now” does not mean “at this moment,” but is used to draw attention to the important point that follows.
JER 42 22 ah9a figs-metonymy 0 you will die by sword Here “sword” represents war. Alternate translation: “you will die in warfare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 42 22 b8em figs-explicit 0 in the place where you desired to go to live They desired to live in Egypt. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “in Egypt, where you thought you would be safe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### They did not believe Jeremiah<br>After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Babylon invades Egypt<br>Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.<br><br>## Other possible translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolic actions<br>Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JER 43 intro b33q 0 # Jeremiah 43 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### They did not believe Jeremiah<br>After Jeremiah prophesied the destruction of Judah, the people did not believe him. Judah was conquered and destroyed. Even after this, the people did not believe they would be safe in Babylon as Jeremiah prophesied. This is shocking. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Babylon invades Egypt<br>Babylon is described as invading part of Egypt. This would have been unthinkable for the people. It would have gotten their attention.<br><br>## Other possible translation issues in this chapter<br><br>### Symbolic actions<br>Jeremiah’s burial of the stones was intended to be a symbolic action for the people. This was supposed to teach the people a lesson. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 43 1 ufu5 0 It happened that This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
JER 43 2 wg2c translate-names 0 Azariah Possible meanings are (1) this is another name for Jezaniah in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md) or (2) this is a different son of Hoshaiah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 43 2 a3qd translate-names 0 Hoshaiah See how you translated this man’s name in [Jeremiah 42:1](../42/01.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2786,7 +2786,7 @@ JER 43 12 yqt6 figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar will…He will Here Nebuchadnezza
JER 43 12 nms7 0 burn them or capture them “burn the Egyptian idols or take them”
JER 43 12 e3qj figs-simile 0 He will clean out the land of Egypt just as shepherds clean vermin off their clothes Taking or destroying everything in Egypt is compared to how a shepherd carefully cleans off his clothes. Alternate translation: “He will take or destroy everything valuable in Egypt just as a shepherd is careful to get every insect off of his clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 43 13 pyt4 translate-names 0 Heliopolis This is the name of a city. The name means “city of the sun.” In this city was a temple where they worshiped a sun god. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
JER 44 intro xf8j 0 # Jeremiah 44 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br><br>The people called Ashtoreth the goddess of the Canaanites, “the queen of heaven.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 44 1 s5cz figs-idiom 0 The word came to Jeremiah It is implied that the word that came to Jeremiah was from Yahweh. This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 7:1](../07/01.md). Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 44 1 gzg8 translate-names 0 Migdol This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 44 1 a4bd translate-names 0 Tahpanhes…Memphis Translate the names of these cities as you did in [Jeremiah 2:16](../02/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ JER 44 30 wm1f 0 Look “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JER 44 30 fk1y figs-metonymy 0 I am about to give Pharaoh Hophra king of Egypt into the hand of his enemies and into the hand of those who seek to kill him Here “hand” represents power or control. Alternate translation: “I will allow the enemies who want to kill Pharaoh Hophra, the king of Egypt, to defeat him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 44 30 k1p8 translate-names 0 Hophra This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 44 30 sf5s figs-metonymy 0 when I gave Zedekiah king of Judah into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, his enemy who sought his life Here “hand” represents power or control. And, Nebuchadnezzar represents his whole army. The phrase “sought his life” is an idiom that means to want to kill someone. Alternate translation: “when I allowed the army of Nebuchadnezzar to defeat Zedekiah king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
JER 45 intro m5sy 0 # Jeremiah 45 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter forms a break in the narrative sequence. It records prophecies that have already occurred. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
JER 45 1 n8gv 0 this was in the fourth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah This information can be placed at the beginning of 45:1 as in the UST.
JER 45 1 uid7 figs-ellipsis 0 in the fourth year of Jehoiakim The words “of the rule” are understood. Alternate translation: “in the fourth year of the rule of Jehoiakim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JER 45 1 d24t translate-ordinal 0 fourth year The word “fourth” is the ordinal form of the number four. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -2873,7 +2873,7 @@ JER 45 5 jtj1 figs-rquestion 0 But are you hoping for great things for yourself
JER 45 5 m1dh 0 For see “For understand” or “Be aware”
JER 45 5 n1jc figs-metaphor 0 your life as your plunder everywhere you will go Allowing Baruch to escape and remain alive is spoken of as if his life were plunder that he would take after a battle. Alternate translation: “but wherever you go, I will protect you and allow you to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 45 5 a5tu 0 plunder things stolen from a place by force
JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Justice<br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.<br>
JER 46 intro ul65 0 # Jeremiah 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 46:3-12, 14-24.<br><br>This begins a section where Jeremiah prophesies about other nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Justice<br>Much of Jeremiah is concerned with Yahweh’s punishment of Judah. Yahweh used Egypt to punish Judah. Because Yahweh is just, he is going to punish Egypt for their evil deeds as well. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/works]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Battle preparations<br>Jeremiah commands the Egyptian army to prepare for battle, even though they will not be able to defend themselves. Their punishment has already been determined by Yahweh.
JER 46 1 sfw3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 46 1 e496 figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 46 2 q4ql 0 For Egypt This phrase indicates this message is intended for the nation of Egypt.
@ -2949,7 +2949,7 @@ JER 46 27 cfi7 figs-parallelism 0 my servant Jacob, do not fear. Do not be dism
JER 46 27 n8yh 0 from the land of their captivity “from the land where they are captives”
JER 46 28 r2ij figs-abstractnouns 0 I will bring complete destruction against all the nations The abstract noun “destruction” can be stated using the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will completely destroy all the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JER 46 28 h92x figs-doublenegatives 0 will certainly not leave you unpunished This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “will certainly punish you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]])
JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Flood waters<br>This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
JER 47 intro y84e 0 # Jeremiah 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 47:2-7.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Flood waters<br>This chapter uses the imagery of a flood to describe the enemies who conquer the Philistines. Their destruction will be swift and complete. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 1 up7u figs-idiom 0 This is the word of Yahweh that came to Jeremiah The idiom “the word of Yahweh that came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 14:1](../14/01.md), and make any changes as needed. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave to Jeremiah” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 z4d3 figs-idiom 0 This word came to him The idiom “this word came to” is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave this message to Jeremiah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 47 1 n7b3 figs-metonymy 0 before Pharaoh Here “Pharaoh” represents the Egyptians army. Alternate translation: “before Pharaoh’s army” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2973,7 +2973,7 @@ JER 47 6 r4br figs-idiom 0 you become silent A sword makes a noise as it slashe
JER 47 6 hg5n 0 scabbard This is the case used to protect the blade of a sword.
JER 47 7 x3p6 figs-personification 0 How can it rest…along the sea? Here Jeremiah is speaking. He continues speaking of the sword of Yahweh as if it were a person who could rest. Yahweh punishing the Philistines by sending the army of the north is spoken of as if Yahweh were striking the people with a sword. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot rest…along the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 47 7 w3uj figs-rquestion 0 How can it rest when Yahweh has commanded it, when he has ordered…the sea? Jeremiah uses a question to mean that the sword cannot stop since Yahweh has commanded it to continue killing. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “It cannot stop, for Yahweh has commanded it. He has ordered…the sea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying Yahweh<br><br>Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
JER 48 intro d44i 0 # Jeremiah 48 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 48:1-25, 28-33, 39-47.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations continue in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Obeying Yahweh<br><br>Moab worshiped and served other gods. Despite this, Yahweh expected every nation to worship and serve him and him alone. They were punished because of it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JER 48 1 r24j writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 48 1 kuu3 figs-metonymy 0 To Moab Here “Moab” represents the people. Alternate translation: “To the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 48 1 tu4z 0 Yahweh of hosts…says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@ JER 48 46 k4g8 figs-activepassive 0 your sons are taken as captives and your da
JER 48 47 b2it 0 I will restore the fortunes of Moab “I will cause things to go well for Moab again” or “I will cause Moab to live well again.” See how similar words are translated in [Jeremiah 29:14](../29/14.md).
JER 48 47 ei27 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
JER 48 47 i5t1 0 The judgment on Moab ends here “That is the end of what Jeremiah prophesied about Moab”
JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JER 49 intro t6np 0 # Jeremiah 49 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The ULT sets the lines in 49:1-11, 14-27, 29-33, 37-39 farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text because they are part of a long quotation.<br><br>Jeremiah’s prophesies about other nations conclude in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Ammon is destroyed because it drove the people of the tribe of Gad from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. The purpose of these rhetorical questions is to convict those Yahweh addresses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JER 49 1 q42f writing-poetry 0 General Information: See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 49 1 tz36 0 Yahweh says this Jeremiah often uses these words to introduce an important message from Yahweh. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Jeremiah 6:6](../06/06.md).
JER 49 1 rj3z figs-rquestion 0 Does Israel have no children? Is there no one to inherit anything in Israel? Why does Molech occupy Gad, and his people live in its cities? Yahweh uses a question to express that the people of Israel should be living in Gad rather than those who worship Molech. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “There are plenty of Israelites to inherit the land of Israel. The people who worship the false idol, Molech, should not live in Gad.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -3246,7 +3246,7 @@ JER 49 37 l2b9 figs-metaphor 0 I will bring disaster against them Yahweh causin
JER 49 37 kkm4 figs-metonymy 0 the sword after them Here “sword” represents the enemy army carrying their weapons. Alternate translation: “the enemy army to pursue and kill them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 38 we6b figs-metonymy 0 I will put my throne in Elam Here “throne” represents Yahweh’s right to rule and judge as the king. Alternate translation: “I will judge the people of Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
JER 49 39 s61m 0 in later days “in the future”
JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JER 50 intro dyn1 0 # Jeremiah 50 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 50:1-5, 6-46.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Israel<br>The author sometimes uses the term “Israel” to refer to the people of the old northern kingdom of Israel, and at other times to the nation of Israel as a whole. He switches between these uses several times without warning the reader. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JER 50 1 mzg3 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God gives Jeremiah a message about Babylon. See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]
JER 50 1 je71 figs-idiom 0 This is the word that Yahweh declared This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Yahweh gave” or “This is the message that Yahweh spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JER 50 1 k291 figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Jeremiah the prophet The hand is a synecdoche for the person. See how you translated this in [Jeremiah 37:2](../37/02.md). Alternate translation: “through Jeremiah, who was a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -3428,7 +3428,7 @@ JER 50 45 fwh2 figs-metaphor 0 Their pasturelands will be turned into ruined pl
JER 50 46 q28h figs-metaphor 0 At the sound of conquered Babylon the earth shakes This phrase compares the fall of the once powerful nation of Babylon to the extremely loud noise of an earthquake. Alternate translation: “The fall of Babylon will sound like a mighty earthquake” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JER 50 46 sue1 0 distress pain or unhappiness
JER 50 46 y112 0 their shout of distress “their shout of pain”
JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br><br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])<br>
JER 51 intro e537 0 # Jeremiah 51 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 51:1-64.<br><br>The prophesied destruction of Babylon continues in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Babylon destroyed<br><br>Babylon will be conquered and the Jews will return to their homeland. At this time, Babylon controlled almost the entire Near East. The fulfillment of this prophecy would have been unthinkable. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]])<br><br>### Covenant with Abraham<br>Babylon is destroyed because it drove the people of Judah from their homeland. This is in line with the promises of the covenant Yahweh made with Abraham to curse those who curse Abraham’s descendants. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/curse]])
JER 51 1 bz33 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Jeremiah often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JER 51 1 mgs4 0 See This draws attention to what is said next. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully” or “Pay attention”
JER 51 1 az5v 0 a wind of destruction Possible meanings are (1) “a wind that destroys” or (2) “the spirit of a destroyer.” This would mean that Yahweh would cause or inspire the enemy army to go and attack Babylon.
@ -3582,7 +3582,7 @@ JER 51 62 ctw9 0 animal If your language has a word for animals that normally
JER 51 64 rl23 figs-simile 0 Babylon will sink like this The stone and scroll will disappear in the water, the water will destroy the scroll, and Babylon will no longer look like a city or have buildings for people to live in. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
JER 51 64 eg18 0 will not arise “will never again be a city”
JER 51 64 xm91 0 they will fall This means the Babylonians will fall because they are exhausted. Many translations do not include these words.
JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
JER 52 intro izf6 0 # Jeremiah 52 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter returns to a previous sequence of events and records Babylon’s conquering of Judah. It also records the destruction of the temple in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
JER 52 1 f3ew 0 General Information: Because of the words “Jeremiah’s words end here” in [Jeremiah 51:64](../51/64.md) and because the words here appear in other books of the Bible, many scholars believe that this chapter was written by someone other than Jeremiah and attached to the scroll that Jeremiah and Baruch wrote.
JER 52 1 pmi6 translate-names 0 Hamutal This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JER 52 1 w8zc translate-names 0 Libnah This is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

Can't render this file because it is too large.

12
en_tn_25-LAM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br>
LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LAM 1 21 cir1 figs-explicit 0 now let them become like me This is a request for
LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.<br>
LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. Possible meanings are (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ LAM 2 22 re1y figs-simile 0 as you would call the people to a feast day “as i
LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.<br>
LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ LAM 3 64 h9mv figs-metaphor 0 Pay back to them, Yahweh, according to what they
LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them The abstract noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ LAM 4 22 i7ub figs-personification 0 Daughter of Zion The people of Jerusalem a
LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer”
LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br>
LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace “look at the shameful state we are in”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 LAM front intro zxy7 0 # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])<br> # Introduction to Lamentations<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Lamentations<br><br>1. First lament: Yahweh and his people have abandoned Jerusalem (1:1–22)<br>1. Second lament: Yahweh was angry with Jerusalem and caused it to be destroyed (2:1–22)<br>1. Third lament (3:1-66)<br>- The people grieve (3:1–20)<br>- Yahweh comforts those who turn back to him (3:21–39)<br>- Judah is learning to return to Yahweh (3:40–54)<br>- Judah cries out to be avenged of its enemies (3:55–66)<br>1. Fourth lament: The terrors of the siege of Jerusalem (4:1-4:22)<br>- The people’s sin caused Jerusalem to be punished (4:1–20)<br>- Their being punished satisfied Yahweh’s wrath for their sin (4:21–22a)<br>- Edom will be punished also (4:22b)<br>1. Fifth lament: The broken nation cries out to Yahweh (5:1–22)<br><br>### What is the Book of Lamentations about?<br><br>The Babylonians captured the city of Jerusalem in 586 B.C. In the Book of Lamentations, the writer grieves over Jerusalem being destroyed.<br><br>The Book of Lamentations is organized into five poems. The writer describes how God allowed Jerusalem to be destroyed because the people sinned against him. However, the writer also states that God is always loving and faithful to his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Lamentations?<br><br>The text of Lamentations does not give the name of the author. The traditional view is that Jeremiah wrote it. The writer seems to have personally seen Jerusalem destroyed. The serious and grieving words in the Book of Jeremiah are similar to those in the Book of Lamentations.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may use the traditional title of “Lamentations.” Or they may call the book “Poems of Sadness.” If translators want to take the view that the prophet Jeremiah wrote this book, they might decide on a title such as “The Sad Sayings of Jeremiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did God abandon Israel?<br><br>The author of Lamentations often speaks of God abandoning Israel. But this did not mean that God had completely given up on Israel.<br>He rejected Israel for a period of time as the special place where he would be present. However, God remained faithful to what he promised Israel in his covenant.<br><br>While it was common in the ancient Near East to think that a god might leave its city, it usually did so because it was too weak to defend the city. In Lamentations, Yahweh abandons Jerusalem because the people sinned against him, not because he was too weak to defend the city. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What is a funeral song?<br><br>People groups commonly sing songs after someone dies or during a funeral. Depending on the culture, these songs can sound either happy or sad. The Book of Lamentations is like a sad song, called a “lament,” sung at a funeral. Some scholars think the rhythm of the laments in Hebrew makes them sound slow like a funeral procession.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What style of writing is Lamentations?<br><br>Lamentations is a collection of five poems. The Jewish exiles living in captivity in Babylon may have sung or chanted these laments. The Jews who remained in Jerusalem after the Babylonians conquered it may also have sung them. In Chapters 1, 2, and 4, each line of the poem begins with a different Hebrew letter, in the order of the Hebrew alphabet. The third chapter repeats three lines starting with the same letter of the Hebrew alphabet. The next three lines begin with next letter in the Hebrew alphabet.<br><br>### Who are the woman and the man in Lamentations?<br><br>The author uses the image of an abandoned woman and a persecuted man to represent Judah and Jerusalem. He uses this type of personification to help readers understand the pain and sorrow. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
3 LAM 1 intro cpx3 0 # Lamentations 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br> # Lamentations 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Judah destroyed for her sin<br><br>Judah used to be great, but is now a slave. The temple is stripped of all its valuables. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
4 LAM 1 1 mx9e writing-poetry 0 General Information: Various poetic forms are used throughout this book. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
5 LAM 1 1 i4kk figs-metaphor 0 is now sitting all alone This speaks of the city of Jerusalem being empty, as if it were a woman who was sitting alone. Alternate translation: “is now empty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6 LAM 1 1 azd1 figs-personification 0 She The writer of Lamentations writes about the city of Jerusalem as if it were a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
112 LAM 1 22 qsw5 figs-idiom 0 Let all their wickedness come before you This is a request for Yahweh to judge Jerusalem’s enemies for their wickedness. The phrase “come before you” is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to all of the wickedness they have committed” or “Judge them for all of their wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
113 LAM 1 22 j42r figs-explicit 0 deal with them as you have dealt with me This is a request for Yahweh to punish Jerusalem’s enemies as he punished the people of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “punish them as you have punished me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
114 LAM 1 22 e4g5 figs-synecdoche 0 my heart is faint Here the “heart” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “I am faint” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
115 LAM 2 intro w57v 0 # Lamentations 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.<br> # Lamentations 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>God has become Judah’s enemy. He is determined to destroy them.
116 LAM 2 1 r7dk writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. The writer of Lamentations uses many different ways to express that the people of Israel have lost God’s favor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
117 LAM 2 1 gee6 figs-metaphor 0 The Lord has covered the daughter of Zion under the cloud of his anger This speaks of the Lord’s anger against Jerusalem (Zion) as if it were a dark cloud. Possible meanings are (1) God is threatening to harm the people of Jerusalem or (2) God has already harmed the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
118 LAM 2 1 ddb5 figs-personification 0 the daughter of Zion This is a poetic name for Jerusalem, which is spoken of here as if it were a woman. Translate as you did in [Lamentations 1:6](../01/06.md).(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
206 LAM 2 22 bq2q figs-metonymy 0 my terrors Here the people the author fears are referred to as his “terrors.” Alternate translation: “the attackers I was afraid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
207 LAM 2 22 d9ky figs-idiom 0 on every side This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “to attack from every direction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
208 LAM 2 22 vzm7 figs-idiom 0 on the day of the anger of Yahweh Here “day” is used as an idiom that refers to a general period of time. Alternate translation: “at the time when Yahweh acted in his anger” or “during the time that Yahweh displayed his anger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
209 LAM 3 intro c5kf 0 # Lamentations 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.<br> # Lamentations 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Troubles<br><br>Here the author speaks of the suffering experienced by the people of Jerusalem during the Babylonian siege and after the city’s fall. He speaks of these sufferings as if they had been directed against him personally, as if God had personally attacked him. However, we should understand the writer’s feelings as having been shared by everyone in the city.<br><br>In verse 19, the writer begins to think about the lessons that he and his fellow citizens should learn about God and his anger and his mercy. He also thinks about what it means to repent and to trust in God.<br><br>In verse 43, the writer speaks again about the suffering that God has caused to Jerusalem, but here the writer speaks of “we” and “us,” not “I” and “me.” But in verse 48, he begins to speak about how he himself will continually mourn over what has happened.<br><br>In verse 52, the writer begins to think about his personal enemies in Jerusalem, those who persecuted him for bringing Yahweh’s messages to the city. He asks for God to show his enemies that he was doing right, and to take revenge on them for their crimes against him.
210 LAM 3 1 q73v writing-poetry 0 A new poem begins. Here the author speaks of the sufferings that his people experienced. He speaks about them as if God had personally attacked only him. However, the writer intends to speak for everyone in the city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
211 LAM 3 1 z56p figs-metaphor 0 who has seen misery Here “has seen” represents has experienced. Alternate translation: “who has experienced misery” or “who has suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
212 LAM 3 1 w5zk figs-metonymy 0 under the rod of Yahweh’s fury Being “under the rod” represents being beaten with a rod. The author speaks of God’s punishment as if God had beaten him with a rod. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh was very angry and has beaten me with a rod” or “because Yahweh was very angry and has punished me severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323 LAM 3 65 x92m figs-metonymy 0 You will let their hearts be shameless Here the “heart” is a metonym that represents their attitudes and emotions, and being “shameless” means not feeling ashamed of their sins even though they should. Their not being ashamed would give even more reason for God to punish them. Alternate translation: “You will let them feel no shame for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
324 LAM 3 65 w3iz figs-abstractnouns 0 May your condemnation be upon them The abstract noun “condemnation” can be expressed with the verbs “condemn” or “curse.” Alternate translation: “Condemn them” or “Curse them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
325 LAM 3 66 zs3c figs-metonymy 0 from under the heavens Here “from under the heavens” represents everywhere on earth. Alternate translation: “wherever they are on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
326 LAM 4 intro v761 0 # Lamentations 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br> # Lamentations 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The story of Judah being destroyed continues in this chapter. Famine destroyed the rulers and the priests. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
327 LAM 4 1 rhc4 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
328 LAM 4 1 su7t figs-metaphor 0 The gold has become tarnished; how the purest gold has changed The people of Jerusalem are spoken of as if they were gold that is no longer shiny, and therefore no longer valuable. Alternate translation: “The people of Jerusalem are like gold that is no longer shiny. They are like pure gold that is no longer beautiful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
329 LAM 4 1 v4ij figs-exclamations 0 how the purest gold has changed This is an exclamation that shows the author’s sadness that this has happened. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
400 LAM 4 22 y3mu figs-abstractnouns 0 your punishment will come to an end “your punishment will end.” The abstract noun punishment can be expressed with the verb “punish.” Alternate translation: “Yahweh will stop punishing you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
401 LAM 4 22 jt3i 0 he will not extend your exile “Yahweh will not make your time in exile longer” or “Yahweh will not make you stay in exile longer”
402 LAM 4 22 c3zn figs-metaphor 0 he will uncover your sins Here the sins not being known by others are spoken of as if they are under a cover. Removing the cover represents letting other people know about them. Alternate translation: “he will expose your sins” or “he will cause other people to know how you have sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
403 LAM 5 intro si98 0 # Lamentations 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br> # Lamentations 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Judah was destroyed for her sin. As slaves, life was very hard. The author wondered if God would be angry forever. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])
404 LAM 5 1 hj48 writing-poetry 0 General Information: A new poem begins. See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]].
405 LAM 5 1 a5gv figs-idiom 0 Remember, Yahweh, what has happened to us “Remember” here is an idiom. Alternate translation: “Yahweh, think about what has happened to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
406 LAM 5 1 q2dv 0 look and see our disgrace “look at the shameful state we are in”

98
en_tn_26-EZK.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezekiel<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)<br>1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)<br>1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)<br>1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)<br>1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)<br>- A new shepherd (34:1–31)<br>- Edom destroyed (35:1–15)<br>- Israel restored (36:1–37:28)<br>- Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)<br>- Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)<br><br><br>### What is Ezekiel about?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?<br><br>Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Ezekiel’s temple?<br><br>Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.<br><br>### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?<br><br>The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.<br><br>Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.<br><br>### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?<br><br>This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”<br>
EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Ezekiel’s call<br><br>Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZK front intro wb5b 0 # Introduction to Ezekiel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Ezekiel<br><br>1. Yahweh calls Ezekiel to speak his words (1:1–3:27)<br>1. Yahweh judges Judah and Jerusalem (4:1-24:27)<br>1. Ezekiel prophesies against nearby nations (25:1–32:32)<br>1. Yahweh explains the fall of Jerusalem (33:1–33)<br>1. Ezekiel brings messages of hope (34:1–48:35)<br>- A new shepherd (34:1–31)<br>- Edom destroyed (35:1–15)<br>- Israel restored (36:1–37:28)<br>- Gog and Magog (38:1–39:29)<br>- Jerusalem and the temple restored (40:1–48:35)<br><br><br>### What is Ezekiel about?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel contains words that Ezekiel prophesied between 592 B.C. and 573 B.C. The Jewish people were exiled in Babylonia. Ezekiel told them that God had punished them because they sinned against him. However, Ezekiel assured them that God would restore them. God was using Babylon to punish them. But eventually another nation would defeat the Babylonians. Ezekiel also prophesied about how God will restore Jerusalem and the temple so that the people can worship and sacrifice to him again. Ezekiel then described how the land will be divided again among the tribes of Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“Ezekiel” or “The Book of Ezekiel” is the traditional name for this book. Translators may also call it “The Messages from God Brought by Ezekiel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Ezekiel?<br><br>Ezekiel wrote the prophecies in the Book of Ezekiel. He was a prophet and priest who lived near Babylon in the time of the exile.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Ezekiel’s temple?<br><br>Several chapters of the Book of Ezekiel give instructions about building a new temple. However, this temple is not the same as the temple the people would build after going back to Jerusalem. Because Ezekiel’s temple has never been built, some scholars think that this temple is to be built in the future. Other scholars think that Ezekiel’s temple is symbolic of the Church.<br><br>### Do the sacrifices in Ezekiel follow the law of Moses?<br><br>The sacrifices in Ezekiel 46 are somewhat different than the required sacrifices in Numbers 28. This may be because Ezekiel prophesied about a new temple with new sacrifices.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one represent Ezekiel’s visions in translation?<br><br>The Book of Ezekiel has many complicated visions. Some are similar to passages in other Scripture books that describe future events. Some of these visions are about God rescuing Israel in the distant future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>It is unclear whether Ezekiel actually traveled to the particular places named in the visions, or whether what he described were mental ideas. For this reason, Ezekiel’s viewpoint is sometimes difficult to understand, even though the meanings of the visions may be clear.<br><br>Translators should avoid trying to explain these visions in their translations. Instead, they should present the visions just as they are in the source text.<br><br>### What does “and you will know that I am Yahweh” mean?<br><br>This is a common phrase in the Book of Ezekiel. It is meant to assure the reader that these messages truly came from God, and that he will do what he has promised. The translator may also use the phrase “and you will understand that I am Yahweh and what I say will happen.” The UST translates it as “then you will know that I, Yahweh, have the power to do what I say that I will do.”
EZK 1 intro j5rn 0 # Ezekiel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Ezekiel’s call<br><br>Ezekiel had a vision of God calling him to prophetic ministry. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 1 1 xqf6 translate-ordinal 0 In the thirtieth year This is the thirtieth year of Ezekiel’s life. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 ad2n translate-hebrewmonths 0 the fourth month, and the fifth day of the month “the fifth day of the fourth month.” This is the fourth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifth day is around the end of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 1 1 q33s 0 it came about that This phrase is used here to mark an important event in the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ EZK 1 28 qe4p 0 rainbow the colorful strip of light that appears in the rain w
EZK 1 28 eww3 figs-abstractnouns 0 It was the appearance of the likeness of the glory of Yahweh The abstract noun “likeness” means that what Ezekiel saw looked like the glory of Yahweh. Both “appearance” and “likeness” can be translated as with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “It appeared to be what looked like the glory of Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 1 28 x337 figs-idiom 0 I fell on my face “I bowed down to the ground” or “I lay on the ground.” Ezekiel did not fall by accident. He went down to the ground to show that he respected and feared Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 1 28 xf7s figs-metonymy 0 I heard a voice speaking The word “voice” is a metonym for the person. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” or “Someone spoke, and I heard his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZK 2 intro pp1p 0 # Ezekiel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call continues in this chapter. God appointed Ezekiel to be a prophet but warned him that the people were very rebellious and would not listen to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/appoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 2 1 k2gu 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw.
EZK 2 1 jk2d 0 He said to me If your language has to identify the one speaking, it would be best to identify the speaker as the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)). It was not “the Spirit.”
EZK 2 1 djp4 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ EZK 2 9 h5d1 0 a written scroll “a scroll that had writing on it”
EZK 2 10 mxi2 0 He spread it out The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 2 10 h57t figs-activepassive 0 it had been written on both its front and back This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on both its front and its back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 2 10 vh4l figs-abstractnouns 0 written on it were lamentations, mourning, and woe This can be restated to remove the abstract nouns “lamentations,” “mourning,” and “woe.” Alternate translation: “someone had written on it that these people would lament, be sad the way they would be if someone they loved had died, and have bad things happen to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])<br>
EZK 3 intro g699 0 # Ezekiel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Ezekiel’s call concludes in this chapter. God told Ezekiel more about what he should say to the people and how he should say it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/call]])
EZK 3 1 u74t 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that he saw.
EZK 3 1 brw3 0 He said to me The word “He” refers to the “one who looked like a man” ([Ezekiel 1:26](../01/26.md)).
EZK 3 1 j5ix 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ EZK 3 26 z3pl figs-metonymy 0 house This is a metonym for the family that lives
EZK 3 27 pfr1 0 I will open your mouth “I will make you able to speak”
EZK 3 27 sy4s 0 the one who will not listen will not listen “the one who refuses to listen will not listen”
EZK 3 27 v6ss 0 Lord Yahweh See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:4](../02/04.md).
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.<br>
EZK 4 intro dz5i 0 # Ezekiel 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the lack of food and water that would occur during the siege of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 r8ry 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. He tells Ezekiel to take a brick and dirt and pieces of wood and act as if he were Yahweh destroying the city of Jerusalem.
EZK 4 1 thl9 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 4 1 cn59 figs-explicit 0 carve the city of Jerusalem You may need to make explicit that Ezekiel is to carve a picture. Alternate translation: “carve a picture of the city of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ EZK 4 16 kdq7 0 rationing giving small amounts of something of which there is
EZK 4 16 xi3f figs-metonymy 0 rationing it in trembling The word “shaking” is a metaphor for being afraid and “trembling” represents fear. Alternate translation: “rationing it while shaking” or “rationing it in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 4 17 s15b figs-explicit 0 every man will be dismayed at his brother and waste away Possible meanings are (1) “everyone will look at his brother and worry about how much food his brother eats and waste away” or (2) “every one of them will be dismayed and waste away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 4 17 bv4j figs-metaphor 0 waste away The phrase “waste away” is usually used of flesh or wood rotting. Here it is a metaphor for wicked people becoming thin and dying because they have no food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.<br>
EZK 5 intro hus5 0 # Ezekiel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The destruction of Jerusalem<br>The destruction of Jerusalem is continued to be pictured in this chapter. Ezekiel showed the destruction of Jerusalem by fire and war.
EZK 5 1 mvw5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues speaking to Ezekiel. All instances of “the city” refer to the “city” that Ezekiel carved onto the brick ([Ezekiel 4:1](../04/01.md)).
EZK 5 1 wtm2 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 5 1 het3 0 barber’s razor “blade for cutting hair”
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ EZK 5 16 pk83 figs-metonymy 0 will send out harsh arrows of famine against you
EZK 5 16 tq5n 0 increase the famine on you “make the famine more severe for you” or “make the famine last longer for you” or “make sure that there is less and less for you to eat”
EZK 5 16 y84u figs-metaphor 0 break your staff of bread A “staff” was something that people leaned upon to support them. This phrase is a metaphor that means removing the supply of food that the people were depending upon. See how “staff of bread” is translated in [Ezekiel 4:16](../04/16.md). Alternate translation: “cut off your food supply” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 5 17 k7kf figs-personification 0 Plague and blood will pass through you Sickness and violent death are spoken of as if they were soldiers going through the city killing everyone they could. Alternate translation: “Many people will die of disease, and many others will die in war” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Shrines on the hill tops<br><br>God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.<br>
EZK 6 intro j871 0 # Ezekiel 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Shrines on the hill tops<br><br>God will destroy all those who have been worshiping idols at the hill top shrines.
EZK 6 1 ih46 figs-apostrophe 0 General Information: Yahweh is telling Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people so that the people of Israel would hear the words and know that Ezekiel’s words were for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
EZK 6 1 x3yv figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 6 2 hip9 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -345,7 +345,7 @@ EZK 6 13 rr6w 0 hill—on all the mountain peaks, and under every flourishing
EZK 6 13 txr9 0 flourishing healthy and growing
EZK 6 13 v2z8 0 oak a large tree with strong wood that provided shade for worshipers
EZK 6 14 nw61 translate-names 0 Diblah This is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Now is the time for punishment<br><br>The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
EZK 7 intro rti1 0 # Ezekiel 07 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Now is the time for punishment<br><br>The people will be punished severely for their idol worship and the temple will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 7 1 y1pz 0 General Information: This starts God’s prophecy of judgment on Israel.
EZK 7 1 kts6 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 7 2 q227 figs-123person 0 the Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ EZK 7 26 f4qm 0 the law will perish from the priest and advice from the elders
EZK 7 27 t2rb 0 the prince Possible meanings are (1) “the king’s son” or (2) every male member of the royal family except the king.
EZK 7 27 gux5 figs-idiom 0 will dress in despair Possible meanings are (1) clothing is a metonym for what a person feels, “will have no hope,” or (2) “will dress in clothes that show he is mourning.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 7 27 zy7f figs-synecdoche 0 the hands of the people of the land will tremble in fear The word “hands” is a synecdoche for the people. Alternate translation: “the people of the land will be so afraid that their hands will tremble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah’s sin<br><br>The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
EZK 8 intro xkv7 0 # Ezekiel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah’s sin<br><br>The people have contaminated the temple with their worship of other gods and through their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 8 1 vqq8 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about another vision he saw.
EZK 8 1 b54y 0 So it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 8 1 r44k translate-ordinal 0 in the sixth year You may need to make explicit the time period of which this is the sixth year. Alternate translation: “in the sixth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ EZK 8 18 ivi2 figs-synecdoche 0 my eye will not have compassion The eye is a sy
EZK 8 18 h7ic 0 I will not spare them “I will still punish them”
EZK 8 18 ay27 0 Though they cry in my ears with a loud voice “Though they yell their prayers to me with a loud voice”
EZK 8 18 d7vs 0 I will not hear them “I will not listen to them”
EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sorrow over sin<br><br>God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
EZK 9 intro jy4e 0 # Ezekiel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sorrow over sin<br><br>God was looking for people who were sad that there was so much evil being done. Yahweh would keep these faithful people from being killed with the rest of the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
EZK 9 1 q9n5 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision God gave him. It started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md).
EZK 9 1 d5u4 0 he cried in my hearing “I heard him call out”
EZK 9 1 jw3q 0 he cried the “figure like a man” ([Ezekiel 8:2](../08/02.md)) cried
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ EZK 9 10 ry6f 0 bring it all on their heads To bring someone’s conduct on hi
EZK 9 11 u3ij 0 Behold “Pay attention to what I am about to say”
EZK 9 11 yrc2 translate-unknown 0 linen a strong, smooth cloth made from a plant. It is worn by many people in places that are hot. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:2](../09/02.md). Alternate translation: “smooth cloth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])
EZK 9 11 lgs3 0 He reported and said “He reported to Yahweh and told him”
EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God left the temple<br><br>God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
EZK 10 intro yaf7 0 # Ezekiel 10 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God left the temple<br><br>God now abandoned Judah, and left the temple. This was devastating to the religious life of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 10 1 bk81 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md).
EZK 10 1 cpq3 0 toward the dome “toward the curved roof”
EZK 10 1 scp4 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md).
@ -568,7 +568,7 @@ EZK 10 20 mjn1 0 the Kebar Canal This is a river that people in Chaldea had du
EZK 10 21 is6s figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of human hands Here the abstract noun “likeness” means that what Ezekiel saw looked like human hands. The word can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “something that looked like human hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 10 22 vgn2 figs-abstractnouns 0 the likeness of their faces was like the faces that I had seen The abstract noun “likeness” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “their faces looked like the faces that I had seen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 10 22 z9wt 0 went straight ahead “faced forward” or “looked directly ahead”
EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Safety<br><br>The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 11 intro p5z8 0 # Ezekiel 11 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Safety<br><br>The people were trusting Jerusalem to keep them safe. But God was going to pull them out of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people in Jerusalem used the metaphor “this city is the pot and we are the meat in the pot” meaning they were safe in Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 11 1 fu4d 0 General Information: Ezekiel continues to tell about the vision that started in [Ezekiel 8:1](../08/01.md).
EZK 11 1 fu8k 0 to the eastern gate of Yahweh’s house, facing east This gate was part of the wall that surrounded the temple area. Alternate translation: “the gate on the eastern side of the wall surrounding Yahweh’s house” or “the gate on the eastern wall of the temple courtyard”
EZK 11 1 vq4e 0 Yahweh’s house See how you translated this phrase in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
@ -625,7 +625,7 @@ EZK 11 21 el11 figs-metonymy 0 I will bring their conduct on their own heads He
EZK 11 22 el95 0 General Information: The cherubim and the glory of God leave the temple and city.
EZK 11 22 j4fr 0 cherubim See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 9:3](../09/03.md).
EZK 11 24 tg29 figs-metaphor 0 the vision that I had seen went up from upon me Ezekiel speaks of the vision ending as if the vision was an object that had been upon him and then left him. Alternate translation: “the vision that I had seen ended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br><br>God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon.<br>
EZK 12 intro f6uu 0 # Ezekiel 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br><br>God warned that very soon the people in Jerusalem would be exiled to Babylon.
EZK 12 1 k8p8 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 12 2 jq8g 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 12 2 hn5d figs-metonymy 0 a rebellious house The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “a rebellious people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ EZK 12 27 c293 0 Behold The word “Behold” here alerts us to pay attention
EZK 12 27 g561 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 12 27 e8hv figs-parallelism 0 The vision that he sees is for many days from now, and he prophesies of far off times These phrases are both ways the people of Israel are saying Ezekiel’s warnings will not happen in their lifetime but will happen far in the future. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 12 28 t479 figs-activepassive 0 My words will not be delayed any longer This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will no longer delay the word I have spoken” or “I will no longer delay doing what I said I would do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 13 intro g7xl 0 # Ezekiel 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### False prophets<br><br>God spoke against people who said they were prophesying but had not received any message from God. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God said of people who encourage others to feel safe even when they continue to sin were not strengthening a wall but just putting whitewash on it to hide the imperfections. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 13 1 eh7a figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 13 2 xk9v 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 13 2 wva8 0 prophesying out of their own imaginations “prophesying only the things that they imagine”
@ -746,7 +746,7 @@ EZK 13 22 ua8v figs-synecdoche 0 discourage the heart of the righteous person H
EZK 13 22 j9vh figs-metaphor 0 turn from his way To stop doing something is referred to as turning in a different direction. Alternate translation: “stop what he is doing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 13 23 qq2h figs-parallelism 0 have false visions or continue to make predictions Both of these phrases refer to talking about what will happen in the future. Alternate translation: “continue to make false predictions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 13 23 vus2 figs-metonymy 0 I will rescue my people out of your hand Here the word “hand” represents power or control. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 13:21](../13/21.md). Alternate translation: “I will rescue my people from your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem deserves punishment<br><br>When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them.<br>
EZK 14 intro q72w 0 # Ezekiel 14 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jerusalem deserves punishment<br><br>When the captives from Jerusalem arrive in Babylon, it will be obvious why God has punished them.
EZK 14 1 vy2v figs-explicit 0 Some of the elders of Israel came to me and sat before me The elders sat before Ezekiel in order to inquire of the Lord through Ezekiel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 14 2 bz2f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 14 3 g57d 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ EZK 14 22 r9k7 0 left in her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem.
EZK 14 22 zf8a figs-activepassive 0 be comforted concerning the punishment This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will comfort you concerning the punishment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 14 23 kf7g 0 done against her The word “her” refers to Jerusalem.
EZK 14 23 u2vu figs-doublet 0 their ways and their actions Both of these phrases refer to what the people of Israel have done. Alternate translation: “the way they live” or “the things they do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Useless<br><br>God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
EZK 15 intro n4wz 0 # Ezekiel 15 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Useless<br><br>God said that the people of Jerusalem were useless to him. He uses a simile to show just how useless they were. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
EZK 15 1 bfj3 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking to Ezekiel in this section.
EZK 15 1 pb75 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 15 2 mim8 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ EZK 15 7 f76q figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that peopl
EZK 15 7 m4ls figs-metaphor 0 Though they come out from the fire, yet the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of the punishment that he will afflict upon the people as if it were a fire that burns them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 15 7 xw6u figs-metaphor 0 the fire will consume them Yahweh speaks of fire burning things as if the fire consumed them. Alternate translation: “the fire will destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 15 8 u34p figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 16 intro ll3w 0 # Ezekiel 16 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>God compared Judah to an adulteress because she worshiped idols instead of God who had done so much to help her. Adultery is a common image used to describe the worship of idols by Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 16 1 c6sa figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In this chapter, Yahweh speaks about Jerusalem as if the city were his unfaithful bride. He describes her growth from infancy to adulthood. The city represents the people who live there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 16 1 rhc3 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 16 2 cb3d 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ EZK 16 60 n5fx figs-activepassive 0 made in the days of your youth This can be
EZK 16 62 lz8g figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 16 63 khs3 figs-idiom 0 call everything to mind This idiom means to remember. Alternate translation: “remember everything” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 16 63 g9hm 0 you will no longer open your mouth to speak because of your shame This means that Jerusalem will be too ashamed to speak.
EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Breaking allegiance<br><br>The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 17 intro awq2 0 # Ezekiel 17 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Breaking allegiance<br><br>The king of Judah had vowed to obey Babylon but instead he followed Egypt. Therefore, God said he would not prosper. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Judah is compared to a vine that grows one direction and then another. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 17 1 rn2f 0 General Information: Ezekiel reports a message that God gives him.
EZK 17 1 id6h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 17 2 q397 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ EZK 17 24 e7fm figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to speak a
EZK 17 24 bv9g figs-personification 0 Then all the trees of the field will know that I am Yahweh Yahweh speaks of trees as if they are people who can know about him. The trees represent the nations and the people who live in them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 17 24 gh1n 0 I bring down the high trees and I raise up the low trees “I cut down the tall trees and I cause the little trees to grow”
EZK 17 24 p5un 0 wither when a plant dries up and dies.
EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inherited Guilt<br><br>God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
EZK 18 intro gvm6 0 # Ezekiel 18 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Inherited Guilt<br><br>God does not punish children for the sins of their parents, but only punishes them for their own sins. Despite this, the parents’ sins may still have consequences for their children. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 18 1 a2ir figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came to me again The phrase “the word of Yahweh came” is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke to me again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 18 2 gk4f figs-rquestion 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to remind Ezekiel something he already knows. The question is a rebuke for the people who use the proverb. Alternate translation: “The people in the land of Israel have this proverb…‘Fathers eat sour grapes, and the children’s teeth are made blunt’.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 18 2 wns2 figs-you 0 What do you mean, you who use this proverb Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
@ -1077,7 +1077,7 @@ EZK 18 31 pv2w figs-metaphor 0 Throw away from yourselves all of the transgress
EZK 18 31 vlg7 figs-metonymy 0 make for yourselves a new heart and a new spirit Here the word “heart” represents the will and emotions and the word “spirit” represents the thoughts and disposition. Yahweh speaks of the people having new emotions and thoughts as if they were making a new heart and spirit for themselves. Alternate translation: “get for yourselves new emotions and a new way of thinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 18 31 lt9c figs-rquestion 0 Why should you die, house of Israel? Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to comfort the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “There is no reason for you to die, house of Israel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 18 31 x2a9 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah destroyed<br><br>The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 19 intro e5ek 0 # Ezekiel 19 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Judah destroyed<br><br>The first king was taken as a captive to Egypt, the next was taken as a captive to Babylon. Now Judah is not prospering.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The kings of Judah are compared to man-eating lions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 1 h1e2 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak to the people of Israel. He tells a story where the nation of Israel is a lioness and some of the past kings in the kingdom of Judah are her cubs. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 1 ehw2 figs-idiom 0 take up a lamentation This idiom means to sing a lamentation. Alternate translation: “sing a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 19 2 ufs7 figs-rquestion 0 Who was your mother? Yahweh asks this ask a leading question in order to introduce the answer. Alternate translation: “This is who your mother is.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -1102,7 +1102,7 @@ EZK 19 13 cc66 figs-metaphor 0 in a land of drought and thirst The very dry lan
EZK 19 14 xs8a figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh continues to tell a story in which the nation of Israel is a vine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 19 14 tj4h figs-explicit 0 no scepter to rule The implicit information may be supplied from [Ezekiel 19:11](../19/11.md). Alternate translation: “no branch strong enough for a ruler’s scepter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 19 14 yvu7 figs-activepassive 0 will be sung as a lamentation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you must sing it as a lamentation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebels cannot ask for help<br><br>The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles.<br>
EZK 20 intro ivu9 0 # Ezekiel 20 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Rebels cannot ask for help<br><br>The people of Israel have rebelled against God again and again. Now they cannot come to God for help in their troubles.
EZK 20 1 y5sk 0 It came about This phrase is used to mark the beginning of a new part of the story.
EZK 20 1 k5lv translate-ordinal 0 in the seventh year The implicit information may be supplied. Alternate translation: “in the seventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 20 1 hm54 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the tenth day of the fifth month This is the fifth month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is near the beginning of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -1214,7 +1214,7 @@ EZK 20 48 i6we figs-metonymy 0 all flesh will see Here the word “flesh” rep
EZK 20 48 ndc1 figs-activepassive 0 it will not be quenched This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will not go out” or “no one will quench it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 20 49 uy57 0 Alas a word that expresses distress or grief
EZK 20 49 c7jn figs-rquestion 0 Is he not a mere teller of parables? The people use this question to insult Ezekiel and dismiss what he is telling them. Alternate translation: “He is merely telling parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Refusing to learn<br><br>Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war.<br>
EZK 21 intro w2g3 0 # Ezekiel 21 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Refusing to learn<br><br>Judah has refused to learn from their punishment, so God is about to destroy the nation in war.
EZK 21 1 hd7j figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 21 2 u51f 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity or “Mortal person” or “Human.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md).
EZK 21 2 m1q8 translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Jerusalem This is a command to stare at Jerusalem as a symbol of punishing the people there. Alternate translation: “stare at Jerusalem” or “stare at Jerusalem so that the people there will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ EZK 21 32 dlw5 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his mess
EZK 21 32 cv2j 0 You will become fuel for the fire “The fire will burn up your bodies”
EZK 21 32 w6d5 0 Your blood will be in the midst of the land “Your blood will soak into the ground of your land”
EZK 21 32 h97t figs-activepassive 0 You will not be remembered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “No one will remember you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Continuous evil<br><br>Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
EZK 22 intro v9yg 0 # Ezekiel 22 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Continuous evil<br><br>Murder, idolatry and all sorts of evil have been done in Jerusalem; so God will destroy the city and scatter the people among the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
EZK 22 1 r5l7 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 22 2 v6kn figs-rquestion 0 Now you, son of man, will you judge? Will you judge the city of blood? This rhetorical question functions as a command. AT. “Son of man, go and judge. Go and judge the city of blood.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
EZK 22 2 eh7w 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ EZK 22 30 fph5 figs-metonymy 0 for the land so I would not destroy it Here the
EZK 22 31 v2tp figs-metaphor 0 pour out my indignation upon them This speaks of Yahweh punishing the people as if his indignation were a liquid that he poured out on them. Alternate translation: “I will punish the people because of my indignation for them” or “I will punish the people because of my anger against them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 22 31 l4q3 0 indignation anger of a person who has suffered injustice
EZK 22 31 dh4t figs-metaphor 0 I will finish them with the fire of my indignation This speaks of how harsh Yahweh’s judgement is by comparing it to a fire. Here destroying the people is referred to as “finishing” them. Alternate translation: “I will destroy them with my wrath which is as intense as a blazing fire” or “I will destroy them with my wrath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 23 intro tr7w 0 # Ezekiel 23 General Notes<br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Israel and Judah have been unfaithful to God by worshiping idols. They are compared to two unfaithful wives who have repeatedly committed adultery. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 23 1 q5z2 figs-metaphor 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks of how the cities of Jerusalem and Samaria have been unfaithful to him in a metaphor in which he refers to them as two prostitutes. This metaphor continues through [Ezekiel 23:34](../23/34.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 23 1 n9qw figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 23 2 z293 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ EZK 23 47 qul5 figs-idiom 0 cut them down This is an idiom. Alternate translati
EZK 23 49 lkh2 0 So they will set your “So the company will set your.” The word “they” refers to the “company” of people from [Ezekiel 23:47](../23/47.md).
EZK 23 49 fgf1 figs-idiom 0 set your shameful behavior against you This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “cause you to accept responsibility for your shameful behavior” or “punish you for your shameful behavior” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 23 49 uj93 figs-explicit 0 bear the guilt of your sins with your idols “accept responsibility for the guilt of your sins with your idols.” This implies that they will be punished for their sins. Alternate translation: “receive the punishment for sinning by worshiping your idols” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Too many sins to be forgiven<br><br>The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 24 intro ej5j 0 # Ezekiel 24 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Too many sins to be forgiven<br><br>The people of Jerusalem cannot be cleaned from their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Jerusalem is compared to a pot, so rusted that it cannot be cleaned from its rust. They have been completely rotted by their sin. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 1 s2z2 0 General Information: Yahweh speaks to Ezekiel.
EZK 24 1 e7xf figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 24 1 zmw7 translate-ordinal 0 in the ninth year “in year 9.” This refers to how long they had been in exile under King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “in the ninth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -1602,7 +1602,7 @@ EZK 24 27 xr34 figs-activepassive 0 your mouth will be opened up This can be st
EZK 24 27 t54k figs-litotes 0 you will speak—you will no longer be silent Both of these phrases mean that Ezekiel will speak. In the second phrase it is stated in negative form to emphasize that he will speak. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
EZK 24 27 x42v figs-metaphor 0 You will be a sign for them Here the word “sign” refers to something that communicates a special warning to those who see it. Yahweh speaks of Ezekiel and his actions as being this warning. See how you translated this metaphor in [Ezekiel 12:6](../12/06.md). Alternate translation: “You will be a warning for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 24 27 v14c figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Prophecy against other nations<br>This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZK 25 intro w37s 0 # Ezekiel 25 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Prophecy against other nations<br>This chapter includes prophecies against some Gentile nations. Ammon, Moab, Edom and Philistia will all be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 25 1 fc5p figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 2 hr8s 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 25 2 t1h5 translate-symaction 0 set your face against the people of Ammon This is a command to stare at the people of Ammon as a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “stare at the people of Ammon” or “stare at the people of Ammon so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ EZK 25 16 f57y 0 Behold This tells the reader to pay special attention to what
EZK 25 16 y9w5 figs-metonymy 0 I will reach out with my hand against the Philistines Here Yahweh’s power is represented by his “hand.” Alternate translation: “I will turn my powerful hand against the Philistines” or “I will turn my great power against the Philistines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 25 16 td5r figs-idiom 0 I will cut off This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “I will destroy” or “I will get rid of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 25 16 sc1u translate-names 0 Kerethites people who lived in the city of Kereth in Philistia (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZK 26 intro ya6v 0 # Ezekiel 26 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>This chapter begins a section of prophecy against Tyre. The Babylonians will destroy Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 26 1 t2ex translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 26 1 z8up translate-ordinal 0 on the first day of the month “on day 1 of the month.” It is uncertain which month of the Hebrew calendar Ezekiel meant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 26 1 qf5l figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ EZK 26 20 npm2 figs-personification 0 then I will bring you down to the people
EZK 26 20 k4z8 figs-metonymy 0 the pit This refers to the grave. Because the grave was thought to be the entrance to the world of the dead, the pit also represents that world. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 26 20 c3ul figs-metaphor 0 stand in the land of the living This represents being restored to the city’s former existence. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 26 21 lui3 figs-abstractnouns 0 I will place disaster on you The abstract noun “disaster” can be translated using the adjective “terrible” or the verb “destroy.” Alternate translation: “I will bring you to a terrible end” or “I will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 27 intro m11q 0 # Ezekiel 27 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>The prophecy against Tyre continues in this chapter. Tyre has become wealthy from trade as far as Spain, but Tyre will be destroyed. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Tyre is compared to a ship built with the very best materials. Despite its strength and power, Yahweh will destroy it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 27 1 w529 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 27 2 x6yp 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 27 2 zc5g figs-abstractnouns 0 begin a lamentation The abstract noun “lamentation” can be translated using the verb “lament.” Alternate translation: “begin to lament” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@ EZK 27 35 yhh2 0 shuddered “shook, trembled with fear”
EZK 27 35 l348 figs-metonymy 0 Their faces trembled Here “faces” represents the whole person. Alternate translation: “They appear to be trembling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 27 36 vh13 translate-symaction 0 hiss at you Hissing was making a whistling sound through the teeth. It may have been out of dismay, grief, or surprise. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZK 27 36 wj8x figs-abstractnouns 0 you have become a horror The abstract noun “horror” can be translated using the adjective “dreadful.” This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you have become dreadful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZK 28 intro b1j6 0 # Ezekiel 28 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Tyre concludes in this chapter. Tyre will be destroyed because of its pride and unfair business practices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 28 1 g4fl figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 28 2 c7sq 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 28 2 gi4w figs-metonymy 0 Your heart is arrogant Here “heart” represents the will or thoughts of the ruler of Tyre. Alternate translation: “You are arrogant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -1927,7 +1927,7 @@ EZK 28 25 y9f5 0 so the nations may see “in such a way as the nations will s
EZK 28 25 n75q figs-metonymy 0 my servant Jacob Here “Jacob” represents the descendants of Jacob. Alternate translation: “the descendants of my servant Jacob” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 28 26 m5nf 0 within her “in the land”
EZK 28 26 cn86 figs-abstractnouns 0 when I execute justice on all The abstract noun “justice” can be translated using the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “when I judge all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])<br>
EZK 29 intro qm8t 0 # Ezekiel 29 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a prophecy against Egypt and its king, Pharaoh. Because Egypt did not fulfill its promise of protecting Judah, it will be conquered by Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fulfill]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]])
EZK 29 1 nk1i translate-ordinal 0 In the tenth year It can be stated clearly that this was the tenth year of Jehoiachin’s exile. Alternate translation: “In the tenth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 29 1 h48u translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the tenth month on the twelfth day of the month “on the twelfth day of the tenth month.” This is the tenth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twelfth day is near the beginning of January on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 29 1 kjl4 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -1995,7 +1995,7 @@ EZK 29 20 g36f figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh
EZK 29 21 i2nc figs-metonymy 0 I will make a horn sprout up for the house of Israel An animal horn represents the animal’s strength, so horn is a metonym for strength. God speaks of making Israel strong as if Israel were an animal, and he were to cause its horn to grow. Alternate translation: “I will make the people of Israel strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 29 21 uf1d figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. Here it refers to the people of Israel, the descendants of Jacob whom God called Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “the nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 29 21 hj6u 0 speak in their midst “speak to them”
EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZK 30 intro pp8x 0 # Ezekiel 30 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. Babylon will destroy all the towns of Egypt and their allies will not be able to help them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 30 1 q2x2 0 General Information: Ezekiel tells about a message that Yahweh gave him.
EZK 30 1 fl7h figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 30 2 v8k8 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -2105,7 +2105,7 @@ EZK 30 25 wjm9 figs-metonymy 0 while Pharaoh’s arms will fall Here “Pharaoh
EZK 30 25 g2eq 0 Then they The word “they” possibly refers to (1) “the Egyptians” or (2) “all people who hear what Yahweh has done.”
EZK 30 25 mku4 0 for he will attack the land of Egypt with it “and the king of Babylon will attack the land of Egypt with my sword”
EZK 30 26 mv68 figs-parallelism 0 scatter Egypt among the nations and disperse them through the lands These two phrases mean basically the same thing. See how you translated similar phrases in [Ezekiel 12:15](../12/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
EZK 31 intro chn5 0 # Ezekiel 31 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king continues in this chapter. God told Egypt to remember what happened to Assyria when it became proud. This same things will now happen to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
EZK 31 1 db1f 0 it came about This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 31 1 t3pb translate-ordinal 0 in the eleventh year “in year 11.” This means the eleventh year after King Jehoiachin was taken into exile in Babylon. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 26:1](../26/01.md). Alternate translation: “in the eleventh year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 31 1 ghs3 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the third month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the third month.” This is the third month of the Hebrew calendar. This first day is near the beginning of June on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ EZK 31 18 qmp4 0 with the trees of Eden “like the other trees of Eden”
EZK 31 18 yp8v 0 to the lowest parts of the earth “to a place deep in the ground”
EZK 31 18 m128 0 among the uncircumcised “where you will be with people who are not circumcised”
EZK 31 18 m3da figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 32 intro vpr6 0 # Ezekiel 32 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The prophecy against Egypt and its king concludes in this chapter. Egypt will have its army destroyed, just as happened to so many other nations. Beginning in verse 1, the land of Egypt is addressed through Pharaoh, its king, so God refers to Egypt as “he” and “him.” However, beginning in verse 12, Egypt is referred to as “she” and “her,” as if she were a woman. It was common in Hebrew for lands and countries to be referred to as if they were women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 32 1 r6qy 0 Then it happened This phrase is used here to mark the beginning of a new part of the story. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 32 1 esv2 translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twelfth month…on the first of the month This is the twelfth and final month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the end of February. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 32 1 vh9u translate-ordinal 0 of the twelfth year This refers to the twelfth year of the reign of King Jehoiachin. Alternate translation: “of the twelfth year of the exile of King Jehoiachin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ EZK 32 31 u77n figs-explicit 0 Pharaoh will look It can be made explicit who Ph
EZK 32 31 gyv1 figs-explicit 0 be comforted about all his multitudes It is implied that Pharaoh will be comforted because the armies of other great kings also died. Alternate translation: “will comfort himself that he was not the only king whose entire army died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 32 32 gpa3 0 I put him as my terrifying one in the land of the living “While Pharaoh was still alive, I made him to terrify people”
EZK 32 32 xw85 figs-activepassive 0 he will be laid down in the midst of the uncircumcised This can be put in active form. Alternate translation: “Others will lay him in the midst of the uncircumcised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
EZK 33 intro bez7 0 # Ezekiel 33 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>God does not want sinners to die. He wants them to repent and live. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
EZK 33 1 zsm8 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 33 2 ncc7 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
EZK 33 2 u95d figs-metonymy 0 a sword against any land The word “sword” refers to an enemy army that attacks. Also, “land” refers to the people who live there. Alternate translation: “an army to attack the people of any land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2413,7 +2413,7 @@ EZK 33 32 ra8c figs-activepassive 0 that is well played on a stringed instrumen
EZK 33 32 b8sk 0 stringed instrument something that has strings and people use to make music
EZK 33 33 z7bj 0 behold! The word “behold” here adds emphasis to what follows. Alternate translation: “indeed!”
EZK 33 33 h6fe 0 that a prophet has been among them “that I really sent you as a prophet to them”
EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God protects the people<br><br>God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 34 intro lc2c 0 # Ezekiel 34 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### God protects the people<br><br>God is against those who exploit others. He will protect and take care of his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people of Israel are compared to sheep and God and the son of David as good shepherds. This is a common metaphor in scripture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 34 1 uc2g figs-metaphor 0 General Information: In chapter 34, Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and the leaders of Israel were the shepherds that were supposed to care for the flock but have not. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 34 1 bhs2 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 34 2 ej5p 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -2521,7 +2521,7 @@ EZK 34 29 g731 figs-metonymy 0 they will not bear the scorn of the nations Here
EZK 34 30 s92f figs-idiom 0 I, Yahweh their God, am with them Here “I…am with them” is an idiom that means Yahweh helps them. Alternate translation: “I, Yahweh their God, am helping them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 34 30 j3r4 0 with them. They are my people This can be stated as one sentence. Alternate translation: “with them, and that they are my people”
EZK 34 31 r38j figs-metaphor 0 For you are my sheep, the flock of my pasture This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep and Yahweh is their shepherd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Edom<br><br>Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed.<br>
EZK 35 intro nzj1 0 # Ezekiel 35 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Edom<br><br>Because the people of Edom rejoiced at the destruction of Israel, they too will be destroyed.
EZK 35 1 e4ea 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to Mount Seir, but the message is for all of the people of Edom.
EZK 35 1 ir7d figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 35 2 dl8l 0 Son of man “Son of a human being” or “Son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “Mortal person” or “Human”
@ -2564,7 +2564,7 @@ EZK 35 14 bfc7 figs-metonymy 0 the entire earth rejoices Here “earth” repre
EZK 35 15 zg6c figs-metaphor 0 As you rejoiced over the inheritance of the people of Israel because of its desolation This speaks of the land that Yahweh gave to the Israelites as their inheritance. Alternate translation: “As you rejoiced when I made the land of the Israelites desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 35 15 et5r 0 I will do the same to you Possible meanings are (1) I will make your land desolate” or (2) “I will rejoice when your land is desolate” or (3) “I will make other people rejoice because of your desolation.”
EZK 35 15 d1la 0 Then they will know The word “they” possibly refers to (1) “the people of the earth” or (2) “the people of Israel and Judah.”
EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>### New hearts<br><br>God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
EZK 36 intro i2lt 0 # Ezekiel 36 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br><br>Israel is promised to be restored by Yahweh. Because of his honor, God will bring Israel back to their land. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>### New hearts<br><br>God will forgive Israel’s sin and give them the desire to obey him. This is expressed by the metonym “heart.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
EZK 36 1 aj63 0 General Information: Yahweh tells Ezekiel to speak a prophecy. Ezekiel is to speak to the mountains of Israel, but the message is for all of the people of Israel.
EZK 36 1 zh9m 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 36 1 td84 figs-personification 0 prophesy to the mountains of Israel God wants Ezekiel to speak to the mountains as if they were people. The message is for the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -2673,7 +2673,7 @@ EZK 36 37 qz48 figs-metonymy 0 I will be asked by the house of Israel Here “h
EZK 36 37 l77n figs-metaphor 0 to increase them like a flock of people Yahweh causing the people to multiply greatly and quickly is spoken of as if they were a flock of sheep. Sheep multiply very quickly. Alternate translation: “to make them multiply like a flock of sheep” or “to make the people multiply quickly like sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 36 38 e5pt figs-activepassive 0 Like the flock is set apart for sacrifices, like the flock in Jerusalem at her appointed feasts The phrase “is set apart” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Like the great number of sheep that the people set apart for sacrifices or bring to Jerusalem for the appointed feasts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 36 38 g2vl figs-metaphor 0 so will the ruined cities be filled with flocks of people This speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a flock of sheep. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so will the great number of people be who will be living in the cities that are now ruined but the people will rebuild” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br>God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
EZK 37 intro y7ac 0 # Ezekiel 37 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Israel restored<br>God will unite the two kingdoms of Israel and Judah and the Messiah will rule over them. This will come in a prophesied day of restoration. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>The people are discouraged and compare themselves to skeletons, but God will cause them to become a nation again. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 37 1 l68y 0 General Information: Ezekiel is speaking.
EZK 37 1 pqu1 figs-metonymy 0 The hand of Yahweh was upon me The word “hand” is often used to refer to someone’s power or action. A person with his hand on another person has power over that other person. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 1:3](../01/03.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh was controlling me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 37 1 j93q 0 in the midst “in the middle”
@ -2736,7 +2736,7 @@ EZK 37 26 ad1d 0 my holy place “my holy sanctuary” or “my holy temple”
EZK 37 26 x4w7 0 in their midst “among them”
EZK 37 27 lwv7 0 My dwelling place “The place where I live”
EZK 37 27 srg8 0 I will be their God, and they will be my people See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 11:20](../11/20.md).
EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel.<br>
EZK 38 intro fn3k 0 # Ezekiel 38 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section prophesying against Gog. Later Gog will try to conquer Israel.
EZK 38 1 y6kr figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom that is used to introduce something that God told his prophets or his people. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:16](../03/16.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke this message” or “Yahweh spoke these words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 38 2 er1m translate-symaction 0 set your face toward Gog, the land of Magog, the chief prince…Tubal This is a command to stare at Gog and Magog as a symbol of punishing the people there. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Ezekiel 4:3](../04/03.md). Alternate translation: “Stare at the land of Magog and at Gog, the chief prince…Tubal” or “Stare at Gog, the chief prince…Tubal, and at the land of Magog so that they will be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
EZK 38 2 f2v4 figs-metonymy 0 set your face Here “face” is a metonym for attention or gaze, and “set your face” represents staring. Alternate translation: “stare” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -2808,7 +2808,7 @@ EZK 38 22 hl4u 0 hailstones ice that falls out of the sky
EZK 38 23 b4wq figs-abstractnouns 0 show my greatness and my holiness The abstract nouns “greatness” and “holiness” can be stated as adjectives. Alternate translation: “show that I am great and holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
EZK 38 23 a9ff figs-metonymy 0 I will make myself known in the eyes of the many nations Here “eyes” refers to sight, which is a metonym for understanding. Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to understand who I am” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 38 23 v92x figs-explicit 0 know that I am Yahweh When Yahweh says that people will know that he is Yahweh, he is implying that they will know that he is the one true God who has supreme authority and power. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:7](../06/07.md). Alternate translation: “understand that I am Yahweh, the one true God” or “realize that I, Yahweh, have supreme power and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army.<br>
EZK 39 intro m8b8 0 # Ezekiel 39 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter concludes the prophecy against Gog. God will destroy Gog and his army.
EZK 39 1 q3ya 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh gives Ezekiel his message to Gog.
EZK 39 1 f9pu 0 son of man “son of a human being” or “son of humanity.” God calls Ezekiel this to emphasize that Ezekiel is only a human being. God is eternal and powerful, but humans are not. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 2:1](../02/01.md). Alternate translation: “mortal person” or “human”
EZK 39 1 pml6 0 Behold! This tells the reader to pay special attention to what follows. Alternate translation: “Look!” or “Listen!” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you!”
@ -2893,7 +2893,7 @@ EZK 39 29 rdl6 figs-idiom 0 I will no longer hide my face from them Here “no
EZK 39 29 lz2m figs-metaphor 0 when I pour out my Spirit on the house of Israel Here to give the Spirit abundantly is spoken of as to “pour out” the Spirit. Alternate translation: “when I generously give my Spirit to the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
EZK 39 29 z9b1 figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house, in this case the Israelites, the descendants of Jacob over many years. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 3:1](../03/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
EZK 39 29 jha5 figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The new temple and city<br><br>In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
EZK 40 intro w1r3 0 # Ezekiel 40 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### The new temple and city<br><br>In a vision, Ezekiel saw a man measuring the wall of a new temple. The next chapters will give precise measurements for the construction of a temple to be built. This was not the temple of Ezra’s day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 40 1 c448 translate-ordinal 0 twenty-fifth…tenth…fourteenth These words are the ordinal forms of 25, 10, and 14. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 40 1 i9cg figs-explicit 0 of our captivity Here “our” refers to Ezekiel and the Israelites who have been in Babylon since the Babylonians forced King Jehoiachin to leave Jerusalem, but not to the reader. Alternate translation: “after we became captives” or “after the Babylonians took us as captives to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
EZK 40 1 jqw4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 the beginning of the year on the tenth day of the month This is the first month of the Hebrew calendar. The tenth day is in April on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -3036,7 +3036,7 @@ EZK 40 48 kr6i 0 three cubits about 1.6 meters
EZK 40 49 tbs4 0 twenty cubits about 11 meters
EZK 40 49 yp5x 0 eleven cubits about 6 meters
EZK 40 49 q4z1 0 columns pieces of stone that were tall and narrow and supported the roof of the building
EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
EZK 41 intro unn8 0 # Ezekiel 41 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on the courtyard of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 41 1 x2a6 0 General Information: The man in Ezekiel’s vision ([Ezekiel 40:3](../40/03.md)) continues to show Ezekiel around the temple.
EZK 41 1 w4s3 0 the temple’s holy place the room in the temple in front of the “most holy place”
EZK 41 1 rh4q 0 six cubits in width on either side These cubits were the “long” cubits ([Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md)), 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). “they were six cubits in width on both sides”
@ -3088,7 +3088,7 @@ EZK 41 24 p6xg 0 These doors had two hinged door panels each “Each door had
EZK 41 24 eq5j 0 two panels for one door and two panels for the other “both of the doors for both the holy place and the most holy place had two parts”
EZK 41 25 ik75 0 just as the walls were decorated “just as the walls also had carvings of cherubim and palm trees”
EZK 41 25 fd1y 0 portico covering in front of an entrance with columns or posts for support. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:16](../08/16.md).
EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>
EZK 42 intro u94p 0 # Ezekiel 42 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focused on the storerooms for keeping the holy things of the temple. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
EZK 42 1 i2dg 0 the outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
EZK 42 2 b17d translate-bdistance 0 one hundred cubits…fifty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “100 cubits…50 cubits” or “about 54 meters…about 27 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 42 3 xw1y translate-bdistance 0 twenty cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “20 cubits” or “about 11 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ EZK 42 16 e5i4 translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was ab
EZK 42 20 b3mm 0 It had a wall around it “The house had a wall all around it”
EZK 42 20 kh7v translate-bdistance 0 five hundred cubits Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “500 cubits” or “about 270 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 42 20 cqu5 0 common not holy
EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
EZK 43 intro n8nq 0 # Ezekiel 43 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. God entered the temple. He told the people not to defile the temple by being idol worshipers or by having the funerals of their kings in the temple courtyard. He also told them what offerings to make each day. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 43 2 qi98 0 Behold! The word “Behold” here alerts the reader to pay attention to the surprising information that follows.
EZK 43 2 e4w7 0 many waters This simply means “a lot of water.” It could refer to a loud river or a large waterfall or the waves crashing at the ocean. All of these are very loud. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 1:24](../01/24.md).
EZK 43 2 m5fd 0 the earth shone with his glory “the earth was full of bright light from his glory”
@ -3160,7 +3160,7 @@ EZK 43 25 kse4 figs-pronouns 0 You must prepare This is spoken to Ezekiel and s
EZK 43 27 w2ig 0 it will come about that This phrase is used here to mark an important part of the instructions. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here.
EZK 43 27 c3ch figs-pronouns 0 your burnt offerings…your peace offerings…accept you The words “your” and “you” are second person plural and refer to the people of Israel in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
EZK 43 27 l94i 0 will accept you “will gladly receive you”
EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
EZK 44 intro jl5n 0 # Ezekiel 44 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. Foreigners and the Levites who have worshiped idols are not allowed in the temple. The priests alone will do the temple work. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 44 1 zm7u 0 to the outer sanctuary gate that faced east “to the outer sanctuary gate on the east side of the temple”
EZK 44 2 n9ff figs-activepassive 0 it will not be opened This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will open it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 44 2 zv5f 0 the God of Israel See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 8:4](../08/04.md).
@ -3222,7 +3222,7 @@ EZK 44 30 abr8 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his mess
EZK 44 30 f4lm 0 every contribution, anything from all of your contributions “every gift of whatever kind from all your gifts” or “all gifts of every sort of all of your gifts”
EZK 44 30 k6ar figs-idiom 0 so that blessing may rest on your house This phrase means “so that I will bless your family and everything that belongs to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
EZK 44 31 ydb2 figs-activepassive 0 or animal torn by a beast, whether bird or beast This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “or any creature that a bird or a wild animal has torn apart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br>
EZK 45 intro csg9 0 # Ezekiel 45 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There should be an area around the temple complex for the homes of the priests and Levites who work at the temple. People should celebrate the festivals. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])
EZK 45 1 w2qr 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the house of Israel.
EZK 45 1 j186 translate-bdistance 0 twenty-five thousand cubits in length…ten thousand cubits in width Each cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “25,000 cubits long…10,000 cubits wide” or “about 13.5 kilometers long…about 5.4 kilometers wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 45 1 rhe7 0 all its area round about “all of the area inside of the borders around it”
@ -3272,7 +3272,7 @@ EZK 45 24 s3eh translate-bvolume 0 each ephah You may convert this to a modern
EZK 45 25 bh3k 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the princes of Israel.
EZK 45 25 fn33 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the fifteenth day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The fifteenth day is near the beginning of October. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
EZK 45 25 v9fx 0 at the festival This is a different festival from the festival Ezekiel was describing before.
EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
EZK 46 intro b7h2 0 # Ezekiel 46 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. This chapter focuses on many of the temple’s rules. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 46 1 da9n 0 General Information: Yahweh continues giving Ezekiel his message to the princes of Israel.
EZK 46 1 pc25 figs-123person 0 The Lord Yahweh says this Yahweh speaks of himself by name to remind Ezekiel and the people that what he is saying is important. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 6:11](../06/11.md). Alternate translation: “I, the Lord Yahweh, say this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 46 1 m74l 0 The gate of the inner courtyard, facing east “the gate on the east side of the inner courtyard” or “the eastern gate of the inner courtyard”
@ -3297,7 +3297,7 @@ EZK 46 20 u2ic 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5]
EZK 46 21 e6xs 0 outer courtyard See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 10:5](../10/05.md).
EZK 46 22 pwg8 translate-bdistance 0 forty cubits…thirty Each long cubit was about 54 centimeters. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 40:5](../40/05.md). Alternate translation: “40 cubits…30 cubits” or “about 21.6 meters…about 16.2 meters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
EZK 46 23 kg1g 0 cooking hearths places where people can build fire and cook food
EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br>
EZK 47 intro m1ty 0 # Ezekiel 47 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There was a river flowing from the temple. The land was to be divided among the tribes. The landscape of Jerusalem will have changed in a significant way. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])
EZK 47 1 ej9g 0 to the right of the altar This is the right side of the altar when a person looks at it while they are facing east, so it is on the south side of the altar. Alternate translation: “on the south side of the altar”
EZK 47 2 e7pw 0 the gate facing east “the eastern gate” or “the eastern gate of the outer wall”
EZK 47 3 zm72 0 measuring line a string or a rope that people use to measure longer distances
@ -3324,7 +3324,7 @@ EZK 47 19 vu4h 0 the brook of Egypt a very large ravine in the northeast part
EZK 47 20 u2zi translate-names 0 Hamath This is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
EZK 47 23 hhn8 0 Then it will happen that See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 21:7](../21/07.md).
EZK 47 23 w2zf figs-123person 0 this is the Lord Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 5:11](../05/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.<br>
EZK 48 intro lpq8 0 # Ezekiel 48 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Instructions for the new temple and city continue in this chapter. There is more dividing of the land between the tribes in this chapter as well.
EZK 48 1 d7s2 0 one portion of land “one piece of the land that you will distribute”
EZK 48 1 tj9i 0 boundary will run…boundary will go “boundary will be…boundary will be”
EZK 48 1 gf1l 0 Hethlon This is the name of a town. See how you translated this in [Ezekiel 47:15](../47/15.md).

Can't render this file because it is too large.

26
en_tn_27-DAN.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.<br>
DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br>
DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ DAN 1 19 u1am figs-litotes 0 among the whole group there were none to compare w
DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.<br>
DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ DAN 2 47 ifr1 0 the one who reveals mysteries Translate “the one who reveals
DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler “The king made Daniel the ruler”
DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach…Meshach…Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.<br>
DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue…He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue…They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ DAN 3 29 h7gq figs-metonymy 0 any people, nation, or language that speaks Here
DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God “speaks words that do not respect the God”
DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart “must have their bodies torn apart”
DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.<br>
DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ DAN 4 36 c3xy 0 my noblemen sought my favor “my noblemen requested my help a
DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought…greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.<br>
DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of “he drank wine in the presence of”
@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ DAN 5 29 uvj8 figs-activepassive 0 A chain of gold was put around his neck This
DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom “became the ruler of the kingdom”
DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.<br>
DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius “King Darius decided”
DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ DAN 6 26 s6yl figs-activepassive 0 his kingdom shall not be destroyed This can
DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end “he will rule forever”
DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br>
DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ DAN 7 27 eti4 0 His kingdom “The kingdom of the Most High”
DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance “my face became pale”
DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br>
DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ DAN 8 26 cer6 figs-metaphor 0 seal up the vision The angel speaks about the vis
DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.<br>
DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ DAN 9 27 l267 0 someone who makes desolate “a person who completely destroys
DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation “the person who caused the destruction”
DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen
@ -774,7 +774,7 @@ DAN 10 21 f6mz 0 who shows himself to be strong “who proves himself to be st
DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia “Three kings will rule over Persia”
@ -924,7 +924,7 @@ DAN 11 44 dsf1 0 to set many apart for destruction “to destroy many people
DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])<br>
DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
DAN 12 1 l9vr 0 General Information: The angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md) continues speaking.
DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael…will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael…will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 DAN front intro txw3 0 # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.<br> # Introduction to Daniel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Daniel<br><br>1. Daniel and his friends in the court of Nebuchadnezzar (1:1–21)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s first dream (2:1–49)<br>1. Daniel’s friends delivered from the fiery furnace (3:1–30)<br>1. Daniel interprets Nebuchadnezzar’s second dream (4:1–37)<br>1. Belshazzar’s feast and the writing on the wall (5:1-31)<br>1. Daniel in the den of lions (6:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of four beasts (7:1–28)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a ram and a goat (8:1–27)<br>1. Daniel prays and Gabriel answers (9:1–23)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of seventy weeks (9:24–27)<br>1. Daniel’s vision of a man (10:1–11:1)<br>1. The kings of the south and north (11:2–20)<br>1. An evil king exalts himself (11:21-39)<br>1. The time of the end (11:40–12:13)<br><br>### What is the Book of Daniel about?<br><br>The first part of the Book of Daniel (chapters 1–6) is a narrative about Daniel and his friends. They were young men from Jerusalem who were taken to Babylon as prisoners. These chapters tell how they were faithful to Yahweh while living in a pagan land serving a pagan king. And it tells how God rewarded them because they were faithful.<br><br>The rest of the Book of Daniel is a series of prophetic visions. Chapters 7 and 8 deal with images representing the kingdoms and kings of the major nations. Chapters 9–11 are prophecies and visions about wars and a type of the great enemy of God appearing. Chapter 12 is a vision that describes end times.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Daniel” or just “Daniel.” Translators may call it “The Book About Daniel” or “The Book About the Deeds and Visions of Daniel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Daniel?<br><br>Daniel was a Jew who became a Babylonian government official during the exile. He may have written the book himself. Or he may have written the parts of the book and someone else put the parts together at a later time.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Is there a missing week in Daniel’s prophecy?<br><br>Scholars disagree about what may appear to be a missing week in 9:24-27. It is best for translators to allow apparent mysteries such as this to remain in the text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalypticwriting]])<br><br>### When did the seventy weeks begin?<br><br>The seventy weeks in 9:24-27 began when a decree was issued to rebuild the city of Jerusalem. But there were several decrees that allowed this to happen. Translators do not need to understand how prophecies were or will be fulfilled to translate the text.<br><br>### Who was Darius the Mede?<br><br>Darius the Mede was a Babylonian king who sent Daniel into a den of lions. People have not found his name in history outside of the Book of Daniel. Scholars have tried to explain who Darius was, but they are not certain.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does Daniel use the word “king”?<br><br>Many kings are in the Book of Daniel, but not all of the kings ruled over all of Babylon or Persia. Some of the kings may have ruled over regions or cities.<br><br>### How many chapters does Daniel have?<br><br>Daniel has twelve chapters. Some Bible versions include stories called “Bel and the Dragon” and “The Prayer of Azariah.” However, few people think that these stories have the same authority as the rest of scripture. Therefore, there is no need to translate them.
3 DAN 1 intro p1ev 0 # Daniel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br> # Daniel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### Training for government jobs<br><br>Daniel, Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego were chosen to be trained for service in the Babylonian kingdom. It was not unusual for foreigners to be given positions in the Babylonian government as advisors or cultural ambassadors.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Food laws<br><br>The food from the king included things the Jews were not allowed to eat according to the law of Moses. Daniel requested permission not to eat the king’s food. He proved to the king that this food was not necessary for good health. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])
4 DAN 1 1 x9t9 figs-synecdoche 0 Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia This refers to Nebuchadnezzar and his soldiers, not only to Nebuchadnezzar. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylonia and his soldiers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
5 DAN 1 1 cps4 0 to cut off all supplies to it “to stop the people from receiving any supplies”
6 DAN 1 1 sxi6 figs-synecdoche 0 Jehoiakim king of Judah This refers to Jehoiakim and his soldiers, not only to Jehoiakim. Alternate translation: “the army of Jehoiakim king of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
39 DAN 1 19 e2m3 0 Daniel, Hananiah, Mishael, and Azariah These are the names of men. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:6](../01/06.md).
40 DAN 1 20 f5x8 figs-hyperbole 0 ten times better Here “ten times” is an exaggeration representing great quality. Alternate translation: “much better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])
41 DAN 1 21 jhp9 0 the first year of King Cyrus “the first year that King Cyrus ruled Babylon”
42 DAN 2 intro epd5 0 # Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.<br> # Daniel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in Daniel’s prayer in 2:20-23.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s dream<br><br>Daniel told the king’s dream and what the dream meant. In the ancient Near East, it was believed that only people in touch with the gods could interpret dreams. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### How Daniel knew the dream<br><br>Daniel gave Yahweh the honor for having told him the dream and its meaning in answer to the prayers of the four men.
43 DAN 2 1 mns5 translate-ordinal 0 In the second year “In year two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
44 DAN 2 1 xtc6 0 he had dreams “Nebuchadnezzar had dreams”
45 DAN 2 1 xw34 figs-metonymy 0 His mind was troubled Here “mind” refers to his thoughts. Alternate translation: “His thoughts disturbed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141 DAN 2 47 h6md 0 to reveal this mystery “to reveal the mystery of my dream”
142 DAN 2 48 lz5p 0 He made him ruler “The king made Daniel the ruler”
143 DAN 2 49 pp5r 0 Shadrach…Meshach…Abednego These were the Babylonian names of the three Jewish men who were brought to Babylon with Daniel. See how you translated these names in [Daniel 1:7](../01/07.md)
144 DAN 3 intro fc6f 0 # Daniel 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.<br> # Daniel 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king’s new idol<br><br>Shadrach, Meshach, and Abednego refused to worship the new idol. In the ancient Near East, refusing to worship the king was a sign of rebellion against the king. It was often considered the crime of treason. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sign]])<br><br>### The furnace<br><br>There was a fourth person with them in the furnace, and because of this they were not hurt. Most scholars believe this to be Jesus before he was born.
145 DAN 3 1 vj2c figs-metonymy 0 Nebuchadnezzar made a gold statue…He set it up Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to do this work, he did not do the work himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar commanded his men to make a gold statue…They set it up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
146 DAN 3 1 l4e2 translate-bdistance 0 sixty cubits tall and six cubits wide A cubit is 46 centimeters. Alternate translation: “about 27 meters tall and almost 3 meters wide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]])
147 DAN 3 1 r51y translate-names 0 Plain of Dura This is a location within the kingdom of Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
217 DAN 3 29 qb3c 0 speaks anything against the God “speaks words that do not respect the God”
218 DAN 3 29 t5vb 0 must be torn apart “must have their bodies torn apart”
219 DAN 3 29 lw5h 0 there is no other god who is able to save like this This can be stated in positive form. Alternate translation: “only their God is able to save like this”
220 DAN 4 intro du52 0 # Daniel 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.<br> # Daniel 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 4:3 and 4:34-35.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The king becomes insane<br><br>The king became insane until he realized that Yahweh was the ruler over everyone, including him.
221 DAN 4 1 s72g figs-123person 0 General Information: In this chapter, Nebuchadnezzar tells what God did to him. In verses 1-18, Nebuchadnezzar describes in the first person his vision from God. Verses 19-33 switch to the third person to describe the punishment of Nebuchadnezzar. Verses 34-37 change back to first person as Nebuchadnezzar describes his response to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
222 DAN 4 1 ykj3 figs-metonymy 0 King Nebuchadnezzar sent This phrase is referring to the king’s messenger as the king himself. Alternate translation: “Nebuchadnezzar sent his messengers with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
223 DAN 4 1 sx24 figs-metonymy 0 peoples, nations, and languages Here “nations” and “languages” represent people from different nations who speak different languages. See how you translated this in [Daniel 3:4](../03/04.md). Alternate translation: “people from different nations and who speak different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
317 DAN 4 36 ks6b figs-metonymy 0 I was brought…greatness was given to me Here “throne” refers to his authority to rule. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I returned to rule my kingdom again, and I received even more greatness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
318 DAN 4 37 zgl2 figs-doublet 0 praise, extol, and honor All three of these words have basically the same meaning and emphasize how greatly he praised God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
319 DAN 4 37 g1df figs-idiom 0 who walk in their own pride This phrase uses “walk” to refer to the person who acts proud. Alternate translation: “who are proud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
320 DAN 5 intro e9pc 0 # Daniel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.<br> # Daniel 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The writing on the wall<br><br>God told the new king that he had failed and God was replacing him, showing that God is the real ruler over everything, even kingdoms that do not worship him.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br>### Mene, Mene, Tekel, Upharsin<br>These are words in Aramaic. Daniel “transliterates” these words by writing them with Hebrew letters, and then he explains their meanings. In the ULT and UST they are written with English letters. Translators are encouraged to write them using the letters of the target language alphabet.
321 DAN 5 1 cc4z translate-names 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
322 DAN 5 1 ix8k translate-numbers 0 for a thousand “for 1,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
323 DAN 5 1 tre4 0 he drank wine in front of “he drank wine in the presence of”
392 DAN 5 29 nfx6 translate-ordinal 0 the third highest ruler “the number three ruler” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
393 DAN 5 31 c2bj 0 received the kingdom “became the ruler of the kingdom”
394 DAN 5 31 y1si translate-numbers 0 when he was about sixty-two years old “when he was about 62 years old” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
395 DAN 6 intro a1xc 0 # Daniel 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.<br> # Daniel 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set the content of letters farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the letter in 6:25-27.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in the letter in 6:26-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### Daniel and the lions<br><br>Daniel was thrown into the lions’ den for praying to Yahweh, but Yahweh protected him and the lions did not hurt him at all.
396 DAN 6 1 xf5z 0 Connecting Statement: The events in this chapter take place after the Persians conquered the Babylonians and Darius the Mede began to rule in Babylon.
397 DAN 6 1 y6y9 0 It pleased Darius “King Darius decided”
398 DAN 6 1 a1zk translate-numbers 0 120 provincial governors “one hundred and twenty provincial governors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
459 DAN 6 26 fcy1 0 his dominion shall be to the end “he will rule forever”
460 DAN 6 27 bld2 0 he has kept Daniel safe from the strength of the lions “he has not allowed the strong lions to hurt Daniel”
461 DAN 6 28 a5br 0 during the reign of Darius and during the reign of Cyrus the Persian Cyrus the Persian was the king who ruled after Darius.
462 DAN 7 intro e18x 0 # Daniel 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br> # Daniel 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 7:9-10, 13-14, and 23-27.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br>### The four beasts<br><br>There will be four successive kingdoms before Yahweh sets up his eternal kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>### The Son of Man<br><br>God will give the Son of Man an eternal kingdom and he will judge people from the books. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])
463 DAN 7 1 cw4a writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
464 DAN 7 1 dme8 0 Belshazzar This was the name of Nebuchadnezzar’s son, who became king after him. See how you wrote this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
465 DAN 7 1 xdv1 figs-doublet 0 a dream and visions The words “dream” and “visions” both refer to the same dream that is described in this chapter. Alternate translation: “visions while he was dreaming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
566 DAN 7 27 t3ct 0 an everlasting kingdom “a kingdom that will exist forever” or “a kingdom that will never end”
567 DAN 7 28 v6mq 0 Here is the end of the matter This means that Daniel has finished describing the vision. Alternate translation: “That is what I saw in my vision” or “This is the end of the description of what I saw in my vision”
568 DAN 7 28 am3a 0 my face changed in appearance “my face became pale”
569 DAN 8 intro cbk6 0 # Daniel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])<br> # Daniel 08 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The vision of the ram and the male goat<br><br>Although specific interpretation of this vision is not given, most scholars believe Daniel saw Greece overthrowing Media-Persia before breaking up into four kingdoms. One of these kingdoms stopped the temple worship for a while and then it was restored. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/restore]])
570 DAN 8 1 rft5 writing-symlanguage 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 are not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king, before the rule of Darius and Cyrus that was discussed in chapter 6. In Daniel’s vision, he saw animals that were symbols of other things. Later in the vision someone explains the meaning of those symbols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
571 DAN 8 1 b6kb translate-ordinal 0 In the third year “In year three” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
572 DAN 8 1 er4q 0 Belshazzar This is the son of Nebuchadnezzar who became king after his father. See how you translated this name in [Daniel 5:1](../05/01.md).
634 DAN 8 27 us1l 0 was overcome and lay weak for several days “was exhausted and lay in bed sick for several days”
635 DAN 8 27 c42h 0 went about the king’s business “did the work that the king had assigned to me”
636 DAN 8 27 v7gd 0 I was appalled by the vision “I was dismayed by the vision” or “I was very confused by the vision”
637 DAN 9 intro sz7n 0 # Daniel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.<br> # Daniel 09 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Daniel told the future<br>Gabriel told Daniel a prophecy that Jerusalem would be rebuilt. Then later an anointed person would be killed and the worship at the temple stopped. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/anoint]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>### The unusual expression of numbers in 9:24-26<br><br>This passage uses the expressions “seventy sevens of years,” “seven sevens and sixty-two sevens,” and “sixty-two sevens of years” to denote ““490 years,” “49 years and then 434 years,” and “434 years,” respectively. The original language uses the idea of a “week” to express the idea of a group of sevens, but these numbers are clearly meant to denote years, not weeks. Most translators should use the ways normal in their languages to express these numbers.
638 DAN 9 1 a2ic 0 General Information: Chapters 7 and 8 were not in chronological order. They happened while Belshazzar was still the king. Chapter 9 now returns to the events of the reign of Darius who became king in chapter 6.
639 DAN 9 1 lvl3 writing-background 0 It was Ahasuerus who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This is background information about who Ahasuerus was. The UST places this in parentheses to make that clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])
640 DAN 9 1 y3g6 figs-activepassive 0 who had been made king over the realm of the Babylonians This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who became king over the realm of the Babylonians” or “who conquered the Babylonians” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
728 DAN 9 27 i8lk figs-activepassive 0 A full end and destruction are decreed to be poured out This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has decreed that he will pour out a full end and destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
729 DAN 9 27 x6c9 figs-doublet 0 A full end and destruction These two words or expressions are basically the same. They emphasize how serious and complete the destruction will be. Alternate translation: “Complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
730 DAN 9 27 t53m 0 the one who has made the desolation “the person who caused the destruction”
731 DAN 10 intro rcw2 0 # Daniel 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Daniel 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins a section where Daniel is given a prophecy about the future from an angel. This section continues for the remainder of the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
732 DAN 10 1 if3j translate-ordinal 0 the third year of Cyrus king of Persia “year 3 of the rule of Cyrus the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
733 DAN 10 1 mci4 figs-activepassive 0 a message was revealed to Daniel This can also be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “God revealed a message to Daniel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
734 DAN 10 1 vf8c 0 insight the ability to understand more than what can be seen
774 DAN 10 21 x9us 0 There is no one who shows himself to be strong with me against them, except Michael your prince “Michael your prince is the only one to show himself strong with me against them” or “Michael your prince is the only one who helps me against them”
775 DAN 10 21 t5rl figs-you 0 Michael your prince The word “your” is plural. It refers to Daniel and the rest of the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “Michael, the prince of your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
776 DAN 10 21 p2z5 0 Michael your prince “Michael your guardian angel.” Translate “prince” when it refers to Michael as you did [Daniel 10:13](../10/13.md).
777 DAN 11 intro ee96 0 # Daniel 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Daniel 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy continues in this chapter. The kings of the North and of the South will fight many wars against each other. The king of the South is probably a reference to Egypt. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
778 DAN 11 1 iik8 0 General Information: In Daniel 11:1 through 12:4, the one who was speaking to Daniel in chapter 10 tells him what is written in the book of truth. This is as he said he would do in [Daniel 10:21](../10/21.md).
779 DAN 11 1 rm8a figs-explicit 0 In the first year of Darius Darius was the King of the Medes. “The first year” refers to the first year that he was king. Alternate translation: “In the first year of the reign of Darius” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
780 DAN 11 2 eq9g 0 Three kings will arise in Persia “Three kings will rule over Persia”
924 DAN 11 45 cil2 0 the tent of his royal residence This refers to the king’s luxurious tents that he lived in when he was with his army in time of war.
925 DAN 11 45 dk8u 0 between the seas and the mountain of the beauty of holiness This probably refers to the region between the Mediterranean Sea and Temple Mount in Jerusalem.
926 DAN 11 45 k8sp figs-metonymy 0 the mountain of the beauty of holiness This refers to the hill in Jerusalem where God’s temple was. See how you translated somewhat similar phrases in [Daniel 9:16](../09/16.md) and [Daniel 9:20](../09/20.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
927 DAN 12 intro l8k2 0 # Daniel 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])<br> # Daniel 12 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The final prophecy concludes in this chapter. It tells about the future resurrection of the dead and the final judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judgmentday]])
928 DAN 12 1 l9vr 0 General Information: The angel who appeared to Daniel in [Daniel 10:5](../10/05.md) continues speaking.
929 DAN 12 1 c4hl 0 Michael, the great prince Michael is an archangel. Here he is also given the title “great prince.”
930 DAN 12 1 svv2 figs-idiom 0 Michael…will rise up Here “rise up” is an idiom that means to appear. Alternate translation: “Michael…will appear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])

30
en_tn_28-HOS.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br>- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br>- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br>- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br>- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br>- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br>- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br>- Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br>
HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.<br>
HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br>- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br>- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br>- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br>- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br>- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br>- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br>- Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah…Jotham…Ahaz…Hezekiah…Jeroboam…Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ HOS 1 10 lb2w figs-activepassive 0 it will be said to them This can be stated i
HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ HOS 2 23 jl7b figs-metaphor 0 I will plant her for myself in the land When God
HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br>
HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman.
HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods.
@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ HOS 3 5 klf5 0 seek Yahweh their God Here “seek” means they are asking God
HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days “in the future”
HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>
HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites.
HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ HOS 4 17 y9hs 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh.
HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ HOS 5 14 rse7 0 I, even I Yahweh is emphasizing that he is the one that is bri
HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces…he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us…he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ HOS 6 10 f2vh 0 Israel has become unclean Israel has become unacceptable to Go
HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.<br>
HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ HOS 7 16 k39m 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt The abstract noun “mockery” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.<br>
HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ HOS 8 12 ww4c figs-hypo 0 I could write down my law for them ten thousand times
HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.<br>
HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.
@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ HOS 9 15 c3ji figs-metonymy 0 I will drive them out of my house Yahweh is stati
HOS 9 15 z8j7 0 their officials the men who serve the king
HOS 9 16 iyy3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in verse 16. Hosea begins speaking in verse 17.
HOS 9 16 i7bg figs-metaphor 0 Ephraim is diseased, and their root is dried up; they bear no fruit Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a diseased tree that does not produce fruit and is ready to be cut down. This is a statement that the people have become weak, and that soon their enemies will come and defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br>
HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 1 px1g 0 General Information: Hosea is speaking about Israel.
HOS 10 1 rq8z figs-metaphor 0 Israel is a luxuriant vine that produces his fruit Israel is spoken of as a vine that was very fruitful. For a while the people prospered and were strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 10 1 z9ge 0 a luxuriant vine This vine produces more fruit than normal.
@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ HOS 10 14 yp1i 0 It will be as Shalman destroyed Beth Arbel on a day of battle
HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ HOS 11 11 kmq4 0 the declaration of Yahweh “what Yahweh has declared” or
HOS 11 12 i52h 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel and Judah.
HOS 11 12 mtk3 figs-parallelism 0 Ephraim surrounds me with falsehood, and the house of Israel with deceit Lies and deceitful acts are spoken of as if they were objects that the people of the northern kingdom surrounded Yahweh with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 11 12 csf5 figs-metonymy 0 But Judah is still going about with me Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. This speaks of being loyal to God as “going about” with him. However, many versions have different interpretations of this difficult passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br>
HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
HOS 12 1 k8wj 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 12 1 ec28 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim feeds on the wind Here “Ephraim” represents all the people of Israel. Also “wind” represents something that is useless or temporary. The people of Israel doing things that will not help them is spoken of as if they eat the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 12 1 g9zd figs-metonymy 0 follows after the east wind East winds were very hot and destructive to the land. Here it represents anything that is destructive. The people doing things that will destroy themselves is spoken of as if they are following the east wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ HOS 12 13 a8xe 0 by a prophet That is, Moses.
HOS 12 14 v7cg 0 bitterly The anger that the people have caused in Yahweh is extremely great.
HOS 12 14 czc8 figs-metonymy 0 So his Lord will leave his blood on him Here “blood” refers to the guilt incurred by people who murder others. God will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 12 14 ay94 figs-metaphor 0 will turn back on him his disgrace The idea of making someone suffer the results of his own actions is spoken of as if those actions were objects that were thrown back at him. Alternate translation: “will make him suffer from his own disgraceful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
HOS 13 1 u92j 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
HOS 13 1 aw8s figs-synecdoche 0 When Ephraim spoke Hosea uses the term “Ephraim” to refer to the entire northern kingdom, although it was also the name of one of the ten tribes. Hosea seems to be speaking of a long-past time, when the northern kingdom was strong and honored, unlike at the present time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
HOS 13 1 hyz3 0 there was trembling It is understood that people were trembling because they were afraid of Ephraim. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “there was trembling among the people” or “people trembled in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ HOS 13 16 y8fa figs-metonymy 0 Samaria will be guilty, for she has rebelled aga
HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.<br>
HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HOS front intro k6lu 0 # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br>- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br>- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br>- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br>- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br>- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br>- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br>- Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])<br> # Introduction to Hosea<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Hosea<br><br>1. God tells Hosea to marry Gomer as a picture of how Israel relates to Yahweh (1:1–3:5)<br>1. Israel betrays, wanders, and sins; Yahweh appeals and pleas to return to him (4:1–7:3)<br>1. The conflict between Yahweh and Israel explained in various ways (7:4–13:8)<br>- Similes: oven, cake, dove, bow (7:4–16)<br>- Israel openly lies and rebels (8:1–14)<br>- The end of Israel predicted (9:1–17)<br>- Similes: grapes, vine, calf, lion, children, birds, and doves (10:1–11:11)<br>- Israel sins, betrays, and breaks alliances (11:12–12:1)<br>- Israel’s history remembered (12:2–13:16)<br>- Idolatry (13:1–8)<br>1. Israel is hostile to Yahweh (13:9–16)<br>1. Yahweh’s last appeals to Israel (14:1–9)<br><br>### What is the Book of Hosea about?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of Hosea, son of Beeri. Hosea lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He often called this kingdom Ephraim or Samaria. Hosea prophesied for about 38 years and predicted that Assyria would destroy the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>Hosea began to prophesy around 753 B.C., just before King Jeroboam II died. At this time, the kingdom of Israel was prosperous but spiritually weak. Hosea warned how Yahweh would punish Israel unless the people turned back to Yahweh and were faithful to him.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally named “The Book of Hosea” or just “Hosea.” Translators may also call it “The Book About Hosea” or “The Sayings of Hosea.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Hosea?<br><br>Although this book tells what Hosea prophesied, it is uncertain whether Hosea wrote the book himself. It was probably written after Samaria, the capital of the norther kingdom, was destroyed in 721 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did God command Hosea to marry a prostitute?<br><br>God told Hosea to marry the prostitute Gomer. This represented how the kingdom of Israel related to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. This is compared to a woman who is unfaithful to her husband breaks her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through law courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. The Book of Hosea contains some legal terms. This is because Yahweh is spoken of as if he were a husband accusing his wife in court of being unfaithful to him. Part of the Book of Hosea follows the form of a lawsuit. A problem is identified (4:1), someone is accused (4:4), someone is found guilty (4:15), and the guilty ones will be punished (5:1).<br><br>### Who did the people of the kingdom of Israel worship?<br><br>Israel was supposed to worship Yahweh alone. But they worshiped both Yahweh and the Canaanite gods such as Baal. This was a major reason why Yahweh judged the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” mean?<br><br>The prophet used the phrase “the declaration of Yahweh” to mark a message as truly coming from God.<br><br>### Why are English translations of Hosea very different?<br><br>Hosea 4–14 has many problems of interpretation. Some phrases in Hosea are beyond how we currently understand the Hebrew language. Many English versions have translated these difficult sections very differently.<br><br>### What does the term “Israel” mean in Hosea?<br><br>In Hosea, “Israel” is used only to refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. It is not used to refer to the southern kingdom or to the two kingdoms together. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/names/kingdomofisrael]])
3 HOS 1 intro ud3c 0 # Hosea 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.<br> # Hosea 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:2-11.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hosea’s marriage<br>God does not approve of prostitution, but he told Hosea to marry a prostitute so that the message of Israel’s unfaithfulness would be shown to the people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br><br>Hosea’s marriage to Gomer is a metaphor for the kingdom of Israel’s relationship to Yahweh. Israel was unfaithful to Yahweh and broke the covenant with him. Gomer was a woman who was unfaithful to her husband broke her marriage agreement with him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Hosea 1-4 is controlled by a metaphor that Hosea lived out. He was personifying the relationship between Israel and Yahweh. Hosea played the part of Yahweh, and Gomer played the part of Israel.
4 HOS 1 1 x3qa figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the word that Yahweh God spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
5 HOS 1 1 fhy8 translate-names 0 Beeri This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 HOS 1 1 f238 translate-names 0 Uzziah…Jotham…Ahaz…Hezekiah…Jeroboam…Joash The events in this book happened during the time of these kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
22 HOS 1 11 vlg4 figs-activepassive 0 will be gathered together This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will gather them together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
23 HOS 1 11 t1bm 0 go up from the land This expression might refer to the land where the people of Israel were in captivity.
24 HOS 1 11 b5bz figs-explicit 0 the day of Jezreel This refers to the time when God will put his people back in the land of Israel. The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
25 HOS 2 intro h75z 0 # Hosea 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br> # Hosea 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of this chapter, which is poetry, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Hosea 1-2 is a single series forming one narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Many relationships are used in this chapter that are metaphors for the relationship between Israel and her God. Brother, sister, husband, wife, mother, and children are examples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>This chapter creates an abrupt change of address. The prophet is now addressing the children directly in the first few verses, but the whole chapter is written against Gomer as an illustration of Israel as an adulterous people. God uses Gomer as an illustration to teach the people of Israel how they should be faithful to him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
26 HOS 2 1 qq88 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is speaking to Hosea.
27 HOS 2 1 if49 figs-exclamations 0 My people! This exclamation may be presented as a statement. Alternate translation: “You are my people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])
28 HOS 2 1 z5an figs-activepassive 0 You have been shown compassion This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Yahweh has shown you compassion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
79 HOS 2 23 z8da translate-names 0 Lo-Ruhamah This name means “no mercy.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:6](../01/06.md). Alternate translation: “No Mercy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
80 HOS 2 23 l22q translate-names 0 Lo-Ammi This name means “not my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. See how you translated this in [Hosea 1:9](../01/09.md). Alternate translation: “Not My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
81 HOS 2 23 j39c translate-names 0 Ammi Attah This name means “you are my people.” The translator may choose to represent this meaning as the name. Alternate translation: “You Are My People” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
82 HOS 3 intro k2ts 0 # Hosea 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])<br> # Hosea 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter focuses on the meaning of the illustration of Hosea’s marriage. It is a very short chapter written in prose to show the truth of Israel’s relationship with Yahweh. After bearing a number of children for Hosea, Gomer leaves him and prostitutes herself with other men, showing little to no regard for their marriage covenant. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>This chapter contains a continuation of the metaphor played out in chapter 2. Hosea is told to go and buy his wife out of slavery. Gomer must have been captured and held as a slave due to her adulterous activity. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/adultery]])
83 HOS 3 1 t4kg 0 Go again, love a woman, loved by her husband, but who is an adulteress This refers back to [Hosea 1:2](../01/02.md). Yahweh again tells Hosea to love an adulterous woman.
84 HOS 3 1 sa34 translate-symaction 0 Love her just as I, Yahweh, love the people of Israel By loving the adulterous woman, Hosea will be an example of Yahweh’s love for Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])
85 HOS 3 1 rvb9 0 they turn to other gods and love raisin cakes People ate raisin or fig cakes during festivals where they worshiped false gods.
91 HOS 3 5 ce6i figs-metonymy 0 David their king Here “David” represents all the descendants of David. Alternate translation: “a descendant of David to be their king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
92 HOS 3 5 plr4 0 in the last days “in the future”
93 HOS 3 5 h6db figs-metonymy 0 they will come trembling before Yahweh and his goodness Here “trembling” represents feelings of awe and humility. Alternate translation: “they will come back to Yahweh and will humble themselves, honor him, and ask for his blessings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
94 HOS 4 intro m65b 0 # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br> # Hosea 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The author stops using the metaphor of a husband/wife relationship and begins using a new illustration using lawsuits. God is suing the people of Israel because of all the wrong they have done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Lawsuits<br><br>Lawsuits are special cases where people go to court when they have a legal issue to resolve between them. Normally, one party is accusing another party of having done wrong.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metonymy<br><br>Metonymy is used in the first few verses of this chapter. Metonymy is a figure of speech in which a thing or idea is called not by its own name, but by the name of something closely associated with it. Bloodshed is associated with murder. Stumbling represents sinning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
95 HOS 4 1 k5fr 0 General Information: This chapter begins Yahweh’s argument against the unfaithful Israelites.
96 HOS 4 1 t2hu figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh has a lawsuit against the inhabitants of the land Yahweh stating that the people of Israel have sinned against him and broken his covenant is spoken of as if Yahweh were accusing them in court. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
97 HOS 4 1 ste3 0 lawsuit This is a complaint by one person against another person in a court of law. See how you translated this in [Hosea 2:2](../02/02.md).
138 HOS 4 17 vcx4 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim united himself with idols; leave him alone Here “Ephraim” represents the whole northern kingdom of Israel, which is a metonym for the people who live there. They chose to worship idols, instead of Yahweh. Yahweh is commanding Hosea to not try to correct them. The people of Israel will not listen. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
139 HOS 4 18 t2qi 0 her rulers dearly love their shame The rulers are not ashamed of what they are doing when they worship idols and turn against Yahweh.
140 HOS 4 19 kwi7 figs-metaphor 0 The wind will wrap her up in its wings Here “wind” represents God’s judgment and anger against the nation of Israel. Yahweh will allow the enemy army to defeat the people of Israel and take them as captives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
141 HOS 5 intro cz2x 0 # Hosea 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br> # Hosea 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form exclusively.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>The author uses Ephraim and Israel interchangeably. They both refer to the northern kingdom of Israel. Judah is also mentioned and refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. Benjamin is part of the southern kingdom of Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter is full of metaphors and similes. The writer uses these figures of speech to show how Yahweh will treat his people for not obeying his instructions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
142 HOS 5 1 qy78 0 Connecting Statement: Yahweh is talking about Israel.
143 HOS 5 1 i4kf translate-names 0 You have been a snare at Mizpah and a net spread over Tabor A snare and a net are both objects used to catch prey. In this case, the priests and the royal household had devised ways to keep the people away from Yahweh, while enticing them into idolatry. Mizpah and Tabor were places for idol worship in the land of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
144 HOS 5 2 e4c5 figs-metaphor 0 The rebels stand deep in slaughter Here “rebels” refers to all of those people who had turned away from Yahweh, and “deep in slaughter” could refer to the murder of innocent people, or to the slaughter of animals offered to pagan idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
180 HOS 5 14 y54f figs-metaphor 0 will tear As a lion tears apart the animal it is eating, so Yahweh will tear his people away from their homes and country. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
181 HOS 5 15 gc86 0 I will go and return to my place Yahweh will leave his rebellious people.
182 HOS 5 15 w7fg figs-metaphor 0 seek my face Try to come into God’s presence by means of worship and sacrifice. Alternate translation: “ask me to pay attention to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
183 HOS 6 intro xu4q 0 # Hosea 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # Hosea 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to show how Yahweh will still show mercy to his wayward people, the northern kingdom of Israel and the southern kingdom of Judah. Gilead is an area in the northern kingdom of Israel where several of the tribes lived. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>There is a change in person from 6:1-3 to 6:4-11. In the first passage, the speaker is an anonymous Israelite, but in the rest of the chapter, the speaker is Yahweh.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>Throughout the chapter, the author uses the metaphor of prostitution to say that his people have abandoned him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
184 HOS 6 1 a6ue 0 Connecting Statement: The people of Israel confess their need to repent.
185 HOS 6 1 u9ye figs-parallelism 0 he has torn us to pieces…he has injured us God has punished the people of Israel because they disobeyed him and worshiped idols. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
186 HOS 6 1 ntx5 figs-parallelism 0 he will heal us…he will bandage our wounds Israel believes that God will be merciful to them when they repent and he will deliver them from their troubles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
205 HOS 6 11 c9zv figs-activepassive 0 For you also, Judah, a harvest has been appointed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I have set a time of harvest for you also, Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
206 HOS 6 11 nid7 figs-metaphor 0 harvest Here “harvest” represents God’s final judgment on Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
207 HOS 6 11 hag4 0 fortunes prosperity and security
208 HOS 7 intro yc44 0 # Hosea 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.<br> # Hosea 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using poetic forms to speak of Yahweh’s anger over the sin of the people. The people are not seeking Yahweh; they are seeking other gods and looking for salvation from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Baking<br><br>Baking of bread is an extended metaphor in this chapter. Yahweh uses various aspects of this activity to show his displeasure with their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel and Ephraim<br>This chapter begins by using two different names for the same group of people: Israel and Ephraim. It also mentions Samaria, which was the capital of the northern kingdom of Israel.
209 HOS 7 1 wc7w 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
210 HOS 7 1 l8yq figs-metaphor 0 I want to heal Israel Making Israel obedient to God again and receivers of his blessing is spoken of as if it were healing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
211 HOS 7 1 u93n figs-explicit 0 for they practice deceit The people are selling and buying products dishonestly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
247 HOS 7 16 r57a figs-simile 0 They are like a slack bow That is, a bow that has no bowstring, or that has no tension. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
248 HOS 7 16 q25q figs-metonymy 0 because of the insolence of their tongues Here “tongue” refers to what the officials say. Alternate translation: “because they insult me” or “because they curse me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
249 HOS 7 16 r7lt figs-abstractnouns 0 This will become their mockery in the land of Egypt The abstract noun “mockery” can be stated as an action. Alternate translation: “This is why people in Egypt will mock and laugh at Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
250 HOS 8 intro sj97 0 # Hosea 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.<br> # Hosea 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to use the poetic form to communicate several other ways the people of Israel have sinned against God. First, Yahweh notes that they have set up a king without consulting him.<br>Next, they set up or reinstalled the golden calves of Samaria. Last, they were seeking help from other nations like Egypt and Assyria. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>This chapter contains some references to the “calf of Samaria.” This most likely refers to an image that was set up by an earlier king of Israel. He did this in order to discourage his people from going to Jerusalem, which was part of the southern kingdom of Judah.
251 HOS 8 1 iyy7 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking about the coming of the Assyrian army to attack the northern kingdom.
252 HOS 8 1 rq62 figs-metaphor 0 An eagle is coming over the house of Yahweh The eagle, a bird of prey, is sometimes used to represent the enemies of Israel. Alternate translation: “As an eagle hunts another animal, the enemies of Israel are coming to capture my people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
253 HOS 8 1 tc1q figs-metaphor 0 broken my covenant Here “broken” represents “disobeyed,” “violated.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
272 HOS 8 12 x66d translate-numbers 0 ten thousand “10,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]])
273 HOS 8 13 gmz3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
274 HOS 8 13 fl3w 0 They will return to Egypt Because of their sin, God will send his people away as slaves to the Egyptians.
275 HOS 9 intro lkm6 0 # Hosea 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.<br> # Hosea 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The chapter is written in poetic form to speak of Yahweh’s displeasure with Israel’s sins. He is showing the many ways in which they do not honor him. The priests and kings do not understand how they have totally broken their covenant with Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Exile<br>Because the covenant has been broken, the people will be exiled into another land. This actually shows the mercy of God toward his people. He did not destroy them; he simply moved them to another place. However, this chapter goes into detail about many parts of their society to show how far they have moved away from truly worshiping Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Change in speaker<br>In verse 16, Yahweh is speaking; but in verse 17, Hosea starts speaking. There is a change in pronouns; the use of “my God” must imply that someone other than Yahweh is speaking.
276 HOS 9 1 fz5r 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
277 HOS 9 2 f2gu figs-personification 0 But the threshing floor and the winepress will not feed them This describes the threshing floor and the winepress as if they were humans that can feed someone. This means that the harvest will not provide enough grain for threshing to meet the needs of the people, and that it will not provide the grapes for pressing to make enough wine. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
278 HOS 9 2 nt1h 0 the new wine will fail them There will not be enough grape juice to make wine with.
320 HOS 9 15 z8j7 0 their officials the men who serve the king
321 HOS 9 16 iyy3 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking in verse 16. Hosea begins speaking in verse 17.
322 HOS 9 16 i7bg figs-metaphor 0 Ephraim is diseased, and their root is dried up; they bear no fruit Yahweh speaks of the people of Israel as if they were a diseased tree that does not produce fruit and is ready to be cut down. This is a statement that the people have become weak, and that soon their enemies will come and defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
323 HOS 10 intro yd8u 0 # Hosea 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br> # Hosea 10 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues the theme of Israel’s many sins against Yahweh. Even though Israel prospered for a time as they multiplied their sins, Yahweh was leading them toward destruction. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Yahweh’s relationship to his people was not based on his people’s actions. Even though they rebelled, Yahweh still desired to rescue them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>The repeated use of different names for the two kingdoms can be confusing. In verse 11, “Ephraim” refers to the northern kingdom of Israel, and “Judah” refers to the southern kingdom of Judah. However, Jacob is also mentioned. This use of “Jacob” makes us think of the earlier unified nation and may also refer to a future unified nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
324 HOS 10 1 px1g 0 General Information: Hosea is speaking about Israel.
325 HOS 10 1 rq8z figs-metaphor 0 Israel is a luxuriant vine that produces his fruit Israel is spoken of as a vine that was very fruitful. For a while the people prospered and were strong. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
326 HOS 10 1 z9ge 0 a luxuriant vine This vine produces more fruit than normal.
361 HOS 10 14 fc5f translate-names 0 Shalman This is the name of a king who destroyed the city of Beth Arbel around 740 BC. His army murdered women and children in the attack. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
362 HOS 10 14 ist7 translate-names 0 Beth Arbel This is likely the name of a city of the tribe of Naphtali. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
363 HOS 10 15 wql9 figs-metonymy 0 So it will happen to you, Bethel, because of your great wickedness Here “Bethel” represents the people who live there. The prophet addresses the people of Bethel as if they were there listening to him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]])
364 HOS 11 intro b7ac 0 # Hosea 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # Hosea 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues using the poetic form to communicate about Yahweh’s relationship to the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter contains an extended metaphor of Israel as a male child in the care of Yahweh, his parent. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Yahweh uses rhetorical questions to show his disappointment and anger at Israel’s persistent rejection of him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
365 HOS 11 1 h8vd 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking of caring for Israel like a parent cares for a child.
366 HOS 11 1 w4nm figs-metaphor 0 When Israel was a young man Yahweh is speaking about the people of Israel as if they were a young man. Yahweh is referring to when he first started his relationship with the nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
367 HOS 11 1 y9f3 figs-metaphor 0 I called my son out of Egypt “son” refers to the people of God the Father. Alternate translation: “I led my son out of Egypt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
393 HOS 11 12 i52h 0 General Information: Yahweh is talking about Israel and Judah.
394 HOS 11 12 mtk3 figs-parallelism 0 Ephraim surrounds me with falsehood, and the house of Israel with deceit Lies and deceitful acts are spoken of as if they were objects that the people of the northern kingdom surrounded Yahweh with. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
395 HOS 11 12 csf5 figs-metonymy 0 But Judah is still going about with me Here “Judah” refers to the people who live there. This speaks of being loyal to God as “going about” with him. However, many versions have different interpretations of this difficult passage. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
396 HOS 12 intro z7s4 0 # Hosea 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br> # Hosea 12 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Jacob<br><br>There is a parallel between Jacob and the northern kingdom of Israel. In the same way that Jacob returned to Yahweh, the northern kingdom should repent of their idolatry and turn back to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])
397 HOS 12 1 k8wj 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
398 HOS 12 1 ec28 figs-synecdoche 0 Ephraim feeds on the wind Here “Ephraim” represents all the people of Israel. Also “wind” represents something that is useless or temporary. The people of Israel doing things that will not help them is spoken of as if they eat the wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
399 HOS 12 1 g9zd figs-metonymy 0 follows after the east wind East winds were very hot and destructive to the land. Here it represents anything that is destructive. The people doing things that will destroy themselves is spoken of as if they are following the east wind. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
425 HOS 12 14 v7cg 0 bitterly The anger that the people have caused in Yahweh is extremely great.
426 HOS 12 14 czc8 figs-metonymy 0 So his Lord will leave his blood on him Here “blood” refers to the guilt incurred by people who murder others. God will not forgive their sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
427 HOS 12 14 ay94 figs-metaphor 0 will turn back on him his disgrace The idea of making someone suffer the results of his own actions is spoken of as if those actions were objects that were thrown back at him. Alternate translation: “will make him suffer from his own disgraceful actions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
428 HOS 13 intro la1r 0 # Hosea 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # Hosea 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter uses poetry to communicate Yahweh’s disgust and anger with the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>“Israel” and “Ephraim” are terms used to speak about the people of the northern kingdom. Samaria was the capital of the northern kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>This chapter makes it clear that the northern kingdom is going to be nearly decimated as a people. They will no longer exist as a nation.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical question<br><br>Hosea uses rhetorical questions throughout this chapter. They are not questions requesting information but rather questions indicating some emotion like anger or dissatisfaction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
429 HOS 13 1 u92j 0 General Information: Yahweh is speaking.
430 HOS 13 1 aw8s figs-synecdoche 0 When Ephraim spoke Hosea uses the term “Ephraim” to refer to the entire northern kingdom, although it was also the name of one of the ten tribes. Hosea seems to be speaking of a long-past time, when the northern kingdom was strong and honored, unlike at the present time. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
431 HOS 13 1 hyz3 0 there was trembling It is understood that people were trembling because they were afraid of Ephraim. This can be stated clearly. Alternate translation: “there was trembling among the people” or “people trembled in fear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
466 HOS 13 16 g4vn figs-euphemism 0 They will fall Here to “fall” represents dying. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]])
467 HOS 13 16 w5hv figs-metonymy 0 by the sword Here the “sword” represents the enemy soldiers who used swords in battle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
468 HOS 13 16 kms6 figs-activepassive 0 their young children will be dashed to pieces, and their pregnant women will be ripped open These phrases can be put into the active voice. Alternate translation: “the enemy will dash their young children to pieces, and they will rip open the pregnant women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
469 HOS 14 intro bp7t 0 # Hosea 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.<br> # Hosea 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This last chapter of Hosea ends with hope. In this chapter, Hosea calls for Israel to confess to Yahweh and repent. This chapter continues to be written in poetic form, using metaphors and other devices to communicate God’s love for his sinful people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/love]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Why are confession and repentance even suggested here for a people that Yahweh has already condemned to be destroyed? It is because this is a teaching that Yahweh is a merciful God who loves his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Speaker<br>The use of first and second person in this chapter often signifies a change in speaker. In this chapter, Hosea is speaking to the northern kingdom to tell them that Yahweh loves them.<br>There are several places in this chapter where the writer switches from the third person to the second or the first person. This may cause some confusion about who is speaking.
470 HOS 14 1 x5ih 0 General Information: Hosea the prophet is speaking.
471 HOS 14 1 e3je figs-metaphor 0 for you have fallen because of your iniquity Sinning is spoken of here as if it were falling. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
472 HOS 14 2 bl3b figs-explicit 0 Take with you words This probably means words of confession and praise. Alternate translation: “Confess your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

8
en_tn_29-JOL.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br>
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ JOL 1 17 y7su מֶגְרְפֹ֣תֵי⁠הֶ֔ם 1 clods lumps of dirt
JOL 1 18 w5nw 0 General Information: God continues to tell the priests how they should pray for Israel.
JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JOL 2 1 t9j9 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Joel continues poetry that began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet…sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ JOL 2 32 t1vg figs-metonymy כֹּ֧ל אֲשֶׁר־יִקְרָ֛א בְּ⁠
JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.<br>
JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JOL front intro aq5w 0 # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])<br> # Introduction to Joel<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Joel<br><br>1. The land ruined; the day of Yahweh is coming (1:1–2:11)<br>- Locusts and drought (1:1–20)<br>- The day of Yahweh (2:1–11)<br>1. Yahweh restores his people (2:12-32)<br>- The people should turn to Yahweh, for he will pity them (2:12–27)<br>- The Spirit of Yahweh, wonders, and salvation (2:28–32)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (3:1-21)<br>- Yahweh judges the nations (3:1–16)<br>- Yahweh dwells in Zion (3:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Joel about?<br><br>The main idea in the Book of Joel is “the day of Yahweh.” This expression is found five times (1:15, 2:1, 2:11, 2:21, 3:14).<br><br>The people of Israel looked forward to “the day of Yahweh” as a day that Yahweh would judge the nations around them. But Joel warns that Yahweh would also judge Israel for being unfaithful to him. After judging them, Yahweh will restore his people.<br><br>Joel’s message applies to the people of God in the church age. For Yahweh says, “I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh” and “everyone who calls on Yahweh will be saved” (2:28 and 2:32, quoted by Peter in Acts 2:17 and 2:21).<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Joel” or just “Joel.” Translators may also call it the “The Book about Joel” or “The Sayings of Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Joel?<br><br>This book contains the prophecies of an Israelite named Joel, son of Pethuel. The book does not tell when Joel prophesied.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the meaning of the locust attacks in Joel 1 and 2, and of the drought in Joel 2?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament. In Chapters 1 and 2, Joel described locust attacks using military terms. He may have been speaking of enemy invaders coming and destroying the land its people.<br><br>There are various names for locusts in the original language of the Old Testament. It is uncertain whether these refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>Joel also described a drought in Chapter 2. It might have been a real lack of rain. Or Joel may have been speaking of either enemy invaders or Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations.<br><br>Translators should simply translate the locust attacks and drought as Joel described them and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>### What did Joel prophesy about the future for God’s people?<br><br>Joel prophesied that God will defeat Israel’s enemies, rebuild the city of Jerusalem, and rule as victorious king over the whole world. At the same time, God will give his Spirit to all his people, and they will receive messages from him in dreams and visions. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How should one translate the poetry of the Book of Joel?<br><br>All of the text in the Book of Joel is poetry. The ULT presents it in this way. The UST, however, presents the text as prose. Translators may choose to use prose in their versions. Translators who want to translate the book as poetry should read about poetry and parallelism. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
3 JOL 1 intro q2ev 0 # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # Joel 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Joel is written in poetic form and with striking imagery. The ULT is written in poetic form, but the UST has been transferred to a prose form. If possible, use the poetic form to communicate the meaning of this book in order to stay closer to the original meaning of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and they progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of the whole land of Israel.<br><br>It was common for farmers in the ancient Near East to experience large locust swarms that would come and eat all crops in their fields. Joel might be describing such attacks in this first chapter. Because Joel uses military terms and images to describe these locust attacks, his descriptions might represent enemy invaders who would come and destroy the land its people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>The author also uses rhetorical questions that communicate surprise and alarm. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 JOL 1 1 qry6 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: God speaks through Joel to the people of Israel using poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 JOL 1 1 er8g figs-idiom דְּבַר־יְהוָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר הָיָ֔ה אֶל־יוֹאֵ֖ל 1 the word of Yahweh that came to Joel This idiom is used to announce that God gave messages to Joel. Alternate translation: “the message Yahweh gave to Joel” or “the message Yahweh spoke to Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JOL 1 1 qwp8 יְהוָה֙ 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
38 JOL 1 18 w5nw 0 General Information: God continues to tell the priests how they should pray for Israel.
39 JOL 1 18 ul6j נֶּאֶנְחָ֣ה 1 groan make a deep sound because of pain
40 JOL 1 20 n9lf אֲפִ֣יקֵי 1 brooks small streams
41 JOL 2 intro j2gp 0 # Joel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # Joel 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues in the poetic form with striking imagery of armies and soldiers.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Locusts<br><br>This book starts very dramatically with the imagery of the locusts and the devastation they produce. There are five different kinds of locusts that appear to come and progressively destroy the vegetation including the crops, vineyards and even the trees of Israel.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>This chapter uses simile to a great extent as Joel tries to describe this army. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Metaphor<br>The drought, or severe lack of rain, Joel describes is probably a real drought. It might also be a picture of either enemy invaders or of Yahweh himself coming to punish his people and the other nations. Translators should translate simply, presenting the scenes of locusts and drought as Joel describes them, and not worry about the various possible meanings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
42 JOL 2 1 t9j9 figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Joel continues poetry that began in the previous chapter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
43 JOL 2 1 m7i5 תִּקְע֨וּ שׁוֹפָ֜ר…וְ⁠הָרִ֨יעוּ֙ 1 Blow the trumpet…sound an alarm Joel is emphasizing the importance of calling Israel together in preparation for the destruction that is coming.
44 JOL 2 2 qmb9 figs-doublet י֧וֹם חֹ֣שֶׁךְ וַ⁠אֲפֵלָ֗ה 1 day of darkness and gloom The words “darkness” and “gloom” share similar meanings and emphasize that the darkness will be very dark. Both words refer to a time of disaster or divine judgment. Alternate translation: “day that is full of darkness” or “day of terrible judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
112 JOL 2 32 k5zj figs-doublet בְּ⁠הַר־צִיּ֨וֹן וּ⁠בִ⁠ירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 on Mount Zion and in Jerusalem These refer to the same place. Alternate translation: “on Mount Zion in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
113 JOL 2 32 j194 figs-ellipsis וּ⁠בַ֨⁠שְּׂרִידִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר יְהוָ֖ה קֹרֵֽא 1 among the survivors, those whom Yahweh calls The phrase “there will be” is understood from earlier in the sentence. It can be repeated here. Alternate translation: “among the survivors there will be those whom Yahweh calls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
114 JOL 2 32 e73u 1 survivors people who live through a terrible event like a war or a disaster
115 JOL 3 intro jcn7 0 # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.<br> # Joel 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>There is a change in focus in this chapter from the people of Israel to her enemies. The events of this chapters also contain many prophecies about the events of the end of this world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Israel<br>The mention of Israel in this chapter is probably a reference to the people of Judah and not the northern kingdom of Israel. It is also possible this is a reference to the people of Israel as a whole.
116 JOL 3 1 b14f 0 General Information: Yahweh continues the speech he began in [Joel 2:25](../02/25.md), promising good things for the people of Israel.
117 JOL 3 1 nha5 כִּ֗י הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Behold “Listen” or “Pay attention”
118 JOL 3 1 zy3s figs-doublet בַּ⁠יָּמִ֥ים הָ⁠הֵ֖מָּה וּ⁠בָ⁠עֵ֣ת הַ⁠הִ֑יא 1 in those days and at that time The phrase “at that time” means the same thing as and intensifies the phrase “in those days.” Alternate translation: “in those very days” or “at that very time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])

20
en_tn_30-AMO.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.<br>
AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things “This is the message”
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ AMO 1 14 hpu5 figs-metaphor 0 with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind The fi
AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest…whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity The abstract noun “captivity” can be translated as the verb “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of…even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ AMO 2 15 q2w6 figs-explicit 0 the fast runner will not escape The implied infor
AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked Possible meanings are (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day “at that time”
AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.<br>
AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you…against the whole family “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you…about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you…about the whole family”
AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel…the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ AMO 3 15 law2 0 The houses of ivory “the houses that are decorated with ivor
AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br>
AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ AMO 4 13 krg8 figs-123person 0 he who forms the mountains…reveals his thought
AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness Possible meanings are (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen…no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen…no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ AMO 5 25 fma5 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym
AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth…and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth…and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth…Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.<br>
AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them.
AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ AMO 6 14 yze1 0 look “listen” or “pay attention”
AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])<br>
AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look…look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest “after the king takes his share from the harvest”
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ AMO 7 16 dz72 figs-metonymy 0 do not speak against the house of Isaac Here “h
AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit “ripe fruit”
AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ AMO 8 14 sg5b figs-metonymy 0 by the sin of Samaria Here “sin” represents t
AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision.
AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops…Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands.
AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 AMO front intro ih42 0 # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.<br> # Introduction to Amos<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Amos<br><br>1. Amos introduced (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations (1:2-2:16)<br>- The surrounding nations (1:2–2:3)<br>- The southern kingdom (2:4–5)<br>- The northern kingdom (2:6–16)<br>1. Amos prophesies against the people of Israel (3:1–6:14)<br>1. Yahweh shows Amos several visions (7:1-9:10)<br>1. Israel is to be restored (9:11–15)<br><br>### What is the Book of Amos about?<br><br>The Book of Amos contains the words of Amos, a shepherd of Tekoa. Amos began to prophesy about 760 BC. He spoke Yahweh’s messages against God’s people behaving wickedly. He spoke messages to both the southern kingdom of Judah and the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br><br>Yahweh gave Amos prophecies of judgment (Chapters 1-6) to proclaim to the people. Each of them begins with the phrase “This is what Yahweh says” (ULT).<br><br>Three visions of Yahweh coming to judge the people are in the last part of the book (7:1-9:10). A final vision promises that Yahweh will restore Israel (9:11-15). He will restore the “tent of David.” This means a descendant of David would once again be king over Israel.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Amos” or just “Amos.” Translators may also call it the “The Book of the Sayings of Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Amos?<br><br>The prophet Amos probably wrote this book. He lived in the southern kingdom of Judah. Amos came from a poor family. They grew sycamore trees (7:14, 15) and were shepherds ([Amos 1:1](../../amo/01/01.md)). Though Amos was not trained as a prophet, he knew and understood the law of Moses. Also, Amos skillfully used expressive and meaningful words.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How is justice described in Amos?<br><br>Justice is an important theme in the Book of Amos. Justice means people treating others fairly according to the law of Yahweh. People in Israel were oppressing and taking advantage of poor people, orphans, and widows. Amos explained that Yahweh would prefer that the people act justly rather than sacrifice to him. Truly obeying the law of Moses meant being just to other people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### What is a lawsuit?<br><br>Many cultures have a process for resolving disputes through the use of courts. These legal disputes are called lawsuits. Amos uses various legal terms. Part of the book presents events in a courtroom. The people are introduced, the problem is explained, the people are examined, witnesses speak, and a verdict is given.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. In Amos, “Israel” almost always refers to the northern kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>### Where do the various narratives begin and end?<br><br>The structure of the Book of Amos may make it difficult to understand where Amos ends one thought and begins another. It may be helpful to solve these issues with carefully divided lines or paragraphs.
3 AMO 1 intro v72p 0 # Amos 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Amos 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This book is written in a poetic form. Because it was written by a farmer, it includes many references to agricultural concepts.<br><br>### “For three sins of Judah, even for four”<br>The phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each oracle. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
4 AMO 1 1 zsg5 writing-poetry 0 General Information: God speaks through Amos using poetic language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 AMO 1 1 e8f1 figs-activepassive 0 These are the things concerning Israel that Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa, received in revelation This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “These are the things concerning Israel that God revealed to Amos, one of the shepherds in Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
6 AMO 1 1 qz81 0 These are the things “This is the message”
60 AMO 1 14 xh9x 0 tempest…whirlwind These are two kinds of violent storms.
61 AMO 1 14 zf7h 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
62 AMO 1 15 s4xt figs-abstractnouns 0 Their king will go into captivity The abstract noun “captivity” can be translated as the verb “capture.” This can be translated in active form. Alternate translation: “Their enemies will capture their king and take him away as a prisoner” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
63 AMO 2 intro ibd6 0 # Amos 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Amos 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter consists of oracles against Moab and Judah by using poetic language and imagery. But the UST translates it using prose. If possible, translate this chapter as poetry, but you may translate as narrative.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Idiom<br>You will notice that the phrase “For three sins of Judah, even for four,” is used to begin each of these oracles. This is not intended to be a literal count but is an idiom indicating a large number of sins. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
64 AMO 2 1 g1vl 0 For three sins of…even for four This is a poetic device. It does not mean that a specific number of sins had been committed, but indicates that many sins had led to God’s judgment. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md).
65 AMO 2 1 uc48 figs-metonymy 0 Moab This represents the Moabite people. Alternate translation: “the people of Moab” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
66 AMO 2 1 pft8 figs-litotes 0 I will not turn away punishment Yahweh uses two negatives here to emphasize that he would punish them. See how you translated these words in [Amos 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]])
114 AMO 2 16 c22v figs-metonymy 0 flee naked Possible meanings are (1) this is a metonym for “run away without his weapons” or (2) this is meant literally as “run away wearing no clothes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
115 AMO 2 16 i9l6 0 in that day “at that time”
116 AMO 2 16 szp1 figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
117 AMO 3 intro gtz5 0 # Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.<br> # Amos 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Amos continues to use poetic form in this chapter to prophesy the disaster coming to the kingdoms of Israel and Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical Questions<br>This chapter begins with a number of rhetorical questions. The last question provides the reader with some answers: “Yahweh has certainly spoken through his prophets. So listen to them.” The answer to these rhetorical questions have the expected response of “no” because they are things that are not expected to happen. The writer is helping the reader to conclude that God uses the prophets to speak his message.
118 AMO 3 1 em48 0 Hear this word “Hear this message” or “Listen to this message”
119 AMO 3 1 k2d9 0 that Yahweh has spoken against you…against the whole family “this word that Yahweh has spoken about you…about the whole family” or “Yahweh’s message about you…about the whole family”
120 AMO 3 1 kc3z 0 you, people of Israel…the whole family that I brought up out of the land of Egypt These two phrases refer to the same group of people. The people God is speaking to are the descendants of those he had taken out of Egypt.
165 AMO 3 15 i8hw 0 ivory the teeth and horns of large animals
166 AMO 3 15 vic1 figs-metaphor 0 the large houses will vanish “the large houses will exist no more.” Here “vanish” represents being destroyed. Alternate translation: “the large houses will be destroyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
167 AMO 3 15 n6kq figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
168 AMO 4 intro wy7z 0 # Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br> # Amos 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and is about the people’s refusal to listen to Yahweh even as he tries to point them back to himself.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Repetition<br>This chapter contains a repeated sentence: “Yet you have not returned to me —this is Yahweh’s declaration.” Please make sure this sentence is translated the same way each time to show the repetition. This repetition produces a list of sins Yahweh is mounting against his people. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])
169 AMO 4 1 jn6e figs-metaphor 0 you cows of Bashan, you who are in the mountain of Samaria Amos speaks to the women of Israel who live in Samaria as if they were well-fed cows. Alternate translation: “you wealthy women who live in the mountains of Samaria, you who are like the well-fed cows of Bashan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
170 AMO 4 1 w7hi figs-nominaladj 0 you who oppress the poor The phrase “the poor” refers to poor people. Alternate translation: “you who oppress poor people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
171 AMO 4 1 mg4u figs-metaphor 0 you who crush the needy Hear “crush” is a metaphor that represents treating people badly. The phrase “the needy” refers to people who need help. Alternate translation: “you who treat needy people badly” or “you who hurt needy people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])
216 AMO 4 13 n7pa 0 makes the morning darkness Possible meanings are (1) God causes the day to be very dark with thick clouds. Alternate translation: “makes the morning dark” or (2) God causes time to pass, so every day becomes night. Alternate translation: “makes morning and evening”
217 AMO 4 13 s3jv figs-metaphor 0 treads on the high places of the earth God ruling over all the earth is spoken of as if he walks on the highest places of the earth. Alternate translation: “rules over all the earth” or “rules over even the highest places of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
218 AMO 4 13 sha6 0 Yahweh, God of hosts, is his name By declaring his full name, Yahweh is declaring his power and authority to do these things. Your language may have a way for people to do this.
219 AMO 5 intro w1eh 0 # Amos 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Amos 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in a poetic format and foretells the destruction of the kingdom of Israel.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Place Names<br>This chapter refers to various places in land of Israel (i.e. Gilgal, Bethel, Beersheba). Normally these places have good connotations, but here they are referred to negatively. This is most likely because these cities became known for their idol worship. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### City gate<br>The “city gate” is mentioned several times. This was a place where people would go with legal and financial issues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
220 AMO 5 1 u6w8 figs-metonymy 0 house of Israel The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “you people of Israel” or “you Israelite people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
221 AMO 5 2 cqa2 figs-metaphor 0 The virgin Israel has fallen…no one to raise her up The phrase “The virgin Israel” represents the nation of Israel. The nation of Israel being destroyed and having no other nation to help them become strong again is spoken of as if it were a young woman who has fallen and has no one to raise her up. Alternate translation: “The nation of Israel is like a woman who has fallen…no one to help her get up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
222 AMO 5 2 lta8 figs-activepassive 0 she is forsaken on her land This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People have forsaken her” or “they have abandoned her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
278 AMO 5 26 qnx9 figs-metonymy 0 You have lifted up the images of Sikkuth…and Kaiwan Here “lifted up the images” represents worshiping them. Alternate translation: “You have worshiped the images of Sikkuth…and Kaiwan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
279 AMO 5 26 tjr6 translate-names 0 Sikkuth…Kaiwan These are the names of two false gods. The people had made images to represent them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
280 AMO 5 26 q6vz 0 Kaiwan Some versions write this as “Kiyyun.”
281 AMO 6 intro cn1s 0 # Amos 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.<br> # Amos 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter continues to be written in poetic style except for verses 9-10, which are in prose. These two verses contain many interested features.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>Verses 9-10 will probably be difficult to translate because the situation is vague and details don’t appear to align easily. It is appropriate to translate these verses with some ambiguity remaining. It may be helpful to read many different versions prior to translating these verses.
282 AMO 6 1 psf7 0 who are at ease “who feel safe.” The people are comfortable and not concerned that God will judge them.
283 AMO 6 1 ut6j figs-irony 0 the notable men of the best of the nations “the most important men of this great nation.” Yahweh may be using irony to describe how these men think of themselves. Alternate translation: “the men who think they are the most important people in the best nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])
284 AMO 6 1 s17g figs-metonymy 0 the house of Israel comes The word “house” is a metonym for the family that lives in the house. In this case it refers to Israel’s descendants. Alternate translation: “the Israelites come” or “the Israelite people group comes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
323 AMO 6 14 u8j4 figs-123person 0 this is the declaration of the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Amos 3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “this is what the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, has declared” or “this is what I, the Lord Yahweh, the God of hosts, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
324 AMO 6 14 alt4 figs-metonymy 0 from Lebo Hamath to the brook of the Arabah Here “Lebo Hamath” represents the northern border of Israel, and “brook of the Arabah” represents the southern border. Alternate translation: “from the northern border of your nation to the southern border” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
325 AMO 6 14 jfe8 0 brook a small river that flows only during the wet season
326 AMO 7 intro vkd3 0 # Amos 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])<br> # Amos 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is mainly written as a narrative about the prophet Amos interacting with Yahweh. Yahweh presents three different scenarios of judgment before Amos who pleads with God and he does not carry out His judgment. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Reported speech<br>In the latter part of the chapter, it is important to follow the conversation carefully to understand who is speaking. There are some instances of “reported speech.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]])
327 AMO 7 1 h8xv 0 Look…look The writer is telling the reader that he is about to say something surprising. Your language may have a way of doing this.
328 AMO 7 1 e1ul 0 locust See how you translated this in [Amos 4:9](../04/09.md).
329 AMO 7 1 s8l3 0 after the king’s harvest “after the king takes his share from the harvest”
352 AMO 7 17 c3rd figs-metonymy 0 your sons and your daughters will fall by the sword Here “sword” represents enemies. Alternate translation: “enemies will kill your sons and daughters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
353 AMO 7 17 sqs6 figs-activepassive 0 your land will be measured and divided up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “other people will take your land and divide it up among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
354 AMO 7 17 mr3m figs-metaphor 0 an unclean land A land full of people that are unacceptable to God is spoken of as if the land were physically unclean. Here it means a land other than Israel. Alternate translation: “a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
355 AMO 8 intro h32s 0 # Amos 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Amos 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and it shows the way Yahweh’s people are sinning and<br>how he is going to respond. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### “This is the declaration of Yahweh”<br><br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
356 AMO 8 1 m4g1 0 Look, a basket of summer fruit! The word “look” here shows that Amos saw something interesting. Alternate translation: “I saw a basket of summer fruit!”
357 AMO 8 1 i65f 0 summer fruit “ripe fruit”
358 AMO 8 2 ixx6 figs-rquestion 0 What do you see, Amos? Yahweh uses a question to teach Amos. Alternate translation: “Tell me what you see, Amos.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
383 AMO 8 14 xsl2 0 As your god lives, Dan This is a way of making a solemn oath. The people declare that they believe the god of Dan is certainly alive to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
384 AMO 8 14 bfm8 0 As the way to Beersheba exists This is probably a reference to the roads that pilgrims would take to Beersheba in order to worship idols there. Again, this is a way of making a solemn oath. They state that the way to Beersheba certainly exists in order to emphasize that they will certainly do what they promise to do.
385 AMO 8 14 s65t figs-idiom 0 they will fall This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they will die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
386 AMO 9 intro ych5 0 # Amos 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Amos 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in poetic form and continues to show the awesome and terrible judgment of Yahweh on his people. In verse 11, the writer writes about the forgiveness and mercy of God on the kingdom of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/forgive]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The declaration of Yahweh”<br>This phrase is used to introduce prophecy. It highlights what God is proclaiming. Try to remain consistent in translating this phrase throughout the book. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
387 AMO 9 1 h5x6 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Amos another vision.
388 AMO 9 1 iv3s 0 Strike the tops…Break them It is uncertain to whom Yahweh is speaking these commands.
389 AMO 9 1 rj89 figs-explicit 0 Strike the tops of the pillars so that the foundations will shake It is implied that Yahweh is speaking about the pillars and foundations of a temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

2
en_tn_31-OBA.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)<br>- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9)<br>- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br>
OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)<br>- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9)<br>- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])
OBA 1 1 xm1w חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 The vision of Obadiah This is the title of the book. Here “vision” is used in the general sense of a message from Yahweh, rather than to indicate how Obadiah received the message. Alternate translation: “The message of Obadiah” or “The prophesy of Obadiah”
OBA 1 1 sv9x כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם 1 The Lord Yahweh says this concerning Edom This tells the reader that the entire book is a message about Edom.
OBA 1 1 s7if יְהוִ֜ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 OBA front intro jrz8 0 # Introduction to Obadiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)<br>- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9)<br>- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])<br> # Introduction to Obadiah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Obadiah<br><br>1. Yahweh will judge Edom (1:1-16)<br>- Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:1–9)<br>- Why Yahweh will destroy Edom (1:10–14)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (1:15–16)<br>1. Yahweh will deliver his people (1:17–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Obadiah about?<br><br>After Babylon destroyed Jerusalem, the Edomites captured fleeing Jews. Then they gave these Jews over to Babylon. The Book of Obadiah is about Yahweh judging the Edomites for harming his people. This book would be comforting to the exiled people of Judah.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled “The Book of Obadiah” or just “Obadiah.” Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as “The Sayings of Obadiah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Obadiah?<br><br>The prophet Obadiah probably wrote this book. We know nothing more about Obadiah. His name in Hebrew means “Servant of Yahweh.”<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was Edom’s relationship to Israel?<br><br>Obadiah referred to Edom as Israel’s brother. This is because the Edomites descended from Esau, and the Israelites descended from Jacob. Jacob and Esau were brothers. This made Edom betraying Israel much worse.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I translate the concept of “pride”?<br><br>The Book of Obadiah speaks of the pride of Edom. This meant that the Edomites thought their enemies or Yahweh could not defeat them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/proud]])
3 OBA 1 1 xm1w חֲז֖וֹן עֹֽבַדְיָ֑ה 1 The vision of Obadiah This is the title of the book. Here “vision” is used in the general sense of a message from Yahweh, rather than to indicate how Obadiah received the message. Alternate translation: “The message of Obadiah” or “The prophesy of Obadiah”
4 OBA 1 1 sv9x כֹּֽה־אָמַר֩ אֲדֹנָ֨⁠י יְהוִ֜ה לֶ⁠אֱד֗וֹם 1 The Lord Yahweh says this concerning Edom This tells the reader that the entire book is a message about Edom.
5 OBA 1 1 s7if יְהוִ֜ה 1 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.

10
en_tn_32-JON.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)<br> - Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)<br> - Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)<br> - Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)<br>1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> - Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)<br> - Nineveh repents (3:5-9)<br> - Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)<br> - Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)<br> - Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br>
JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)<br> - Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)<br> - Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)<br> - Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)<br>1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> - Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)<br> - Nineveh repents (3:5-9)<br> - Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)<br> - Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)<br> - Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh ***the message of Yahweh***
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ JON 1 16 r3gs וַ⁠יִּֽירְא֧וּ הָ⁠אֲנָשִׁ֛ים יִר
JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh appointed a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. In this context, the word “Now” is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 1 17 cjb6 figs-idiom שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br>
JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Yahweh his God This means ***Yahweh, the God he worshiped***. The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
JON 2 2 al5b וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 And he said ***Jonah said***
JON 2 2 jdrC writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי 1 I cried out to Yahweh from my distress, and he answered me This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience and prayer in the belly of the fish. The poem does not give the exact words that Jonah prayed at the time because the poem was written later, describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer as if they had already happened in the past. This first line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or as being addressed to another person as an introduction to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “Salvation belongs to Yahweh!” in [2:9](../02/09/jdrH). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ JON 2 9 nfd2 בְּ⁠ק֤וֹל תּוֹדָה֙ אֶזְבְּחָה־לָּ
JON 2 9 jdrH יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress…” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrC).
JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb ***save***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 onto the dry land ***upon the ground*** or ***onto the shore***
JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days’ journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin. <br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days’ journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin. <br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story (1:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way.. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01/ll6c). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the large and important city of Nineveh***
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ JON 3 10 w3uu וַ⁠יַּ֤רְא הָֽ⁠אֱלֹהִים֙ אֶֽת־מַ
JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil ways Here the author speaks of the people stopping their sinning as if they turned around from walking on a path toward evil and started walking in the opposite direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
JON 3 10 ab85 וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה 1 And God relented in regard to the evil The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents of doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words.
JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br> <br><br>### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br>
JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br> <br><br>### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah, a great evil, and it burned to him. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
JON 4 1 abc3 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it burned to him This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JON front intro hk4p 0 # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)<br> - Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)<br> - Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)<br> - Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)<br>1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> - Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)<br> - Nineveh repents (3:5-9)<br> - Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)<br> - Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)<br> - Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br> # Introduction to Jonah<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jonah<br><br>1. Jonah tries to run away from Yahweh (1:1-2:10)<br> - Jonah disobeys Yahweh’s first call to go to Nineveh (1:1–3)<br> - Jonah and the Gentile sailors (1:4–16)<br> - Yahweh provides a large fish to swallow Jonah, and he prays and is rescued (1:17–2:10)<br>1. Jonah in Nineveh (3:1-4:11)<br> - Yahweh again calls Jonah to go to Nineveh, and Jonah proclaims Yahweh’s message (3:1–4)<br> - Nineveh repents (3:5-9)<br> - Yahweh decides not to destroy Nineveh (3:10)<br> - Jonah is very angry with Yahweh (4:1–3)<br> - Yahweh teaches Jonah about grace and mercy (4:4–11)<br><br>### What is the Book of Jonah about?<br><br>Jonah, son of Amittai, was a prophet from Gath Hepher (2 Kings 14:25). This book tells about what happened to Jonah. It tells how Yahweh shows mercy and grace to Gentiles. It also tells how the Ninevites repented and called out to Yahweh for mercy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>Yahweh sent Jonah to warn the people of Nineveh that he was ready to punish them. Yahweh said that if they would repent he would not harm them. However, Jonah was an Israelite and he did not want the Ninevites to repent. So Jonah tried to sail away in the opposite direction instead of doing what Yahweh told him to do. But Yahweh stopped him by sending a storm and a large fish to swallow him.<br><br>Jonah repented and warned the Ninevites. As a result, Yahweh taught him that he is concerned about all people, not just the Israelites.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book is traditionally titled ***The Book of Jonah*** or just ***Jonah***. Translators may decide to use a clearer title such as ***The Book about Jonah***. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jonah?<br><br>Jonah was probably involved in the writing of this book. However, scholars do not know who actually wrote it.<br><br>Jonah lived in the northern kingdom of Israel. He prophesied sometime between 800 and 750 B.C. during the reign of King Jeroboam II.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the nation of Assyria?<br><br>During the time of Jonah, Assyria was the most powerful kingdom in the ancient Near East. Nineveh was the capital city of Assyria.<br><br>Assyria was cruel to its enemies. Eventually, Yahweh punished the Assyrians for the wicked things they did.<br><br>### Did Assyria convert to Judaism?<br><br>Some scholars think that the Assyrians started worshiping Yahweh alone. However, most scholars think they continued to worship other false gods. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])
3 JON 1 intro xvp2 0 # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Jonah 01 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The narrative of this chapter starts abruptly. This could cause difficulty for the translator. The translator should not attempt to smooth this introduction unless absolutely necessary.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Miracle<br><br>In verse [Jonah 17](./17.md), there is the mention of **a great fish**. It may be difficult to imagine a sea creature big enough to swallow a man whole and who then survives for three days and nights inside. Translators should not try to explain miraculous events in an attempt to make it easier to understand. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/miracle]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Situational irony<br><br>There is an ironic situation in this chapter. This means that people do or say things that are the opposite of what one would expect them to do. Jonah is a prophet of God and should endeavor to do God’s will. Instead, he is running away from God. Although the Gentile sailors are not Israelites, they act out of faith and fear of Yahweh when sending Jonah to a certain death by throwing him overboard. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/willofgod]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br><br>### Sea<br><br>People in the ancient Near East also saw the sea as chaotic and did not trust it. Some of the gods they worshiped were gods of the sea. Jonah’s people, the Hebrews, feared the sea greatly. However, Jonah’s fear of Yahweh was not enough to keep him from going into a ship and sailing to get away from Yahweh. His actions are contrasted by the actions of the Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Implicit information<br><br>Even though no one knows for sure where Tarshish was, the writer assumes that the reader knows that Jonah had to face away from Nineveh to go there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4 JON 1 1 jdr1 writing-newevent וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the first half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the second half of the story (3:1). This is a common way of beginning a historical story about a prophet. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
5 JON 1 1 ll6c figs-idiom וַֽ⁠יְהִי֙ דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Now the word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke or communicated his message in some way. Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 JON 1 1 qa3z דְּבַר־יְהוָ֔ה 1 the word of Yahweh ***the message of Yahweh***
67 JON 1 17 q87y 0 General Information: Some versions number this verse as the first verse of chapter 2. You may want to number the verses according to the main version that your language group uses.
68 JON 1 17 jdr4 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְמַ֤ן יְהוָה֙ דָּ֣ג גָּד֔וֹל לִ⁠בְלֹ֖עַ אֶת־יוֹנָ֑ה 1 Now Yahweh appointed a great fish to swallow Jonah, This clause introduces the next part of the story, where Yahweh saves Jonah from the sea, and Jonah prays. In this context, the word “Now” is used in English to introduce a new part of the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
69 JON 1 17 cjb6 figs-idiom שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה יָמִ֖ים וּ⁠שְׁלֹשָׁ֥ה לֵילֽוֹת 1 three days and three nights Perhaps this expression is an idiom in Hebrew meaning “a couple of days” or “a few days” or something similar, but this is uncertain. Alternate translation: “three days and nights” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
70 JON 2 intro ae4k 0 # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br> # Jonah 02 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter begins with a prayer by Jonah, and many translators have chosen to set it apart by setting its lines farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. Translators can follow this practice, but they are not obligated to.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sea<br><br>This chapter contains many terms from the sea.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br><br>Prayers in Scripture often contain a poetic form. Poetry frequently uses metaphors to communicate something with a special meaning. For example, since Jonah was in a fish in the sea, being trapped is compared to a prison. Jonah is overwhelmed by the depth of the sea and expresses this by speaking about at the **base of the mountains** and in the **belly of Sheol**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Repentance<br><br>Scholars are divided over whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine or whether he was trying to save his life. In light of his attitude in chapter 4, it is uncertain if he was genuinely repentant. If possible, it is best for translators to avoid making a definitive stance on whether Jonah’s repentance was genuine. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])
71 JON 2 1 alr2 יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהָ֑י⁠ו 1 Yahweh his God This means ***Yahweh, the God he worshiped***. The word **his** does not mean that Jonah owned God.
72 JON 2 2 al5b וַ⁠יֹּ֗אמֶר 1 And he said ***Jonah said***
73 JON 2 2 jdrC writing-poetry קָ֠רָאתִי מִ⁠צָּ֥רָה לִ֛⁠י אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה וַֽ⁠יַּעֲנֵ֑⁠נִי 1 I cried out to Yahweh from my distress, and he answered me This line begins a poem describing Jonah’s experience and prayer in the belly of the fish. The poem does not give the exact words that Jonah prayed at the time because the poem was written later, describing Jonah’s experience in the fish, his prayer, and God’s answer as if they had already happened in the past. This first line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or as being addressed to another person as an introduction to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “Salvation belongs to Yahweh!” in [2:9](../02/09/jdrH). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]])
103 JON 2 9 jdrH יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This last line of the poem can be understood in one of two ways: either (1) as being addressed to Yahweh as part of the description of the prayer; or (2) as being addressed to another person as a conclusion to the description of the prayer. See also the Note concerning the phrase “I cried out to Yahweh from my distress…” in [2:2](../02/02/jdrC).
104 JON 2 9 r4j4 figs-abstractnouns יְשׁוּעָ֖תָ⁠ה לַ⁠יהוָֽה 1 Salvation belongs to Yahweh This can be reworded so that the abstract noun **salvation** is expressed as the verb ***save***. Alternate translation: “Yahweh is the one who saves people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
105 JON 2 10 dz3j אֶל־הַ⁠יַּבָּשָֽׁה 1 onto the dry land ***upon the ground*** or ***onto the shore***
106 JON 3 intro z3ut 0 # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days’ journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin. <br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # Jonah 03 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter returns to a narrative of Jonah’s life.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Animals<br><br>According to the king’s proclamation, the animals had to participate in the fast he ordered. This most likely reflects their pagan mindset. There was nothing in the law of Moses that instructed the people to have the animals participate in any religious acts. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Size of Nineveh<br><br>When the author talks about the size of Nineveh, the measurements he gives are confusing. The phrase ***three days’ journey*** is ambiguous in Hebrew, as many scholars have remarked. In Jonah’s day, cities were not as big as they are today. So although Nineveh was a big city, it was not as big as most modern cities.<br><br>### God repenting or relenting<br><br>The last verse of this chapter says, **So then God changed his mind about the punishment that he had said he would do to them, and he did not do it**. This concept of God changing His mind may seem inconsistent with the fact that God’s character and his plans do not change. But this whole book is written from a human viewpoint and so it presents the actions of God as Jonah saw them. God had told Jonah to warn the Ninevites of judgment for their sin. <br><br>Yahweh is just, but he is also merciful. Because the Ninevites repented, God did not follow through with a judgment in this instance, and Jonah described that in a human way as “changing his mind.” The reader understands that this was God’s plan from the beginning. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
107 JON 3 1 jdr7 writing-newevent וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This phrase introduces the second half of the story of Jonah. The same phrase introduces the first half of the story (1:1). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
108 JON 3 1 xj6n figs-idiom וַ⁠יְהִ֧י דְבַר־יְהוָ֛ה 1 The word of Yahweh came This is an idiom meaning that Yahweh spoke in some way.. See how you translated this in [1:1](../01/01/ll6c). Alternate translation: “Yahweh spoke his message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
109 JON 3 2 ve4i ק֛וּם לֵ֥ךְ אֶל־נִֽינְוֵ֖ה הָ⁠עִ֣יר הַ⁠גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 Get up, go to Nineveh, the great city ***Go to the large and important city of Nineveh***
141 JON 3 10 k8am figs-metaphor שָׁ֖בוּ מִ⁠דַּרְכָּ֣⁠ם הָ⁠רָעָ֑ה 1 they turned from their evil ways Here the author speaks of the people stopping their sinning as if they turned around from walking on a path toward evil and started walking in the opposite direction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
142 JON 3 10 ab85 וַ⁠יִּנָּ֣חֶם הָ⁠אֱלֹהִ֗ים עַל־הָ⁠רָעָ֛ה 1 And God relented in regard to the evil The word translated as “evil” here is very broad, including moral evil, physical evil, and everything that is bad. It is the same word used in the previous sentence (and verse 8) to describe the actions of the Ninevites. The author is showing that when people repent of moral evil, God relents of doing physical evil (punishment). God never does moral evil. If this is clear in your language, you may want to use the same word in both sentences. If that is not clear, you may want to use different words.
143 JON 3 10 it1a figs-explicit וְ⁠לֹ֥א עָשָֽׂה 1 and he did not do it What God did not do can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “and he did not punish them” or “and he did not destroy them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
144 JON 4 intro ys57 0 # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br> <br><br>### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])<br> # Jonah 04 General Notes<br><br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Jonah continues the narrative while bringing the book to what seems like an unusual end. This emphasizes that the book is not really about Jonah. It is about God’s desire to be merciful to everyone, whether Jew or pagan. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/mercy]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy not coming true<br><br>### It is important to see the relationship between a prophet and Yahweh. A prophet was to prophesy for Yahweh, and his words must come true. According to the law of Moses, if that did not happen, the penalty was death, because that shows that he was not a real prophet. But when Jonah told the city of Nineveh that it was going to be destroyed in forty days, it did not happen at that time. This is because God reserves the right to be merciful. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>## Jonah’s anger<br><br> <br><br>### When God did not destroy Nineveh, Jonah was angry with God because Jonah hated the people of Nineveh. They were enemies of Israel. But God wanted Jonah, and the readers of this book, to learn that God loves all people.<br><br>### Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br><br>As in other places, Jonah asks rhetorical questions to show how angry he was at Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>### Parallel to Mount Sinai<br><br>In verse 2, Jonah attributes a series of characteristics to God. A Jewish reader of this book would recognize this as a formula Moses used in speaking about God when he was meeting God on Mount Sinai. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### God’s grace<br><br>When Jonah went outside the city, he got very hot and God graciously provided some relief through the plant. God was trying to teach Jonah through an object lesson. It is important for the reader to see this clearly. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/grace]])
145 JON 4 1 jdr8 writing-newevent וַ⁠יֵּ֥רַע אֶל־יוֹנָ֖ה רָעָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ׃ 1 But this was evil to Jonah, a great evil, and it burned to him. This sentence introduces the next part of the story where Jonah responds to God saving the city of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])
146 JON 4 1 abc3 figs-idiom וַ⁠יִּ֖חַר לֽ⁠וֹ 1 and it burned to him This is an idiom that speaks of Jonah’s anger as if it were a fire burning inside him. Alternate translation: “and he was very angry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
147 JON 4 2 q6bb figs-exclamations אָנָּ֤ה 1 Ah! In this context, the word **Ah!** shows intense frustration. Represent this emotion in the most natural way for your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]])

16
en_tn_33-MIC.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

8
en_tn_34-NAM.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.<br>
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.<br>
NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ NAM 1 14 s2bh figs-explicit 0 I will dig your graves It is implied that Yahweh
NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one…he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.<br>
NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ NAM 2 13 hg33 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I a
NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. Possible meanings are (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
NAM 3 1 kar1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he continues to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 NAM front intro x7kl 0 # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.<br> # Introduction to Nahum<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Nahum<br><br>1. Nahum introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will destroy his enemies (1:2-15)<br>1. Nahum describes how Nineveh will fall (2:1–3:19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Nahum about?<br><br>The Book of Nahum contains prophecies about how Yahweh would judge and punish Nineveh.<br><br>Nineveh was the capital city of the Assyrian Empire. The Assyrians had already conquered the northern kingdom of Israel. They were threatening the southern kingdom of Judah. The book gave Judah hope that the Assyrians would be defeated.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>“The Book of Nahum” or just “Nahum” is the traditional title of this book. Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Nahum.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Nahum?<br><br>The prophet Nahum probably wrote this book. He was a prophet from Elkosh, an unknown city probably in Judah.<br><br>Nahum wrote before Nineveh fell in about 612 B.C. Nahum also mentions the destruction of Thebes, a city in Egypt, which happened about 663 B.C. Therefore, the Book of Nahum was written sometime between 663 and 612 B.C. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the importance of the descriptions of locusts in 3:15–17?<br><br>Locust attacks occurred often in the ancient Near East. Certain kinds of grasshoppers would come in countless numbers. There would be so many that they would darken the sky like a black cloud that blocked the sunlight. They often came after a long period of no rain. They came down on whatever crops were surviving in the fields and stripped them bare of their leaves. The locusts could not be stopped and caused terrible damage. For this reason, locust attacks served as a powerful image of military attacks in the Old Testament.<br><br>The original language of the Old Testament used various names for locusts. It is uncertain whether these names refer to different kinds of locusts or to the same kind of locust in different stages of growth. For this reason, versions of the Bible differ in how they translate these terms.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What emotions were present in the various speakers in the Book of Nahum?<br><br>When Nahum spoke to the Israelites, he wanted to comfort them.<br><br>When Nahum and Yahweh spoke against the Ninevites, they often mocked them. This manner of speech was similar to speech in the ancient Near East when conquerors laughed at their victims.<br><br>It is important for translators to present both emotions of comfort and of mockery when translating this book.
3 NAM 1 intro fa8i 0 # Nahum 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.<br> # Nahum 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of this chapter) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book consists of one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh’s anger against Nineveh<br>This prophecy should be read in reference to the book of Jonah. That book described how the people of Niniveh, Assyria’s capital city, repented when Jonah warned them that Yahweh was angry at them. The book of Nahum, written a little over one hundred years later than when Jonah was set, indicates that the Ninevites would be punished by God, but only after he had used them for his own purposes. These actions of Yahweh, although described as vengeance or anger, do not have the same sinful quality as they usually do with humans. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/avenge]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true very suddenly.
4 NAM 1 1 wy4y figs-parallelism 0 General Information: Nahum describes the destruction of Nineveh in poetry. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
5 NAM 1 1 na47 figs-explicit 0 The declaration about Nineveh. The book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite These words are an introduction to the entire book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the book of the vision of Nahum, the Elkoshite, which gives a declaration about Nineveh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 NAM 1 1 q626 translate-names 0 Elkoshite A person from the village of Elkosh (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
45 NAM 1 15 n617 figs-synecdoche 0 on the mountains there are the feet of someone who is bringing good news Here the word “feet” represent the person who is running in order to declare a message. Alternate translation: “on the mountains there is someone who is bringing good news” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
46 NAM 1 15 l31d 0 wicked one…he Nahum refers to the people of Nineveh as though they were one person.
47 NAM 1 15 ink2 figs-metaphor 0 he is completely cut off Nahum speaks of the people of Nineveh being completely destroyed as if they had been cut off, like a person would cut a branch from a tree. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he is completely destroyed” or “Yahweh has completely destroyed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
48 NAM 2 intro m3yl 0 # Nahum 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.<br> # Nahum 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, this book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Complete destruction<br>At that time, Assyria controlled almost the entire Near East. Nahum prophesied that the Assyrians would be so completely destroyed as a nation that they would no longer even be a people group. This prophecy came true and did so very suddenly. At times, this chapter is very violent in describing the destruction of Assyria, and this violence should not be toned down through the use of euphemism.
49 NAM 2 1 c5dg writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he begins to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
50 NAM 2 1 xj69 figs-metaphor 0 The one who will dash you to pieces The word “you” refers to Nineveh. Nahum speaks of an army or military leader destroying Nineveh as if he were to shatter Nineveh like one would shatter a clay pot. Alternate translation: “The one who will destroy you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
51 NAM 2 1 m6by 0 The one who will dash you The person who is “the one” is not clear, so translate using a general term. Alternate translation: “Someone who will break you”
92 NAM 2 13 mzs1 figs-metonymy 0 the sword will devour your young lions Here the word “sword” is a metonym for soldiers who attack with swords and is spoken of as if it were a person who eats its victims. Nahum also continues to speak to the people of Nineveh as if they were lions. Alternate translation: “attackers will kill your people with swords” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
93 NAM 2 13 qg4y figs-metaphor 0 I will cut off your prey from your land Yahweh speaks of the people of Nineveh as if they were lions who preyed upon the nations. Possible meanings are (1) the word “prey” is a metonym for the things that they have taken from those upon whom they preyed, and Yahweh speaks of taking those things away from them as if it were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will take away from your land all the things that you took from others” or (2) Yahweh speaks of the nations whom the people of Nineveh had plundered as if they were Nineveh’s prey, and preventing Nineveh from plundering any more nations as if he were cutting off their prey. Alternate translation: “I will stop you from preying upon any other nation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
94 NAM 2 13 vf1s figs-activepassive 0 the voices of your messengers will be heard no more This likely refers to the messengers that the Assyrians sent out to other nations to demand surrender or payment of tribute. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever hear the voices of your messengers again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
95 NAM 3 intro k8ee 0 # Nahum 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # Nahum 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart extended quotations, prayers and songs. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of the entire book (except for verse 1 of chapter 1) farther to the right on the page than regular text because they are poetic prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>Despite being divided into three chapters, the book contains one long prophecy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Euphemism<br>This chapter speaks about the evils of the Assyrians in violent ways. It is important to avoiding toning down this language through the use of euphemism, if at all possible. Although there is some hyperbole, the reader should not assume that the author intends this writing to be taken as completely hyperbolic. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
96 NAM 3 1 kar1 writing-poetry 0 General Information: Nahum often wrote prophecy in the form of poetry. Hebrew poetry uses different kinds of parallelism. Here he continues to describe the destruction of Nineveh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]])
97 NAM 3 1 ki6n figs-metonymy 0 the city full of blood Here the word “blood” represents bloodshed and refers to the people who have committed murder. Alternate translation: “the city full of murderers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
98 NAM 3 1 b6sa figs-metonymy 0 It is all full of lies Here the word “lies” is a metonym for those who tell lies. Alternate translation: “It is full of liars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])

8
en_tn_35-HAB.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.<br>
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.<br>
HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ HAB 1 16 ey7r figs-metaphor 0 he sacrifices…his net…his dragnet…he lives
HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he…keep emptying his net…will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they…keep emptying their net…will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br>
HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Possible meanings are (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me “to see what Yahweh will say to me”
HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ HAB 2 19 u5fx 0 See, it is overlaid “Look at it. You can see for yourself th
HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath…within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br>
HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report Possible meanings are (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAB front intro g1ir 0 # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.<br> # Introduction to Habakkuk<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Habakkuk<br><br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions (1:1–4)<br>1. Yahweh responds (1:5–11)<br>1. Habakkuk asks Yahweh more questions (1:12–2:1)<br>1. Yahweh responds again (2:2–5)<br>1. Habakkuk gives five taunts against the wicked (2:6-20)<br>1. Habakkuk prays (3:1–19)<br><br>### What is the Book of Habakkuk about?<br><br>Other prophets spoke against Israel sinning and failing to obey Yahweh. But Habakkuk questioned Yahweh about the things he did. Yahweh said he would punish the people of Judah by sending the Babylonian army. Habakkuk complained because the Babylonians were more wicked than the people of Judah. Yahweh assured Habakkuk that he would also punish the Babylonians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional title of this book is “The Book of Habakkuk” or just “Habakkuk.” Translators may choose to call it “The Sayings of Habakkuk.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>The prophet Habakkuk wrote this book. Scripture does not mention Habakkuk except in this book.<br><br>The Chaldean empire is another name for the Babylonian empire. The Book of Habakkuk mentions it several times. This helps us to date Habakkuk’s life. The Chaldean empire had power from about 720 to 538 B.C. Habakkuk probably prophesied about the time of Jeremiah, Zephaniah, and Nahum during the reigns of Kings Josiah, Jehoahaz, and Jehoiakim in Judah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Why did Yahweh use an evil nation to punish Judah?<br><br>Habakkuk wanted to know why Yahweh used an evil nation to punish Judah. Yahweh responded that he will judge the evil nations also. But righteous people will live by being faithful to Yahweh.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How do I identify the speaker?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke to Yahweh and Yahweh answered him. The translator should be careful to identify whether the speaker is Habakkuk or Yahweh in each section. The translator may wish to make the identity of the speaker explicit. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What style of writing is the Book of Habakkuk?<br><br>In the first two chapters, Habakkuk asks Yahweh questions and Yahweh answers him. The third chapter is a psalm. Habakkuk ends by telling the choirmaster to use stringed instruments.<br><br>### Does Habakkuk question or challenge Yahweh?<br><br>Habakkuk spoke directly to Yahweh and seems to be challenging God. Habakkuk was not questioning the authority of Yahweh. He was telling Yahweh that he does not understand what Yahweh is doing. In some cultures, it may be improper to speak to an authority in this way. It may be necessary to rephrase Habakkuk’s questions to emphasize his sincere desire to learn why God is doing what he is doing, without doubting him.
3 HAB 1 intro pub8 0 # Habakkuk 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.<br> # Habakkuk 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 1:1-17.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Injustice<br><br>Habakkuk sees great injustice, especially in the defeat of Israel by the Assyrians. He cries out to Yahweh to ask him to put an end to it. He is questioning Yahweh, but he trusts in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>### Chaldeans<br>Yahweh will raise up the Chaldeans to bring justice to the Hebrew people. They will defeat the Assyrians. At this time, the Chaldeans were an insignificant city and people group. This was probably intended to show the power of Yahweh.
4 HAB 1 1 aip2 figs-explicit 0 The message that Habakkuk the prophet received, These words introduce the first two chapters of the book. It is implicit that Habakkuk received this message from Yahweh. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the message that Habakkuk the prophet received from Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 HAB 1 2 zqs2 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 HAB 1 2 h93d figs-explicit 0 how long will I cry for help, and you will not hear? The reader should understand that Habakkuk has been crying to Yahweh for help for a long time. He asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how much longer it will be before Yahweh responds. Alternate translation: “how much longer shall I cry for help before you will respond?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
51 HAB 1 17 y2y3 figs-explicit 0 Will he therefore keep emptying his net, and will he continually slaughter the nations without mercy? Habakkuk asks this question because he is frustrated and wants to know how long Yahweh will allow the Chaldeans to continue to destroy people and nations. Alternate translation: “Will you therefore let them empty their fishing nets and continue to slaughter the nations while they feel no compassion?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
52 HAB 1 17 re7y figs-synecdoche 0 Will he…keep emptying his net…will he continually slaughter In 1:15-17 the singular pronoun “he” and “his” refer to a Babylonian solider who represents all of the Babylonian soldiers. These pronouns can be stated as plural. Alternate translation: “Will they…keep emptying their net…will they continually slaughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
53 HAB 1 17 rz38 figs-metaphor 0 keep emptying his net Habakkuk speaks of the Chaldeans preparing to conquer more nations as if they were fishermen who empty their nets so that they can use them to catch more fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
54 HAB 2 intro qke1 0 # Habakkuk 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])<br> # Habakkuk 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:1-20.<br><br>This chapter is arranged in a series of questions and answers between Yahweh and Habakkuk.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “The righteous will live by his faith”<br>This is an important phrase in Scripture. Paul also uses it to explain that man is justified by his faith. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/justice]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])
55 HAB 2 1 m4n8 figs-parallelism 0 I will stand at my guard post and station myself on the watchtower These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Possible meanings are (1) Habakkuk went to an actual post in the watchtower or (2) this is a metaphor in which Habakkuk speaks of waiting eagerly for Yahweh’s response as if he were a watchman waiting at his post for the arrival of a messenger. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 HAB 2 1 s5ad 0 to see what he will say to me “to see what Yahweh will say to me”
57 HAB 2 1 lcz4 figs-idiom 0 how I should turn from my complaint Here the word “turn” refers to returning an answer. Habakkuk considers what answer he will give concerning the things that he has said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
127 HAB 2 19 xks1 figs-activepassive 0 it is overlaid with gold and silver This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “a person overlays the wood or stone with gold and silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128 HAB 2 19 uq17 figs-idiom 0 there is no breath at all within it The idiom “no breath…within it” means that it is not alive, but dead. Alternate translation: “it is not alive” or “it is dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129 HAB 2 20 qts3 figs-metonymy 0 all the land Here the word “land” is a metonym for the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “everyone in the land” or “everyone on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
130 HAB 3 intro i7n7 0 # Habakkuk 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])<br> # Habakkuk 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 3:1-19.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Poetry<br>Although this is a prayer, it is in the form of poetry. Habakkuk uses startling imagery to show his fear of Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/fear]])
131 HAB 3 1 j4yf figs-explicit 0 The prayer of Habakkuk the prophet: These words introduce the third chapter of this book. This can be stated as a complete sentence. Alternate translation: “This is the prayer that Habakkuk the prophet prayed to Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
132 HAB 3 2 v94e 0 I have heard your report Possible meanings are (1) “I have heard people talk about what you have done in the past” or (2) “I have heard what you just said.”
133 HAB 3 2 ne6e figs-metaphor 0 revive your work Habakkuk speaks of Yahweh doing again the things that he has done in the past as if Yahweh were to cause his work to live again. Alternate translation: “bring your work back to life” or “what you did before, do again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

8
en_tn_36-ZEP.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br>- Philistia (2:4–7)<br>- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br>- Egypt (2:12)<br>- Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.<br>
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br>
ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br>- Philistia (2:4–7)<br>- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br>- Egypt (2:12)<br>- Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ ZEP 1 17 cq1r figs-simile 0 Their blood will be poured out like dust Their bloo
ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br>
ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 2 1 w5gd 0 General Information: In 2:1-3, Yahweh continues to speak to Judah, and tells them to repent.
ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ ZEP 2 15 pvv7 figs-idiom 0 said in her heart This idiom means “said to hersel
ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror “a horrible place to see”
ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br>
ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEP front intro l57g 0 # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br>- Philistia (2:4–7)<br>- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br>- Egypt (2:12)<br>- Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.<br> # Introduction to Zephaniah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zephaniah<br><br>1. Zephaniah introduces this book (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh will punish Judah and the nations (1:2–18)<br>1. Yahweh calls Judah to repent (2:1–3)<br>1. Yahweh will judge the nations (2:4-15)<br>- Philistia (2:4–7)<br>- Moab and Ammon (2:8–11)<br>- Egypt (2:12)<br>- Assyria (2:13–15)<br>1. Yahweh will judge Jerusalem (3:1–8)<br>1. Yahweh will purify, restore, gather, and bless his people (3:9–20)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zephaniah about?<br><br>Zechariah warned Judah and other nations that Yahweh was about to punish them. He also prophesied about how Yahweh would restore Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>The traditional name of this book is “The Book of Zephaniah” or just “Zephaniah.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Zephaniah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zephaniah?<br><br>Zephaniah wrote this book. But four different Old Testament people have the name Zephaniah. This Zephaniah was probably the great-grandson of King Hezekiah and a cousin to King Josiah. Zephaniah lived in the city of Jerusalem. He began to prophesy about seventy years after the prophets Isaiah and Micah. Zephaniah spoke Yahweh’s messages during the reign of King Josiah (about 640–621 B.C.), and just before Jeremiah began to prophesy.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Were the people of Judah faithful to Yahweh at the time Zephaniah started to prophesy?<br><br>Manasseh, the grandfather of Josiah, had been one of the worst kings of Judah. He led the people to worship other gods. After his death, his son Amon ruled for only two years before he was killed. Amon’s son Josiah became king when he was eight years old. Josiah learned to worship and honor Yahweh. Zephaniah likely began his work after Josiah had destroyed most of the idols and shrines of false gods in Judah. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>### What country is coming to invade Judah?<br><br>Zephaniah often said a foreign nation would invade the kingdom of Judah. Zephaniah probably meant Babylonia. However, the Book of Zephaniah never names this nation.
3 ZEP 1 intro t3tv 0 # Zephaniah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br> # Zephaniah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 1:2-18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the fall of Jerusalem, the coming of the Messiah or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
4 ZEP 1 1 w6l8 0 General Information: Verses 1:2-18 refer to Yahweh’s judgment. Verses 1:2-3 describe Yahweh’s final judgment of every sinner in the future.
5 ZEP 1 1 k2ge figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh that came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yahweh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
6 ZEP 1 1 exz8 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
63 ZEP 1 17 jrq1 figs-simile 0 their inner parts like dung The verb “poured out” is understood here. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “their enemies will cut open their bodies and leave them to rot like dung” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
64 ZEP 1 18 ai7h figs-metaphor 0 the fire of his jealousy Here “fire” refers to the intensity of Yahweh’s anger. This can be stated as a simile. Alternate translation: “his jealousy is as intense as a fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
65 ZEP 1 18 ij81 figs-explicit 0 all the inhabitants of the earth It is understood that this refers to the wicked people. This can be stated explicitly. Alternate translation: “all the wicked people who live on the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
66 ZEP 2 intro t1it 0 # Zephaniah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br> # Zephaniah 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 2:1-9, 12-15.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
67 ZEP 2 1 w5gd 0 General Information: In 2:1-3, Yahweh continues to speak to Judah, and tells them to repent.
68 ZEP 2 1 w14p figs-doublet 0 Rally yourselves together and gather These two phrases mean the same thing. Together they intensify the command for the people to gather together in order to repent of their sins. Alternate translation: “Gather yourselves together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
69 ZEP 2 2 m93y figs-metonymy 0 before the decree takes effect This phrase refers to the punishment that will happen as a result of Yahweh’s decree. Alternate translation: “before Yahweh punishes you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
111 ZEP 2 15 g214 figs-explicit 0 I am, and nothing is my equal It may be necessary to supply an object for “I am.” Alternate translation: “I am the greatest city, and no other city is equal to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
112 ZEP 2 15 w3q5 0 a horror “a horrible place to see”
113 ZEP 2 15 n4jw 0 hiss and shake his fist A hiss is an angry sound. This phrase indicates extreme anger of the people toward Nineveh.
114 ZEP 3 intro f3en 0 # Zephaniah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])<br> # Zephaniah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 3:1-20.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecy<br>In this chapter, because the prophesied destruction is so complete, it is unclear whether these prophecies concern the time near the fall of Jerusalem or the day of the Lord. It is possible that the prophecies reference more than one period of time. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]])
115 ZEP 3 1 d7qu figs-metonymy 0 General Information: In verses 3:1-5, Zephaniah speaks Yahweh’s message of judgment to the sinful people of Jerusalem. The city represents the people who live within it. To make this clear, it may be helpful to replace the singular “she” and “her” with the plural “they” and “their.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
116 ZEP 3 1 aew2 figs-explicit 0 the rebellious city The nature of their rebellion can be stated. Alternate translation: “the people of the city who have rebelled against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
117 ZEP 3 1 fc2a 0 The violent city is defiled “The people of the city have committed violence and so I consider them unclean”

6
en_tn_37-HAG.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.<br>
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])<br>
HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius…Haggai…Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Joshua…Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ HAG 1 14 n1e7 figs-metonymy 0 Yahweh stirred up the spirit of the governor of J
HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br>
HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 HAG front intro hz6m 0 # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.<br> # Introduction to Haggai<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Haggai<br><br>1. The people must finish the temple for Yahweh to bless them again (1:1–15)<br>1. This temple will be more glorious than the first temple (2:1–9)<br>1. Yahweh will bless a defiled people (2:10–19)<br>1. Yahweh will defeat the nations and establish his ruler (2:20–23)<br><br>### What is the Book of Haggai about?<br><br>The people of Israel lacked food and warm clothes. The prophet Haggai told them it was because they were not obeying Yahweh. If they would listen to him and start rebuilding the temple, then Yahweh would send rain and bless them again. The people listened and began to work on the temple. Yahweh encouraged the people, the priests, and the leaders. He told them that he was with them and would bless them.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Haggai” or “The Book of Haggai.” Translators may decide to call it “The Sayings of Haggai.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Haggai?<br><br>The prophet Haggai wrote this book. He wrote it after the exiles returned from Babylon. They returned during the reign of the Persian king Darius I. Haggai probably gave all the prophesies in this book during a four-month period of time.<br><br>Very little is known about Haggai. He lived at the same time as the prophet Zechariah.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Haggai prophesy before Ezra and Nehemiah?<br><br>It is likely that Haggai prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What does “consider your ways” mean?<br><br>Yahweh told the people to “consider your ways” several times in this book. This means that he wants them to think carefully about how they have lived and behaved.
3 HAG 1 intro n84r 0 # Haggai 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])<br> # Haggai 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in this chapter.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Farming imagery<br>Scripture frequently uses the imagery of farming in reference to spiritual matters. The statement “You have sown much seed, but bring in little harvest” indicates that they had done a lot but have very little to show for it. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/seed]])
4 HAG 1 1 qt5i translate-ordinal 0 In the second year of Darius the king “In the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “After Darius had been king for more than a year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 HAG 1 1 ha87 translate-names 0 Darius…Haggai…Zerubbabel…Shealtiel…Joshua…Jehozadak These are all names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
6 HAG 1 1 y3ei translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the sixth month, on the first day of the month “on the first day of the sixth month.” This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The first day is near the middle of August on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
30 HAG 1 14 iax3 0 remnant people who were still alive after being captive in Babylon and had returned to Jerusalem
31 HAG 1 15 vp6z translate-hebrewmonths 0 in the twenty-fourth day of the sixth month This is just 23 days after he received the vision. This is the sixth month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-fourth day is near the middle of September on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
32 HAG 1 15 cx2u translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius the king “second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “after Darius had been king for more than one year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
33 HAG 2 intro ieh7 0 # Haggai 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])<br> # Haggai 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:3-9, 21-23.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Unclean<br>Haggai uses an extended metaphor in this chapter related to ritual cleanliness. While the Jews were not unclean by nature as the Gentiles were, their actions made them unclean. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/clean]])
34 HAG 2 1 v31v translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the seventh month on the twenty-first day of the month This is the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. The twenty-first day is near the middle of October on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
35 HAG 2 1 fm14 figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
36 HAG 2 1 t1us figs-synecdoche 0 by the hand of Haggai Here the word “hand” refers to Haggai himself. Yahweh used Haggai as the agent to deliver his command. See how you translated this in [Haggai 1:1](../01/01.md). Alternate translation: “through Haggai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])

24
en_tn_38-ZEC.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br>
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ ZEC 2 12 e1sr figs-metaphor 0 Yahweh will inherit Judah as his rightful possess
ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br>
ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ ZEC 3 9 i5c3 figs-metaphor 0 There are seven eyes on this single stone The side
ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave “carve”
ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br>
ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ ZEC 4 13 anh7 figs-rquestion 0 Do you not know what these are? The angel asks t
ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])<br>
ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah.
ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw.
@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ZEC 5 9 xf59 figs-merism 0 They lifted up the basket between earth and heaven T
ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ ZEC 6 14 f3px 0 for Hen son of Zephaniah as a memorial Some modern versions in
ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.<br>
ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ ZEC 7 12 z4q7 figs-metonymy 0 by the mouth of the prophets Here the “mouth of
ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land “pleasant land” or “fruitful land”
ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br>
ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion “I have a strong desire to protect Zion”
ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ ZEC 8 22 nz8j figs-metonymy 0 mighty nations This is a metonym for the people i
ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you “God is with you people”
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br>
ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning “This is Yahweh’s message about”
ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.
@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ ZEC 10 11 h8a4 figs-metonymy 0 The majesty of Assyria will be brought down Here
ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me”
ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br>
ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ ZEC 12 11 qg93 translate-names 0 Megiddo This is the name of a plain in Israel.
ZEC 12 12 jj6q figs-metonymy 0 The land will mourn This represents all the people living in the land of Judah. Alternate translation: “All the people in the land of Judah will mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 12 12 qth7 figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of David…The clan of the house of Nathan Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David…The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 12 13 r6fc figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of Levi Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br>
ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
ZEC 13 1 f2a5 figs-metaphor 0 a spring will be opened…for their sin and impurity Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens…to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 13 1 f3zc 0 a spring a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
ZEC 13 1 s36v figs-metonymy 0 the house of David Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ ZEC 13 8 u8xd figs-metaphor 0 that two-thirds of it will be cut off! Those peop
ZEC 13 9 ac7v figs-metaphor 0 I will bring that third through the fire Metal is passed through fire in order to purify or harden it. This expression serves here as a metaphor for exposing the people to suffering in order that they may become more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 13 9 h19l figs-metaphor 0 refine them as silver is refined; I will test them as gold is tested Refining refers to making precious metals such as silver more pure. Metals such as silver and gold are tested in order to discover how pure or strong they are. Both refining and testing are here metaphors for making the people more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
ZEC 13 9 ru4e figs-metonymy 0 They will call on my name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “They will call out to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.<br>
ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.
ZEC 14 1 zs1r 0 General Information: This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it.
ZEC 14 1 a7h2 figs-metaphor 0 A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
ZEC 14 2 q4hu figs-hyperbole 0 I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 ZEC front intro yx6e 0 # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br> # Introduction to Zechariah<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Zechariah<br><br>1. Zechariah calls the returning nation of Israel to repent and return to Yahweh (1:1–6)<br>1. The eight night visions (1:7-6:8)<br>- Yahweh sends his messengers throughout the whole earth (1:7–17)<br>- Four horns and four craftsmen (1:18–21)<br>- The measuring line (2:1–13)<br>- The priest in filthy clothes (3:1–10)<br>- The golden lampstand olive trees (4:1–14)<br>- The flying scroll (5:1–4)<br>- The woman in a basket (5:5–11)<br>- Four chariots (6:1–8)<br>1. A crown for the high priest (6:9–15)<br>1. Questions about fasting (7:1–8:23)<br>1. Yahweh judges the nations and saves his people (9:1–11:17)<br>1. Final message (12:1-14:21)<br>- Yahweh will finally defeat Israel’s enemies (12:1-9)<br>- Israel mourns for the one they pierced (12:10-14)<br>- Yahweh purifies Israel and removes false prophets (13:1-6)<br>- Yahweh comes as king (14:1–21)<br><br>### What is the Book of Zechariah about?<br><br>Zechariah wrote to the people of Judah who returned from being exiled in Babylon. The people of Judah continued to sin, as their ancestors did before they went into exile. Zechariah called the people to repent and to obey Yahweh. And he called them to renew the covenant with Yahweh. Zechariah also prophesied about the Messiah and about Israel finally being victorious over her enemies. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Zechariah” or “The Book of Zechariah.” Translators may decide to call it the “The Book About Zechariah” or “The Sayings of Zechariah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Zechariah?<br><br>The prophet Zechariah wrote this book between 520 and 518 B.C.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Did Zechariah prophesy before Ezra, Nehemiah, and Haggai?<br><br>Zechariah prophesied before the time of Ezra and Nehemiah. He prophesied at the same time as Haggai and continued after Haggai.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What is the meaning of the term “Israel”?<br><br>The name “Israel” is used in many different ways in the Bible. Jacob was a son of Isaac. God changed Jacob’s name to Israel. The descendants of Jacob became a nation also called Israel. Eventually, the nation of Israel split into two kingdoms. The northern kingdom was named Israel. The southern kingdom was named Judah. Zechariah uses the term “Israel” to refer to both the nation of Israel and the northern kingdom of Israel.<br><br>### What imagery does Zechariah use in reference to the Messiah?<br><br>Zechariah presented the Messiah as both a king and a shepherd. Zechariah said that the Messiah would come and deliver his people. However, the Messiah would also be pierced (12:10) and struck with the sword (13:7). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>### What does the phrase “that day” mean?<br><br>Zechariah often spoke of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referring to a future “day,” the translator should be aware that the author may be speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
3 ZEC 1 intro qki3 0 # Zechariah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Zechariah 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose mainly with imagery used throughout to portray Zechariah’s vision given by the Lord.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set lines 1:3-6, 14-17, which are extended quotations, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This book contains a number of visions given to Zechariah, so the images are not ones Zechariah actually saw but were given to him in a vision or dream. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Date<br>Zechariah uses two separate dates in this first chapter. When compared to the book of Haggai, Zechariah’s prophecy was proclaimed just a few weeks after Haggai. However, they prophesied in two different places: Haggai was in Jerusalem and Zechariah was somewhere outside of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
4 ZEC 1 1 if96 translate-hebrewmonths 0 In the eighth month This is the eighth month of the Hebrew calendar. It is during the last part of October and the first part of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
5 ZEC 1 1 fpf6 translate-ordinal 0 the second year of Darius’ reign “the second year of the reign of Darius the king” or “the second year since Darius became king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
6 ZEC 1 1 qr9f figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message” or “Yawheh spoke this message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
73 ZEC 2 13 f45h figs-synecdoche 0 all flesh Here the word “flesh” represents all humanity. Alternate translation: “all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
74 ZEC 2 13 p2lb figs-metaphor 0 he has been roused Zechariah speaks of Yahweh beginning to act as if someone had roused Yahweh from inactivity. It is implied that this action refers to his returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “he is coming” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
75 ZEC 2 13 dh6y figs-explicit 0 from out of his holy place Here “his holy place” refers to heaven, and not to the temple in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “from his holy place in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
76 ZEC 3 intro gw6m 0 # Zechariah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br> # Zechariah 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is introduced in prose and shares the fourth vision, which is the priest in dirty clothes. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]])<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 3:7-9, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Difficult concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The high priest<br><br>This chapter seems to refer to a particular person, Joshua the high priest. However, little is known about him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])
77 ZEC 3 1 l2ct 0 General Information: Yahweh shows Zechariah a vision of Joshua the priest.
78 ZEC 3 1 lm1x 0 Satan was standing at his right hand to accuse him of sin “Satan was standing at Joshua’s right side, ready to accuse Joshua of sin”
79 ZEC 3 2 p64g figs-rquestion 0 Is this not a brand pulled from the fire? The angel of Yahweh asks this rhetorical question to emphasize the positive answer that it anticipates. This can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Joshua is a brand pulled from the fire.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
98 ZEC 3 9 l4bw 0 engrave “carve”
99 ZEC 3 9 i5q1 figs-metonymy 0 I will remove the sin from this land in one day Here the word “land” represents the people who live in the land. Alternate translation: “I will remove the sin of the people from this land in one day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
100 ZEC 3 10 a257 figs-explicit 0 each man will invite his neighbor to sit under his vine and under his fig tree Both the “vine” and the “fig tree” are symbols of prosperity. This phrase describes actions in which people live prosperously and in peace. Alternate translation: “because they will be at peace, each person will invite his neighbor to come and sit under his vine and his fig tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
101 ZEC 4 intro if68 0 # Zechariah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.<br> # Zechariah 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the fifth vision, which is about the golden lampstand olive trees.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Visions<br>This chapter shows a conversation between Zechariah and the angel of Yahweh. It is important for each of these visions to keep their meanings and not be interpreted to mean any specific thing.
102 ZEC 4 1 g1iy figs-simile 0 roused me like a man roused from his sleep Zechariah compares the way in which the angel interrupted his being in deep thought with the way someone would awaken another person from sleep. Alternate translation: “caused me to become more alert like a man awakened from his sleep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
103 ZEC 4 2 nj7i 0 lamp wicks the parts of a lamp that are lit on fire
104 ZEC 4 3 n5h3 figs-ellipsis 0 the left side The ellipsis in this phrase may be supplied from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “the left side of the bowl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
126 ZEC 4 14 rx28 writing-symlanguage 0 These are the sons of fresh olive oil The branches symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “These two branches represent the sons of fresh olive oil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]])
127 ZEC 4 14 j7gl figs-idiom 0 the sons of fresh olive oil This idiom means that these men have been anointed with fresh olive oil. A person who is anointed is one whom Yahweh has chosen or appointed for a special duty. Alternate translation: “the anointed men” or “the men whom Yahweh has appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
128 ZEC 4 14 a6x2 figs-idiom 0 who stand before the Lord The idiom “stand before” means to be in a person’s presence and to serve him. Alternate translation: “who serve the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
129 ZEC 5 intro x2ef 0 # Zechariah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])<br> # Zechariah 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter contains the next two visions. One is about a flying scroll and one is about the basket filled with iniquity. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/iniquity]])
130 ZEC 5 1 xqx2 0 Then I turned The word “I” refers to Zechariah.
131 ZEC 5 1 gf8m figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes The word “eyes” represents the person who looks. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
132 ZEC 5 1 ynu9 0 behold The word “behold” here shows that Zechariah was surprised by what he saw.
153 ZEC 5 11 dyi3 figs-ellipsis 0 To build a temple in the land of Shinar for it The ellipsis can be supplied from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “They are taking the basket to the land of Shinar to build a temple for it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]])
154 ZEC 5 11 un6q figs-activepassive 0 the basket will be set there This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they will set the basket there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
155 ZEC 5 11 gtm8 0 on its prepared base The words “prepared base” refer to a pedestal or other kind of fixture upon which they will place the basket.
156 ZEC 6 intro z96r 0 # Zechariah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Zechariah 06 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose and tells the last vision of the four chariots in the first part of the chapter.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 6:12-13.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>The second part of the chapter is about a crown made for the high priest. This is an actual person, but the meaning of the word “branch” should be translated as his name. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/highpriest]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Meaning of the visions<br>The visions are stated and even when the prophet asked for an explanation, their true meaning is often obscure. This uncertainty should remain in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
157 ZEC 6 1 wvi1 figs-synecdoche 0 lifted my eyes Here the word “eyes” represents the person who sees. Alternate translation: “looked up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
158 ZEC 6 1 zj81 0 between two mountains; and the two mountains were made of bronze Since the second phrase describes the mountains in the first phrase, the two phrases may be combined. Alternate translation: “between two bronze mountains”
159 ZEC 6 2 tw1y figs-explicit 0 The first chariot had red horses It is implicit that the horses were pulling the chariots. Alternate translation: “The first chariot had red horses pulling it” or “Red horses were pulling the first chariot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
181 ZEC 6 15 e6jp figs-explicit 0 those who are far off This refers to the Israelites who remain in Babylon. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
182 ZEC 6 15 u2bz figs-you 0 so you will know The word “you” is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
183 ZEC 6 15 zqz3 figs-metonymy 0 truly listen to the voice of Yahweh your God Here to “listen” means to obey and the word “voice” represents the words that Yahweh speaks. Alternate translation: “truly obey what Yahweh your God says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
184 ZEC 7 intro meb2 0 # Zechariah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.<br> # Zechariah 07 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter starts about two years after the previous chapter and is written in prose.<br><br>Some translations prefer to set apart quotations. The ULT and many other English translations set the lines of 7:4-14, which is an extended quotation, farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fasting<br>This chapter discusses fasting. People were asking the same questions as those from previous generations. The Israelites were asking these same questions before they were exiled from their land.
185 ZEC 7 1 v1rz translate-ordinal 0 on the fourth day “on day 4” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]])
186 ZEC 7 1 vut4 translate-hebrewmonths 0 Kislev (which was the ninth month) “Kislev” is the ninth month of the Hebrew calendar. The fourth day of Kislev is near the end of November on Western calendars. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
187 ZEC 7 1 t9mu figs-idiom 0 the word of Yahweh came to Zechariah This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. Alternate translation: “Yahweh gave a message to Zechariah” or “Yahweh spoke this message to Zechariah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
218 ZEC 7 14 hga8 figs-metaphor 0 I will scatter them with a whirlwind Yahweh speaks of how he will scatter the people as if a whirlwind were scattering everything in its path. Alternate translation: “I will scatter them as a whirlwind scatters things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
219 ZEC 7 14 x4q6 0 whirlwind a strong wind that spins very quickly as it moves and can cause damage
220 ZEC 7 14 c1xg 0 delightful land “pleasant land” or “fruitful land”
221 ZEC 8 intro uri7 0 # Zechariah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br> # Zechariah 08 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is a series of sayings from Yahweh of hosts. Each saying is an encouraging note for those returning from the exile to the land of Judah and Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])
222 ZEC 8 1 eh47 figs-idiom 0 The word of Yahweh of hosts came to me, saying This idiom is used to introduce a special message from God. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “Yahweh of hosts gave me a message. He said” or “Yahweh of hosts spoke this message to me, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
223 ZEC 8 2 rx8t 0 I am passionate for Zion “I have a strong desire to protect Zion”
224 ZEC 8 2 vc1c figs-metonymy 0 for Zion Here “Zion” represents the people of Zion. Alternate translation: “for the people of Zion” or “for the people of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
281 ZEC 8 23 vw6j figs-explicit 0 will grasp the hem of your robe The implied information is that the foreigners will grab their robe to get their attention. Alternate translation: “will grasp the hem of your robe to get your attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
282 ZEC 8 23 ed1e figs-explicit 0 Let us go with you The implied information is that people of God are going to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “Let us go to Jerusalem with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
283 ZEC 8 23 wc2l 0 God is with you “God is with you people”
284 ZEC 9 intro lyp2 0 # Zechariah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br> # Zechariah 09 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written mainly in prose about the cities and peoples around where Israel stood as a country until the exile.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 9:9-10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Prophecies against other nations<br>The first two verses show that the prophecy concerns neighboring countries. Hamath, Damscus, Tyre and Sidon are cities in areas that were near Israel. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])
285 ZEC 9 1 gn78 0 This is a declaration of Yahweh’s word concerning “This is Yahweh’s message about”
286 ZEC 9 1 fjj8 figs-metonymy 0 the land of Hadrak and Damascus Here “Hadrak” and “Damascus” refer to the people who live in those places. Alternate translation: “the people of the land of Hadrak and the city Damascus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
287 ZEC 9 1 xk5a 0 Hadrak The location of Hadrak is unknown today.
388 ZEC 10 11 g3sx figs-metonymy 0 the scepter of Egypt will go away from the Egyptians Here “the scepter of Egypt” refers to the political power of Egypt. Alternate translation: “the power of Egypt to rule other nations will end” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
389 ZEC 10 12 wnc7 0 I will strengthen them in myself “I will cause them to be strong and to believe in me”
390 ZEC 10 12 dh7y figs-123person 0 this is Yahweh’s declaration Yahweh speaks of himself by name to express the certainty of what he is declaring. See how you translated this in [Zechariah 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “this is what Yahweh has declared” or “this is what I, Yahweh, have declared” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])
391 ZEC 11 intro up7e 0 # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])<br> # Zechariah 11 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter unlike the previous one is a warning against the leaders amongst the exiles.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 11:1-3, 17.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br>This chapter uses an extended metaphor of sheep and shepherds to convey Yahweh’s dismay at the leaders during the exiles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Symbolism<br>The writer uses symbolism. Zechariah is told to become a shepherd. He uses two staffs and names them “Unity” and “Favor.” He does this very purposefully. In order to preserve this symbolism, it is important to pay attention to the specific words used. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/favor]])
392 ZEC 11 1 d6vm figs-metaphor 0 Open your doors, Lebanon, that fire may devour Not resisting what is about to happen is spoken of as if Lebanon were opening its doors. Here “Lebanon” is a metonym that represents the people of Lebanon. Alternate translation: “People of Lebanon, get ready, because fire will devour” or “People of Lebanon, do not try to stop the fire that will devour” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
393 ZEC 11 1 kmf3 figs-metaphor 0 fire may devour your cedars Fire completely burning up the cedars is spoken of as if the fire would devour the cedars. Alternate translation: “fire may completely destroy your cedars” or “fire may completely burn up your cedars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
394 ZEC 11 2 fu2k figs-personification 0 Lament, cypress trees, for the cedar trees have fallen Cypress trees are spoken of as if they could grieve like a human. Alternate translation: “If the trees were people, they would cry out in sorrow. The cypress trees stand alone because the cedars have burned and fallen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]])
463 ZEC 12 12 jj6q figs-metonymy 0 The land will mourn This represents all the people living in the land of Judah. Alternate translation: “All the people in the land of Judah will mourn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
464 ZEC 12 12 qth7 figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of David…The clan of the house of Nathan Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of David…The descendants of Nathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
465 ZEC 12 13 r6fc figs-metonymy 0 The clan of the house of Levi Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “The descendants of Levi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
466 ZEC 13 intro jz2l 0 # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br> # Zechariah 13 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written partly in prose and partly in poetry.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetic song in 13:7-9.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
467 ZEC 13 1 f2a5 figs-metaphor 0 a spring will be opened…for their sin and impurity Forgiving the people’s sins is spoken of as if a spring of water will wash away their sins. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “it will be like a spring opens…to cleanse their sin and impurity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
468 ZEC 13 1 f3zc 0 a spring a place where water flows naturally out of the ground
469 ZEC 13 1 s36v figs-metonymy 0 the house of David Here “house” represents descendants. Alternate translation: “the descendants of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
493 ZEC 13 9 ac7v figs-metaphor 0 I will bring that third through the fire Metal is passed through fire in order to purify or harden it. This expression serves here as a metaphor for exposing the people to suffering in order that they may become more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
494 ZEC 13 9 h19l figs-metaphor 0 refine them as silver is refined; I will test them as gold is tested Refining refers to making precious metals such as silver more pure. Metals such as silver and gold are tested in order to discover how pure or strong they are. Both refining and testing are here metaphors for making the people more faithful to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
495 ZEC 13 9 ru4e figs-metonymy 0 They will call on my name Here “name” represents Yahweh. Alternate translation: “They will call out to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
496 ZEC 14 intro ljq3 0 # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.<br> # Zechariah 14 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>This chapter is written in prose about Jerusalem during the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br><br>Zechariah often speaks of the last days by using the phrase “that day” or “in that day.” When referencing a future “day,” the translator should be aware that it is possible that the author is speaking about the last days.
497 ZEC 14 1 zs1r 0 General Information: This chapter describes the final war for the city of Jerusalem and how God will save it.
498 ZEC 14 1 a7h2 figs-metaphor 0 A day for Yahweh is coming when your plunder will be divided in your midst A future time is spoken of as if “a day is coming.” The phrase “will be divided” can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Soon Yahweh will judge you, and he will allow your enemies to take all of your possessions and divide if for themselves while you watch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
499 ZEC 14 2 q4hu figs-hyperbole 0 I will gather every nation against Jerusalem for battle Here “every nation” is a generalization that means “many nations.” Alternate translation: “I will cause many nations to attack Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]])

10
en_tn_39-MAL.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br>
MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi This can be expressed as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ MAL 1 13 kz7p figs-rquestion 0 Should I accept this from your hand? Here Yahweh
MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name The abstract noun “honor” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ MAL 2 17 ba81 figs-explicit 0 By saying The complete idea here is, “You have
MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ MAL 3 17 em21 0 They will be mine “They will be my people”
MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br>
MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant…evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 MAL front intro axt4 0 # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Introduction to Malachi<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of Malachi<br><br>1. The word of Yahweh comes to Israel (1:1)<br>1. Yahweh loves Israel and rejects Esau (Edom) (1:2–5)<br>1. A message against the priests (1:6–2:9)<br>1. A message against Judah: they have broken faith by divorcing and intermarrying (2:10–16)<br>1. A message about the day of refining (2:17–3:6)<br>1. A message about tithing (3:7–12)<br>1. A message about those who others treated shamefully, but who were faithful to Yahweh (3:13–18)<br>1. Yahweh will punish the wicked and send Elijah before the “great and terrible day of Yahweh” (4:5–6)<br><br>### What is the Book of Malachi about?<br><br>The Book of Malachi is about the prophecies that Malachi spoke to the Jews who had returned from Babylon to Judah. At that time, the Jews were discouraged even though they had finished building a new temple. The wonderful things that previous prophets had promised for Judah had not yet happened. And the Persian Empire still ruled over them. As a result, they no longer were concerned about the law or worshiping Yahweh. Malachi rebuked them for not trusting in Yahweh. But he also promised them that Yahweh would do everything that he promised to do.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>This book traditionally has been titled “Malachi” or “The Book of Malachi.” Translators may decide to call it “The Book about Malachi” or “The Sayings of Malachi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Malachi?<br><br>The prophet Malachi wrote these messages from Yahweh to the Jews. However, since “Malachi” means “my messenger,” it is possible that this was a title for this prophet. If so, we do not know his real name.<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was meant by the day of Yahweh?<br><br>Malachi spoke about “the day” several times. This is the same as “the day of Yahweh.” In the Book of Malachi, this is the time when Yahweh would judge his people. He would remove those who wickedly sin and bless those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
3 MAL 1 intro b7vm 0 # Malachi 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br> # Malachi 01 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Yahweh of hosts<br>This is an important title used in this chapter. It reminds the reader of the great power Yahweh has to punish the nations. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/yahwehofhosts]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>There are many rhetorical questions in this chapter. They all have a rather dramatic effect. They increase the emotional connotations of what is being said. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
4 MAL 1 1 qm8z 0 The declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi This can be expressed as a statement. “This is the declaration of the word of Yahweh to Israel by the hand of Malachi”
5 MAL 1 1 x4vm 0 Yahweh This is the name of God that he revealed to his people in the Old Testament. See the translationWord page about Yahweh concerning how to translate this.
6 MAL 1 1 lx85 figs-idiom 0 by the hand of Malachi The phrase “by the hand of” is an idiom that means that Yahweh used Malachi to deliver his message. Alternate translation: “through Malachi” or “spoken to them by Malachi” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
52 MAL 1 13 nx88 figs-synecdoche 0 from your hand Here “your hand” stands for “you.” Alternate translation: “from you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
53 MAL 1 14 v5fd figs-activepassive 0 my name will be honored among the nations This may be expressed in active form. Alternate translation: “people in the other nations honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
54 MAL 1 14 z5ra figs-metonymy 0 my name will be honored Here “my name” stands for Yahweh. Alternate translation: “I will be honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
55 MAL 2 intro jc2b 0 # Malachi 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # Malachi 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Levites<br>The priests are given a strong warning in this chapter. They have not followed the law of Moses and have led the people in the wrong direction. Yahweh has not accepted their sacrifices. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>### Marital unfaithfulness<br>Because the Jews lived under a covenantal arrangement with Yahweh, their relationship is described using the imagery of a marriage. Marital unfaithfulness indicates a person’s unfaithfulness to Yahweh. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/covenant]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
56 MAL 2 2 y1il figs-idiom 0 lay it on your heart This refers to considering something to be very important. Alternate translation: “consider it to be very important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
57 MAL 2 2 w6cs figs-abstractnouns 0 give honor to my name The abstract noun “honor” can be stated as a verb. Alternate translation: “honor my name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
58 MAL 2 2 e4vh figs-metonymy 0 my name Here this expression refers to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
120 MAL 2 17 wde5 figs-metaphor 0 in the eyes The eyes represent seeing, and seeing represents thoughts or judgment. Alternate translation: “in the opinion” or “in the judgment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
121 MAL 2 17 ze8s figs-rquestion 0 Where is the God of justice? The priests ask this question in order to claim either that Yahweh does not care whether people do evil or not, or that he never punishes evildoers. Alternate translation: “God certainly does not punish evil people!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])
122 MAL 2 17 kw1t 0 the God of justice the God who punishes evildoers justly
123 MAL 3 intro wb48 0 # Malachi 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # Malachi 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Messiah<br>There are several prophecies in this chapter concerning the Messiah and the one who comes before the Messiah. At times, this chapter switches between prophesying about the first coming of the Messiah and the second coming of the Messiah without formal divisions between them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Rhetorical questions<br>Several rhetorical questions are used in this chapter to convince the reader of the truth of what he is saying and of their sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
124 MAL 3 1 zeq2 0 General Information: Yahweh begins speaking again to the people of Israel in verse 1, but the prophet Malachi begins speaking in verse 2.
125 MAL 3 1 v6se 0 See “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
126 MAL 3 1 j5pe figs-metaphor 0 he will prepare the way before me Here getting people ready to welcome Yahweh is spoken of as if a road were being cleared for Yahweh to travel on. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
176 MAL 3 17 j5ap figs-abstractnouns 0 my own treasured possession Here “possession” refers to one’s personal property. This idea can be expressed with a verb. Alternate translation: “they will belong completely to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
177 MAL 3 17 pp17 0 I act the time when Yahweh will judge and punish the rebellious Israelites, giving victory to the faithful Israelites
178 MAL 3 18 d9hz 0 distinguish between “see a difference between” or “treat differently”
179 MAL 4 intro azp5 0 # Malachi 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br> # Malachi 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Last days<br>Although the Jews may have hoped these prophecies referenced a time in the near future to them, the prophecies of this chapter exclusively relate to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
180 MAL 4 1 q73f 0 see “look” or “listen” or “pay attention to what I am about to tell you”
181 MAL 4 1 y5w1 figs-metaphor 0 the day is coming, burning like a furnace The disaster occurring at this time is spoken of as if the day itself were burning. God’s judgment is often spoken of as if it were a fire. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
182 MAL 4 1 e9jy 0 arrogant…evildoers See how you translated these wordsd in [Malachi 3:15](../03/15.md).

58
en_tn_41-MAT.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

34
en_tn_42-MRK.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

48
en_tn_43-LUK.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

32
en_tn_47-1CO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

28
en_tn_48-2CO.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

12
en_tn_49-GAL.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

16
en_tn_50-EPH.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

10
en_tn_51-PHP.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of the Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>1. Instructions<br>- To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>- To be united (2:1-2)<br>- To be humble (2:3-11)<br>- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)<br>1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>1. Final remarks<br>- Values (4:8-9)<br>- Contentment (4:10-20)<br>- Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?<br><br>* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br>This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))<br>
PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of the Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>1. Instructions<br>- To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>- To be united (2:1-2)<br>- To be humble (2:3-11)<br>- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)<br>1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>1. Final remarks<br>- Values (4:8-9)<br>- Contentment (4:10-20)<br>- Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?<br><br>* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br>This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
PHP 1 1 kze2 Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος…καὶ διακόνοις 1 Paul and Timothy…and deacons If your language has a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter, use it here.
PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus “Timothy, who are servants of Christ Jesus”
@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ PHP 1 28 i9yt figs-you μὴ πτυρόμενοι ἐν μηδενὶ 1 Do not b
PHP 1 28 l495 ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God “Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Possible meanings are the word “this” refers to (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me “suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering”
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”<br>
PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ’s example.
PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ “If Christ has encouraged you” or “If you are encouraged because of Christ”
PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase “by love” probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way”
@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ PHP 2 29 y95x προσδέχεσθε οὖν αὐτὸν 1 Welcome Epaphroditu
PHP 2 29 qx14 ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς 1 in the Lord with all joy “as a fellow believer in the Lord with all joy” or “with the great joy we have because the Lord Jesus loves us”
PHP 2 30 ns1y figs-metaphor μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν 1 he came near death Paul here speaks of death as if it were a place that one could go to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 2 30 g98z figs-metaphor ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας 1 fill up what you could not do in service to me Paul speaks of his needs as if they were a container that Epaphroditus filled with good things for Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
PHP 3 intro btx3 0 # Philippians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists how he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew. But he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected Bodies<br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is attempting to grow to be like Christ until a person dies. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.<br>
PHP 3 intro btx3 0 # Philippians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists how he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew. But he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected Bodies<br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is attempting to grow to be like Christ until a person dies. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
PHP 3 1 e79h 0 Connecting Statement: In order to warn his fellow believers about Jews who would try to get them to follow the old laws, Paul gives his own testimony about when he persecuted believers.
PHP 3 1 s3bx τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Finally, my brothers “Now moving along, my brothers” or “Concerning other matters, my brothers”
PHP 3 1 zu9l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ PHP 3 20 n2lh ἡμῶν…τὸ πολίτευμα ἐν οὐρανοῖς
PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies “He will change our weak, earthly bodies”
PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body “into bodies like his glorious body”
PHP 3 21 qz6p figs-activepassive τῷ σώματι…κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑποτάξαι αὑτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 body, formed by the might of his power to subject all things to himself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
PHP 4 intro rp5c 0 # Philippians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My joy and my crown”<br>Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Euodia and Syntyche<br>Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
PHP 4 intro rp5c 0 # Philippians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My joy and my crown”<br>Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Euodia and Syntyche<br>Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
PHP 4 1 zk6q figs-you 0 General Information: When Paul says, “my true companion,” the word “you” is singular. Paul does not say the name of the person. He calls him that to show he worked with Paul to spread the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
PHP 4 1 xmc4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues with some specific instructions to the believers in Philippi on unity and then gives instructions to help them live for the Lord.
PHP 4 1 fe2y ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι 1 Therefore, my beloved brothers whom I long for “My fellow believers, I love you and I greatly desire to see you”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 PHP front intro pv9j 0 # Introduction to Philippians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of the Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>1. Instructions<br>- To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>- To be united (2:1-2)<br>- To be humble (2:3-11)<br>- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)<br>1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>1. Final remarks<br>- Values (4:8-9)<br>- Contentment (4:10-20)<br>- Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?<br><br>* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> # Introduction to Philippians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of the Philippians<br><br>1. Greeting, thanksgiving and prayer (1:1-11)<br>1. Paul’s report on his ministry (1:12-26)<br>1. Instructions<br>- To be steadfast (1:27-30)<br>- To be united (2:1-2)<br>- To be humble (2:3-11)<br>- To work out our salvation with God working in you (2:12-13)<br>- To be innocent and light (2:14-18)<br>1. Timothy and Epaphroditus (2:19-30)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (3:1-4:1)<br>1. Personal instruction (4:2-5)<br>1. Rejoice and do not be anxious (4:4-6)<br>1. Final remarks<br>- Values (4:8-9)<br>- Contentment (4:10-20)<br>- Final Greetings (4:21-23)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book Philippians?<br><br>Paul wrote Philippians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philippians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in Philippi, a city in Macedonia. He wrote it to thank the Philippians for the gift they had sent him. He wanted to tell them about how he was doing in prison and to encourage them to rejoice even if they are suffering. He also wrote to them about a man named Epaphroditus. He was the one who brought the gift to Paul. While visiting Paul, Epaphroditus became ill. So, Paul decided to send him back to Philippi. Paul encouraged the believers in Philippi to welcome and to be kind to Epaphroditus when he returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philippians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to the Church in Philippi,” or “A Letter to the Christians in Philippi.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What was the city of Philippi like?<br><br>Philip, the father of Alexander the Great, founded Philippi in the region of Macedonia. This meant that the citizens of Philippi were also considered citizens of Rome. The people of Philippi were proud of being citizens of Rome. But Paul told the believers that they are citizens of heaven (3:20).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always plural and refers to the believers in Philippi. The exception to this is 4:3. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### Who were the “enemies of the cross of Christ” (3:18) in this letter?<br><br>The “enemies of the cross of Christ” were probably people who called themselves believers, but they did not obey God’s commands. They thought that freedom in Christ meant that believers could do whatever they desired and God would not punish them (3:19).<br><br>### Why were the words “joy” and “rejoice” frequently used in this letter?<br><br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter (1:7). Even though he suffered, Paul said many times that he was joyful because God had been kind to him through Jesus Christ. He wanted to encourage his readers to have the same trust in Jesus Christ. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]])<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>This kind of expression occurs in 1:1, 8, 13, 14, 26, 27; 2:1, 5, 19, 24, 29; 3:1, 3, 9, 14; 4:1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 19, 21. Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Philippians?<br><br>* Some versions have “Amen” at the end of the final verse in the letter (4:23). The ULT, UST, and other many modern versions do not. If “Amen” is included, it should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that it is probably not original to the Book of Philippians.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 PHP 1 intro kd3g 0 # Philippians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br>This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))<br> # Philippians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul includes a prayer in the beginning of this letter. At that time, religious leaders sometimes began informal letters with a prayer.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### The day of Christ<br>This probably refers to the day when Christ returns. Paul often connected the return of Christ with motivating godly living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This statement in verse 21 is a paradox: “to die is gain.” In verse 23 Paul explains why this is true. ([Philippians 1:21](../../php/01/21.md))
4 PHP 1 1 c255 figs-you 0 General Information: Paul and Timothy wrote this letter to the church at Philippi. Because Paul writes later in the letter saying “I,” it is generally assumed that he is the author and that Timothy, who is with him, writes as Paul speaks. All instances of “you” and “your” in the letter refer to the believers in the Philippian church and are plural. The word “our” probably refers to all believers in Christ, including Paul, Timothy, and the Philippian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
5 PHP 1 1 kze2 Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος…καὶ διακόνοις 1 Paul and Timothy…and deacons If your language has a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter, use it here.
6 PHP 1 1 kx8h Παῦλος καὶ Τιμόθεος, δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 Paul and Timothy, servants of Christ Jesus “Timothy, who are servants of Christ Jesus”
73 PHP 1 28 l495 ἥτις ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς ἔνδειξις ἀπωλείας, ὑμῶν δὲ σωτηρίας, καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 This is a sign to them of their destruction, but of your salvation—and this from God “Your courage will show them that God will destroy them. It will also show you that God will save you”
74 PHP 1 28 nb4b καὶ τοῦτο ἀπὸ Θεοῦ 1 and this from God “and this is from God.” Possible meanings are the word “this” refers to (1) the believers’ courage or (2) the sign or (3) destruction and salvation.
75 PHP 1 30 x4z3 τὸν αὐτὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, οἷον εἴδετε ἐν ἐμοὶ, καὶ νῦν ἀκούετε ἐν ἐμοί 1 having the same conflict which you saw in me, and now you hear in me “suffering in the same way that you saw me suffer, and that you hear I am still suffering”
76 PHP 2 intro ixw8 0 # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”<br> # Philippians 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations, like the ULT, set apart the lines of verses 6-11. These verses describe the example of Christ. They teach important truths about the person of Jesus.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Practical instructions<br>In this chapter Paul gives many practical instructions to the church in Philippi.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “If there is any”<br>This appears to be a type of hypothetical statement. However, it is not a hypothetical statement, because it expresses something that is true. The translator may also translate this phrase as “Since there is.”
77 PHP 2 1 xye5 0 Connecting Statement: Paul advises the believers to have unity and humility and reminds them of Christ’s example.
78 PHP 2 1 b1q7 εἴ τις…παράκλησις ἐν Χριστῷ 1 If there is any encouragement in Christ “If Christ has encouraged you” or “If you are encouraged because of Christ”
79 PHP 2 1 k1b2 εἴ τι παραμύθιον ἀγάπης 1 if there is any comfort provided by love The phrase “by love” probably refers to Christ’s love for the Philippians. Alternate translation: “if his love has given you any comfort” or “if his love for you has comforted you in any way”
128 PHP 2 29 qx14 ἐν Κυρίῳ μετὰ πάσης χαρᾶς 1 in the Lord with all joy “as a fellow believer in the Lord with all joy” or “with the great joy we have because the Lord Jesus loves us”
129 PHP 2 30 ns1y figs-metaphor μέχρι θανάτου ἤγγισεν 1 he came near death Paul here speaks of death as if it were a place that one could go to. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
130 PHP 2 30 g98z figs-metaphor ἀναπληρώσῃ τὸ ὑμῶν ὑστέρημα, τῆς πρός με λειτουργίας 1 fill up what you could not do in service to me Paul speaks of his needs as if they were a container that Epaphroditus filled with good things for Paul. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
131 PHP 3 intro btx3 0 # Philippians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists how he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew. But he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected Bodies<br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is attempting to grow to be like Christ until a person dies. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.<br> # Philippians 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>In verses 4-8, Paul lists how he qualifies for being considered a righteous Jew. In every way, Paul was an exemplary Jew. But he contrasts this with the greatness of knowing Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Dogs<br>The people of the ancient Near East used dogs as an image to refer to people in a negative way. Not all cultures use the term “dogs” in this way.<br><br>### Resurrected Bodies<br>We know very little about what people will be like in heaven. Paul teaches here that Christians will have some kind of glorious body and will be free from sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Prize<br>Paul uses an extended illustration to describe the Christian life. The goal of the Christian life is attempting to grow to be like Christ until a person dies. We can never achieve this goal perfectly, but we must strive for it.
132 PHP 3 1 e79h 0 Connecting Statement: In order to warn his fellow believers about Jews who would try to get them to follow the old laws, Paul gives his own testimony about when he persecuted believers.
133 PHP 3 1 s3bx τὸ λοιπόν, ἀδελφοί μου 1 Finally, my brothers “Now moving along, my brothers” or “Concerning other matters, my brothers”
134 PHP 3 1 zu9l ἀδελφοί 1 brothers See how you translated this in [Philippians 1:12](../01/12.md).
198 PHP 3 21 eye2 ὃς μετασχηματίσει τὸ σῶμα τῆς ταπεινώσεως ἡμῶν 1 He will transform our lowly bodies “He will change our weak, earthly bodies”
199 PHP 3 21 b2bc σύμμορφον τῷ σώματι τῆς δόξης αὐτοῦ 1 into bodies formed like his glorious body “into bodies like his glorious body”
200 PHP 3 21 qz6p figs-activepassive τῷ σώματι…κατὰ τὴν ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι αὐτὸν, καὶ ὑποτάξαι αὑτῷ τὰ πάντα 1 body, formed by the might of his power to subject all things to himself This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “body. He will change our bodies with the same power he uses to control all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
201 PHP 4 intro rp5c 0 # Philippians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My joy and my crown”<br>Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Euodia and Syntyche<br>Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # Philippians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “My joy and my crown”<br>Paul had helped the Philippians become spiritually mature. As a result, Paul rejoiced and God honored him and his work. He considered discipling other Christians and encouraging them to grow spiritually as important to Christian living. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Euodia and Syntyche<br>Apparently, these two women disagreed with each other. Paul was encouraging them to agree. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
202 PHP 4 1 zk6q figs-you 0 General Information: When Paul says, “my true companion,” the word “you” is singular. Paul does not say the name of the person. He calls him that to show he worked with Paul to spread the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
203 PHP 4 1 xmc4 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues with some specific instructions to the believers in Philippi on unity and then gives instructions to help them live for the Lord.
204 PHP 4 1 fe2y ὥστε, ἀδελφοί μου ἀγαπητοὶ καὶ ἐπιπόθητοι 1 Therefore, my beloved brothers whom I long for “My fellow believers, I love you and I greatly desire to see you”

10
en_tn_52-COL.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

12
en_tn_53-1TH.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1TH front intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1)<br>1. Prayer of thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-10)<br>1. Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica (2:1-16)<br>1. Paul’s concerns for their spiritual growth<br>- Like a mother (2:7)<br>- Like a father (2:11)<br>1. Paul sends Timothy to the Thessalonians and Timothy reports back to Paul (3:1-13)<br>1. Practical instructions<br>- Live to please God (4:1-12)<br>- Comfort regarding those who have died (4:12-18)<br>- Christ’s return is a motive for godly living (5:1-11)<br>1. Closing blessings, thanks, and prayers (5:12-28)<br><br>### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible, many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He wrote it after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. In this letter he said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave.<br><br>Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.<br><br>### What happens to those who die before the return of Christ?<br><br>Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians. For some of them worried that those who died would miss the great day when Jesus returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord.”?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very a close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “May grace and peace be to you” (1:1). Some older versions read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”<br>* “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.” (2:7) Other modern versions and older versions read, “Instead, we were like babies among you, as when a mother comforts her own children.”<br>* “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God” (3:2). Some other versions read: “Timothy, our brother and servant of God.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
1TH 1 intro y8c5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 1 formally introduces this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hardship<br>Other people persecuted the Christians in Thessalonica. But the Christians there handled it well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
1TH front intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1)<br>1. Prayer of thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-10)<br>1. Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica (2:1-16)<br>1. Paul’s concerns for their spiritual growth<br>- Like a mother (2:7)<br>- Like a father (2:11)<br>1. Paul sends Timothy to the Thessalonians and Timothy reports back to Paul (3:1-13)<br>1. Practical instructions<br>- Live to please God (4:1-12)<br>- Comfort regarding those who have died (4:12-18)<br>- Christ’s return is a motive for godly living (5:1-11)<br>1. Closing blessings, thanks, and prayers (5:12-28)<br><br>### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible, many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He wrote it after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. In this letter he said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave.<br><br>Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.<br><br>### What happens to those who die before the return of Christ?<br><br>Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians. For some of them worried that those who died would miss the great day when Jesus returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord.”?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very a close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “May grace and peace be to you” (1:1). Some older versions read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”<br>* “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.” (2:7) Other modern versions and older versions read, “Instead, we were like babies among you, as when a mother comforts her own children.”<br>* “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God” (3:2). Some other versions read: “Timothy, our brother and servant of God.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TH 1 intro y8c5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 1 formally introduces this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hardship<br>Other people persecuted the Christians in Thessalonica. But the Christians there handled it well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 1 1 dp37 0 General Information: Paul identifies himself as the writer of the letter and greets the church at Thessalonica.
1TH 1 1 ms5e figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy to the church The UST makes clear that it was Paul who wrote this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
1TH 1 1 luw5 figs-metonymy χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace and peace be to you The terms “grace” and “peace” are metonyms for the person who acts toward people in a kindly and peaceful manner. Alternate translation: “May God be kind to you and give you peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised “whom God caused to live again”
1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-inclusive τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian witness<br>Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br>
1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian witness<br>Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers’ service and reward.
1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words “you” and “yourselves” refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
1TH 2 1 tdl3 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-metonymy ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς…ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope…Is it not you By “hope” Paul means the assurance he has that God will reward him for his work. The Thessalonian Christians are the reason for his hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 ty78 figs-metonymy ἢ χαρὰ 1 or joy The Thessalonians are the reason for his joy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of pride Here “crown” refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression “crown of pride” means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br>
1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
1TH 3 1 nal1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers he has sent Timothy to strengthen their faith.
1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it “we could no longer endure worrying about you”
1TH 3 1 t3vt ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 good to be left behind at Athens alone “good for Silvanus and me to stay behind in Athens”
@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους 1 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here “heart” is a metonym for one’s beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: “strenghten you, so that you will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus “when Jesus comes back to earth”
1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints “with all those who belong to him”
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br>
1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we encourage and exhort you Paul uses “encourage” and “exhort” to emphasize how strongly they encourage the believers. Alternate translation: “we strongly encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received instructions from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word “them” refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.<br>
1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
1TH 5 1 h84m τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 the times and seasons This refers to the events preceding the Lord Jesus’ return.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1TH front intro jp2y 0 # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1)<br>1. Prayer of thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-10)<br>1. Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica (2:1-16)<br>1. Paul’s concerns for their spiritual growth<br>- Like a mother (2:7)<br>- Like a father (2:11)<br>1. Paul sends Timothy to the Thessalonians and Timothy reports back to Paul (3:1-13)<br>1. Practical instructions<br>- Live to please God (4:1-12)<br>- Comfort regarding those who have died (4:12-18)<br>- Christ’s return is a motive for godly living (5:1-11)<br>1. Closing blessings, thanks, and prayers (5:12-28)<br><br>### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible, many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He wrote it after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. In this letter he said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave.<br><br>Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.<br><br>### What happens to those who die before the return of Christ?<br><br>Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians. For some of them worried that those who died would miss the great day when Jesus returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord.”?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very a close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “May grace and peace be to you” (1:1). Some older versions read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”<br>* “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.” (2:7) Other modern versions and older versions read, “Instead, we were like babies among you, as when a mother comforts her own children.”<br>* “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God” (3:2). Some other versions read: “Timothy, our brother and servant of God.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> # Introduction to 1 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1)<br>1. Prayer of thanksgiving for the Thessalonian Christians (1:2-10)<br>1. Paul’s ministry in Thessalonica (2:1-16)<br>1. Paul’s concerns for their spiritual growth<br>- Like a mother (2:7)<br>- Like a father (2:11)<br>1. Paul sends Timothy to the Thessalonians and Timothy reports back to Paul (3:1-13)<br>1. Practical instructions<br>- Live to please God (4:1-12)<br>- Comfort regarding those who have died (4:12-18)<br>- Christ’s return is a motive for godly living (5:1-11)<br>1. Closing blessings, thanks, and prayers (5:12-28)<br><br>### Who wrote 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Thessalonians. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth. Of all Paul’s letters that are in the Bible, many scholars think 1 Thessalonians was the first letter Paul wrote.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He wrote it after the Jews in the city forced him to leave. In this letter he said he considered his visit to them a success, even though he was forced to leave.<br><br>Paul responded to the news from Timothy about the Thessalonian believers. The believers there were being persecuted. He encouraged them to continue living in a way that pleased God. He also comforted them by explaining what happens to those who die before Christ returns.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Thessalonians” or “First Thessalonians.” They may instead prefer to choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The First Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation, and there will be peace everywhere.<br><br>### What happens to those who die before the return of Christ?<br><br>Paul made clear that those who die before Christ’s return will come back to life and be with Jesus. They will not remain dead forever. Paul wrote this to encourage the Thessalonians. For some of them worried that those who died would miss the great day when Jesus returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by expressions like “in Christ” and “in the Lord.”?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very a close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “May grace and peace be to you” (1:1). Some older versions read: “Grace and peace to you from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ.”<br>* “Instead, we were as gentle among you as a mother comforting her own children.” (2:7) Other modern versions and older versions read, “Instead, we were like babies among you, as when a mother comforts her own children.”<br>* “Timothy, our brother and fellow worker for God” (3:2). Some other versions read: “Timothy, our brother and servant of God.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 1TH 1 intro y8c5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 1 formally introduces this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hardship<br>Other people persecuted the Christians in Thessalonica. But the Christians there handled it well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # 1 Thessalonians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verse 1 formally introduces this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Hardship<br>Other people persecuted the Christians in Thessalonica. But the Christians there handled it well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4 1TH 1 1 dp37 0 General Information: Paul identifies himself as the writer of the letter and greets the church at Thessalonica.
5 1TH 1 1 ms5e figs-explicit Παῦλος, καὶ Σιλουανὸς, καὶ Τιμόθεος; τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ 1 Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy to the church The UST makes clear that it was Paul who wrote this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
6 1TH 1 1 luw5 figs-metonymy χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη 1 May grace and peace be to you The terms “grace” and “peace” are metonyms for the person who acts toward people in a kindly and peaceful manner. Alternate translation: “May God be kind to you and give you peace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
30 1TH 1 10 pmi8 ὃν ἤγειρεν 1 whom he raised “whom God caused to live again”
31 1TH 1 10 wba8 ἐκ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 from the dead “so that he was no longer dead.” This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again.
32 1TH 1 10 pt1s figs-inclusive τὸν ῥυόμενον ἡμᾶς 1 who frees us Here Paul includes the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
33 1TH 2 intro kt5l 0 # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian witness<br>Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br> # 1 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Christian witness<br>Paul values his “Christian witness” as evidence that the gospel is true. Paul says that being godly or holy bears witness to the non-Christian. Paul defends his character, so that his witness is not affected. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/testimony]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])
34 1TH 2 1 pt75 0 Connecting Statement: Paul defines the believers’ service and reward.
35 1TH 2 1 gpr4 figs-rpronouns αὐτοὶ 1 you yourselves The words “you” and “yourselves” refer to the Thessalonian believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
36 1TH 2 1 tdl3 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here this means fellow Christians, including both men and women.
75 1TH 2 19 mj9n figs-metonymy ἡμῶν ἐλπὶς…ἢ οὐχὶ καὶ ὑμεῖς 1 our hope…Is it not you By “hope” Paul means the assurance he has that God will reward him for his work. The Thessalonian Christians are the reason for his hope. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
76 1TH 2 19 ty78 figs-metonymy ἢ χαρὰ 1 or joy The Thessalonians are the reason for his joy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
77 1TH 2 19 e7tl figs-metonymy στέφανος καυχήσεως 1 crown of pride Here “crown” refers to a laurel wreath awarded to victorious athletes. The expression “crown of pride” means a reward for victory, or having done well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
78 1TH 3 intro j379 0 # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])<br> # 1 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Standing<br>In this chapter, Paul uses “stand firm” to illustrate being steadfast. This is a common way to describe being steadfast or faithful. Paul uses “be shaken” as the opposite of being steadfast. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful]])
79 1TH 3 1 nal1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells the believers he has sent Timothy to strengthen their faith.
80 1TH 3 1 fqe3 μηκέτι στέγοντες 1 we could no longer bear it “we could no longer endure worrying about you”
81 1TH 3 1 t3vt ηὐδοκήσαμεν καταλειφθῆναι ἐν Ἀθήναις μόνοι 1 good to be left behind at Athens alone “good for Silvanus and me to stay behind in Athens”
113 1TH 3 13 ly21 figs-metonymy τὸ στηρίξαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, ἀμέμπτους 1 strengthen your hearts, so that they will be Here “heart” is a metonym for one’s beliefs and convictions. Alternate translation: “strenghten you, so that you will be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
114 1TH 3 13 xsd3 ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ 1 at the coming of our Lord Jesus “when Jesus comes back to earth”
115 1TH 3 13 jlc5 μετὰ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων αὐτοῦ 1 with all his saints “with all those who belong to him”
116 1TH 4 intro b1z5 0 # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br> # 1 Thessalonians 04 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Sexual immorality<br>Different cultures have different standards of sexual morality. These different cultural standards may make translating this passage difficult. Translators must also be aware of cultural taboos. These are topics considered improper to discuss.<br><br>### Dying before the return of Christ<br>In the early church, people apparently wondered what would happen if a believer died before Christ returned. They may have worried whether those dying before Christ returned would be part of the kingdom of God. Paul answers that concern.<br><br>### “Caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air”<br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])
117 1TH 4 1 wk39 ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians.
118 1TH 4 1 u2lw figs-doublet ἐρωτῶμεν ὑμᾶς καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν 1 we encourage and exhort you Paul uses “encourage” and “exhort” to emphasize how strongly they encourage the believers. Alternate translation: “we strongly encourage you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
119 1TH 4 1 iij6 figs-activepassive παρελάβετε παρ’ ἡμῶν 1 you received instructions from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “we taught you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
158 1TH 4 17 l5l1 figs-inclusive ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες 1 we who are alive Here “we” refers to all believers who have not died. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
159 1TH 4 17 wvi8 σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 with them The word “them” refers to the dead believers who were made alive again.
160 1TH 4 17 se1y ἁρπαγησόμεθα ἐν νεφέλαις εἰς ἀπάντησιν τοῦ Κυρίου εἰς ἀέρα 1 caught up in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air “meet the Lord Jesus in the sky”
161 1TH 5 intro ay3d 0 # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.<br> # 1 Thessalonians 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul concludes his letter in a way that was typical of letters in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will be a surprise to the world. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to live prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Quench the Spirit<br>This means to ignore or work against the Holy Spirit’s guidance and work.
162 1TH 5 1 i2vm figs-exclusive 0 General Information: In this chapter the words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
163 1TH 5 1 z1s6 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues talking about the day Jesus will come back.
164 1TH 5 1 h84m τῶν χρόνων καὶ τῶν καιρῶν 1 the times and seasons This refers to the events preceding the Lord Jesus’ return.

6
en_tn_54-2TH.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2TH front intro krd6 0 # Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-3)<br>1. Christians suffering from persecution<br>- They are worthy of the kingdom of God and of his promise of relief from trials (1:4-7)<br>- God will judge those who persecute Christians (1:8-12)<br>1. Some believers’ misunderstanding about the second coming of Christ<br>- Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>- Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian Christians<br>- His call to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>- His prayer that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. And he wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Older versions have, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. Other versions have, “For God chose you from the first for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
2TH front intro krd6 0 # Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-3)<br>1. Christians suffering from persecution<br>- They are worthy of the kingdom of God and of his promise of relief from trials (1:4-7)<br>- God will judge those who persecute Christians (1:8-12)<br>1. Some believers’ misunderstanding about the second coming of Christ<br>- Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>- Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian Christians<br>- His call to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>- His prayer that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. And he wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Older versions have, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. Other versions have, “For God chose you from the first for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2TH 1 intro m987 0 # 2 Thessalonians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1-2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in verses 4-5: “We talk about your patience and faith in all your persecutions. We talk about the afflictions that you endure. This is a sign of God’s righteous judgment.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But in verses 5-10, Paul explains how God will reward those who believe in him and how he will judge those who afflict them. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4-5](./04.md))
2TH 1 1 b6vf figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. He begins by greeting the church at Thessalonica. The words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
2TH 1 1 hm3e Σιλουανὸς 1 Silvanus This is the Latin form of “Silas.” He is the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler.
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 you will be glorified by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus will glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the grace of our God “because of God’s grace”
2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Being gathered together to be with him”<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Being gathered together to be with him”<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word “Now” marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions.
2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος…Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here “himself” gives additional emphasis to the phrase “Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here “hearts” represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “comfort you and strengthen you for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br>
2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Now Paul uses the word “now” to mark a change in topic.
2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2TH front intro krd6 0 # Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-3)<br>1. Christians suffering from persecution<br>- They are worthy of the kingdom of God and of his promise of relief from trials (1:4-7)<br>- God will judge those who persecute Christians (1:8-12)<br>1. Some believers’ misunderstanding about the second coming of Christ<br>- Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>- Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian Christians<br>- His call to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>- His prayer that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. And he wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Older versions have, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. Other versions have, “For God chose you from the first for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> # Introduction to 2 Thessalonians<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Thessalonians<br><br>1. Greetings and thanksgiving (1:1-3)<br>1. Christians suffering from persecution<br>- They are worthy of the kingdom of God and of his promise of relief from trials (1:4-7)<br>- God will judge those who persecute Christians (1:8-12)<br>1. Some believers’ misunderstanding about the second coming of Christ<br>- Christ’s return has not yet happened (2:1-2)<br>- Instruction about the events that will precede the return of Christ (2:3-12)<br>1. Paul’s confidence that God will save the Thessalonian Christians<br>- His call to “stand firm” (2:13-15)<br>- His prayer that God will comfort them (2:16-17)<br>1. Paul requests that the Thessalonian believers pray for him (3:1-5)<br>1. Paul give commands about idle believers (3:6-15)<br>1. Closing (3:16-17)<br><br>### Who wrote 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Thessalonians. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul wrote this letter while staying in the city of Corinth.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Thessalonians about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to the believers in the city of Thessalonica. He encouraged the believers because they were being persecuted. He told them to continue living in a way that pleased God. And he wanted to teach them again about Christ’s return.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Thessalonians” or “Second Thessalonians.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to the Church in Thessalonica,” or “The Second Letter to the Christians in Thessalonica.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the “second coming” of Jesus?<br><br>Paul wrote much in this letter about Jesus’ eventual return to Earth. When Jesus returns, he will judge all mankind. He will also rule over creation. And he will cause there to be peace everywhere. Paul also explained that a “man of lawlessness” will come before Christ’s return. This person will obey Satan and cause many people to oppose God. But Jesus will destroy this person when he returns.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Thessalonians?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “and the man of lawlessness is revealed” (2:3). The ULT, UST, and most modern versions read this way. Older versions have, “and the man of sin is revealed.”<br>* “For God chose you as the firstfruits for salvation” (2:13) The ULT, UST, and some other versions read this way. Other versions have, “For God chose you from the first for salvation.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 2TH 1 intro m987 0 # 2 Thessalonians 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Verses 1-2 formally introduce this letter. Letters in the ancient Near East commonly had introductions of this type.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. A paradox occurs in verses 4-5: “We talk about your patience and faith in all your persecutions. We talk about the afflictions that you endure. This is a sign of God’s righteous judgment.” People would not normally think that believing in God while being persecuted is a sign of God’s righteous judgment. But in verses 5-10, Paul explains how God will reward those who believe in him and how he will judge those who afflict them. ([2 Thessalonians 1:4-5](./04.md))
4 2TH 1 1 b6vf figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Paul is the author of this letter, but he includes Silvanus and Timothy as senders of the letter. He begins by greeting the church at Thessalonica. The words “we” and “us” refer to Paul, Silvanus, and Timothy, unless otherwise noted. Also, the word “you” is plural and refers to the believers at the church of Thessalonica. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
5 2TH 1 1 hm3e Σιλουανὸς 1 Silvanus This is the Latin form of “Silas.” He is the same person listed in the book of Acts as Paul’s fellow traveler.
28 2TH 1 12 q994 figs-activepassive ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν, Ἰησοῦ, ἐν ὑμῖν 1 that the name of our Lord Jesus may be glorified by you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that you may glorify the name of our Lord Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
29 2TH 1 12 pg2i figs-activepassive καὶ ὑμεῖς ἐν αὐτῷ 1 you will be glorified by him This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus will glorify you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
30 2TH 1 12 z8k9 κατὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν 1 because of the grace of our God “because of God’s grace”
31 2TH 2 intro jq9r 0 # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Being gathered together to be with him”<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # 2 Thessalonians 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Being gathered together to be with him”<br><br>This passage refers to a time when Jesus calls to himself those who have believed in him. Scholars differ on whether or not this refers to Christ’s final glorious return. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/believe]])<br><br>### Man of lawlessness<br>This is the same as “son of destruction” and “lawless one” in this chapter. Paul associates him with Satan actively working in the world. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/antichrist]])<br><br>### Sits in the temple of God<br>Paul could be referring to the Jerusalem temple that the Romans destroyed several years after he wrote this letter. Or he could be referring to a future physical temple, or to the church as the spiritual temple of God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
32 2TH 2 1 r36t 0 General Information: Paul exhorts believers not to be deceived about the day Jesus will come back.
33 2TH 2 1 q1uq δὲ 1 Now The word “Now” marks a change of topic in Paul’s instructions.
34 2TH 2 1 cvg5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
77 2TH 2 16 cm54 figs-rpronouns αὐτὸς…ὁ Κύριος…Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς 1 Lord Jesus Christ himself Here “himself” gives additional emphasis to the phrase “Lord Jesus Christ.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]])
78 2TH 2 17 x3rr figs-metonymy παρακαλέσαι ὑμῶν τὰς καρδίας, καὶ στηρίξαι ἐν 1 comfort and establish your hearts in Here “hearts” represents the seat of emotions. Alternate translation: “comfort you and strengthen you for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
79 2TH 2 17 yw5f παντὶ ἔργῳ καὶ λόγῳ ἀγαθῷ 1 every good work and word “every good thing you do and say”
80 2TH 3 intro b8hk 0 # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br> # 2 Thessalonians 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Idle and lazy persons<br>In Thessalonica, there apparently was a problem with people in the church who were able to work but refused to do so. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>### What should you do if your brother sins?<br><br>In this chapter, Paul teaches that Christians need to live in a way that honors God. Christians should also encourage one another and hold each other accountable for what they do. The church is also responsible for encouraging believers to repent if they sin. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])
81 2TH 3 1 k33i 0 General Information: Paul asks the believers to pray for him and his companions.
82 2TH 3 1 jy75 τὸ λοιπὸν 1 Now Paul uses the word “now” to mark a change in topic.
83 2TH 3 1 m1s5 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Here “brothers” means fellow Christians, including both men and women. Alternate translation: “brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])

14
en_tn_55-1TI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1TI front intro wy83 0 # Introduction to 1 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1,2)<br>1. Paul and Timothy<br>- Warning about false teachers (1:3-11)<br>- Paul thankful for what Christ has done in his ministry (1:12-17)<br>- He calls Timothy to fight in this spiritual battle (1:18-20)<br>1. Prayer for all (2:1-8)<br>1. Roles and responsibilities in the church (2:9-6:2)<br>1. Warnings<br>- Second warning about false teachers (6:3-5)<br>- Money (6:6-10)<br>1. Description of a man of God (6:11-16)<br>1. Note to the wealthy people (6:17-19)<br>1. Closing words to Timothy (6:20,21)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the first letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote it near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is discipleship?<br><br>Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 6:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verse, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “godliness is a way to get more money.” Some older versions of the Bible read this way, “godliness is a way to get more money: withdraw from such things.” (6:5)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
1TI 1 intro a4v2 0 # 1 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Most important people had records of their genealogies.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Play on words<br>The phrase “the law is good if one uses it lawfully” is a play on words. The words “law” and “lawfully” sound similar in the original language.<br>
1TI front intro wy83 0 # Introduction to 1 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1,2)<br>1. Paul and Timothy<br>- Warning about false teachers (1:3-11)<br>- Paul thankful for what Christ has done in his ministry (1:12-17)<br>- He calls Timothy to fight in this spiritual battle (1:18-20)<br>1. Prayer for all (2:1-8)<br>1. Roles and responsibilities in the church (2:9-6:2)<br>1. Warnings<br>- Second warning about false teachers (6:3-5)<br>- Money (6:6-10)<br>1. Description of a man of God (6:11-16)<br>1. Note to the wealthy people (6:17-19)<br>1. Closing words to Timothy (6:20,21)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the first letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote it near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is discipleship?<br><br>Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 6:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verse, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “godliness is a way to get more money.” Some older versions of the Bible read this way, “godliness is a way to get more money: withdraw from such things.” (6:5)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1TI 1 intro a4v2 0 # 1 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Most important people had records of their genealogies.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Play on words<br>The phrase “the law is good if one uses it lawfully” is a play on words. The words “law” and “lawfully” sound similar in the original language.
1TI 1 1 u1g9 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word “our” refers to Paul and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
1TI 1 1 i3zz Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος 1 Paul, an apostle “I, Paul, wrote this letter. I am an apostle.” Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Immediately after introducing the writer, you may want to indicate to whom the letter was written, as in the UST.
1TI 1 1 xl6d κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν Θεοῦ 1 according to the commandment of “by the command of” or “by the authority of”
@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus…Alexander These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I gave over to Satan Paul speaks as if he physically handed these men to Satan. This probably means that Paul rejected them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan can have power over them and harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive παιδευθῶσι 1 they may be taught This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings”<br>These terms overlap each other in what they mean. It is not necessary to view them as distinct categories.<br>
1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings”<br>These terms overlap each other in what they mean. It is not necessary to view them as distinct categories.
1TI 2 1 z2xx 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Timothy to pray for all people.
1TI 2 1 yk2z πρῶτον πάντων 1 first of all “most important” or “before anything else”
1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive παρακαλῶ…ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας 1 I urge that requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgiving to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and sanctification The abstract nouns here can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “in trusting Jesus and loving others and living a holy life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with soundness of mind Possible meanings for this idiom are (1) “with good judgment,” (2) “with modesty,” or (3) “with self-control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
1TI 2 15 zr4b figs-abstractnouns σωφροσύνης 1 soundness of mind If the idiom is retained in translation, the abstract noun “soundness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “a sound mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about “deacons” in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Character qualities<br>This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br>
1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about “deacons” in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Character qualities<br>This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1TI 3 1 rwi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the overseers of the church should act and be.
1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a good work “an honorable task”
1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 husband of one wife An overseer must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed or divorced, or never married.
@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 3 16 h9mb figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 was believed on in the world This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people in many parts of the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 jz11 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 3 16 mr3a ἐν δόξῃ 1 in glory This means he received power from God the Father and he is worthy of honor.
1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 4:1](../04/01.md) is a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Later times<br>This is another way of referring to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br>
1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 4:1](../04/01.md) is a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Later times<br>This is another way of referring to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
1TI 4 1 gyd8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells Timothy what the Spirit says will happen and encourages him in what he should teach.
1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul starts to tell a new part of the teaching.
1TI 4 1 b739 ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times Possible meanings are (1) this refers to a time after Paul dies or (2) this is at a latter time in Paul’s own life.
@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Give careful attention to yourself and to the teaching “Conduct yourself carefully and give attention to the teaching” or “Control your own behavior and give attention to the teaching”
1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things “Continue to do these things”
1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save yourself and those who listen to you Possible meanings are (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment or (2) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers.
1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.<br>
1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.
1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
1TI 5 1 h7d1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell Timothy how to treat the men, women, widows, and younger women in the church.
1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man “Do not speak harshly to an older man”
@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1TI 5 25 pd8v τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 some good works are openly known “some good works are obvious”
1TI 5 25 qlu5 τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The works are considered “good” because they fit with God’s character, purposes, and will.
1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 but even the others cannot be hidden Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could hide. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but people will later find out about even the good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.<br>
1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.
1TI 6 1 zg9b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specific instructions to slaves and masters and then continues with instructions on living in a godly way.
1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: “Let all who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: “Let all who are believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1TI front intro wy83 0 # Introduction to 1 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1,2)<br>1. Paul and Timothy<br>- Warning about false teachers (1:3-11)<br>- Paul thankful for what Christ has done in his ministry (1:12-17)<br>- He calls Timothy to fight in this spiritual battle (1:18-20)<br>1. Prayer for all (2:1-8)<br>1. Roles and responsibilities in the church (2:9-6:2)<br>1. Warnings<br>- Second warning about false teachers (6:3-5)<br>- Money (6:6-10)<br>1. Description of a man of God (6:11-16)<br>1. Note to the wealthy people (6:17-19)<br>1. Closing words to Timothy (6:20,21)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the first letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote it near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is discipleship?<br><br>Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 6:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verse, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “godliness is a way to get more money.” Some older versions of the Bible read this way, “godliness is a way to get more money: withdraw from such things.” (6:5)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> # Introduction to 1 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 1 Timothy<br><br>1. Greetings (1:1,2)<br>1. Paul and Timothy<br>- Warning about false teachers (1:3-11)<br>- Paul thankful for what Christ has done in his ministry (1:12-17)<br>- He calls Timothy to fight in this spiritual battle (1:18-20)<br>1. Prayer for all (2:1-8)<br>1. Roles and responsibilities in the church (2:9-6:2)<br>1. Warnings<br>- Second warning about false teachers (6:3-5)<br>- Money (6:6-10)<br>1. Description of a man of God (6:11-16)<br>1. Note to the wealthy people (6:17-19)<br>1. Closing words to Timothy (6:20,21)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 1 Timothy. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the first letter Paul wrote to Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul probably wrote it near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matters. The topics he addressed included church worship, qualifications for church leaders, and warnings against false teachers. This letter shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “1 Timothy” or “First Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s First Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is discipleship?<br><br>Discipleship is the process of making people to be disciples of Christ. The goal of discipleship is to encourage other Christians to be more like Christ. This letter gives many instructions about how a leader should train a less mature Christian. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]])<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Also, the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 6:21. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 1 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verse, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “godliness is a way to get more money.” Some older versions of the Bible read this way, “godliness is a way to get more money: withdraw from such things.” (6:5)<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 1TI 1 intro a4v2 0 # 1 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Most important people had records of their genealogies.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Play on words<br>The phrase “the law is good if one uses it lawfully” is a play on words. The words “law” and “lawfully” sound similar in the original language.<br> # 1 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br>In this chapter, Paul calls Timothy a “son” and his “child.” Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul called Timothy his “son in the faith.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### Genealogies<br><br>Genealogies are lists that record a person’s ancestors or descendants. Jews used genealogies to choose the right man to become king. They did this because only a son of a king could normally become king. They also showed from what tribe and family they came. For example, priests came from the tribe of Levi and the family of Aaron. Most important people had records of their genealogies.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Play on words<br>The phrase “the law is good if one uses it lawfully” is a play on words. The words “law” and “lawfully” sound similar in the original language.
4 1TI 1 1 u1g9 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word “our” refers to Paul and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
5 1TI 1 1 i3zz Παῦλος, ἀπόστολος 1 Paul, an apostle “I, Paul, wrote this letter. I am an apostle.” Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Immediately after introducing the writer, you may want to indicate to whom the letter was written, as in the UST.
6 1TI 1 1 xl6d κατ’ ἐπιταγὴν Θεοῦ 1 according to the commandment of “by the command of” or “by the authority of”
72 1TI 1 20 pv7f translate-names Ὑμέναιος…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Hymenaeus…Alexander These are names of men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
73 1TI 1 20 ty7n figs-metaphor οὓς παρέδωκα τῷ Σατανᾷ 1 whom I gave over to Satan Paul speaks as if he physically handed these men to Satan. This probably means that Paul rejected them from the community of believers. Since they are no longer a part of the community, Satan can have power over them and harm them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
74 1TI 1 20 s76c figs-activepassive παιδευθῶσι 1 they may be taught This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that God may teach them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
75 1TI 2 intro c6rf 0 # 1 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings”<br>These terms overlap each other in what they mean. It is not necessary to view them as distinct categories.<br> # 1 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Peace<br>Paul encourages Christians to pray for everyone. They should pray for rulers so that Christians can live peacefully, in a godly and dignified way.<br><br>### Women in the church<br><br>Scholars are divided over how to understand this passage in its historical and cultural context. Some scholars believe men and women are perfectly equal in all things. Other scholars believe God created men and women to serve in distinctly different roles in marriage and the church. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this passage.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings”<br>These terms overlap each other in what they mean. It is not necessary to view them as distinct categories.
76 1TI 2 1 z2xx 0 Connecting Statement: Paul encourages Timothy to pray for all people.
77 1TI 2 1 yk2z πρῶτον πάντων 1 first of all “most important” or “before anything else”
78 1TI 2 1 ql7a figs-activepassive παρακαλῶ…ποιεῖσθαι δεήσεις, προσευχάς, ἐντεύξεις, εὐχαριστίας 1 I urge that requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgivings be made This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I urge all believers to make requests, prayers, intercessions, and thanksgiving to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
110 1TI 2 15 sl57 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πίστει, καὶ ἀγάπῃ, καὶ ἁγιασμῷ 1 in faith and love and sanctification The abstract nouns here can be translated with verbal phrases. Alternate translation: “in trusting Jesus and loving others and living a holy life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
111 1TI 2 15 dcf3 figs-idiom μετὰ σωφροσύνης 1 with soundness of mind Possible meanings for this idiom are (1) “with good judgment,” (2) “with modesty,” or (3) “with self-control.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])
112 1TI 2 15 zr4b figs-abstractnouns σωφροσύνης 1 soundness of mind If the idiom is retained in translation, the abstract noun “soundness” can be translated with an adjective. Alternate translation: “a sound mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
113 1TI 3 intro d9db 0 # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about “deacons” in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Character qualities<br>This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])<br> # 1 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 3:16](./16.md) was probably a song, poem, or creed the early church used to list important doctrines that believers all shared.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Overseers and deacons<br>The church has used different titles for church leaders. Some titles include elder, pastor, and bishop. The word “overseer” reflects the meaning of the original language in verses 1-2. Paul writes about “deacons” in verses 8 and 12 as another kind of church leader.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Character qualities<br>This chapter lists several qualities that a man must have if he is to be an overseer or deacon in the church. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
114 1TI 3 1 rwi8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some special instructions on how the overseers of the church should act and be.
115 1TI 3 1 f133 καλοῦ ἔργου 1 a good work “an honorable task”
116 1TI 3 2 dff6 μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἄνδρα 1 husband of one wife An overseer must have only one wife. It is unclear if this excludes men who have been previously widowed or divorced, or never married.
162 1TI 3 16 h9mb figs-activepassive ἐπιστεύθη ἐν κόσμῳ 1 was believed on in the world This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people in many parts of the world believed in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
163 1TI 3 16 jz11 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἐν δόξῃ 1 was taken up in glory This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God the Father took him up to heaven in glory” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
164 1TI 3 16 mr3a ἐν δόξῃ 1 in glory This means he received power from God the Father and he is worthy of honor.
165 1TI 4 intro b39h 0 # 1 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 4:1](../04/01.md) is a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Later times<br>This is another way of referring to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br> # 1 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>[1 Timothy 4:1](../04/01.md) is a prophecy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Later times<br>This is another way of referring to the last days. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
166 1TI 4 1 gyd8 0 Connecting Statement: Paul tells Timothy what the Spirit says will happen and encourages him in what he should teach.
167 1TI 4 1 jzr9 δὲ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main teaching. Here Paul starts to tell a new part of the teaching.
168 1TI 4 1 b739 ἐν ὑστέροις καιροῖς 1 in later times Possible meanings are (1) this refers to a time after Paul dies or (2) this is at a latter time in Paul’s own life.
206 1TI 4 16 uq6c ἔπεχε σεαυτῷ καὶ τῇ διδασκαλίᾳ 1 Give careful attention to yourself and to the teaching “Conduct yourself carefully and give attention to the teaching” or “Control your own behavior and give attention to the teaching”
207 1TI 4 16 zxe7 ἐπίμενε αὐτοῖς 1 Continue in these things “Continue to do these things”
208 1TI 4 16 u7ez καὶ σεαυτὸν σώσεις καὶ τοὺς ἀκούοντάς σου 1 you will save yourself and those who listen to you Possible meanings are (1) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from God’s judgment or (2) Timothy will save himself and those who hear him from the influence of false teachers.
209 1TI 5 intro jx4e 0 # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.<br> # 1 Timothy 05 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Honor and respect<br>Paul encourages younger Christians to honor and respect older Christians. Cultures honor and respect older people in different ways.<br><br>### Widows<br>In the ancient Near East, it was important to care for widows, because they could not provide for themselves.
210 1TI 5 1 wt5y figs-you 0 General Information: Paul was giving these commands to one person, Timothy. Languages that have different forms of “you” or different forms for commands would use the singular form here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
211 1TI 5 1 h7d1 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to tell Timothy how to treat the men, women, widows, and younger women in the church.
212 1TI 5 1 l4w5 πρεσβυτέρῳ μὴ ἐπιπλήξῃς 1 Do not rebuke an older man “Do not speak harshly to an older man”
283 1TI 5 25 pd8v τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ πρόδηλα 1 some good works are openly known “some good works are obvious”
284 1TI 5 25 qlu5 τὰ ἔργα τὰ καλὰ 1 good works The works are considered “good” because they fit with God’s character, purposes, and will.
285 1TI 5 25 bl51 figs-metaphor καὶ τὰ ἄλλως ἔχοντα, κρυβῆναι οὐ δύναταί 1 but even the others cannot be hidden Paul speaks of sins as if they were objects that someone could hide. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “but people will later find out about even the good deeds that are not obvious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
286 1TI 6 intro rks4 0 # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.<br> # 1 Timothy 06 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Slavery<br><br>Paul does not write in this chapter about whether slavery is good or bad. Paul teaches about honoring, respecting, and diligently serving masters. Paul teaches all believers to be godly and content in every situation.
287 1TI 6 1 zg9b 0 Connecting Statement: Paul gives some specific instructions to slaves and masters and then continues with instructions on living in a godly way.
288 1TI 6 1 nm4n figs-metaphor ὅσοι εἰσὶν ὑπὸ ζυγὸν δοῦλοι 1 Let all who are under the yoke as slaves Paul speaks of people working as slaves as if they are oxen carrying a yoke. Alternate translation: “Let all who are working as slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
289 1TI 6 1 ep1l figs-explicit ὅσοι εἰσὶν 1 Let all who are It is implied that Paul is speaking about believers. Alternate translation: “Let all who are believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

10
en_tn_56-2TI.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2TI front intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).<br>1. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).<br>1. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).<br>1. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-24).<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matter. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he often spoke of himself as a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers answer to their leaders. In the same way, Christians answer to Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why it is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about the Bible. First, the Bible is free from error and can be trusted. Second, we can rely on God to protect the scripture from those who want to distort it or destroy it. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some older versions read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”<br>* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some older versions read, “Warn them before the Lord.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
2TI 1 intro p5lf 0 # 2 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Persecution<br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
2TI front intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).<br>1. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).<br>1. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).<br>1. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-24).<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matter. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he often spoke of himself as a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers answer to their leaders. In the same way, Christians answer to Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why it is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about the Bible. First, the Bible is free from error and can be trusted. Second, we can rely on God to protect the scripture from those who want to distort it or destroy it. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some older versions read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”<br>* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some older versions read, “Warn them before the Lord.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2TI 1 intro p5lf 0 # 2 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Persecution<br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 1 1 dcr3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word “our” refers to Paul (the writer of this letter) and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2TI 1 1 ha4l Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
2TI 1 1 vl2g διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 through the will of God “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so.” Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle and not because a human being chose him.
@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 1 18 p3di δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from him “May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord” or “May the Lord show him mercy”
2TI 1 18 x2dk figs-metaphor εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 to find mercy from him Paul speaks of mercy as if it were an object that could be found. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 1 18 f3ep figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day This refers to the day when God will judge all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set words farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with verses 11-13. Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn in these verses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.<br>
2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set words farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with verses 11-13. Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn in these verses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
2TI 2 1 t13s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul pictures Timothy’s Christian life as a soldier’s life, as a farmer’s life, and as an athlete’s life.
2TI 2 1 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here “child” is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who is like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 1 e6ex figs-metaphor ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 be strengthened in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks about the motivation and determination that God’s grace allows believers to have. Alternate translation: “let God use the grace he gave you through your relationship to Christ Jesus to make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 2 26 ef3q figs-metaphor ἀνανήψωσιν 1 They may become sober again Paul speaks of sinners learning to think correctly about God as if they were drunk people becoming sober again. Alternate translation: “They may think correctly again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 26 mql8 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 1 leave the devil’s trap Paul speaks of the devil’s ability to convince Christians to sin as if it were a trap. Alternate translation: “stop doing what the devil wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2TI 2 26 dj4j figs-metaphor ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα 1 after they have been captured by him for his will Convincing Christians to sin is spoken of as if the devil had physically captured them and made them his slaves. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after he has deceived them into obeying his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2TI 3 intro k2cr 0 # 2 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The “last days” could mean in the future just before Jesus returns. If so, Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. The “last days” could also mean the Christian age, including Paul’s time. If so, what Paul teaches about being persecuted applies to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br>
2TI 3 intro k2cr 0 # 2 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The “last days” could mean in the future just before Jesus returns. If so, Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. The “last days” could also mean the Christian age, including Paul’s time. If so, what Paul teaches about being persecuted applies to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
2TI 3 1 j97t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets Timothy know that in the future people will stop believing the truth, but he should continuing trusting God’s word even when he is persecuted.
2TI 3 1 g65r ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 In the last days Possible meanings are (1) this is a time later than Paul’s time. Alternate translation: “in the future just before Jesus returns” or (2) this refers to the Christian age, including Paul’s time. Alternate translation: “during this period of time before the end”
2TI 3 1 n7gs καιροὶ χαλεποί 1 difficult times These will be days, months, or even years when Christians will endure suffering and danger.
@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2TI 3 16 y1hf πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for training in righteousness “for training people to be righteous”
2TI 3 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God This means any believer in God whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος ᾖ…ἐξηρτισμένος 1 may be competent, equipped “may be completely prepared”
2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I give this solemn command”<br>Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.<br>
2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I give this solemn command”<br>Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.
2TI 4 1 t68n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind Timothy to be faithful and that he, Paul, is ready to die.
2TI 4 1 cb15 figs-explicit διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 this solemn command before God and Christ Jesus “this solemn command in the presence of God and Christ Jesus.” It is implied that God and Jesus will be Paul’s witnesses. Alternate translation: “this solemn command having as my witnesses God and Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 solemn command “serious command”

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2TI front intro s7fk 0 # Introduction to 2 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).<br>1. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).<br>1. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).<br>1. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-24).<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matter. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he often spoke of himself as a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers answer to their leaders. In the same way, Christians answer to Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why it is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about the Bible. First, the Bible is free from error and can be trusted. Second, we can rely on God to protect the scripture from those who want to distort it or destroy it. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some older versions read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”<br>* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some older versions read, “Warn them before the Lord.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> # Introduction to 2 Timothy<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Timothy<br><br>1. Paul greets Timothy and encourages him to endure hardship as he serves God (1:1-2:13).<br>1. Paul gives general instructions to Timothy (2:14–26).<br>1. Paul warns Timothy about future events and instructs him about how to carry out his service to God (3:1-4:8).<br>1. Paul makes personal remarks (4:9-24).<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>Paul wrote 2 Timothy. He was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>This book is the second letter Paul wrote Timothy. Timothy was his disciple and close friend. Paul wrote this letter while in prison in Rome. Paul would die soon after writing this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Timothy about?<br><br>Paul had left Timothy in the city of Ephesus to help the believers there. Paul wrote this letter to instruct Timothy about various matter. The topics he addressed include warnings about false teachers and enduring difficult situations. This letter also shows how Paul was training Timothy to be a leader among the churches.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Timothy” or “Second Timothy.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Second Letter to Timothy” or “The Second Letter to Timothy.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is the soldier imagery in 2 Timothy?<br><br>As Paul waited in prison, knowing he would die soon, he often spoke of himself as a soldier of Jesus Christ. Soldiers answer to their leaders. In the same way, Christians answer to Jesus. As “soldiers” of Christ, believers are to obey his commands, even if they die as a result.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>God is the true author of Scripture. He inspired the human authors who wrote the books. That means God in some way caused the people to write what they wrote. This is why it is also referred to as God’s word. This implies several things about the Bible. First, the Bible is free from error and can be trusted. Second, we can rely on God to protect the scripture from those who want to distort it or destroy it. Third, God’s word should be translated into all the world’s languages.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. Here the word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Timothy. The exception to this is 4:22. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What did Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. Please see the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>### What are the major textual issues in the text of the Book of 2 Timothy?<br><br>For the following verses, modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher” (1:11). Some older versions read, “Because of this, I was appointed a preacher, an apostle, and a teacher to the Gentiles.”<br>* “Warn them before God” (2:14). Some older versions read, “Warn them before the Lord.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 2TI 1 intro p5lf 0 # 2 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Persecution<br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # 2 Timothy 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Paul formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Spiritual children<br><br>Paul discipled Timothy as a Christian and a church leader. Paul may also have led him to believe in Christ. Therefore, Paul calls Timothy “beloved child.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Persecution<br>Paul was in prison when he wrote this letter. Paul encourages Timothy to be willing to suffer for the gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
4 2TI 1 1 dcr3 figs-inclusive 0 General Information: In this book, unless otherwise noted, the word “our” refers to Paul (the writer of this letter) and Timothy (the one to whom this letter is written), as well as to all believers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
5 2TI 1 1 ha4l Παῦλος 1 Paul Your language may have a particular way of introducing the author of a letter. Also, immediately after introducing the author, you may need to tell to whom the letter is written, as in the UST.
6 2TI 1 1 vl2g διὰ θελήματος Θεοῦ 1 through the will of God “because of God’s will” or “because God wanted it to be so.” Paul became an apostle because God wanted him to be an apostle and not because a human being chose him.
59 2TI 1 18 p3di δῴη αὐτῷ ὁ Κύριος, εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 May the Lord grant to him to find mercy from him “May Onesiphorus receive mercy from the Lord” or “May the Lord show him mercy”
60 2TI 1 18 x2dk figs-metaphor εὑρεῖν ἔλεος παρὰ Κυρίου 1 to find mercy from him Paul speaks of mercy as if it were an object that could be found. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
61 2TI 1 18 f3ep figs-metonymy ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ 1 on that day This refers to the day when God will judge all people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
62 2TI 2 intro k3zn 0 # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set words farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with verses 11-13. Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn in these verses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.<br> # 2 Timothy 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set words farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with verses 11-13. Paul may be quoting a poem or hymn in these verses.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### We will reign with him<br>Faithful Christians will reign with Christ in the future. (See: rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faithful)<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Analogies<br>In this chapter, Paul makes several analogies to teach about living as a Christian. He uses analogies of soldiers, athletes, and farmers. Later in the chapter, he uses the analogy of different kinds of containers in a house.
63 2TI 2 1 t13s 0 Connecting Statement: Paul pictures Timothy’s Christian life as a soldier’s life, as a farmer’s life, and as an athlete’s life.
64 2TI 2 1 bll5 figs-metaphor τέκνον μου 1 my child Here “child” is a term of great love and approval. It is also likely that Timothy was converted to Christ by Paul, and so this is why Paul considered him like his own child. Alternate translation: “who is like my child” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
65 2TI 2 1 e6ex figs-metaphor ἐνδυναμοῦ ἐν τῇ χάριτι τῇ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 be strengthened in the grace that is in Christ Jesus Paul speaks about the motivation and determination that God’s grace allows believers to have. Alternate translation: “let God use the grace he gave you through your relationship to Christ Jesus to make you strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
129 2TI 2 26 ef3q figs-metaphor ἀνανήψωσιν 1 They may become sober again Paul speaks of sinners learning to think correctly about God as if they were drunk people becoming sober again. Alternate translation: “They may think correctly again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
130 2TI 2 26 mql8 figs-metaphor ἐκ τῆς τοῦ διαβόλου παγίδος 1 leave the devil’s trap Paul speaks of the devil’s ability to convince Christians to sin as if it were a trap. Alternate translation: “stop doing what the devil wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
131 2TI 2 26 dj4j figs-metaphor ἐζωγρημένοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ ἐκείνου θέλημα 1 after they have been captured by him for his will Convincing Christians to sin is spoken of as if the devil had physically captured them and made them his slaves. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after he has deceived them into obeying his will” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
132 2TI 3 intro k2cr 0 # 2 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The “last days” could mean in the future just before Jesus returns. If so, Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. The “last days” could also mean the Christian age, including Paul’s time. If so, what Paul teaches about being persecuted applies to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])<br> # 2 Timothy 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>The “last days” could mean in the future just before Jesus returns. If so, Paul is prophesying in verses 1-9 and 13 about those days. The “last days” could also mean the Christian age, including Paul’s time. If so, what Paul teaches about being persecuted applies to all Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])
133 2TI 3 1 j97t 0 Connecting Statement: Paul lets Timothy know that in the future people will stop believing the truth, but he should continuing trusting God’s word even when he is persecuted.
134 2TI 3 1 g65r ἐν ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 In the last days Possible meanings are (1) this is a time later than Paul’s time. Alternate translation: “in the future just before Jesus returns” or (2) this refers to the Christian age, including Paul’s time. Alternate translation: “during this period of time before the end”
135 2TI 3 1 n7gs καιροὶ χαλεποί 1 difficult times These will be days, months, or even years when Christians will endure suffering and danger.
174 2TI 3 16 y1hf πρὸς παιδείαν τὴν ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ 1 for training in righteousness “for training people to be righteous”
175 2TI 3 17 nb12 figs-gendernotations ὁ τοῦ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος 1 the man of God This means any believer in God whether male or female. Alternate translation: “all believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]])
176 2TI 3 17 uu7i ἄρτιος ᾖ…ἐξηρτισμένος 1 may be competent, equipped “may be completely prepared”
177 2TI 4 intro k2xa 0 # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I give this solemn command”<br>Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.<br> # 2 Timothy 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>### “I give this solemn command”<br>Paul begins to give personal instructions to Timothy.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crown<br>Scripture uses different kinds of crowns as images for different things. It appears Christ will award the crown in this chapter to believers as a reward for living rightly.
178 2TI 4 1 t68n 0 Connecting Statement: Paul continues to remind Timothy to be faithful and that he, Paul, is ready to die.
179 2TI 4 1 cb15 figs-explicit διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 this solemn command before God and Christ Jesus “this solemn command in the presence of God and Christ Jesus.” It is implied that God and Jesus will be Paul’s witnesses. Alternate translation: “this solemn command having as my witnesses God and Christ Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
180 2TI 4 1 eh3x διαμαρτύρομαι ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 solemn command “serious command”

2
en_tn_58-PHM.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>1. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br>
PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>1. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
PHM 1 1 sg4f figs-you 0 General Information: Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter. Evidently Timothy was with him and probably wrote the words down as Paul said them. Paul greets others who meet for church at Philemon’s house. All instances of “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of “you” and “your” refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος, ὁ ἀδελφὸς; Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a prisoner of Christ Jesus “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus.” People who opposed Paul’s preaching had punished him by putting him into prison.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 PHM front intro sz2w 0 # Introduction to Philemon<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>1. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br> # Introduction to Philemon<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Philemon<br><br>1. Paul greets Philemon (1:1-3)<br>1. Paul makes requests of Philemon about Onesimus (1:4-21)<br>1. Conclusion (1:22-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Philemon?<br><br>Paul wrote Philemon. Paul was from the city of Tarsus. He had been known as Saul in his early life. Before becoming a Christian, Paul was a Pharisee. He persecuted Christians. After he became a Christian, he traveled several times throughout the Roman Empire telling people about Jesus.<br><br>Paul was in a prison when he wrote this letter.<br><br>### What is the Book of Philemon about?<br><br>Paul wrote this letter to a man named Philemon. Philemon was a Christian who lived in the city of Colossae. He owned a slave named Onesimus. Onesimus had run away from Philemon and possibly stole something from him as well. Onesimus went to Rome and visited Paul in prison.<br><br>Paul told Philemon that he was sending Onesimus back to him. Philemon had the right to execute Onesimus according to Roman law. But Paul said that Philemon should accept Onesimus back as a Christian brother. He even suggested that Philemon should allow Onesimus to come back to Paul and help him in prison.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Philemon.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “Paul’s Letter to Philemon” or “The Letter Paul wrote to Philemon.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Does this letter approve of the practice of slavery?<br><br>Paul sent Onesimus back to his former master. But that did not mean Paul thought slavery was an acceptable practice. Instead, Paul was more concerned with people serving God in whatever situation they were in.<br><br>### What does Paul mean by the expression “in Christ,” “in the Lord,” etc.?<br><br>Paul meant to express the idea of a very close union with Christ and the believers. See the introduction to the Book of Romans for more details about this kind of expression.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Paul. The word “you” is almost always singular and refers to Philemon. The two exceptions to this are 1:22 and 1:25. There “you” refers to Philemon and the believers that met at his house. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3 PHM 1 1 sg4f figs-you 0 General Information: Three times Paul identifies himself as the author of this letter. Evidently Timothy was with him and probably wrote the words down as Paul said them. Paul greets others who meet for church at Philemon’s house. All instances of “I,” “me,” and “my” refer to Paul. Philemon is the main person to whom this letter is written. All instances of “you” and “your” refer to him and are singular unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
4 PHM 1 1 niq3 figs-exclusive Παῦλος, δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ, καὶ Τιμόθεος, ὁ ἀδελφὸς; Φιλήμονι 1 Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and the brother Timothy to Philemon Your language may have a particular way of introducing the authors of a letter. Alternate translation: “I, Paul, a prisoner of Christ Jesus, and Timothy, our brother, are writing this letter to Philemon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]])
5 PHM 1 1 cgs4 δέσμιος Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 a prisoner of Christ Jesus “a prisoner for the sake of Christ Jesus.” People who opposed Paul’s preaching had punished him by putting him into prison.

28
en_tn_59-HEB.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

12
en_tn_61-1PE.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Closing (5:12-14)<br><br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter stated that he wrote this letter for the purpose of “encouraging you and testifying that this is the true grace of God” (5:12).<br>He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>* “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”<br><br>If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))<br>
1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Closing (5:12-14)<br><br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter stated that he wrote this letter for the purpose of “encouraging you and testifying that this is the true grace of God” (5:12).<br>He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>* “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”<br><br>If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))
1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia…Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, “Cappadocia” and “Bithynia” were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα…ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 glory is like the wild flower of the grass Here the word “glory” refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: “goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord “the message that comes from the Lord”
1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the gospel that was proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the gospel that we proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 1 cch5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching his readers about holiness and obedience.
1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word “Therefore” here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: “So then, get rid of everything that is evil, and hypocrisy, and envy, and all slander” or “So then, stop being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food, which they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God’s word. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has healed you because people bruised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd. Just as a shepherd protects his sheep, Jesus protects those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Outward ornaments”<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Outward ornaments”<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives.
1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In this way, you who are wives should submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to “Obey every human authority” ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to “be subject” to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to submit to their husbands. The words “Obey,” “be subject,” and “submit” translate the same word.
1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some men are disobedient to the word Here “the word” refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now.”
1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 Christ is at the right hand of God To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “Christ is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 submit to him “submit to Jesus Christ”
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Martyrdom<br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.<br>
1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Martyrdom<br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.
1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings.
1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “in his body”
1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase “arm yourselves” makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures “the same intention” as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 entrust their souls Here the word “souls” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “entrust themselves” or “entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun “well-doing” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br>
1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 the glory that will be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the glory of Christ that God will reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Be shepherds of God’s flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 1PE front intro c1uv 0 # Introduction to 1 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Closing (5:12-14)<br><br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter stated that he wrote this letter for the purpose of “encouraging you and testifying that this is the true grace of God” (5:12).<br>He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>* “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”<br><br>If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> # Introduction to 1 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of 1 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Praise for God’s salvation of the believers (1:3-2:10)<br>1. Christian living (2:11-4:11)<br>1. Encouragement to persevere when suffering (4:12-5:11)<br>1. Closing (5:12-14)<br><br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>The Book of 1 Peter was written by the Apostle Peter. He wrote the letter to Gentile Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 1 Peter about?<br><br>Peter stated that he wrote this letter for the purpose of “encouraging you and testifying that this is the true grace of God” (5:12).<br>He encouraged Christians to continue obeying God even when they are suffering. He told them to do this because Jesus will return soon. Peter also gave instructions about Christians submitting to persons in authority.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title “1 Peter” or “First Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The First Letter from Peter” or “The First Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### How were Christians treated in Rome?<br><br>Peter probably was in Rome when he wrote this letter. He gave Rome the symbolic name of “Babylon” (5:13). It appears that when Peter wrote this letter, Romans were badly persecuting Christians.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter, except for two places: [1 Peter 1:16](../01/16.md) and [1 Peter 2:6](../02/06.md). The word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 1 Peter?<br><br>* “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth. This was for the purpose of sincere brotherly love; so love one another earnestly from the heart” (1:22). The ULT, UST, and most other modern versions read this way. Some older versions read, “You made your souls pure by obedience to the truth through the Spirit for the purpose of sincere brotherly love, so love one another earnestly from the heart.”<br><br>If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 1PE 1 intro ql4i 0 # 1 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))<br> # 1 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 1:24-25.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### What God reveals<br><br>When Jesus comes again, everyone will see how good God’s people were to have faith in Jesus. Then God’s people will see how gracious God has been to them, and all people will praise both God and his people.<br><br>### Holiness<br><br>God wants his people to be holy because God is holy. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]])<br><br>### Eternity<br><br>Peter tells Christians to live for things that will last forever and not to live for the things of this world, which will end. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### Paradox<br><br>A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Peter writes that his readers are glad and sad at the same time ([1 Peter 1:6](./06.md)). He can say this because they are sad because they are suffering, but they are glad because they know that God will save them “in the last time” ([1 Peter 1:5](./05.md))
4 1PE 1 1 g6b4 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers to whom he is writing.
5 1PE 1 1 u3zc figs-metaphor παρεπιδήμοις διασπορᾶς 1 the foreigners of the dispersion Peter speaks of his readers as people who live away from their homes in many different countries. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
6 1PE 1 1 qkl8 Καππαδοκίας…Βιθυνίας 1 Cappadocia…Bithynia Along with the other places that Peter mentions, “Cappadocia” and “Bithynia” were Roman provinces located in what is now the country of Turkey.
69 1PE 1 24 hd2f figs-simile δόξα…ὡς ἄνθος χόρτου 1 glory is like the wild flower of the grass Here the word “glory” refers to beauty or goodness. Isaiah compares the things that people consider to be good or beautiful about humanity to flowers that die quickly. Alternate translation: “goodness soon stops, just as flowers soon die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
70 1PE 1 25 aba2 τὸ…ῥῆμα Κυρίου 1 the word of the Lord “the message that comes from the Lord”
71 1PE 1 25 s11j figs-activepassive τὸ εὐαγγελισθὲν 1 the gospel that was proclaimed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the gospel that we proclaimed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
72 1PE 2 intro a121 0 # 1 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # 1 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:6, 7, 8, and 22.<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 2:10.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Stones<br><br>The Bible uses a building made of large stones as a metaphor for the church. Jesus is the cornerstone, the most important stone. The apostles and prophets are the foundation, the part of the building on which all the other stones rest. In this chapter, Christians are the stones that make up the walls of the building. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/cornerstone]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/foundation]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Milk and babies<br><br>When Peter tells his readers to “long for pure spiritual milk,” he is using the metaphor of a baby craving his mother’s milk. Peter wants Christians to crave God’s word the same way a baby craves milk. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
73 1PE 2 1 cch5 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues teaching his readers about holiness and obedience.
74 1PE 2 1 g65y figs-metaphor ἀποθέμενοι οὖν πᾶσαν κακίαν, καὶ πάντα δόλον, καὶ ὑποκρίσεις, καὶ φθόνους, καὶ πάσας καταλαλιάς 1 Therefore put aside all evil, all deceit, hypocrisy, envy, and all slander These sinful actions are spoken of as if they were objects that people could throw away. The word “Therefore” here refers back to everything that Peter has said about being holy and obedient. Alternate translation: “So then, get rid of everything that is evil, and hypocrisy, and envy, and all slander” or “So then, stop being evil, or being deceptive, or being hypocritical, or envying, or slandering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
75 1PE 2 2 y6fv figs-metaphor ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη τὸ λογικὸν ἄδολον γάλα ἐπιποθήσατε 1 As newborn infants, long for pure spiritual milk Peter speaks of his readers as if they were babies. Babies requires very pure food, which they can digest easily. In the same way, believers need pure teaching from God’s word. Alternate translation: “Just as babies long for their mother’s breast milk, so you must yearn for pure spiritual milk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
140 1PE 2 24 ep4s figs-activepassive οὗ τῷ μώλωπι ἰάθητε 1 By his bruises you have been healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God has healed you because people bruised him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
141 1PE 2 25 sgt9 figs-simile ἦτε…ὡς πρόβατα πλανώμενοι 1 you had been wandering away like lost sheep Peter speaks about his readers before they believed in Christ as if they had been similar to lost sheep wandering around aimlessly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
142 1PE 2 25 i5lu figs-metaphor τὸν ποιμένα καὶ ἐπίσκοπον τῶν ψυχῶν ὑμῶν 1 the shepherd and guardian of your souls Peter speaks of Jesus as if he were a shepherd. Just as a shepherd protects his sheep, Jesus protects those who trust in him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
143 1PE 3 intro cqf4 0 # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Outward ornaments”<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # 1 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 3:10-12.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### “Outward ornaments”<br><br>Most people want to look good so other people will like them and think they are good people. Women are especially careful to look good by wearing nice clothes and jewels. Peter is saying that what a woman thinks and says and does are more important to God than how she looks.<br><br>### Unity<br><br>Peter wanted his readers to agree with each other. More importantly, he wanted them to love each other and be patient with each other.<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Metaphor<br><br>Peter quotes a psalm that describes God as if he were a person with eyes, ears, and a face. However, God is a spirit, so he does not have physical eyes or ears or a physical face. But he does know what people do, and he does act against wicked people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
144 1PE 3 1 p454 0 General Information: Peter begins to speak specifically to women who are wives.
145 1PE 3 1 cj7z ὁμοίως, γυναῖκες, ὑποτασσόμεναι τοῖς ἰδίοις ἀνδράσιν 1 In this way, you who are wives should submit to your own husbands Just as believers are to “Obey every human authority” ([1 Peter 2:13](../02/13.md)) and servants are to “be subject” to their masters ([1 Peter 2:18](../02/18.md)), wives are to submit to their husbands. The words “Obey,” “be subject,” and “submit” translate the same word.
146 1PE 3 1 wp5p figs-metonymy τινες ἀπειθοῦσιν τῷ λόγῳ 1 some men are disobedient to the word Here “the word” refers to the gospel message. To disobey means that they do not believe. See how you translated a similar phrase in [1 Peter 2:8](../02/08.md). Alternate translation: “some men do not believe the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
197 1PE 3 21 jti3 δι’ ἀναστάσεως Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 through the resurrection of Jesus Christ “because of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.” This phrase completes the thought, “This is a symbol of the baptism that saves you now.”
198 1PE 3 22 g4qh figs-metonymy ὅς ἐστιν ἐν δεξιᾷ Θεοῦ 1 Christ is at the right hand of God To be at the “right hand of God” is a symbol that God has given Jesus greatest honor and authority over all others. Alternate translation: “Christ is beside God in the place of honor and authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
199 1PE 3 22 f6jq ὑποταγέντων αὐτῷ 1 submit to him “submit to Jesus Christ”
200 1PE 4 intro zh5n 0 # 1 Peter 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Martyrdom<br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.<br> # 1 Peter 04 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:18.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Ungodly Gentiles<br><br>This passage uses the term “Gentiles” to refer to all ungodly people who are not Jews. It does not include Gentiles who have become Christians. “Sensuality, passion, drunkenness, carousings, wild parties, and disgusting acts of idolatry” were actions that characterized or typified the ungodly Gentiles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])<br><br>### Martyrdom<br>It is apparent that Peter is speaking to many Christians who are experiencing great persecution and are facing death for their beliefs.<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### “Let it” and “Let none” and “Let him” and “Let those”<br><br>Peter uses these phrases to tell his readers what he wants them to do. They are like commands because he wants his readers to obey. But it is as if he is telling one person what he wants other people to do.
201 1PE 4 1 b8d4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to teach the believers about Christian living. He begins by giving a conclusion to his thoughts from the previous chapter about Christ’s sufferings.
202 1PE 4 1 ess6 σαρκὶ 1 in the flesh “in his body”
203 1PE 4 1 p2rv figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς τὴν αὐτὴν ἔννοιαν ὁπλίσασθε 1 arm yourselves with the same intention The phrase “arm yourselves” makes readers think of soldiers who get their weapons ready for battle. It also pictures “the same intention” as a weapon or perhaps as a piece of armor. Here this metaphor means that believers should be determined in their mind to suffer as Jesus did. Alternate translation: “prepare yourselves with the same thoughts that Christ had” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
242 1PE 4 18 wb4v figs-doublet ὁ ἀσεβὴς καὶ ἁμαρτωλὸς 1 the ungodly and the sinner The words “ungodly” and “sinner” mean basically the same thing and emphasize the wickedness of these people. Alternate translation: “ungodly sinners” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]])
243 1PE 4 19 qm3u figs-synecdoche παρατιθέσθωσαν τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν 1 entrust their souls Here the word “souls” refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “entrust themselves” or “entrust their lives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]])
244 1PE 4 19 wih1 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ 1 in well-doing The abstract noun “well-doing” can be translated with a verbal phrase. Alternate translation: “while they do good” or “while they live rightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])
245 1PE 5 intro a6d9 0 # 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br> # 1 Peter 05 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Most people in the ancient Near East would end a letter the way Peter ends this one.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Crowns<br><br>The crown that the Chief Shepherd will give is a reward, something that people who do something especially good receive. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/reward]])<br><br>## Important figures of speech in this chapter<br><br>### Lion<br><br>All animals are afraid of lions because they are fast and strong, and they eat almost every other kind of animal. They also eat people. Satan wants to make God’s people afraid, so Peter uses the simile of a lion to teach his readers that Satan can harm their bodies, but if they trust in God and obey him, they will always be God’s people, and God will care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br><br>### Babylon<br><br>Babylon was the evil nation that in Old Testament times had destroyed Jerusalem, taken the Jews away from their homes, and ruled over them. Peter uses Babylon as a metaphor for the nation that was persecuting the Christians he was writing to. He could have been referring to Jerusalem because the Jews were persecuting the Christians. Or he could have been referring to Rome because the Romans were persecuting the Christians. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
246 1PE 5 1 s8fr 0 General Information: Peter speaks specifically to men who are elders.
247 1PE 5 1 yb3l figs-activepassive τῆς μελλούσης ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι δόξης 1 the glory that will be revealed This is a reference to Christ’s second coming. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the glory of Christ that God will reveal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])
248 1PE 5 2 a5s7 figs-metaphor ποιμάνατε τὸ…ποίμνιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Be shepherds of God’s flock Peter speaks of the believers as a flock of sheep and the elders as the shepherds who care for them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

8
en_tn_62-2PE.tsv
View File

@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Reminder to live good lives because God has enabled us to (1:3-21)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (2:1-22)<br>1. Encouragement to prepare for the second coming of Jesus (3:1-17)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some modern versions and older versions have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some versions have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Beor” (2:15). Some other versions read, “Bosor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other versions have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br>
2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br>Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.<br>
2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Reminder to live good lives because God has enabled us to (1:3-21)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (2:1-22)<br>1. Encouragement to prepare for the second coming of Jesus (3:1-17)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some modern versions and older versions have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some versions have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Beor” (2:15). Some other versions read, “Bosor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other versions have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br>Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
2PE 1 1 n1di 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers he is writing to.
2PE 1 1 v381 δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 slave and apostle of Jesus Christ Peter speaks of being Jesus Christ’s servant. He also was given the position and authority of being Christ’s apostle.
2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον…λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has given the same precious faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand “Most importantly, you must understand”
2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία…ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 no prophecy comes from someone’s own interpretation Possible meanings are (1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or (2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or (3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br>
2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2PE 2 1 us8u 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο…ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ…καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
2PE 2 1 tbz8 αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies The word “heresies” refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. These heresies destroy the faith of those who believe them.
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNo
2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that God delivered to them” or “the holy commandment that God made sure that they received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This proverb is true for them “This proverb applies to them” or “This proverb describes them”
2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known “the way of righteousness,” have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br>
2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
2PE 3 1 n92f 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the last days.
2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: “to cause you to think pure thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2PE front intro mvk9 0 # Introduction to 2 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Reminder to live good lives because God has enabled us to (1:3-21)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (2:1-22)<br>1. Encouragement to prepare for the second coming of Jesus (3:1-17)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some modern versions and older versions have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some versions have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Beor” (2:15). Some other versions read, “Bosor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other versions have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])<br> # Introduction to 2 Peter<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 Peter<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Reminder to live good lives because God has enabled us to (1:3-21)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (2:1-22)<br>1. Encouragement to prepare for the second coming of Jesus (3:1-17)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>The author identified himself as Simon Peter. Simon Peter was an apostle. He also wrote 1 Peter. Peter probably wrote this letter while in a prison in Rome just before he died. Peter called this letter his second letter, so we can date it after 1 Peter. He addressed the letter to the same audience as his first letter. The audience probably was Christians scattered throughout Asia Minor.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 Peter about?<br><br>Peter wrote this letter to encourage believers to live good lives. He warned them about false teachers who were saying Jesus was taking too long to return. He told them that Jesus was not slow in returning. Instead, God was giving people time to repent so that they would be saved.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 Peter” or “Second Peter.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from Peter” or “The Second Letter Peter Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Peter spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Peter spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br><br>### What does it mean that God inspired Scripture?<br><br>The doctrine of scripture is a very important one. 2 Peter helps readers to understand that while each writer of scripture had his own distinct way of writing, God is the true author of scripture (1:20-21).<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### Singular and plural “you”<br><br>In this book, the word “I” refers to Peter. Also, the word “you” is always plural and refers to Peter’s audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])<br><br>### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of 2 Peter?<br><br>For the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.<br><br>* “to be kept in chains of lower darkness until the judgment” (2:4). Some modern versions and older versions have, “to be kept in pits of lower darkness until the judgment.”<br>* “They enjoy their deceitful actions while they are feasting with you” (2:13). Some versions have, “They enjoy their actions while they are feasting with you in love feasts.”<br>* “Beor” (2:15). Some other versions read, “Bosor.”<br>* “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be revealed” (3:10). Other versions have, “The elements will be burned with fire, and the earth and the deeds in it will be burned up.”<br><br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]])
3 2PE 1 intro wjw5 0 # 2 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br>Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.<br> # 2 Peter 01 General Notes<br>## Structure and formatting<br><br>Peter formally introduces this letter in verses 1-2. Writers often began letters in this way in the ancient Near East.<br><br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Knowledge of God<br>Having knowledge of God means to belong to him or to have a relationship with him. Here, “knowledge” is more than just mentally knowing about God. It is a knowledge that causes God to save a person and to give him grace and peace. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/know]])<br><br>### Living godly lives<br>Peter teaches that God has given believers all that they need for living godly lives. Therefore, believers should do everything they can to obey God more and more. If believers continue to do this, then they will be effective and productive through their relationship with Jesus. However, if believers do not continue living godly lives, then it is like they have forgotten what God did through Christ to save them. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/save]])<br><br>## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter<br><br>### The truth of Scripture<br>Peter teaches that the prophecies in Scripture were not made up by men. The Holy Spirit revealed God’s message to the men who spoke them or wrote them down. Also, Peter and the other apostles did not make up the stories they told people about Jesus. They witnessed what Jesus did and heard God call Jesus his son.
4 2PE 1 1 n1di 0 General Information: Peter identifies himself as the writer and identifies and greets the believers he is writing to.
5 2PE 1 1 v381 δοῦλος καὶ ἀπόστολος Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 slave and apostle of Jesus Christ Peter speaks of being Jesus Christ’s servant. He also was given the position and authority of being Christ’s apostle.
6 2PE 1 1 yy7j figs-explicit τοῖς ἰσότιμον…λαχοῦσιν πίστιν 1 to those who have received the same precious faith That these people have received faith implies that God has given that faith to them. Alternate translation: “to those to whom God has given the same precious faith” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
57 2PE 1 20 wcn9 τοῦτο πρῶτον γινώσκοντες 1 Above all, you must understand “Most importantly, you must understand”
58 2PE 1 20 s4k2 προφητεία…ἰδίας ἐπιλύσεως οὐ γίνεται 1 no prophecy comes from someone’s own interpretation Possible meanings are (1) the prophets did not make their prophecies on their own or (2) people must rely on the Holy Spirit to understand the prophecies or (3) people must interpret the prophecies with the help of the entire Christian community of believers.
59 2PE 1 21 mh2s figs-metaphor ὑπὸ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου φερόμενοι, ἐλάλησαν ἀπὸ Θεοῦ ἄνθρωποι 1 men spoke from God when they were carried along by the Holy Spirit Peter speaks of the Holy Spirit helping the prophets to write what God wanted them to write as if the Holy Spirit was carrying them from one place to another. Alternate translation: “men spoke from God as the Holy Spirit directed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
60 2PE 2 intro mv79 0 # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br> # 2 Peter 02 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Flesh<br><br>“Flesh” is a metaphor for a person’s sinful nature. It is not the physical part of man that is sinful. “Flesh” represents the human nature that rejects all things godly and desires what is sinful. This is the condition of all humans before they receive the Holy Spirit by believing in Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/flesh]])<br><br>### Implicit information<br>There are several analogies in 2:4-8 that are difficult to understand if the Old Testament has not yet been translated. Further explanation may be necessary. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
61 2PE 2 1 us8u 0 General Information: Peter begins to warn the believers about false teachers.
62 2PE 2 1 l2cg ἐγένοντο…ψευδοπροφῆται ἐν τῷ λαῷ…καὶ ἐν ὑμῖν ἔσονται ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι 1 False prophets came to the people, and false teachers will also come to you Just as false prophets came deceiving Israel with their words, so will false teachers come teaching lies about Christ.
63 2PE 2 1 tbz8 αἱρέσεις ἀπωλείας 1 destructive heresies The word “heresies” refers to opinions that are contrary to the teaching of Christ and the apostles. These heresies destroy the faith of those who believe them.
127 2PE 2 21 blr5 figs-activepassive τῆς παραδοθείσης αὐτοῖς ἁγίας ἐντολῆς 1 the holy commandment delivered to them This can be stated in active terms. Alternate translation: “the holy commandment that God delivered to them” or “the holy commandment that God made sure that they received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
128 2PE 2 22 hqr3 συμβέβηκεν αὐτοῖς τὸ τῆς ἀληθοῦς παροιμίας 1 This proverb is true for them “This proverb applies to them” or “This proverb describes them”
129 2PE 2 22 h42r writing-proverbs κύων ἐπιστρέψας ἐπὶ τὸ ἴδιον ἐξέραμα, καί, ὗς λουσαμένη, εἰς κυλισμὸν βορβόρου 1 A dog returns to its own vomit, and a washed pig returns to the mud Peter uses two proverbs to illustrate how the false teachers, although they have known “the way of righteousness,” have turned back to the things that make them morally and spiritually impure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]])
130 2PE 3 intro c1id 0 # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])<br> # 2 Peter 03 General Notes<br>## Special concepts in this chapter<br><br>### Fire<br>People often use fire to destroy things or to make something pure by burning off the dirt and worthless parts. Therefore when God punishes the wicked or purifies his people, it is often associated with fire. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fire]])<br><br>### Day of the Lord<br>The exact time of the coming day of the Lord will come as a surprise to people. This is what the simile “like a thief in the night” means. Because of this, Christians are to be prepared for the coming of the Lord. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/dayofthelord]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])
131 2PE 3 1 n92f 0 General Information: Peter begins to talk about the last days.
132 2PE 3 1 gc3m figs-metaphor διεγείρω ὑμῶν…τὴν εἰλικρινῆ διάνοιαν 1 to stir up your sincere mind Peter speaks of causing his readers to think about these things as if he were waking them from sleep. Alternate translation: “to cause you to think pure thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])
133 2PE 3 2 gxj7 figs-activepassive τῶν προειρημένων ῥημάτων, ὑπὸ τῶν ἁγίων προφητῶν 1 the words spoken in the past by the holy prophets This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the words that the holy prophets spoke in the past” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

12
en_tn_63-1JN.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long

2
en_tn_64-2JN.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2JN front intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 John<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1-3)<br>1. Encouragement and the greatest commandment (1:4-6)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)<br>1. Greetings from fellow believers (1:12-13)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?<br><br>The letter does not name of the author. The author only identified himself as “the elder.” The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life. The content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s Gospel.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 John about?<br><br>John addressed this letter to someone he called “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). This could refer to a specific friend and her children. Or it could refer to a specific group of believers or to believers in general. John’s purpose in writing this letter was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.<br><br>### Who were the people John spoke against?<br><br>The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br>
2JN front intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 John<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1-3)<br>1. Encouragement and the greatest commandment (1:4-6)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)<br>1. Greetings from fellow believers (1:12-13)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?<br><br>The letter does not name of the author. The author only identified himself as “the elder.” The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life. The content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s Gospel.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 John about?<br><br>John addressed this letter to someone he called “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). This could refer to a specific friend and her children. Or it could refer to a specific group of believers or to believers in general. John’s purpose in writing this letter was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.<br><br>### Who were the people John spoke against?<br><br>The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
2JN 1 1 ma4c figs-you 0 General Information: Tradition identifies the apostle John as the writer of this letter. Though possibly addressed to an individual woman, because he writes that they should “love one another,” this is probably to a church. All instances of “you” and “your” in this letter are plural unless noted otherwise. In this letter, John includes himself and his readers by using the word “us” and “our.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος; ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 From the elder to the chosen lady and her children This is how letters were started. The name of the author can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter to the chosen lady and her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
2JN 1 1 z9f1 ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 the elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as “elder” either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 2JN front intro vpa9 0 # Introduction to 2 John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 John<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1-3)<br>1. Encouragement and the greatest commandment (1:4-6)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)<br>1. Greetings from fellow believers (1:12-13)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?<br><br>The letter does not name of the author. The author only identified himself as “the elder.” The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life. The content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s Gospel.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 John about?<br><br>John addressed this letter to someone he called “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). This could refer to a specific friend and her children. Or it could refer to a specific group of believers or to believers in general. John’s purpose in writing this letter was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.<br><br>### Who were the people John spoke against?<br><br>The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])<br> # Introduction to 2 John<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 2 John<br><br>1. Greeting (1:1-3)<br>1. Encouragement and the greatest commandment (1:4-6)<br>1. Warning about false teachers (1:7–11)<br>1. Greetings from fellow believers (1:12-13)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 2 John?<br><br>The letter does not name of the author. The author only identified himself as “the elder.” The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life. The content of 2 John is similar to the content in John’s Gospel.<br><br>### What is the Book of 2 John about?<br><br>John addressed this letter to someone he called “the chosen lady” and to “her children” (1:1). This could refer to a specific friend and her children. Or it could refer to a specific group of believers or to believers in general. John’s purpose in writing this letter was to warn his audience about false teachers. John did not want believers helping or giving money to false teachers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “2 John” or “Second John.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Second Letter from John” or “The Second Letter John Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. John wanted believers to offer hospitality to guests. However, he did not want believers to offer hospitality to false teachers.<br><br>### Who were the people John spoke against?<br><br>The people John spoke against were possibly those who would become known as Gnostics. These people believed that the physical world was evil. Since they believed Jesus was divine, they denied that he was truly human. This is because they thought God would not become human since the physical body is evil. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]])
3 2JN 1 1 ma4c figs-you 0 General Information: Tradition identifies the apostle John as the writer of this letter. Though possibly addressed to an individual woman, because he writes that they should “love one another,” this is probably to a church. All instances of “you” and “your” in this letter are plural unless noted otherwise. In this letter, John includes himself and his readers by using the word “us” and “our.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-inclusive]])
4 2JN 1 1 z4tk figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος; ἐκλεκτῇ κυρίᾳ καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτῆς 1 From the elder to the chosen lady and her children This is how letters were started. The name of the author can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “I, John the elder, am writing this letter to the chosen lady and her children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 2JN 1 1 z9f1 ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 the elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as “elder” either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church.

2
en_tn_65-3JN.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>1. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)<br>1. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)<br>1. Conclusion (1:13-14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, **_3 John_** or **_Third John_**. Or they may choose a clearer title, such as **_The Third Letter from John_** or **_The Third Letter John Wrote_**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These are believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.<br>
3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>1. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)<br>1. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)<br>1. Conclusion (1:13-14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, **_3 John_** or **_Third John_**. Or they may choose a clearer title, such as **_The Third Letter from John_** or **_The Third Letter John Wrote_**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These are believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 General Information: This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 3JN front intro kwv9 0 # Introduction to 3 John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>1. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)<br>1. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)<br>1. Conclusion (1:13-14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, **_3 John_** or **_Third John_**. Or they may choose a clearer title, such as **_The Third Letter from John_** or **_The Third Letter John Wrote_**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These are believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.<br> # Introduction to 3 John<br><br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of 3 John<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1)<br>1. Encouragement and instructions to show hospitality (1:2-8)<br>1. Diotrephes and Demetrius (1:9-12)<br>1. Conclusion (1:13-14)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of 3 John?<br><br>The letter does not give the name of the author. The author only identified himself as **The elder** (1:1). The letter was probably written by the Apostle John near the end of his life.<br><br>### What is the Book of 3 John about?<br><br>John wrote this letter to a believer named Gaius. He instructed Gaius to be hospitable to fellow believers who were traveling through his area.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, **_3 John_** or **_Third John_**. Or they may choose a clearer title, such as **_The Third Letter from John_** or **_The Third Letter John Wrote_**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### What is hospitality?<br><br>Hospitality was an important concept in the ancient Near East. It was important to be friendly towards foreigners or outsiders and provide help to them if they needed it. In 2 John, John discouraged Christians from showing hospitality to false teachers. In 3 John, John encouraged Christians to show hospitality to faithful teachers.<br><br>## Part 3: Important Translation Issues<br><br>### How does the author use family relationships in his letter?<br><br>The author used the terms **brother** and **children** in a way that can be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **brothers** to refer to Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to Christians. Also, John called some believers his **children**. These are believers he taught to obey Christ.<br><br>John also used the term **Gentile** in a way that could be confusing. The scriptures often used the term **Gentile** to refer to people who are not Jews. But in this letter, John used the word to refer to those who did not believe in Jesus.
3 3JN 1 1 rni7 figs-you 0 General Information: This is a personal letter from John to Gaius. All instances of **you** and **your** refer to Gaius and are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
4 3JN 1 1 w99t figs-explicit ὁ πρεσβύτερος 1 The elder This refers to John, the apostle and disciple of Jesus. He refers to himself as **elder** either because of his old age or because he is a leader in the church. The name of the author can be made explicit: “I, John the elder, am writing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])
5 3JN 1 1 lls6 translate-names Γαΐῳ 1 Gaius This is a fellow believer to whom John is writing this letter. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

2
en_tn_66-JUD.tsv
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)<br>1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)<br>1. Proper response (1:17-23)<br>1. Praises to God (1:24-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the Book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br>
JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)<br>1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)<br>1. Proper response (1:17-23)<br>1. Praises to God (1:24-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the Book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.
JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the writer of this letter and greets his readers. He was probably the half-brother of Jesus. There are two other Judes mentioned in the New Testament. The word “you” in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: “I am Jude, a servant of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.

1 Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote
2 JUD front intro xh5n 0 # Introduction to Jude<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)<br>1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)<br>1. Proper response (1:17-23)<br>1. Praises to God (1:24-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the Book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.<br> # Introduction to Jude<br>## Part 1: General Introduction<br><br>### Outline of the Book of Jude<br><br>1. Introduction (1:1-2)<br>1. Warning against false teachers (1:3-4)<br>1. Old Testament examples (1:5-16)<br>1. Proper response (1:17-23)<br>1. Praises to God (1:24-25)<br><br>### Who wrote the Book of Jude?<br><br>The author identified himself as Jude the brother of James. Both Jude and James were half-brothers of Jesus. It is unknown whether this letter was intended for a specific church.<br><br>### What is the Book of Jude about?<br><br>Jude wrote this letter to warn believers against false teachers. Jude often referred to the Old Testament. This may suggest that Jude was writing to a Jewish Christian audience. This letter and 2 Petter have similar content. They both speak about angels, Sodom and Gomorrah, and false teachers.<br><br>### How should the title of this book be translated?<br><br>Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “Jude.” Or they may choose a clearer title, such as “The Letter from Jude” or “The Letter Jude Wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts<br><br>### Who were the people Jude spoke against?<br><br>It is possible that the people Jude spoke against were those who would become known as Gnostics. These teachers distorted the teachings of scripture for their own gain. They lived in immoral ways and taught others to do the same.
3 JUD 1 1 ek3q figs-you 0 General Information: Jude identifies himself as the writer of this letter and greets his readers. He was probably the half-brother of Jesus. There are two other Judes mentioned in the New Testament. The word “you” in this letter refers to the Christians to whom Jude was writing and is always plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]])
4 JUD 1 1 npc3 translate-names Ἰούδας, Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ δοῦλος 1 Jude, a servant of Jude is the brother of James. Alternate translation: “I am Jude, a servant of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])
5 JUD 1 1 m3v1 ἀδελφὸς…Ἰακώβου 1 brother of James James and Jude were half brothers of Jesus.

44
en_tn_67-REV.tsv
View File

File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long